Documenti di Didattica
Documenti di Professioni
Documenti di Cultura
W912ER-16-R-0029
Design-Build
T
P-960
AF
Al Dhafra, UAE
R
D
Volume 1 of 1
PARTS 2 thru 6
US Army Corps
of Engineers
Middle East District
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS) P-960
Al Dhafra, UAE
01 14 00 WORK RESTRICTIONS
01 30 00 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
01 31 19.05 20 POST AWARD MEETINGS
01 32 17.00 20 NETWORK ANALYSIS SCHEDULES (NAS)
01 33 00.05 20 CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01 33 10.05 20 DESIGN SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01 33 29.05 20 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING FOR DESIGN-BUILD
01 35 26 GOVERNMENTAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
01 42 00 SOURCES FOR REFERENCE PUBLICATIONS
01 42 15 METRIC MEASUREMENTS
01 45 00.00 10 QUALITY CONTROL
01 45 00.10 10 QUALITY CONTROL STSTEM (QCS)
01 50 00 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
01 57 20.00 10 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
01 57 23 TEMPORARY STORM WATER POLLUTION CONTROL
01 58 00 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION
T
01 74 19 CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT
01 78 00 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
01 78 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
AF
01 78 24.00 20 FACILITY ELECTRONIC OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE SUPPORT
INFORMATION (eOMSI)
A10 FOUNDATIONS
A20 BASEMENT CONSTRUCTION
B10 SUPERSTRUCTURE
B20 EXTERIOR ENCLOSURE
B30 ROOFING
C10 INTERIOR CONSTRUCTION
C20 STAIRS
C30 INTERIOR FINISHES
D20 PLUMBING
D30 HVAC
D40 FIRE PROTECTION
D50 ELECTRICAL
E10 EQUIPMENT
E20 FURNISHINGS
F10 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
F20 SELECT BLDG DEMOLITION
G10 SITE PREPARATIONS
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS) P-960
Al Dhafra, UAE
UFGS 31 00 EARTHWORK
UFGS 31 31 16.13 CHEMICAL TERMITE TREATMENT
UFGS 32 11 23 GRADED-CRUSHED AGGREGATE BASE COURSE
USGF 32 12 10 BITUMINOUS TACK AND PRIME COATS
USGS 32 12 15 HOT-MIX ASPHALT (HMA) FOR AIRFIELDS
USGS 32 13 11 CONCRETE PAVEMENT FOR AIRFIELDS AND OTHER HEAVY-DUTY
PAVEMENTS
USGS 32 13 73 COMPRESSIVE JOINT SEALS FOR CONCRETE PAVEMENTS
5. PART 6 ATTACHMENTS
T
REFUELER RAMP AS-BUILTS
GEOTECH
MQ-4C TRITON FRD
NAVFAC SYSTEM FURNITURE SPECIFICATION
PENN MEMO
AF
RF CABLING AND ANTENNA
SITE DRAWINGS
SITE PHOTOS
TOWER DRAWINGS
TRITON BASING 101
UFC 4 211 01N
ECB 2015-7
R
NAVY FALL PROTECTION GUIDE
D
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS) P-960
Al Dhafra, UAE
T
AF
R
D
SECTION 01 14 00
WORK RESTRICTIONS
11/11
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUBMITTALS
T
List of Contact Personnel; G M/R
a.
AF
Airfield operations will continue during the entire construction
period. The Contractor must conduct his operations so as to cause the
least possible interference with normal operations.
with and obey Activity regulations including safety, fire, traffic and
security regulations. Keep within the limits of the work and avenues of
ingress and egress. Wear hard hats in designated areas. Do not enter any
restricted areas unless required to do so and until cleared for such
entry. Mark Contractor equipment for identification.
SECTION 01 14 00 Page 1
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
Regular duty hours consist of a 9.0 hour period , between 0730 to 1630
Sunday through Thursday, excluding Government holidays.
T
facilities. Do not enter these areas or facilities without prior approval
of the Contracting Officer.
b. Ensure that new utility lines are complete, except for the connection,
before interrupting existing service.
R
c. Interruption to telephone service, electric service, and fire alarm are
considered utility cutovers pursuant to the paragraph entitled "Work
Outside Regular Hours."
Work under this contract will be performed at a location with security and
access control procedures. Compliance with base pass and access procedures
is the sole responsibility of the Contractor, and is required to be
accomplished prior to initiation of the process for gaining access to
controlled sites. Contractor shall be responsible for determining the
nature and amount of any fees required. Contractor is responsible for all
workers granted access pursuant to work under this contract. Contractor
shall pay all gate pass fees.
SECTION 01 14 00 Page 2
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
1.4.1 Requirements
T
The Host Nation Security Office maintains the ultimate authority for
establishing, monitoring, and enforcing security requirements for the
Base. All contractor, subcontractor, or vendor personnel and vehicles at
AF
any tier working at any location on the base are subject to a thorough
search upon entering, departing, or at any time deemed necessary by Base
Security Personnel. The Contractor shall be responsible for compliance
with all base security requirements. The Government and/or Host Nation
reserves the right to deny access or to require the contractor to remove
any personnel or equipment deemed to be a threat to the security of the
Base or Base personnel. The Contractor shall work through the Contracting
Officer to assure that base security regulations are followed.
R
1.4.2 Security Areas
For the duration of this contract, the Base will be divided into two zones,
the Base Security Area and the Construction Security Area. The contract
D
work will be confined to the Construction Security Area for the majority of
the work. Limited access to the Base Security Area will be coordinated
with Base Security personnel, through the Contracting Officer. Minimum
requirements for Contractor entry and operations in each of these areas is
described below.
The Construction Security Area encompasses the area surrounding P960, the
ongoing construction of P960, the Contractor's mobilization areas, and the
Construction Security Area Access Gate. The Construction Security Area
will be established by temporary movable fencing and shall be indicated on
the Contractor's Construction Site Plan. All temporary fence separating
base and construction security zones shall be high quality movable metallic
type. Fence shall be 1800 mm (6 feet) tall. All fencing shall be provided
with visual screen or be solid metallic panels. For separation of areas
within construction security zone, the Contractor may use existing movable
fence and provide additional quantities as required. The Government will
have the primary responsibility for implementation and enforcement of the
security requirements for all contractor personnel and equipment in the
Construction Security Area. The Construction Security Area will exist for
SECTION 01 14 00 Page 3
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
T
for large blocks of time or because the Contractor needs to work additional
hours to regain its schedule. The Base Security Officer, from time to time
and possibly for extended time periods throughout the duration of this
contract, without notice, may increase or decrease the threat condition
AF
(THREATCON) under which Base Security operates. At anytime during the
duration of this contract while THREATCON CHARLIE is in effect the
Construction Security Area will be open for work activities from 0600 until
1800 only, seven days per week. There will be no exceptions to these
operating hours. At anytime during the duration of this contract while
THREATCON DELTA is in effect, the Construction Security Area may be closed
for all construction activity. The Base Security actions to safeguard the
Military and Civilian personnel during any security condition may have a
R
negative affect on contractor's employees, vehicle and materials access and
overall ability to perform. Any such action taken by Base Security is
considered necessary for the security and protection of US military and
civilian personnel. The Contractor should expect daily 60 to 90 minutes
waiting period for his workers to access the site.
D
The Contractor shall provide a list of all employees who will need access
to the Construction Security Area. The access list shall contain the
following information: name, company, nationality, date of birth, place of
birth, Central Population Register (CPR), expiry date, passport number,
date issued and expiry date, visa expiry. In order to get on the access
list, copies of Passport, CPR and Residence Permit shall be provided. All
of these three (3) documents must be valid at all times to remain on the
access list. The access list additions/deletions will be provided in three
(3) copies through the Contracting Officer to the Base Security Officer on
a weekly basis. The Contractor shall plan his employee force requirements
such that the access list will contain all those employees who will need
access to the Construction Security Area for the period the list is in
effect. Supplemental updating of the employee access list will be allowed
only at the discretion of the Contracting Officer with the approval of the
Base Security Officer. Employees who no longer require access to the
Construction Security Area should be removed from the list. Each
contractor employee seeking entrance to the Construction Security Area must
be on the approved Access List. To gain access to the Construction
SECTION 01 14 00 Page 4
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
Security Area personnel shall surrender their CPR card or Passport to the
personnel at the Construction Security Area Access Gate, and receive an
identification badge allowing that individual access to the Construction
Security Area. Employees shall wear identification badges prominently
displayed at all times while in the Construction Security Area. Failure to
wear a properly displayed identification badge may be considered grounds
for removal of the employee from the site. The Contractor shall conduct
random inspections to assure that identification badges are properly
displayed. At the conclusion of the work day each employee shall return
the badge to the Base Security personnel at the Construction Security Area
Access Gate and receive his CPR card or Passport back. In addition to
identification badges, all contractor labor personnel shall wear coveralls
in a distinct color for the contractor's personnel and for each
subcontractor's personnel. The Coveralls shall have markings on the back
clearly identifying the company for whom the employee works.
The Contractor shall provide a list of all vehicles that require access to
the Construction Security Area. This access list shall contain the same
T
information and back-up documents as required for the Construction Security
Zone. The current access list shall be provided through the Contracting
Officer to the Base Security Office on a weekly basis. The Contractor
shall plan his vehicle requirements such that the access list will contain
AF
all those vehicles that will need access to the Construction Security Area
for the period the list is in effect. Supplemental updating of the vehicle
access list will be allowed only at the discretion of the Contracting
Officer with the approval of the Base Security Officer. All Contractor
vehicles and equipment entering through the construction gate will be
subject to a thorough inspection by Government personnel, including, as a
minimum, a detailed inspection of the vehicle's interior and
undercarriage. All vehicles will bear the name of the contractor,
R
subcontractor or supplier they represent in a prominent place on the
vehicle. No vehicle of any type will be left unaccompanied near the
temporary fence separating base and construction security zones. No
vehicle or equipment will be left on the work site after work hours, unless
specifically approved by the Contracting Officer.
D
Contractor personnel will enter the Base Security Area through the Base
Personnel Gate. Personnel without proper identification and clearance will
not be permitted entry. Contractor vehicles and equipment will enter the
Base Security Area through the point designated by Base Security. Vehicle,
equipment, and drivers without proper identification and clearance will not
be permitted entry. All vehicles and equipment entering the Base Security
Area will be thoroughly inspected by Government personnel. Privately owned
SECTION 01 14 00 Page 5
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
vehicles will not be permitted entry to the Base Security Area. For the
purpose of executing any work under this contract, hours of operation of
the Base Security Area are the same as for the Construction Security Area.
The Contractor shall provide a list of all employees who will need access
to the Base Security Area at least seven (7) days prior to the required
date of access. The access list shall contain the name, current CPR or
Passport number, nationality and firm employing each person on the list.
The current access list will be provided through the Contracting Officer to
the Base Security Officer on a weekly basis. The Contractor shall plan his
employee force requirements such that the access list will contain all
those employees who will need access to the Base Security Area for the
completion of the particular work item being performed. Supplemental
updating of the employee access list will be allowed only at the discretion
of the Contracting Officer with the approval of the Base Security Officer.
To gain access to the Base Security Area personnel will surrender their CPR
card or Passport to the Base Security personnel at the Base Personnel Gate
and receive an identification badge allowing that individual access to the
Base Security Area. Employees shall wear identification badges prominently
T
displayed at all times while in the Base Security Area. Failure to wear a
properly displayed identification badge may be considered grounds for
removal of the employee from the site. The Contractor shall conduct random
inspections to assure that identification badges are properly displayed.
AF
At the conclusion of the work day each employee shall return the badge to
the Base Security personnel and receive his CPR card or Passport back. In
addition to identification badges, all contractor labor personnel shall
wear coveralls of a distinct color for the contractor's personnel and for
each subcontractor's personnel. The Coveralls shall have markings on the
back clearly identifying the company for whom the employee works.
SECTION 01 14 00 Page 6
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
T
requirements.
SECTION 01 14 00 Page 7
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
The Contractor shall not engage in any form of photography without prior
written approval from the Contracting Officer and USAF Base Security.
The laws of Host Country may prohibit access to certain areas of the
country which are under military control. The Contractor shall furnish the
Contracting Officer the names of personnel, type, and amounts of equipment,
dates and length of time required at the site, and the purpose of entering
the host country. It is understood that areas to which rights of entry are
provided by the Host Government are to be used only for work carried out
under the contract and no destruction or damages shall be caused, except
through normal usage, without concurrence of the Host Government.
T
All materials and equipment which are to be incorporated into the project,
or are to be used in support of this contract, may be shipped free of duty,
if the following actions are taken:
1.8.1
AF
Shipments of Materials
All shipments of materials into the country for use in performance of work
under this contract and supplies or services necessary for support of the
Contractor's personnel shall be addressed to the shipping address furnished
to the Contractor by the Contracting Officer. Address will be furnished
upon request by the Contractor.
R
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used
D
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used
-- End of Section --
SECTION 01 14 00 Page 8
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
SECTION 01 15 00.12 10
SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS
10/15
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUBMITTAL
T
Foreign Objects Damage (FOD) Control Plan; G M/R
SD-07 Certificates
Certificates Of Compliance
R
1.2 FOREIGN OBJECTS DAMAGE CONTROL
The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Contracting Officer, for
approval, his plan to (control Foreign Objects Damage (FOD) at its
D
The Contractor shall plan for an Airfield Pavement Workshop (APW) for an
approximately two (2) day period during the initial construction phase of
the airfield pavement work, ideally during the Preparatory and/or Initial
Phase Inspections. The APW is conducted by U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
(USACE) Transportation Systems Center (TSC) and provides additional
direction and technical support during start-up activities for the
construction phase for airfield pavement projects executed by USACE. The
APW may include a group presentation, observation and analysis of test
section construction, verification of plant calibration, and observation of
work quality during early phases of concrete paving.
Prior to the start of any work activity which requires excavation within the
current Base Civil Engineering Squadron, the Contractor shall obtain a
digging permit.
T
the AF AFCEC Project Manager/BASECE a minimum of twenty-one (21) days prior
to the start of the work activity covered by the permit. The request for a
Digging Permit shall include a narrative description of the work to be
performed and a detailed map of the area of the excavation clearly marking
AF
the location of all known utilities or other obstructions. If the work
activity covered by the Digging Permit request also requires a utility
outage, a separate request for the outage shall be submitted in accordance
with the paragraph entitled CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING UTILITIES.
utility lines found shall be clearly flagged or marked and the location of
the utility shall be shown on the drawing to be submitted with the request
for Digging Permit.
Hand excavation methods and special supervisory care shall be used between
any flagged markers, in areas of known or suspected hazards, and in areas
known or suspected to have multiple and/or concentrated utility lines or
connections.
T
Prior to mobilization, the Contractor shall submit his proposed means of
providing project security to prevent unauthorized access to equipment,
facilities, materials and documents, and to safeguard them against
sabotage, damage, and theft. The Contractor shall be responsible for
AF
physical security of all materials, supplies, and equipment of every
description, including property which may be Government-furnished or owned,
for all areas occupied jointly by the Contractor and the Government, as
well as for all work performed.
The Contractor shall comply with all applicable Host Country laws and with
such additional measures as the Contracting Officer may find necessary in
accordance with CONTRACT CLAUSE 52.236-13 entitled ACCIDENT PREVENTION (NOV
1991). Applicable provisions of the Corps of Engineers manual entitled
Safety and Health Requirements Manual EM 385-1-1, will be applied to all
work under this contract. The referenced manual may be obtained from the
Contracting Officer's Representative at the jobsite or from the Middle East
District at Winchester, Virginia.
Submit the APP to the Contracting Officer 15 calendar days prior to the
T
guidance as required by EM 385-1-1, Appendix A.
Contractors shall:
1.11 STANDARDIZATION
Where two or more items of the same type or class of equipment furnished in
this project are required, the units shall be products of the same
T
manufacturer and shall be interchangeable when of the same size, capacity,
performance characteristics, and rating. The only exception to this
requirement is where the items are interchangeable due to conformance with
industry standards (valves, fittings, etc.), they need not be by the same
AF
manufacturer. This requirement applies to all manufactured items in the
project which normally require repair or replacement during the life of the
equipment.
The Contractor shall not engage in any form of photography without prior
written approval from the Contracting Officer.
R
1.13 PUBLIC RELEASE OF INFORMATION
1.13.1 Prohibition
D
The laws of Host Country may prohibit access to certain areas of the
country which are under military control. The Contractor shall furnish the
Contracting Officer the names of personnel, type, and amounts of equipment,
dates and length of time required at the site, and the purpose of entering
the host country. It is understood that areas to which rights of entry are
provided by the Host Government are to be used only for work carried out
under the contract and no destruction or damages shall be caused, except
through normal usage, without concurrence of the Host Government.
T
the Host Government, including those required by local Labor
Offices, which the Contractor may have to fulfill before an
application for a regular block of visas will be accepted.
AF
c. Passports, health and immunization certificates, and quarantine
clearance.
p. Base passes for permanent staff, day laborers, motor vehicles, etc.
T
approval of the Contracting Officer.
1.17.1
AF
Requirement for Hot Work Permits
Prior to the start of a work activity including hot work (welding, burning,
etc.) or the operating of other flame producing devices, the Contractor
shall obtain a Hot Work Permit.
safety precautions that the Contractor will put in place during the work to
assure compliance with EM 385-1-1 and Base Fire Regulations.
During the Preparatory Inspection for any work activity including hot work,
the Hot Work Permit shall be reviewed. During the Preparatory inspection,
all hot equipment and safety equipment shall be checked to assure that it
is in proper working order. Safety equipment required by the Hot Work
Permit shall be checked at the beginning of each shift to assure that it is
in proper working order.
-- End of Section --
SECTION 01 30 00
ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
11/11
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
1.2 SUBMITTALS
T
Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;
submittals not having a "G" designation are for information only. When
used, a designation following the "G" designation identifies the office
AF
that will review the submittal for the Government. Submittals with an "S"
are for inclusion in the Sustainability Notebook, in conformance to Section
01 33 29.05 20 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING FOR DESIGN BUILD. Submit the
following in accordance with Section 01 33 00.05 20 CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTAL
PROCEDURES and 01 33 10.05 20 DESIGN SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:
1.3 SUPERVISION
conversing fluently in the English language on the job site during working
hours. In addition, if a Quality Control (QC) representative is required
on the contract, then that individual shall also have fluent English
communication skills.
SECTION 01 30 00 Page 1
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
After award and upon request, the electronic "Computer-Aided Drafting and
Design (CADD)" drawing files will only be made available to the Contractor
for use in preparation of construction drawings and data related to the
referenced contract subject to the following terms and conditions.
Request specific drawing numbers of files required; the entire set of
drawing files will not be provided.
Data contained on these electronic files shall not be used for any purpose
other than as a convenience in the preparation of construction drawings and
data for the referenced project. Any other use or reuse shall be at the
sole risk of the Contractor and without liability or legal exposure to the
Government. The Contractor shall make no claim and waives to the fullest
extent permitted by law, any claim or cause of action of any nature against
the Government, its agents or sub consultants that may arise out of or in
connection with the use of these electronic files. The Contractor shall,
to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify and hold the Government
harmless against all damages, liabilities or costs, including reasonable
attorney's fees and defense costs, arising out of or resulting from the use
of these electronic files.
T
These electronic CADD drawing files are not construction documents.
Differences may exist between the CADD files and the corresponding
construction documents. The Government makes no representation regarding
AF
the accuracy or completeness of the electronic CADD files, nor does it make
representation to the compatibility of these files with the Contractors
hardware or software. In the event that a conflict arises between the
signed and sealed construction documents prepared by the Government and the
furnished CADD files, the signed and sealed construction documents shall
govern. The Contractor is responsible for determining if any conflict
exists. Use of these CADD files does not relieve the Contractor of duty to
fully comply with the contract documents, including and without limitation,
R
the need to check, confirm and coordinate the work of all contractors for
the project.
SECTION 01 30 00 Page 2
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
1.9 STANDARDIZATION
Where two or more items of the same type or class of equipment furnished in
this project are required, the units shall be products of the same
manufacturer and shall be interchangeable when of the same size, capacity,
performance characteristics, and rating. The only exception to this
requirement is where the items are interchangeable due to conformance with
industry standards (valves, fittings, etc.), they need not be by the same
manufacturer. This requirement applies to all manufactured items in the
project which normally require repair or replacement during the life of the
equipment.
T
All Contractor purchased materials and equipment intended for incorporation
into the completed facilities and which are later determined excess to the
actual construction requirements, will become the property of the
AF
Government. The residual materials and equipment shall be tagged (giving
the area where like type material and equipment were installed), and stored
in an orderly manner in a designated area as directed and approved by the
Contracting Officer.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used
R
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used
D
-- End of Section --
SECTION 01 30 00 Page 3
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
SECTION 01 31 19.05 20
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
1.2 SUBMITTALS
T
following in accordance with Section 01 33 00.05 20 CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTAL
PROCEDURES and 01 33 10.05 20 DESIGN SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:
Within 35 calendar days after contract award, and prior to commencing work,
meet with the Contracting Officer for the PAK meeting(s). The meeting shall
be located in UAE at a specific time and place to be determined by the
Contractor and accepted by the Contracting Officer or Contracting Officer's
Representative (COR).
a. Integrate the Contractor and all client representatives into the project
team.
b. Achieve consensus from the project team on any issues and concerns with
the Contractor's technical proposal and the User's functional
requirements. Confirm the design is within the project budget.
T
providing DD Form 1354 asset management records, eOMSI submittals,
Guiding Principle Validation, Third Party Certification (if
applicable), and training of Government maintenance personnel.
1.3.3
AF
PAK Meeting Contractor Attendees
The following Contractor key personnel shall attend the PAK: Project
Manager, Project Scheduler, Lead Designer-of-Record (DOR), Design Staff
responsible for each architectural/engineering discipline when facility
design is discussed, Superintendent, QC Manager, and the DQC Manager.
Optional attendees include: Principal, Assistant Project Manager, major
subcontractors and specialized supplemental QC personnel.
R
1.3.4 Contract Administration
1.3.6 Partnering
T
Information on the Partnering Process and a list of Key and Optional
personnel who should attend the Partnering meeting are available from the
Contracting Officer.
AF
INFORMAL PARTNERING: The Contracting Officer shall organize the Partnering
Sessions with key personnel of the project team, including Contractor's
personnel and Government personnel.
After Government Quality Assurance (QA) of each Design Submittal has been
completed, meet with the Government for a one-day conference to discuss
review comments for the specific design submittal.
T
Contractor's Design Staff (architect and engineering disciplines related to
topics to be discussed).
T
guide the discussions based on an agenda provided by the Government. The
Facility Turnover effort shall include the following:
a. PAK Meeting
AF
1. Contracting Officer's Technical Representative (COTR) will provide
theRZ (Red Zone) Checklist and the Contractor, Client, and USACE
Representatives will compare Contractor's schedule to RZ Checklist
to ensure all Contractor Checklist Items are included in the
schedule and to discuss the scheduling impact of Client and USACE
Checklist Items.
R
2. Discuss the requirements of creating the Draft and finalizing the
Interim DD Form 1354 to provide asset management records to the
Government. Refer to Section 01 33 10.05 20 DESIGN SUBMITTAL
PROCEDURES for requirements.
D
The following key personnel shall attend the Facility Turnover Meetings:
Contractor QC Manager, Design Quality Control Manager, Superintendent,
Major Subcontractors, Designer-of-Record, Contracting Officer's
Representative, Project Sponsor, Representative(s) of NAVFAC, the Facility
Owner/ Real Property Accounting Officer, Public Works Facility Maintenance
Specialist, and the Client.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used.
T
-- End of Section --
AF
R
D
SECTION 01 32 17.05 20
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
T
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES and Section 01 33 10.05 20 DESIGN SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
to determine if any items require Government approval prior to
construction. If any are required, include that submittal review time in
the schedule.
AF
The schedule is a tool to manage the project, both for Contractor and
Government activities. It will also be used to report progress and
evaluate time extensions. The Project NAS must be cost-loaded and will
provide the basis for progress payments. Use the Critical Path Method
(CPM) and the Precedence Diagram Method (PDM) to satisfy time and cost
applications. For consistency, when scheduling software terminology is
used in this specification, the terms in Primavera's scheduling programs
R
are used.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
Qualifications; G M/R
SD-07 Certificates
T
of work.
1.4 SOFTWARE
R
Prepare and maintain project schedules using Primavera P6. Importing data
into P6 using data conversion techniques or third party software is cause
for rejection of the submitted schedule.
D
1.5 QUALIFICATIONS
The designated Scheduler for the project must have prepared and maintained
at least 3 previous schedules of similar size and complexity of this
contract using Primavera P3, Primavera SureTrak, or Primavera P6. At least
two of the three must be in Primavera P6. Submit a resume outlining the
qualifications of the Scheduler. A resume outlining the qualifications of
the Scheduler and their Primavera P6 training certificate from an
authorized Primavera trainer shall be submitted for acceptance to the
Contracting Officer. If at a later date, the Contracting Officer considers
the Contractor's Scheduler to be incompetent or objectionable, the
Contractor will propose a new Scheduler, meeting the qualification
requirements. Payment will not be processed until an acceptable Scheduler
is provided.
The system must include time-scaled logic diagrams and specified reports.
1.6.1 Diagrams
a. Activity ID
b. Activity Description
T
g. Start Date
h. Finish Date
AF
i. Total Float
With the exception of the Contract Award and Contract Completion Date (CCD)
D
T
advance of installation. Show each delivery with relationship tie to the
Construction Activity specifically for the delivery.
The Preparatory Phase and Initial Phase for each Definable Feature of Work
identified in the Contractor's Quality Control Plan must be added to each
D
1.6.2.1.6 Lags
Lags will not be used when the creation of an activity will perform the
same function (e.g., concrete cure time). Lag durations contained in the
project schedule shall not have a negative value. Contractor will identify
any lag proposed and provide an explanation for the purpose of the lag in
T
n. Other systems testing, if required
o. Pre-final Inspection
p. Correction of Punch List from Pre-final Inspection
q. Final Inspection1.6.2.2 Contract Milestones and Constraints
AF
1.6.2.2.1 Project Start Date Milestones
a. Project Milestones:
b. Pre-Construction Phase:
T
(1) Submittals and Reviews
(2) Procurement
AF
c. Construction Phase; Create multiple sub-sections in accordance with
project specific categories of work including in WBS descending order
as follows:
(3) Training
The Contractor shall use the activity coding structure defined in the
Standard Data Exchange Formant (SDEF) in ER-1-1-11, Appendix A. This exact
structure is mandatory, even if some fields are not used. The codes will
have values assigned that will allow the scheduling program to sort,
select, group and organize the activities in the schedule.
1 2 2 1 0 2 2 2 2 0 0 1
T
occurs and the adverse weather delayed activities are critical to contract
completion. A lost workday due to weather conditions is defined as a day
in which the Contractor cannot work at least 50 percent of the day on the
impacted activity.
AF
1.6.2.5 Cost Loading
Assign Material and Equipment Costs, for which payment will be requested in
advance of installation, to their respective procurement activity (i.e.,
the material/equipment on-site activity). Assign cost for
R
material/equipment, paid for after installation; labor; and construction
equipment to their respective Construction Activities. The value of
commissioning, testing and closeout WBS section must not be less than 10
percent of the total costs for Procurement and Construction Activities.
Evenly disperse overhead and profit to each activity over the duration of
D
the project.
Each cost loaded activity must have a detailed quantity breakdown and unit
of measure. Lump sum costing is not acceptable.
b. Default Progress Data Disallowed: Actual Start and Actual Finish dates
on the CPM schedule must match the dates on the Contractor Quality
Control and Production Reports.
Override. Show all activity durations and float values in days. Show
activity progress using Remaining Duration. Set default activity type
to "Task Dependent".
(b) Use assigned calendar to specify the number of work hours for
each time period: must be checked.
T
dates".
(e) Link Actual to Date and Actual This Period Units and Cost:
Must be Checked.
Include the following reports with the Baseline, Monthly Update and any
other required schedule submittals:
a. Log Report: Listing of all changes made between the previous schedule
and current updated schedule.
T
b. Narrative Report: Identify and justify:
Each entry in the narrative report must cite the respective Activity ID and
Activity Description, the date and reason for the change, and description
of the change.
c. Earned Value Report: List all activities having a budget amount cost
loaded. Compile total earnings on the project from notice to proceed
to current progress payment request. Show current budget, previous
physical percent complete, to-date physical percent complete, previous
earned value, to-date earned value and cost to complete on the report
for each activity.
(1) Date
(2) Activity ID
(4) Contractor
T
order and then in order of early start date.
and planned late versus actual equipment resource report and histogram
will be provided. The report and histogram shall be based upon and
shall be in agreement with the equipment allocation in the Baseline
Network Analysis Schedule (planned) and the Monthly Network Update
(actual). Included in the report will be a tabular listing of
equipment (by year, make and model) that worked on the activities
during the construction period.
The Design Baseline NAS shall include detailed design activities, general
(summarized) approach for the construction phase(s) of the project and
required milestone activities. If the project is being Fast-Tracked or allows
Early Start of construction, the Design Baseline Project Schedule shall
include all fast-tracked design construction phases, etc., including the
required or proposed critical path design submittals within each phase that
shall occur during the duration of the project.
T
correspond to contemporaneous records, including but not limited to,
submittals, daily production reports and quality control reports.
c. Data disks containing the project schedule. Include the back-up native .xer
program files.
R
1.7.3 As-Built Schedule
Submit a Time Impact Analysis (TIA) with each cost and time proposal for a
proposed change. TIA must illustrate the influence of each change or delay
on the Contract Completion Date or milestones. No time extensions will be
granted nor delay damages paid unless a delay occurs which consumes all
available Project Float, and extends the Projected Finish beyond the
Contract Completion Date.
a. Each TIA must be in both narrative and schedule form. The narrative
must define the scope and conditions of the change; provide start and
finish dates of impact, successor and predecessor activity to impact
period, responsible party; describe how it originated, and how it
impacts the schedule. The schedule submission must consist of three
native files:
(3) The impacted schedule that has the fragnet inserted in the updated
schedule and the schedule run so that the new completion date is
determined.
b. For claimed as-built project delay, the inserted fragnet TIA method
must be modified to account for as-built events that have already
occurred or is occurring after the data date of schedule update used.
c. All TIAs must include any mitigation, and must determine the
apportionment of the overall delay assignable to each individual
delay. The associated narrative must clearly describe the findings in
a chronological listing beginning with the earliest delay event.
T
(b) Inexcusable Delay: Contractor Responsibility Contractor must
not receive time extension.
d. Submit Data disks containing the narrative and native schedule files.
All direct costs, indirect cost, and time extensions must be negotiated and
made full, equitable and final at the time of modification issuance.
1.9 FLOAT
Prepare and issue a 3-Week Look Ahead schedule to provide a more detailed
day-to-day plan of upcoming work identified on the Project Network Analysis
Schedule. Key the work plans to NAS activity numbers and update each week
to show the planned work for the current and following two-week period.
Additionally, include upcoming outages, closures, field evaluation tests,
preparatory meetings, and initial meetings. Identify critical path
activities on the Three-Week Look Ahead Schedule. The detail work plans
are to be bar chart type schedules, derived from but maintained separately
from the Project NAS on an electronic spreadsheet program and printed on
216 by 279 mm sheets as directed by the Contracting Officer. Activities
must not exceed 5 working days in duration and have sufficient level of
detail to assign crews, tools and equipment required to complete the work.
Deliver three hard copies and one electronic file of the 3-Week Look Ahead
Schedule must be delivered to the Contracting Officer no later than 8 a.m.
each Monday and reviewed during the weekly CQC Coordination and/or
Production Meeting.
T
All correspondence (e.g., letters, Requests for Information (RFIs),
e-mails, meeting minute items, Production and QC Daily Reports, material
delivery tickets, photographs) must reference Schedule activity IDs that
are being addressed. All test reports (e.g., concrete, soil compaction,
AF
weld, pressure) must reference schedule activity IDs that are being
addressed.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not used.
D
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not used.
-- End of Section --
SECTION 01 33 00.05 20
PART 1 GENERAL
This section covers construction submittals that are not included in the
design submittals. Submit design submittals in accordance with 01 33 10.05
20 DESIGN SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES. When using Unified Facility Guide
Specifications (UFGS) sections that reference Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL
PROCEDURES, change reference to this section, Section 01 33 00.05 20
CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES.
T
and in UFGS in Part 5, PRESCRIPTIVE SPECIFICATIONS. Submittals that are
identified by SD numbers use descriptions of items included in submittal
packages and titles as follows:
AF
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
Certificates of insurance.
Surety bonds.
List of proposed subcontractors.
List of proposed products.
Construction Progress Schedule.
Submittal register.
R
Schedule of values.
Health and safety plan.
Work plan.
Quality controlplan.
Environmental protection plan.
D
product warranties.
SD-04 Samples
T
SD-05 Design Data
Investigation reports.
Daily checklists.
SD-07 Certificates
T
Data that is furnished by the manufacturer, or the system provider,
to the equipment operating and maintenance personnel. This data is
needed by operating and maintenance personnel for the safe and
efficient operation, maintenance and repair of the item.
AF
SD-11 Closeout Submittals
1.3 SUBMITTALS
The Contractor is responsible for developing ENG Form 4288 for the
design-build portion of this contract. All design and construction
submittals shall be shown on this register. The submittal register shall
be the controlling document and will be used to control all consruction
submittals throughout the life of the contract. The Contractor shall
maintain ahd update the register on a monthly basis for the Contracting
Officer's approval.
A copy of the initial ENG Form 4288 and each monthly update prepared by the
Contractor, shall be submitted to:
T
(CETAM-EC-M Attn: H. Kidwell)
201 Prince Frederick Drive
Winchester VA 22602
1.4
AF
CONSTRUCTION QUALITY CONTROL
submittals identified for DOR approval that are not denoted with a "G"
designation, these submittals cannot be delegated for Contractor Quality
Control approval.
Submittal items identified in RFP PARTS 2, 4, and 5 that are not identified
with a "G" designation or not designated for DOR approval (in RFP Part 4)
are for Contractor Quality Control approval.
T
requirements of the RFP. Stamp surveillance submittals "APPROVED" by the
DOR or QC Specialist and "FOR INFORMATION ONLY." Submit the following
Government surveillance submittals, prior to starting work for construction
submittal items, and after the completion of the work for reports
submittals items.
AF
a. Submit fire protection related submittals pertaining to spray-applied
fire proofing and fire stopping, exterior fire alarm reporting systems,
interior fire alarm & detection systems, and fire suppression systems
including fire pumps and standpipe systems.
1.4.4 Constraints
The Contractor must limit change and variation to items that will be
advantageous to the Government. Submit proof that the change or variation
is needed and provide the same or better level of quality as the design
that the Government originally reviewed or approved. Design change is
considered prior to Government approval of the final design and variation
is considered after Government approval of final design.
T
Design changes must meet the minimum requirements of the solicitation and
the accepted proposal. Any changes to the design from what was previously
reviewed by the Government during any phase of the design process prior to
Government approval of the Final Design must be approved by the DOR and
AF
Government before the design change may be incorporated into the design
documents. Design changes shall be requested in accordance with Section
01 33 10.05 20 DESIGN SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES.
1.4.5.2 Variations
a. Considering Variations
D
b. Submitting Variations
Ensure no work has begun until submittals for that work have been
"approved" or "approved as noted."
T
only.
"I hereby certify that the (equipment) (material) (article) shown and
marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated with
contract Number (insert contract number here), is in compliance with
the contract documents, can be installed in the allocated spaces, and
is submitted for Government approval.
R
RFP Part Two Submittals:
b. When the Approving Authority is the Designer of Record, the DOR shall
approve, professionally stamp, sign, and date submittals. DOR stamp on
construction submittals or submission of design documents that include
"I hereby certify that the (equipment) (material) (article) shown and
marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated with
contract Number (insert contract number here), is in compliance with
the contract requirements, can be installed in the allocated spaces,
and is submitted for DOR approval.
T
(2) Update submittal register database as submittal actions occur and
maintain the submittal register at project site until final
acceptance of all work by Contracting Officer.
AF
(3) Send copies of final DOR or QC Specialist approved and signed
submittals that are identified in this section for Government
surveillance to the Contracting Officer. Stamp copies "For
Surveillance Only."
"A" - Approved
Status Completed, i.e., Contractor's activity in the NAS for this item
is complete.
For Information Only (FIO) submittals where the submittal complies with
contract requirements. Status Completed, i.e., Contractor's activity
in the NAS for this item complete.
T
"G" - Other (Specify), Re-Submittal Required
Resubmit, i.e., Contractor's activity in the NAS for this item is not
complete.
AF
"X" - Receipt Acknowledged, Re-Submittal Required
The transmittal form (ENG Form 4025) generated in the QCS module of RMS
shall be used for submitting both design and construction submittals in
accordance with the instructions on the reverse side of the form. This
form shall be properly completed by filling out all the heading blank
spaces and identifying each item submitted. Special care will be exercised
to ensure proper listing of the specification paragraph and/or sheet number
of the contract drawings pertinent to the data submitted for each item.
T
c. Date of the drawings and revisions.
Shop drawings are not to be less than 210 by 297 mm nor more than 1189 by
841 mm, except for full size patterns or templates. Prepare drawings to
accurate size, with scale indicated, unless other form is required.
Drawings are to be suitable for reproduction and be of a quality to produce
clear, distinct lines and letters with dark lines on a white background.
Present 210 by 297 mm sized shop drawings as part of the bound volume for
submittals required by section. Present larger drawings in sets.
Include on each drawing the drawing title, number, date, and revision
numbers and dates, in addition to information required in paragraph
entitled, "Identifying Submittals," of this section.
drawings demonstrating interface with other trades to scale. Use the same
unit of measure for shop drawings as indicated on the contract drawings.
Identify materials and products for work shown.
Include the nameplate data, size and capacity on drawings. Also include
applicable federal, military, industry and technical society publication
references.
T
as required for submission of SD-07 Certificates.
Provide product data in metric dimensions. Where product data are included
in preprinted catalogs with English units only, submit metric dimensions on
separate sheet.
AF
Include the manufacturer's name, trade name, place of manufacture, and
catalog model or number on product data. Also include applicable federal,
military, industry and technical society publication references. Should
manufacturer's data require supplemental information for clarification,
submit as specified for SD-07 Certificates.
R
Where equipment or materials are specified to conform to industry and
technical society reference standards of the organizations such as American
National Standards Institute (ANSI), ASTM International (ASTM), National
Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA), Underwriters Laboratories
(UL), and Association of Edison Illuminating Companies (AEIC) submit proof
D
Collect required data submittals for each specific material, product, unit
of work, or system into a single submittal and marked for choices, options,
and portions applicable to the submittal. Mark each copy of the product
data identically. Partial submittals will not be accepted for expedition of
construction effort.
c. Sample of Materials Exceeding 210 by 297 mm: Cut down to 210 by 297 mm
and adequate to indicate color, texture, and material variations.
f. Color Selection Samples: 50 by 100 mm. Where samples are specified for
selection of color, finish, pattern, or texture, submit the full set of
available choices for the material or product specified. Sizes and
quantities of samples are to represent their respective standard unit.
T
h. Sample Installation: 10 square meters.
for comparison.
Contractor's shipping cartons shall not exceed 23 kilograms (50 pounds) per
carton. The Government will not accept boxes over 50 pounds and any
associated delay will not be claimable.
1.6.1 Procedures
T
a. Submittals designated as "M" on the Submittal Register (ENG Form
4288) shall be submitted in two (2) hard copies and one (1) CD to
Middle East District. One (1) courtesy hard copy and one (1) CD shall
AF
also be sent to the Al Dhafra Project Office.
FedEx Address:
Al Dhafra Project Office, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
Al Dhafra Air Base, UAE
380 ECES/COE
APO AE 09853-5000
Attn: Resident Engineer
The Government will further discuss detailed submittal procedures with the
Contractor at the Preconstruction Conference.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
T
Not used.
-- End of Section --
AF
R
D
SECTION 01 33 10.05 20
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
1.2 REFERENCES
T
UFC 1-200-01 (2013) General Building Requirements
UFC 3-600-10N and UFC 3-800-10N are only available on the NAVFAC
Design-Build Website under the Design Guidance link:
http://www.wbdg.org/ndbm/design_guidance.php. These Draft UFCs are
applicable as final documents for Navy projects.
1.6 SUBMITTALS
Design Drawings; G M
Specifications; G M
Design Analysis; G M
Design Submittals; G M
T
Sustainability Notebook; G S
The Designer of Record (DOR) is the design certifying authority. The DOR
accepts responsibility for design of work in each respective design
discipline, by stamping and approving final construction drawings submitted
to the Government approval authority.
Upon submission of sealed and signed design documents certified by the DOR,
Design Quality Control (DQC) Manager and the Quality Control (QC) Managers,
the Contractor may proceed with material and equipment purchases,
fabrication and construction of any elements covered by that submittal,
except as specified in the following paragraph.
The Government will approve the following final submittals before the
Contractor shall be allowed to proceed with construction:
T
c. Indicate on the transmittal form accompanying submittal which design
submittals are being submitted as shop drawings.
AF
d. Advise Contracting Officer of variations, as required by paragraph
"Variations."
a. Both the CA and the QC Manager must certify design submittals for
compliance with the contract documents. The DOR stamp on drawings
indicates approval from the DOR.
"I hereby certify that the (equipment) (material) (article) shown and
marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated with
Contract Number (insert contract number here), is in compliance with
the contract documents, and is submitted for Government approval.
Certified by QC Manager________________________________,
Date ______"
T
Submittals will be returned with one of the following notations:
The metric units used are the International System of Units (SI) developed
and maintained by the General Conference on Weights and Measures (CGPM);
1.9.1 Drawings
1.9.3 Specifications
T
described by SI units.
requirements.
The Contractor-originated drawings will be used as the basis for the record
drawings. Shop drawings included as design documents shall comply with the
same drawing requirements such as drawing form, sheet size, layering,
lettering, and title block used in design drawings.
T
shall electronically sign and date final drawings and cover sheet. The
design drawing coversheets shall be sealed and signed by the lead licensed
architect or engineer of the project design team. Indicate the
Contractor's company name and address on the drawing coversheets of each
AF
design submittal. Application of the electronic seal and signature accepts
responsibility for the work shown thereon.
1.12 SPECIFICATIONS
R
Provide a Contractor-originated design specification that in conjunction
with the drawings, demonstrates compliance with requirements of the RFP.
The specified products, materials, systems, and equipment that are approved
by the DOR; submitted to the Government by the Contractor; and reviewed by
D
a. Provide the specification cover sheet with the professional seal and
signature of the lead licensed architect or engineer of the project
design team. Indicate the Contractor's company name and address on the
specification coversheet.
T
fulfill sustainability requirements by Section 01 33 29.05 20
SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING FOR DESIGN-BUILD.
Provide complete and legible catalog cut sheets, product data, installation
instructions, operation and maintenance instructions, warranty, and
certifications for products and equipment for which final material and
equipment choices have been made. Indicate, by prominent notation, each
product that is being submitted including optional manufacturer's features,
and indicate where the product data shows compliance with the RFP.
(3) The identification of any necessary licenses and permits that are
T
anticipated to be required as a part of the design and/or
construction process. The "Permits Record of Decision" (PROD) form
provided shall be used for recording permits.
AF
b. Code and criteria search shall identify all applicable codes and
criteria and highlight specific requirements within these codes and
criteria for critical issues in the facility design.
d. Draft and Final Energy and Sustainability Record Card (ESRC) that
documents the energy usage and sustainable features of the building.
R
Refer to Record Documents paragraphs in this section for requirements.
i. Draft and Interim DD Form 1354 that document the real property assets of
the project. Refer to Record Documents paragraphs in this section for
requirements.
The basis of design for each design discipline shall include a cover page
indicating the project title and locations, contract number, table of
contents, tabbed separations for quick reference, and bound in separate
volumes for each design discipline.
Place the signature and seal of the designer responsible for the work on
the cover page of the calculations for the respective design discipline.
of the project. Identify fall hazards in the Basis of Design with the
Design Development and Prefinal submittals. The analysis shall describe
how fall hazards are considered, eliminated, prevented or controlled to
prevent maintenance personnel from exposure to fall hazards while
performing work at heights. Refer to RFP Part 2, Section 01 35 26,
GOVERNMENT SAFETY REQUIREMENTS for fall hazard protection requirements.
a. Draft DD Form 1354. DOR shall determine applicable real property assets
T
broken out by construction categories and submit a "Draft DD Form 1354"
for Government approval as a part of the Design Analysis included with
the Prefinal Design submittal. "Draft DD Form 1354" must include all
quantities and units of measure, but does not require cost breakdown.
AF
Download the current blank editable DD Form 1354 in ADOBE (PDF) from
the following website:
http://www.dtic.mil/whs/directives/infomgt/forms/eforms/dd1354.pdf
b. Interim DD Form 1354. Contractor shall coordinate with the DOR and
update the Draft DD Form 1354 submission to include any additional assets,
improvements, or alterations that occurred during construction. Use the
Draft DD Form 1354 to identify costs. Submit Interim DD Form 1354 to the
R
Government for approval 60 days prior to the Beneficial Occupancy Date
(BOD). If modifications to the Interim DD Form 1354 are required by the
Government, the corrected version must be submitted prior to the BOD.
When documenting demolition work, the DD Form 1354 shall list the
quantitative data associated with this work as a negative value to show the
cost should be deleted from the Navy asset data store. Coordinate with the
Installation Real Property POC to assist in determining the negative value
for demolition work.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
indicated, the risk for the design is the sole responsibility of the
Design-Build Contractor.
T
Submittal Packages are: Demolition Design, Foundation Design, Structural
Design, Building Enclosure Design, Remaining Work Design,
Furniture/Equipment Design, long lead items, or any other construction
activity or project element that can be organized into a submittal package
AF
that can be reviewed and approved by the Government without being
contingent upon subsequent design submittals.
Provide Critical Path Design Submittals that include design documents for
the project elements involved. Include and provide full documentation that
would normally have been provided in earlier submittal stages, such as
Design Development Phase.
Contractor's shipping cartons shall not exceed 23 kilograms (50 pounds) per
carton. The Government will not accept boxes over 50 pounds and any
associated delay will not be claimable.
The Government will further discuss detailed submittal procedures with the
Contractor at the Preconstruction Conference.
T
Design Documents, which includes any Critical Path Final Design Document
Packages, electronic and hardcopy(s) of these final documents to Government
representatives for use during the construction of the project. If
Critical Path Submittal Packages are used, provide coversheets and index to
AF
identify each sheet and how this Critical Path Submittal Package fits into
the overall project. Provide the number and type of copies of the final
design documents to the following Government representative:
a. Two (2) electronic and two (2) hard copies to the Project Manager,
Middle East District
b. Two (2) electronic and two (2) hard copyies to the Technical
R
Coordinator, Middle East District
c. One (1) electronic and one (1) hard copy to the Construction Manager,
Middle East District
D
d. One (1) electronic and one (1) hard copy to the Contracting Officer,
Middle East District
e. One (1) electronic and one (1) hard copy to the Public Works Officer,
Bahrain Resident Office
f. One (1) electronic and one (1) hard copy to the Resident Engineer, Al
Dhafra Project Office
the individual drawings, and which drawings are approved for construction.
All CAD design documents used to construct the facility must bear a visible
and legible AutoCAD generated plotstamp in the lower right hand margin of
each drawing. The plotstamp information on the jobsite construction
documents must match the plotstamp information contained on the following
development stages of the design documents:
b. The Final Critical Path Submittal or the Final Design Submittal drawings
that have approved by the Government. This development stage may be
combined with "c." below, if issued at the same time.
c. The Final Critical Path or Final Design drawings that have been included
in the contract by modification.
T
subsequent revisions to the design documents that have been included in
the contract by modifications.
Issue new drawings for construction which bear the current plotstamp once a
AF
new development stage of the design documents has been accomplished. Design
documents which do not bear a plotstamp that matches the corresponding
plotstamp exhibited on the design documents described above, shall not be
used for the construction of the project. The plotstamp must bear the date
and time of the plot, at a minimum. Maintain a plotstamp record at the
jobsite that lists the applicable plotstamp information for each drawing
through each stage of development described above.
R
PART 3 EXECUTION
A design change is when the design is revised from what was reviewed by the
Government during any phase of the design process prior to Government
approval of the Final Design. A variation is any portion of the design that
differs from the requirements of the solicitation, accepted proposal, or
final design after Government approval of the Final Design. Design changes
and variations require Government approval and only variations that are
advantageous to the Government will be considered. Refer to Section
01 33 00.05 20, CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES for further explanation
and requirements of design change and variation.
a. Indicate the RFP Parts, sections, and paragraphs affected by this design
change or variation,
T
affirmative statement indicating that the design change or variation
will not have an impact on the contract cost/price or schedule.
The contract consists of the solicitation, the approved proposal, and the
final design.
(1) Any portion of the proposal that exceeds the final design.
(2) Any portion of the final design that exceeds the proposal.
(3) Where portions within either the proposal or the final design
conflict, the portion that most exceeds the requirements of the
solicitation has precedence.
(1) Standard Form 1442, Price Schedule, and Davis Bacon Wage Rates.
T
Government review or approval of any portion of the proposal or final
design shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors or
omissions with respect thereto.
AF
-- End of Section --
R
D
SECTION 01 33 29.05 20
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
T
DIM Design Instruction Manual
40 CFR 247
AF Comprehensive Procurement Guideline for
Products Containing Recovered Materials
1.3 SUBMITTALS
T
SD-11 Closeout Submittals
(2) Sustainability
1.4.2 Costs
T
Submit the GPV sustainability documentation required in this specification
as "S" submittals. Highlight GPV compliance data in "S" submittal.
T
Provide documentation that provides proof of and supports compliance with
the attached HBSP Checklist.
1.5.3.1
AF
HPSB Submittals
Submit an updated copy of the HPSB Checklist and SEDRC with each
Sustainability Notebook submittal. Attach HPSB Checklist and SEDRC to
DD1354 Real Property Record Submittal.
T
(b) Integration of the goals into design and construction.
Utilize products and materials made from bio-based materials to the maximum
extent possible without jeopardizing the intended end use or detracting
from the overall quality delivered to the end user. Use only supplies and
materials of a type and quality that conform to applicable specifications
and standards.
T
a. Construction submittal documentation required
(2) Use substances that meet the criteria of U.S. EPA Significant New
Alternatives Policy (http://www.epa.gov/ozone/snap/index.html)
T
goals is prohibited.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not used.
AF
PART 3 EXECUTION
(3) Design Complete Review Meetings (No later than 60 days after final
design complete submission): Review HPSB Checklist, Sustainability
-- End of Section --
T
AF
R
D
SECTION 01 35 26
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
T
ASSE/SAFE Z359.1 (2007) Safety Requirements for Personal
Fall Arrest Systems, Subsystems and
Components
AF
ASME INTERNATIONAL (ASME)
Operations
SECTION 01 35 26 Page 1
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
T
U.S. NAVAL FACILITIES ENGINEERING COMMAND (NAVFAC)
1.2 DEFINITIONS
(1) Death, regardless of the time between the injury and death, or the
length of the illness;
(2) Days away from work (any time lost after day of injury/illness
onset);
SECTION 01 35 26 Page 2
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
T
collision are considered accidents even though no material damage or
injury occurs. A component failure (e.g., motor burnout, gear tooth
failure, bearing failure) is not considered an accident solely due to
material or equipment damage unless the component failure results in
AF
damage to other components (e.g., dropped boom, dropped load, roll
over, etc.) Any mishap meeting the criteria described above shall be
documented in both the Contractor Significant Incident Report (CSIR)
and using the USACE ENG 3394 form submitted within five days both as
provided by the Contracting Officer.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
R
Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;
submittals not having a "G" designation are for information only. When
used, a designation following the "G" designation identifies the office
that will review the submittal for the Government. Submittals with an "S"
D
SECTION 01 35 26 Page 3
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
SD-07 Certificates
License Certificates
T
1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
The SSHO must meet the requirements of EM 385-1-1 section 1 and ensure that
D
the requirements of 29 CFR 1926.16 are met for the project. Provide a
Safety oversight team that includes a minimum of one (1) person at each
project site to function as the Site Safety and Health Officer (SSHO). The
SSHO or an equally-qualified Designated Representative/alternate shall be
at the work site at all times to implement and administer the Contractor's
safety program and government-accepted Accident Prevention Plan. The
SSHO's training, experience, and qualifications shall be as required by
EM 385-1-1 paragraph 01.A.17, entitled SITE SAFETY AND HEALTH OFFICER
(SSHO), and all associated sub-paragraphs.
The Contractor Quality Control (QC) person cannot be the SSHO on this
SECTION 01 35 26 Page 4
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
T
(i.e., union, a government agency, or an organization that tests and
qualifies crane operators). Provide proof of current qualification. In
addition, the Contractor shall comply with 29 CFR 1926, Subpart CC.
AF
1.5.2 Personnel Duties
SECTION 01 35 26 Page 5
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
1.5.3 Meetings
T
agreement will be reached between the Contractor and the Contracting
Officer's representative as to which phases will require an analysis.
In addition, establish a schedule for the preparation, submittal,
review, and acceptance of AHAs to preclude project delays.
AF
c. Deficiencies in the submitted APP will be brought to the attention of
the Contractor at the preconstruction conference, and the Contractor
shall revise the plan to correct deficiencies and re-submit it for
acceptance. Do not begin work until there is an accepted APP.
SECTION 01 35 26 Page 6
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
responsibilities are being carried out. The APP shall be signed by the
person and firm (senior person) preparing the APP, the Contractor, the
on-site superintendent, the designated site safety and health officer, the
Contractor Quality control Manager, and any designated CSP or CIH.
Submit the APP including Form A-02 Accident Prevention Plan Checklist
(Attachment A) to the Contracting Officer 15 calendar days prior to the
date of the preconstruction conference for acceptance. Work cannot proceed
without an accepted APP.
Once accepted by the Contracting Officer, the APP and attachments will be
enforced as part of the contract. Disregarding the provisions of this
contract or the accepted APP will be cause for stopping of work, at the
discretion of the Contracting Officer, until the matter has been rectified.
Once work begins, changes to the accepted APP shall be made with the
knowledge and concurrence of the Contracting Officer, project
superintendent, SSHO and quality control manager. Should any severe hazard
exposure, i.e. imminent danger, become evident, stop work in the area,
secure the area, and develop a plan to remove the exposure and control the
hazard. Notify the Contracting Officer within 24 hours of discovery.
T
Eliminate/remove the hazard. In the interim, take all necessary action to
restore and maintain safe working conditions in order to safeguard onsite
personnel, visitors, the public (as defined by ASSE/SAFE A10.34,) and the
environment.
AF
Copies of the accepted plan will be maintained at the resident engineer's
office and at the job site.
Continuously review and ammend the APP, as necessary, throughout the life
of the contract. Incorporate unusual or high-hazard activities not
identified in the original APP as they are discovered.
SECTION 01 35 26 Page 7
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
T
Address how to protect and prevent workers from falling to lower levels
when they are exposed to fall hazards above 1.8 m. A qualified person
for fall protection shall prepare and sign the program documentation.
Include fall protection and prevention systems, equipment and methods
AF
employed for every phase of work, responsibilities, assisted rescue,
self-rescue and evacuation procedures, training requirements, and
monitoring methods. Revise the Fall Protection and Prevention Program
documentation every six months for lengthy projects, reflecting any
changes during the course of construction due to changes in personnel,
equipment, systems or work habits. Keep and maintain the accepted Fall
Protection and Prevention Program documentation at the job site for the
duration of the project. Include the Fall Protection and Prevention
R
Program documentation in the Accident Prevention Plan (APP).
The FP&P Plan shall include a Rescue and Evacuation Plan in accordance
with USACE EM 385-1-1, Section 21.M. The plan shall include a detailed
discussion of the following: methods of rescue; methods of self-rescue;
D
i. Site Safety and Health Plan. The safety and health aspects prepared in
accordance with EM 385-1-1, when applicable.
SECTION 01 35 26 Page 8
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
The Activity Hazard Analysis (AHA) format shall be in accordance with USACE
EM 385-1-1, Section 1. Submit the AHA for review at least 15 calendar days
prior to the start of each phase. Format subsequent AHAs as amendments to
the APP. The analysis should be used during daily inspections to ensure the
implementation and effectiveness of the activity's safety and health
controls.
The AHA list will be reviewed periodically (at least monthly) at the
Contractor supervisory safety meeting and updated as necessary when
procedures, scheduling, or hazards change.
Develop the activity hazard analyses using the project schedule as the
basis for the activities performed. Any activities listed on the project
schedule will require an AHA. The AHAs will be developed by the
contractor, supplier or subcontractor and provided to the prime contractor
T
for submittal to the Contracting Officer.
Notify the Contracting Officer as soon as practical, but no more than four
hours after any accident meeting the definition of Recordable Injuries or
Illnesses or High Visibility Accidents, property damage equal to or greater
than $2,000, or any weight handling equipment accident. Do not proceed with
crane operations until cause is determined and corrective actions have been
implemented to the satisfaction of the Contracting Officer. Within
SECTION 01 35 26 Page 9
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
T
accident (including rigging gear accidents) to establish the root
cause(s) of the accident, complete the WHE Accident Report (Crane and
Rigging Gear) form and provide the report to the Contracting Officer
within 30 calendar days of the accident. Do not proceed with crane
AF
operations until cause is determined and corrective actions have been
implemented to the satisfaction of the contracting officer. The
Contracting Officer will provide a blank copy of the accident report
form.
under this contract. State within the certificate that the crane and
rigging gear meet applicable OSHA regulations (with the Contractor citing
which OSHA regulations are applicable, e.g., cranes used in construction,
demolition, or maintenance comply with 29 CFR 1926 and USACE EM 385-1-1
Section 16 and Appendix I. Certify on the Certificate of Compliance that
the crane operator(s) is qualified and trained in the operation of the
crane to be used. Also certify that all of its crane operators working on
the DOD activity have been trained in the proper use of all safety devices
(e.g., anti-two block devices). Post certifications on the crane.
Submit and obtain a written permit prior to performing "Hot Work" (welding,
cutting, etc.) or operating other flame-producing/spark producing devices,
from the Installation Fire Departments. A permit is required from the
Explosives Safety Office for work in and around where explosives are
processed, stored, or handled. CONTRACTORS ARE REQUIRED TO MEET ALL
CRITERIA BEFORE A PERMIT IS ISSUED. Provide at least two (2) twenty (20)
pound 4A:20 BC rated extinguishers for normal "Hot Work". All
extinguishers shall be current inspection tagged, approved safety pin and
tamper resistant seal. It is also mandatory to have a designated FIRE
SECTION 01 35 26 Page 10
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
WATCH for any "Hot Work" done at this activity. The Fire Watch shall be
trained in accordance with NFPA 51B and remain on-site for a minimum of 30
minutes after completion of the task or as specified on the hot work permit.
T
Contracting Officer.
Streets, walks, and other facilities occupied and used by the Government
shall not be closed or obstructed without written permission from the
Contracting Officer.
SECTION 01 35 26 Page 11
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
indicates gas may be encountered. A gas test shall be made before workmen
are permitted to enter the excavation after an idle period exceeding
one-half hour.
a. Secure outside equipment and materials and place materials that could
be damaged in protected areas.
T
b. Check surrounding area, including roof, for loose material, equipment,
debris, and other objects that could be blown away or against existing
facilities.
AF
c. Ensure that temporary erosion controls are adequate.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not used.
D
PART 3 EXECUTION
Comply with USACE EM 385-1-1, NFPA 70, NFPA 70E, NFPA 241, the APP, the
AHA, Federal and State OSHA regulations, and other related submittals and
activity fire and safety regulations. The most stringent standard prevails.
PPE is governed in all areas by the nature of the work the employee is
performing. Use personal hearing protection at all times in designated
noise hazardous areas or when performing noise hazardous tasks. Safety
SECTION 01 35 26 Page 12
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
a. Hard Hat
c. Reflective Vests
Each hazardous material must receive approval from the Contracting Office
or their designated representative prior to being brought onto the job site
or prior to any other use in connection with this contract. Allow a
minimum of 10 working days for processing of the request for use of a
hazardous material.
T
radioactive materials or instruments capable of producing
ionizing/non-ionizing radiation (with the exception of radioactive material
and devices used in accordance with USACE EM 385-1-1 such as nuclear
density meters for compaction testing and laboratory equipment with
AF
radioactive sources) as well as materials which contain asbestos, mercury
or polychlorinated biphenyls, di-isocynates, lead-based paint are
prohibited. The Contracting Officer, upon written request by the
Contractor, may consider exceptions to the use of any of the above excluded
materials. Low mercury lamps used within fluorescent lighting fixtures are
allowed as an exception without further Contracting Officer approval.
Notify the Radiation Safety Officer (RSO) prior to excepted items of
radioactive material and devices being brought on base.
R
3.1.3 Unforeseen Hazardous Material
The design should have identified materials such as PCB, lead paint, and
friable and non-friable asbestos and other OSHA regulated chemicals (i.e.
D
SECTION 01 35 26 Page 13
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
Ensure that each employee is familiar with and complies with these
procedures and USACE EM 385-1-1, Section 12, Control of Hazardous Energy.
3.4.1 Training
T
for fall protection in accordance with USACE EM 385-1-1, Section 21.B.
SECTION 01 35 26 Page 14
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
(2) For work greater than 1.8 m from an edge, erect and install
warning lines in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.500 and USACE
EM 385-1-1.
T
3.4.4 Horizontal Lifelines
Design, install and use guardrails and safety nets in accordance with
EM 385-1-1 and 29 CFR 1926 Subpart M.
R
3.4.6 Rescue and Evacuation Procedures
When personal fall arrest systems are used, ensure that the mishap victim
can self-rescue or can be rescued promptly should a fall occur. Prepare a
Rescue and Evacuation Plan and include a detailed discussion of the
D
3.5 SCAFFOLDING
Provide employees with a safe means of access to the work area on the
scaffold. Climbing of any scaffold braces or supports not specifically
designed for access is prohibited. Access scaffold platforms greater than
6 m maximum in height by use of a scaffold stair system. Do not use
vertical ladders commonly provided by scaffold system manufacturers for
accessing scaffold platforms greater than 6 m maximum in height. The use
of an adequate gate is required. Ensure that employees are qualified to
perform scaffold erection and dismantling. Do not use scaffold without the
capability of supporting at least four times the maximum intended load or
without appropriate fall protection as delineated in the accepted fall
protection and prevention plan. Stationary scaffolds must be attached to
SECTION 01 35 26 Page 15
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
3.6 EQUIPMENT
T
b. The use of hooks on equipment for lifting of material must be in
accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions.
c.
AF
Operators of forklifts or power industrial trucks shall be licensed in
accordance with OSHA.
SECTION 01 35 26 Page 16
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
suspended loads.
k. The crane hook/block must be positioned directly over the load. Side
loading of the crane is prohibited.
n. Written reports listing the load test procedures used along with any
repairs or alterations performed on the crane shall be available for
review by Contracting Officer personnel.
o. Certify that all crane operators have been trained in proper use of all
safety devices (e.g. anti-two block devices).
T
p. Take steps to ensure that wind speed does not contribute to loss of
control of the load during lifting operations. Prior to conducting
lifting operations set a maximum wind speed at which a crane can be
AF
safely operated based on the equipment being used, the load being
lifted, experience of operators and riggers, and hazards on the work
site. This maximum wind speed determination shall be included as part
of the activity hazard analysis plan for that operation.
Explosives shall not be used or brought to the project site without prior
written approval from the Contracting Officer. Such approval shall not
relieve the Contractor of responsibility for injury to persons or for
damage to property due to blasting operations.
3.7 EXCAVATIONS
SECTION 01 35 26 Page 17
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
3.7.3 Utilities Within and Under Concrete, Bituminous Asphalt, and Other
Impervious Surfaces
T
systems must be used in circumstances where utilities are unable to be
positively identified. The use of historical drawings does not alleviate
the contractor from meeting this requirement.
3.8 ELECTRICAL
AF
3.9.1 Portable Extension Cords
29 CFR 1926. Any potential for a hazard in the confined space requires a
permit system to be used.
SECTION 01 35 26 Page 18
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
3.10 ATTACHMENT
-- End of Section --
T
AF
R
D
SECTION 01 35 26 Page 19
D
R
AF
T
D
R
AF
T
D
R
AF
T
D
R
AF
T
D
R
AF
T
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
SECTION 01 42 00
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
T
The addresses of the standards publishing organizations whose documents are
referenced in other sections of these specifications are listed below, and
if the source of the publications is different from the address of the
AF
sponsoring organization, that information is also provided. Documents
listed in the specifications with numbers which were not assigned by the
standards producing organization should be ordered from the source by title
rather than by number.
SECTION 01 42 00 Page 1
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
Internet: http://www.usc.edu/dept/fccchr
T
U.S. ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS (USACE)
CRD-C DOCUMENTS available on Internet:
http://www.wbdg.org/ccb/browse_cat.php?c=68
AF
Order Other Documents from:
USACE Publications Depot
Attn: CEHEC-IM-PD
2803 52nd Avenue
Hyattsville, MD 20781-1102
Ph: 301-394-0081
Fax: 301-394-0084
E-mail: pubs-army@usace.army.mil
R
Internet: http://www.publications.usace.army.mil/
or
http://www.hnc.usace.army.mil/Missions/Engineering/TECHINFO.aspx
SECTION 01 42 00 Page 2
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
T
Obtain Unified Facilities Criteria (UFC) from:
Whole Building Design Guide (WBDG)
National Institute of Building Sciences (NIBS)
1090 Vermont Avenue NW, Suite 700
AF
Washington, CD 20005
Ph: 202-289-7800
Fax: 202-289-1092
Internet: http://www.wbdg.org/references/docs_refs.php
SECTION 01 42 00 Page 3
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
T
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not used
AF
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not used
-- End of Section --
R
D
SECTION 01 42 00 Page 4
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
SECTION 01 42 15
METRIC MEASUREMENTS
02/14
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
T
1.2 GENERAL
This project includes metric units of measurements. The metric units used
are the International System of Units (SI) developed and maintained by the
AF
General Conference on Weights and Measures (CGPM); the name International
System of Units and the international abbreviation SI were adopted by the
11th CGPM in 1960. When both metric and English inch-pound (I-P)
measurements are includedthe specification may contain measurements for
products that are manufactured to an industry recognized rounded metric
(hard metric) dimensions but are allowed to be substituted by I-P
products, to indicate industry and/or Government standards, test values or
other controlling factors, such as the code requirements where I-P values
R
are needed for clarity, or to trace back to the referenced standards, test
values or codes.
Hard metric measurements are often used for field data such as distance
from one point to another or distance above the floor. Products are
considered to be hard metric when they are manufactured to metric
dimensions or have an industry recognized metric designation.
SECTION 01 42 15 Page 1
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
1.3.3 Neutral
1.4 COORDINATION
T
Submittals for Government approval or for information only shall cover the
SI or I-P products actually being furnished for the project. Submit the
required drawings and calculations in the same units used in the contract
AF
documents describing the product or requirement unless otherwise instructed
or approved. Use ASTM SI10 as the basis for establishing metric
measurements required to be used in submittals.
-- End of Document --
R
D
SECTION 01 42 15 Page 2
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
SECTION 01 45 00.00 10
QUALITY CONTROL
02/10
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
1.2 SUBMITTALS
PART 2 PRODUCTS
T
PART 3 EXECUTION
SECTION 01 45 00.00 10
QUALITY CONTROL
02/10
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
T
Design and Construction
that will review the submittal for the Government. Submittals with an "S"
are for inclusion in the Sustainability Notebook, in conformance to Section
01 33 29.05 20 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING FOR DESIGN BUILD. Submit the
following in accordance with Section 01 33 00.05 20 CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTAL
PROCEDURES and Section 01 33 10.05 20 DESIGN SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:
Discipline-Specific Checklists; G M
Verification Statement; G M
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
T
construction and related activities at the site, except as otherwise
acceptable to the Contracting Officer.
T
g. Procedures for tracking constructiondesign and construction
deficiencies from identification through acceptable corrective action.
Establish verification procedures that identified deficiencies have
been corrected.
AF
h. Reporting procedures, including proposed reporting formats.
b. Include the design schedule in the master project schedule, showing the
sequence of events involved in carrying out the project design tasks
within the specific contract period. This should be at a detailed
level of scheduling sufficient to identify all major design tasks,
including those that control the flow of work. Include review and
correction periods associated with each item. This should be a forward
c. Implement the DQC Plan by a Design Quality Control Manager who has the
responsibility of being cognizant of and assuring that all documents on
the project have been coordinated. This individual must be a person
who has verifiable engineering or architectural design experience and
is a registered professional engineer or architect. Notify the
Contracting Officer, in writing, of the name of the individual, and the
name of an alternate person assigned to the position.
T
3.2.3 Acceptance of Plan
After acceptance of the CQC Plan, notify the Contracting Officer in writing
R
of any proposed change. Proposed changes are subject to acceptance by the
Contracting Officer.
The requirements for the CQC organization are a Safety and Health Manager,
CQC System Manager CQC System Manager, a Design Quality Manager, and
sufficient number of additional qualified personnel to ensure safety and
contract compliance. The Safety and Health Manager must report directly to
a senior project (or corporate) official independent from the CQC System
Manager. The Safety and Health Manager will also serve as a member of the
CQC Staff. Personnel identified in the technical provisions as requiring
specialized skills to assure the required work is being performed properly
will also be included as part of the CQC organization. The Contractor's
CQC staff must maintain a presence at the site at all times during progress
of the work and have complete authority and responsibility to take any
action necessary to ensure contract compliance. The CQC staff will be
subject to acceptance by the Contracting Officer. Provide adequate office
space, filing systems and other resources as necessary to maintain an
effective and fully functional CQC organization. Promptly complete and
furnish all letters, material submittals, shop drawing submittals,
schedules and all other project documentation to the CQC organization. The
T
CQC organization is responsible to maintain these documents and records at
the site at all times, except as otherwise acceptable to the Contracting
Officer.
3.4.2
AF
CQC System Manager
Experience Matrix
Area Qualifications
T
Design Quality Control Registered Architect or Professional Engineer
Manager
AF
3.4.4 Additional Requirement
years. If the CQC System Manager's certificate has expired, retake the
course to remain current.
Maintain the CQC staff at full strength at all times. When it is necessary
to make changes to the CQC staff, revise the CQC Plan to reflect the
changes and submit the changes to the Contracting Officer for acceptance.
3.6 CONTROL
T
b. Review of the contract drawings.
c. Check to assure that all materials and/or equipment have been tested,
submitted, and approved.
AF
d. Review of provisions that have been made to provide required control
inspection and testing.
i. Check to ensure that the portion of the plan for the work to be
performed has been accepted by the Contracting Officer.
T
f. The Government must be notified at least 24 hours in advance of
beginning the initial phase for definable feature of work. Prepare
separate minutes of this phase by the CQC System Manager and attach to
AF
the daily CQC report. Indicate the exact location of initial phase
for definable feature of work for future reference and comparison with
follow-up phases.
g. The initial phase for definable feature of work should be repeated for
each new crew to work onsite, or any time acceptable specified quality
standards are not being met.
R
3.6.3 Follow-up Phase
the CQC documentation. Conduct final follow-up checks and correct all
deficiencies prior to the start of additional features of work which may be
affected by the deficient work. Do not build upon nor conceal
non-conforming work.
3.7 TESTS
b. Verify that facilities and testing equipment are available and comply
with testing standards.
e. Record results of all tests taken, both passing and failing on the CQC
report for the date taken. Specification paragraph reference, location
where tests were taken, and the sequential control number identifying
the test. If approved by the Contracting Officer, actual test reports
may be submitted later with a reference to the test number and date
T
taken. Provide an information copy of tests performed by an offsite or
commercial test facility directly to the Contracting Officer. Failure
to submit timely test reports as stated may result in nonpayment for
related work performed and disapproval of the test facility for this
contract.
AF
3.7.2 Testing Laboratories
http://www.erdc.usace.army.mil/Media/FactSheets/FactSheetArticleView
R
proposed laboratory for compliance with the standards set forth in the
contract specifications and to check the laboratory technician's testing
procedures and techniques. Laboratories utilized for testing soils,
concrete, asphalt, and steel must meet criteria detailed in ASTM D3740 and
ASTM E329.
If the selected laboratory fails the capability check, the Contractor will
be assessed a charge of $5,000.00 to reimburse the Government for each
succeeding recheck of the laboratory or the checking of a subsequently
selected laboratory. Such costs will be deducted from the contract amount
due the Contractor.
Conduct an inspection of the work by the CQC System Manager near the end of
the work, or any increment of the work established by a time stated in the
SPECIAL CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS Clause, "Commencement, Prosecution, and
Completion of Work", or by the specifications. Prepare and include in the
CQC documentation a punch list of items which do not conform to the
approved drawings and specifications, as required by paragraph
DOCUMENTATION. Include within the list of deficiencies the estimated date
by which the deficiencies will be corrected. Make a second inspection the
CQC System Manager or staff to ascertain that all deficiencies have been
corrected. Once this is accomplished, notify the Government that the
facility is ready for the Government Pre-Final inspection.
The Government will perform the pre-final inspection to verify that the
facility is complete and ready to be occupied. A Government Pre-Final
Punch List may be developed as a result of this inspection. Ensure that
T
all items on this list have been corrected before notifying the Government,
so that a Final inspection with the customer can be scheduled. Correct any
items noted on the Pre-Final inspection in a timely manner. These
inspections and any deficiency corrections required by this paragraph must
AF
be accomplished within the time slated for completion of the entire work or
any particular increment of the work if the project is divided into
increments by separate completion dates.
3.9 DOCUMENTATION
T
i. Instructions given/received and conflicts in plans and/or
specifications.
j.
AF
Provide documentation of design quality control activities. For
independent design reviews, provide, as a minimum, identification of
the Independent Technical Review (ITR) team, the ITR review comments,
responses and the record of resolution of the comments.
the date covered by the report, except that reports need not be submitted
for days on which no work is performed. As a minimum, prepare and submit
one report for every 7 days of no work and on the last day of a no work
period. All calendar days must be accounted for throughout the life of the
contract. The first report following a day of no work will be for that day
only. Reports must be signed and dated by the CQC System Manager. Include
copies of test reports and copies of reports prepared by all subordinate
quality control personnel within the CQC System Manager Report.
Contracting Officer may issue an order stopping all or part of the work
until satisfactory corrective action has been taken. No part of the time
lost due to such stop orders will be made the subject of claim for
extension of time or for excess costs or damages by the Contractor.
-- End of Section --
T
AF
R
D
SECTION 01 45 00.10 10
PART 1 GENERAL
The Government will use the Resident Management System for Windows (RMS) to
assist in its monitoring and administration of this contract. The
Contractor must use the Government-furnished Construction Contractor Module
of RMS, referred to as QCS, to record, maintain, and submit various
information throughout the contract period. The Contractor module, user
manuals, updates, and training information can be downloaded from the RMS
web site (http://rms.usace.army.mil). This joint Government-Contractor use
of RMS and QCS will facilitate electronic exchange of information and
overall management of the contract. QCS provides the means for the
Contractor to input, track, and electronically share information with the
T
Government in the following areas:
Administration
Finances
Quality Control
AF
Submittal Monitoring
Scheduling
Import/Export of Data
For ease and speed of communications, both Government and Contractor will,
R
to the maximum extent feasible, exchange correspondence and other documents
in electronic format. Correspondence, pay requests and other documents
comprising the official contract record will also be provided in paper
format, with signatures and dates where necessary. Paper documents will
govern, in the event of discrepancy with the electronic version.
D
by the Contractor, the Government can provide QCS on optical disk. Any
program updates of QCS will be made available to the Contractor via the
Government RMS Website as they become available.
http://rms.usace.army.mil/QCS
After contract award, download instructions for the installation and use of
QCS from the Government RMS Internet Website. In case of justifiable
difficulties, the Government will provide an optical disk (CD/DVD)
containing these instructions.
T
1.4.2 Contractor Quality Control (CQC) Training
The use of QCS will be discussed with the QC System Manager during the
mandatory CQC Training class.
AF
1.5 CONTRACT DATABASE
Establish, maintain, and update data in the QCS database throughout the
D
1.6.1 Administration
Contain within the database the name, trade, address, phone numbers, and
other required information for all subcontractors. A subcontractor must be
1.6.1.3 Correspondence
1.6.1.4 Equipment
T
QCS includes a number of reports that Contractor management can use to
track the status of the project. The value of these reports is reflective
of the quality of the data input, and is maintained in the various sections
AF
of QCS. Among these reports are: Progress Payment Request worksheet,
QA/QC comments, Submittal Register Status, Three-Phase Control checklists.
Exchange all Requests For Information (RFI) using the Built-in RFI
generator and tracker in QCS.
R
1.6.2 Finances
Include within the QCS database a list of pay activities that the
D
Prepare all progress payment requests using QCS. Complete the payment
request worksheet, prompt payment certification, and payment invoice in
QCS. Update the work completed under the contract, measured as percent or
as specific quantities, at least monthly. After the update, generate a
payment request report using QCS. Submit the payment request, prompt
payment certification, monthly NAS update, and payment invoice with
supporting data using the Government's SFTP repository built into QCS
export function. If permitted by the Contracting Officer, email or a
optical disk may be used. A signed paper copy of the approved payment
request is also required, which will govern in the event of discrepancy
with the electronic version.
QCS includes the means to produce the Daily CQC Report. The Contractor may
use other formats to record basic QC data. However, the Daily CQC Report
generated by QCS must be the Contractor's official report. Summarize data
from any supplemental reports by the Contractor and consolidate onto the
QCS-generated Daily CQC Report. Submit daily CQC Reports as required by
Section 01 45 00.00 10 QUALITY CONTROL. Electronically submit reports to
T
the Government within 24 hours after the date covered by the report. Also
provide the Government a signed, printed copy of the daily CQC report.
Maintain scheduled and actual dates and times of preparatory and initial
control meetings in QCS.
Log labor and equipment exposure hours on a daily basis. This data will be
rolled up into a monthly exposure report.
Use QCS to develop a hazard analysis for each feature of work included in
the CQC Plan. Address any hazards, or potential hazards, that may be
associated with the work.
T
to track and transmit all submittals. ENG Form 4025, submittal transmittal
form, and the submittal register update must be produced using QCS. QCS
and RMS will be used to update, store and exchange submittal registers and
transmittals, but will not be used for storage of actual submittals.
AF
1.6.5 Schedule
QCS includes the ability to export Contractor data to the Government and to
D
import submittal register and other Government-provided data from RMS, and
schedule data using SDEF.
1.7 IMPLEMENTATION
The files will be automatically named by the QCS software. The naming
convention established by the QCS software must not be altered.
Update the QCS database each workday. At least monthly, generate and
submit an export file to the Government with schedule update and progress
T
payment request. As required in Contract Clause "Payments", at least one
week prior to submittal, meet with the Government representative to review
the planned progress payment data submission for errors and omissions.
AF
Make all required corrections prior to Government acceptance of the export
file and progress payment request. Payment requests accompanied by
incomplete or incorrect data submittals will be returned. The Government
will not process progress payments until an acceptable QCS export file is
received.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used
-- End of Section --
SECTION 01 50 00
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
T
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)
1.2 SUBMITTALS
D
Prior to the start of work, submit a site plan showing the locations and
dimensions of temporary facilities (including layouts and details,
equipment and material storage area (onsite and offsite), and access and
haul routes, avenues of ingress/egress to the fenced area and details of
the fence installation. Identify any areas which may have to be graveled
SECTION 01 50 00 Page 1
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
T
1.4.2 Backflow Prevention Training Certificate
PART 2 PRODUCTS
The requirements for the signs, their content, and location are as
specified in Section 01 58 00 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION. Erect signs within 15
days after receipt of the notice to proceed. Correct the data required by
the safety sign daily, with light colored metallic or non-metallic numerals.
Construct access and haul roads necessary for proper prosecution of the
work under this contract. Construct with suitable grades and widths; sharp
curves, blind corners, and dangerous cross traffic should be avoided.
Provide necessary lighting, signs, barricades, and distinctive markings for
the safe movement of traffic. The method of dust control must be adequate
to ensure safe operation at all times. Location, grade, width, and
alignment of construction and hauling roads are subject to approval by the
Contracting Officer. Lighting must be adequate to assure full and clear
visibility for full width of haul road and work areas during any night work
operations.
SECTION 01 50 00 Page 2
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
2.2.2 Barricades
2.2.3 Fencing
Provide fencing around the construction site and at all open excavations to
control access by unauthorized people.
T
b. In addition, prior to the start of work, enclose the construction site
and mobilization areas which are not within the construction fence with
a temporary safety fence, including gates and warning signs, to protect
AF
the public from construction activities. The safety fence shall be
made of chain link, a minimum of 1800 mm high, supported and tightly
secured to steel posts located on minimum 3000 mm centers. Remove the
fence from the work site upon completion of the contract.
Provide temporary wiring in accordance with NFPA 241 and NFPA 70. Include
R
frequent inspection of all equipment and apparatus.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Locate the bulletin board at the project site in a conspicuous place easily
accessible to all employees, as approved by the Contracting Officer.
SECTION 01 50 00 Page 3
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
T
Provide a minimum of 2 aviation red or high intensity white obstruction
lights on temporary structures (including cranes) over 30 meter above
ground level. Light construction and installation must comply with
AF
FAA AC 70/7460-1. Lights must be operational during periods of reduced
visibility, darkness, and as directed by the Contracting Officer.
SECTION 01 50 00 Page 4
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
Maintain and protect traffic on all affected roads during the construction
period except as otherwise specifically directed by the Contracting
Officer. Measures for the protection and diversion of traffic, including
the provision of watchmen and flagmen, erection of barricades, placing of
lights around and in front of equipment the work, and the erection and
maintenance of adequate warning, danger, and direction signs, will be as
required by the State and local authorities having jurisdiction. Protect
the traveling public from damage to person and property. Minimize the
interference with public traffic on roads selected for hauling material to
and from the site. Investigate the adequacy of existing roads and their
allowable load limit. Contractor is responsible for the repair of any
damage to roads caused by construction operations.
Do not interfere with the peak traffic flows preceding and during normal
operations without notification to and approval by the Contracting Officer.
T
Dust control methods and procedures must be approved by the Contracting
Officer. Treat dust abatement on access roads with applications of calcium
chloride, water sprinklers, or similar methods or treatment.
AF
3.5 CONTRACTOR'S MOBILIZATION AREA
The Contractor will be permitted to use designated area within the air base
as directed by the Contracting Officer for operation of his construction
equipment and plants, shops, warehouses, and offices. The Contractor shall
not be authorized to have living accommodations for his work force on the
base. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining any required additional
R
mobilization area above that designated. On completion of the contract,
all facilities shall be removed from the mobilization area by the
Contractor and shall be disposed of in accordance with applicable Host
Government Laws and Regulations. The site shall be cleared of construction
debris and other materials and the area restored to its final grade
D
3.5.1 Safety
Construct a temporary 1.8 m high chain link fence around trailers and
materials. Include plastic strip inserts, colored brown, so that
SECTION 01 50 00 Page 5
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
T
orderliness of the area used and for the security of any material or
equipment stored in this area. Utilities will not be provided to this area
by the Government.
3.5.5
AF
Appearance of Trailers
SECTION 01 50 00 Page 6
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
Take necessary precautions to ensure that roof openings and other critical
openings in the building are monitored carefully. Take immediate actions
required to seal off such openings when rain or other detrimental weather
is imminent, and at the end of each workday. Ensure that the openings are
completely sealed off to protect materials and equipment in the building
from damage.
T
If the Contractor requires an additional area for his operations to support
this contract in excess of that shown in the RFP (see paragraph entitled
"Supplemental Storage Area"), the Contractor shall provide, furnish,
operate and maintain facilities for his operations in an area off base.
AF
All utilities will be the responsibility of the Contractor and shall be
provided at no cost to the Government. On completion of the contract, all
facilities shall be removed by the Contractor and shall be disposed of in
the manner directed by the Contracting Officer. The site shall be cleared
of construction debris and other materials and the area restored to its
original condition.
SECTION 01 50 00 Page 7
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
sewer mains. Provide a mail slot in the door or a lockable mail box
mounted on the surface of the door. Include a 1200 by 2400 mm plan table,
computer work space, a standard size office desk and chair, and telephone.
At completion of the project, the office will remain the property of the
Contractor and be removed from the site. Utilities willbe connected and
disconnected in accordance with local codes and to the satisfaction of the
Contracting Officer.
Whenever the Contractor has the individual elements of its plant so located
that operation by normal voice between these elements is not satisfactory,
the Contractor must install a satisfactory means of communication, such as
telephone or other suitable devices and made available for use by
T
Government personnel.
3.10 CLEANUP
R
Remove construction debris, waste materials, packaging material and the
like from the work site daily. Any dirt or mud which is tracked onto paved
or surfaced roadways must be cleaned away. Store any salvageable materials
resulting from demolition activities within the fenced area described above
or at the supplemental storage area. Neatly stack stored materials not in
D
-- End of Section --
SECTION 01 50 00 Page 8
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
SECTION 01 57 20.00 10
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
04/06
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
T
EM 385-1-1 (2014) Safety and Health Requirements
Manual
AF
WETLANDS DELINEATION MANUAL (1987) Corps of Engineers Wetlands
Delineation Manual
Hazardous Waste
1.2 DEFINITIONS
T
contaminated pesticide equipment rinse water.
The term "Land Application" for discharge water implies that the Contractor
must discharge water at a rate which allows the water to percolate into the
soil. No sheeting action, soil erosion, discharge into storm sewers,
discharge into defined drainage areas, or discharge must occur. Land
Application must be in compliance with all applicable Host Nation laws and
regulations.
1.2.7 Pesticide
1.2.8 Pests
The term "Surface Discharge" implies that the water is discharged with
possible sheeting action and subsequent soil erosion may occur. Waters
that are surface discharged may terminate in drainage ditches, storm
sewers,creeks, and would require a permit to discharge water from the
governing agency.
1.2.10 Wetlands
T
Minimize environmental pollution and damage that may occur as the result of
construction operations. The environmental resources within the project
boundaries and those affected outside the limits of permanent work must be
protected during the entire duration of this contract. Comply with all
AF
applicable environmental Host Nation or Federal laws and regulations. Any
delays resulting from failure to comply with environmental laws and
regulations will be the Contractor's responsibility.
1.4 SUBCONTRACTORS
No separate payment will be made for work covered under this section.
Payment of fees associated with environmental permits, application, and/or
notices obtained by the Contractor, and payment of all fines/fees for
D
1.6 SUBMITTALS
1.7.1 Compliance
T
implementing, and submitting for approval any additional requirements to be
included in the Environmental Protection Plan.
1.7.2 Contents
AF
Include in the environmental protection plan, but not limit it to, the
following:
e. An erosion and sediment control plan which identifies the type and
location of the erosion and sediment controls to be provided. The plan
must include monitoring and reporting requirements to assure that the
control measures are in compliance with the erosion and sediment
control plan, Host Nation and Federal laws and regulations. A Storm
Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) may be substituted for this
plan.
h. Work area plan showing the proposed activity in each portion of the
area and identifying the areas of limited use or nonuse. Plan should
include measures for marking the limits of use areas including methods
for protection of features to be preserved within authorized work areas.
(1) The name of the individual who will report any spills or
hazardous substance releases and who will follow up with complete
documentation. This individual will immediately notify the
Contracting Officer and Facility Environmental Office in addition
to the legally required Host Nation reporting channels if a
reportable quantity is released to the environment. Include in
the plan a list of the required reporting channels and telephone
T
numbers.
(3) Indicate in the report the total amount of waste generated and
T
contaminant prevention plan. Update the plan as new hazardous
materials are brought onsite or removed from the site.
that the Waste Water Treatment Plant Operator has approved the flow
rate, volume, and type of discharge.
1.7.3 Appendix
T
as environmental features requiring protection along with the condition of
trees, shrubs and grassed areas immediately adjacent to the site of work
and adjacent to the Contractor's assigned storage area and access route(s),
as applicable. This survey report will be signed by both the the
AF
Contractor and the Contracting Officer upon mutual agreement as to its
accuracy and completeness. The Contractor must protect those environmental
features included in the survey report and any indicated on the drawings,
regardless of interference which their preservation may cause to the work
under the contract.
the Contracting Officer determines that the proposed alternate method will
have an adverse environmental impact.
1.10 NOTIFICATION
PART 2 PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
T
uncleared areas.
Trees, shrubs, vines, grasses, land forms and other landscape features
indicated and defined on the drawings to be preserved must be clearly
identified by marking, fencing, or wrapping with boards, or any other
D
T
3.3.1 Cofferdams, Diversions, and Dewatering Operations
3.4.2 Odors
3.4.4 Burning
T
Transport solid waste off Government property and dispose of it in
compliance with Host Nation requirements for solid waste disposal. Verify
that the selected transporters and disposal facilities have the necessary
permits and licenses to operate.
AF
3.5.2 Chemicals and Chemical Wastes
T
enter water ways or to be discharged prior to being treated to
remove pollutants. Dispose of the construction related waste
water off-Government property in accordance with all Host Nation
and Federal laws and regulations.
AF
b. For discharge of ground water, the Contractor will surface
discharge in accordance with all Host Nation and Federal laws and
regulations.
T
made. Cease all activities that may result in impact to or the destruction
of these resources. Secure the area and prevent employees or other persons
from trespassing on, removing, or otherwise disturbing such resources.
3.10.2 Qualifications
3.10.4 Application
T
Clean all previously used construction equipment prior to bringing it onto
the project site. Ensure that the equipment is free from soil residuals,
egg deposits from plant pests, noxious weeds, and plant seeds. Consult
with the Host Nation jurisdictional office for additional cleaning
requirements.
AF
3.12 MAINTENANCE OF POLLUTION FACILITIES
Manage contaminated environmental media consisting of, but not limited to,
ground water, soils, and sediments in accordance with Part 4 G10.
The Contractor will clean up all areas used for construction in accordance
with Contract Clause: "Cleaning Up". Unless otherwise instructed in
writing by the Contracting Officer, obliterate all signs of temporary
construction facilities such as haul roads, work area, structures,
foundations of temporary structures, stockpiles of excess or waste
materials, and other vestiges of construction prior to final acceptance of
the work. The disturbed area must be graded, filled and the entire area
seeded unless otherwise indicated.
-- End of Section --
T
AF
R
D
SECTION 01 57 23
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
1.2 REFERENCES
T
basic designation only.
ASTM D4439
AF (2014) Geosynthetics
1.3 SUBMITTALS
SECTION 01 57 23 Page 1
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
SD-07 Certificates
Identify, store and handle filter fabric in accordance with ASTM D4873.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Provide geotextile that complies with the requirements of ASTM D4439, and
consists of polymeric filaments which are formed into a stable network such
T
that filaments retain their relative positions. The filament shall consist
of a long-chain synthetic polymer composed of at least 85 percent by weight
of ester, propylene, or amide, and contains stabilizers and/or inhibitors
added to the base plastic to make the filaments resistant to deterioration
AF
due to ultraviolet and heat exposure. Provide synthetic filter fabric that
contains ultraviolet ray inhibitors and stabilizers to assure a minimum of
six months of expected usable construction life at a temperature range of
-18 to plus 49 degrees C. The filter fabric shall meet the following
requirements:
(percent) max.
Use either wooden stakes or steel posts for fence construction. Wooden
stakes utilized for silt fence construction, shall have a minimum cross
section of 50 by 50 mm when oak is used and 100 by 100 mm when pine is
used, and have a minimum length of 1.5 m. Steel posts (standard "U" or "T"
section) utilized for silt fence construction, shall have a minimum mass of
1.98 kg/linear meter and a minimum length of 1.5 m.
SECTION 01 57 23 Page 2
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
PART 3 EXECUTION
The controls and measures required of the Contractor are described below.
T
LESS THAN 21 DAYS, initiate stabilization practices as soon as practicable,
but no more than 14 days, in any portion of the site where construction
activities have permanently ceased.
3.1.1.1
AF
Unsuitable Conditions
3.1.1.3 Burnoff
Prepare and submit a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) for the
project to the Contracting Officer prior to the commencement of work. The
SWPPP shall meet the requirements of the Host Nation and general permit for
storm water discharges from construction sites. Submit the SWPPP to the
Contracting Officer, a minimum of 14 calendar days prior to the start of
any land disturbing activities. Maintain an approved copy of the SWPPP at
the construction on-site office, and continually update as regulations
SECTION 01 57 23 Page 3
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
c. Ensure compliance with terms of the Host Nation and general permit
for storm water discharge.
T
or storm drains without prior specific authorization of the Environmental
Programs Division in writing. Discharge of hazardous substances will not
be permitted under any circumstances. Construction site runoff will be
prevented from entering any storm drain directly by the use of method
AF
suitable to the Environmental Programs Division. Provide erosion
protection of the surrounding soils.
SECTION 01 57 23 Page 4
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
overflow pipe for overflow. Remove collected sediment from the site.
Institute effluent quality monitoring programs. Install, inspect, and
maintain best management practices (BMPs) as required by the general
permit. Prepare BMP Inspection Reports as required by the general permit.
If required by the permit, include those inspection reports.
Extend silt fences a minimum of 400 mm above the ground surface without
exceeding 860 mm above the ground surface. Provide filter fabric from a
continuous roll cut to the length of the barrier to avoid the use of
joints. When joints are unavoidable, splice together filter fabric at a
support post, with a minimum 150 mm overlap, and securely sealed. Excavate
trench approximately 100 mm wide and 100 mm deep on the upslope side of the
location of the silt fence. The 100 by 100 mm trench shall be backfilled
and the soil compacted over the filter fabric. Remove silt fences upon
approval by the Contracting Officer.
Maintain the erosion and sediment control measures, and other protective
T
measures in good and effective operating condition by performing routine
inspections to determine condition and effectiveness, by repair of erosion
and sediment control measures and other protective measures. Use the
following procedures to maintain the protective measures.
AF
3.3.1 Silt Fence Maintenance
3.4 INSPECTIONS
3.4.1 General
Inspect disturbed areas of the construction site, areas that have not been
finally stabilized used for storage of materials exposed to precipitation,
stabilization practices, structural practices, other controls, and area
where vehicles exit the site at least once every seven (7) calendar days
and within 24 hours of the end of any storm that produces 13 mm or more
rainfall at the site. Conduct inspections at least once every month where
sites have been finally stabilized.
SECTION 01 57 23 Page 5
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
Inspect disturbed areas and areas used for material storage that are
exposed to precipitation for evidence of, or the potential for, pollutants
entering the drainage system. Observe erosion and sediment control
measures identified in the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan to ensure
that they are operating correctly. Inspect discharge locations or points
to ascertain whether erosion control measures are effective in preventing
significant impacts to receiving waters. Inspect locations where vehicles
exit the site for evidence of offsite sediment tracking.
T
3.4.4 Monthly Inspection Report and Certification Form
Complete, sign, and submit the original form, on the first working day of
AF
each month, to the Contracting Officer.
-- End of Section --
R
D
SECTION 01 57 23 Page 6
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
SECTION 01 58 00
PROJECT IDENTIFICATION
08/09
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
T
1.2 SUBMITTALS
Furnish the construction project sign package, maintain the signs during
construction, and remove the signs from the job site upon completion of the
project. The construction project sign package consists of two signs: one
for project identification and the other to show the on-the-job safety
performance of the contractor. The package shall conform to the
requirements of EP 310-1-6a and EP 310-1-6b, specifically Section 16.
Submit the sign legend orders as described in Section 16 of EP 310-1-6a
prior to erecting the signs.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used
SECTION 01 58 00 Page 1
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
-- End of Section --
T
AF
R
D
SECTION 01 58 00 Page 2
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
SECTION 01 74 19
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
T
1.2 GOVERNMENT POLICY
1.3 MANAGEMENT
R
Develop and implement a waste management program. Take a pro-active,
responsible role in the management of construction and demolition waste and
require all subcontractors, vendors, and suppliers to participate in the
effort. Construction and demolition waste includes products of demolition
or removal, excess or unusable construction materials, packaging materials
D
1.4 SUBMITTALS
SECTION 01 74 19 Page 1
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
1.5 MEETINGS
T
01 45 00.00 10 QUALITY CONTROL. At a minimum, environmental and waste
management goals and issues shall be discussed at the following additional
meetings:
a.
AF
Pre-bid meeting.
SECTION 01 74 19 Page 2
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
project.
T
k. Description of the means of transportation of the recyclable materials
(whether materials will be site-separated and self-hauled to designated
centers, or whether mixed materials will be collected by a waste hauler
and removed from the site).
AF
l. Anticipated net cost savings determined by subtracting Contractor
program management costs and the cost of disposal from the revenue
generated by sale of the materials and the incineration and/or landfill
cost avoidance.
1.7 RECORDS
1.8 COLLECTION
Separate, store, protect, and handle at the site identified recyclable and
salvageable waste products in a manner that maximizes recyclability and
SECTION 01 74 19 Page 3
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
Waste products and materials that are recyclable shall be separated from
trash and sorted as described below into appropriately marked separate
containers and then transported to the respective recycling facility for
further processing. Deliver materials in accordance with recycling or
T
reuse facility requirements (e.g., free of dirt, adhesives, solvents,
petroleum contamination, and other substances deleterious to the recycling
process). Separate materials into the following category types as
appropriate to the project waste and to the available recycling and reuse
AF
programs in the project area:
b. Asphalt.
(1) Ferrous.
D
(2) Non-ferrous.
f. Debris.
h. Paper.
(1) Bond.
(2) Newsprint.
i. Plastic.
SECTION 01 74 19 Page 4
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
Type
5 Polypropylene (PP)
6 Polystyrene (PS)
T
j. Gypsum.
l. Carpet.
AF
m. Ceiling tiles.
n. Insulation.
o. Beverage containers.
R
1.8.2 Co-Mingled Method.
Other methods proposed by the Contractor may be used when approved by the
Contracting Officer.
1.9 DISPOSAL
1.9.1 Reuse.
SECTION 01 74 19 Page 5
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
1.9.2 Recycle.
Waste materials not suitable for reuse, but having value as being
recyclable, shall be made available for recycling. All fluorescent lamps,
HID lamps, and mercury-containing thermostats removed from the site shall
be recycled. Arrange for timely pickups from the site or deliveries to
recycling facilities in order to prevent contamination of recyclable
materials.
1.9.3 Waste.
1.9.4 Return
Set aside and protect misdelivered and substandard products and materials
and return to supplier for credit.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
T
Not used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
AF
Not used. -- End of Section --
R
D
SECTION 01 74 19 Page 6
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
SECTION 01 78 00
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
08/11
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
T
GREEN SEAL (GS)
1.2 DEFINITIONS
As-built drawings are developed and maintained by the Contractor and depict
actual conditions, including deviations from the Contract Documents. These
deviations and additions may result from coordination required by, but not
limited to: contract modifications; official responses to Contractor
submitted Requests for Information; direction from the Contracting Officer;
designs which are the responsibility of the Contractor, and differing site
conditions. Maintain the as-builts throughout construction as red-lined
hard copies on site. As-built drawings are further defined in NFAS
5252.236-9310. These files serve as the basis for the creation of the
record drawings.
SECTION 01 78 00 Page 1
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
Request the full set of electronic drawings, in the source format, for
Record Drawing preparation, after award and at least 30 days prior to
required use.
Data contained on these electronic files must not be used for any purpose
other than as a convenience in the preparation of construction drawings and
data for the referenced project. Any other use or reuse shall be at the
sole risk of the Contractor and without liability or legal exposure to the
Government. The Contractor must make no claim and waives to the fullest
extent permitted by law, any claim or cause of action of any nature against
the Government, its agents or sub consultants that may arise out of or in
connection with the use of these electronic files. The Contractor must, to
T
the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify and hold the Government
harmless against all damages, liabilities or costs, including reasonable
attorney's fees and defense costs, arising out of or resulting from the use
of these electronic files.
AF
These electronic CAD drawing files are not construction documents.
Differences may exist between the CAD files and the corresponding
construction documents. The Government makes no representation regarding
the accuracy or completeness of the electronic CAD files, nor does it make
representation to the compatibility of these files with the Contractor
hardware or software. In the event that a conflict arises between the
signed and sealed construction documents prepared by the Government and the
R
furnished Source drawing files, the signed and sealed construction
documents govern. The Contractor is responsible for determining if any
conflict exists. Use of these Source Drawing files does not relieve the
Contractor of duty to fully comply with the contract documents, including
and without limitation, the need to check, confirm and coordinate the work
D
1.4 SUBMITTALS
SECTION 01 78 00 Page 2
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
Final Cleaning
Spare Parts Data
Preventative Maintenance
Condition Monitoring (Predictive Testing)
Inspection
Posted Instructions
T
Certification of EPA Designated Items; G M/R
Interim DD FORM 1354; G M/R
Checklist for DD FORM 1354; G M/R
NAVFAC Sustainable & Energy Data Record Card; G M/R
AF
1.5 SPARE PARTS DATA
layering conventions, and symbols must conform to DIM and be the same as
the original line colors, line weights, lettering, layering conventions,
and symbols.
SECTION 01 78 00 Page 3
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
b. Furnish with each warranty the name, address, and telephone number of
each of the guarantor's representatives nearest to the project location.
T
d. A list for each warranted equipment, item, feature of construction or
system indicating:
manuals.
(11) Organization, names and phone numbers of persons to call for
warranty service.
(12) Typical response time and repair time expected for various
warranted equipment.
a. In the event the Contractor fails to commence and diligently pursue any
SECTION 01 78 00 Page 4
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
T
Communication procedures for Contractor notification of construction
warranty defects, priorities with respect to the type of defect, reasonable
time required for Contractor response, and other details deemed necessary
by the Contracting Officer for the execution of the construction warranty
AF
will be established/reviewed at this meeting. In connection with these
requirements and at the time of the Contractor's quality control completion
inspection, furnish the name, telephone number and address of a licensed
and bonded company which is authorized to initiate and pursue construction
warranty work action on behalf of the Contractor. This point of contact
will be located within the local service area of the warranted
construction, be continuously available, and be responsive to Government
inquiry on warranty work action and status. This requirement does not
R
relieve the Contractor of any of its responsibilities in connection with
other portions of this provision.
SECTION 01 78 00 Page 5
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
Code 1-Doors
(1) Overhead doors not operational, causing a security, fire, or
safety problem.
(2) Interior, exterior personnel doors or hardware, not functioning
properly, causing a security, fire, or safety problem.
Code 3-Doors
(1) Overhead doors not operational.
(2) Interior/exterior personnel doors or hardware not functioning
properly.
T
Code 1-Electrical
(1) Power failure (entire area or any building operational after 1600
hours).
(2) Security lights
AF
(3) Smoke detectors
Code 2-Electrical
(1) Power failure (no power to a room or part of building).
(2) Receptacle and lights (in a room or part of building).
Code 3-Electrical
R
Street lights.
Code 1-Gas
(1) Leaks and breaks.
(2) No gas to family housing unit or cantonment area.
D
Code 1-Heat
(1) Area power failure affecting heat.
(2) Heater in unit not working.
Code 1-Plumbing
(1) Hot water heater failure.
(2) Leaking water supply pipes.
Code 2-Plumbing
(1) Flush valves not operating properly.
(2) Fixture drain, supply line to commode, or any water pipe leaking.
(3) Commode leaking at base.
Code 3 -Plumbing
Leaky faucets.
SECTION 01 78 00 Page 6
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
Code 3-Interior
(1) Floors damaged.
(2) Paint chipping or peeling.
(3) Casework.
T
1.7.5 Warranty Tags
At the time of installation, tag each warranted item with a durable, oil
and water resistant tag approved by the Contracting Officer. Attach each
AF
tag with a copper wire and spray with a silicone waterproof coating. Also,
submit two (2) record copies of the warranty tags showing the layout and
design. The date of acceptance and the QC signature must remain blank
until the project is accepted for beneficial occupancy. Show the following
information on the tag.
Type of
product/material
R
Model number
Serial number
D
Contract number
Inspector's signature
Construction Contractor
Address
Telephone number
Warranty contact
Address
SECTION 01 78 00 Page 7
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
Telephone number
PART 2 PRODUCTS
T
or as-constructed drawings. If discrepancies exist between the CAD
files and the contract PDF drawings, correct the CAD files to show the
contract PDF drawings.
b.
AF
A submittal register data file in comma separated value (CSV) format
for import into the Resident Management System (RMS).
Prepare the CAD drawing files in AutoCAD Release 2010 or the current format
used by the end user compatible with Windows operating system.
R
2.2.1 Additional Drawings
new final record drawings must be identical to that used on the contract
drawings.
SECTION 01 78 00 Page 8
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
Record each product used in the project that has a requirement or option of
containing recycled or biobased content in accordance with SECTION 01 33 29.05 20
SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING FOR DESIGN-BUILD, noting total price, total value
of post-industrial recycled content, total value of post-consumer recycled
content, total value of biobased content, exemptions (1, 2, 3, or 4, as
indicated), and comments. Recycled and biobased content values may be
determined by weight or volume percent, but must be consistent throughout.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Provide and maintain two (2) black line print copies of the PDF contract
drawings for as-built Drawings. Submit as-built drawings 30 days prior to
T
contract completion data.
a. Use base colors of red, green, and blue. Color code for changes as
follows:
R
(1) Special (Blue) - Items requiring special information,
coordination, or special detailing or detailing notes.
b. Provide a legend if colors other than the "base" colors of red, green,
and blue are used.
e. Use legible lettering and precise and clear digital values when marking
prints. Clarify ambiguities concerning the nature and application of
change involved.
SECTION 01 78 00 Page 9
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
g. For deletions, cross out all features, data and captions that relate to
that revision.
j. Incorporate all shop and fabrication drawings into the markup drawings.
T
Revise As-Built Drawings in accordance with DIM. Provide two (2) sets of
paper copies from PDF drawings to show the as-built conditions by red-line
process during the execution of the project. Keep these working as-built
markup drawings current on a weekly basis and at least one set available on
AF
the jobsite at all times. Changes from the contract drawings which are
made during construction or additional information which might be uncovered
in the course of construction must be accurately and neatly recorded as
they occur by means of details and notes. Submit the working as-built
markup drawings for approval prior to submission of each monthly pay
estimate. For failure to maintain the working and final record drawings as
specified herein, the Contracting Officer will withhold 10 percent of the
monthly progress payment until approval of updated drawings. Show on the
R
as-built drawings, but not limited to, the following information:
a. The actual location, kinds and sizes of all sub-surface utility lines.
In order that the location of these lines and appurtenances may be
determined in the event the surface openings or indicators become
D
SECTION 01 78 00 Page 10
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
T
compliance with FC 1-300-09N procedures.
Rename the CAD Drawing files using the contract number as the Project Code
field,(e.g., W91238-15-C-10A-102.DWGDGN) as instructed in the
Pre-Construction conference. Use only those renamed files for the
Marked-up changes. Make all changes on the layer/level as the original
item.
a. For AutoCAD files (DWG), enter all as-built delta changes and notations
on the AS-BUILT layer.MicroStation files (DGN), enter all as-built
delta changes and notations on:
- Level #63
- Level/Layer Name contains: ANNO-REVS
- Level/Layer Description: Revisions
SECTION 01 78 00 Page 11
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
c. When final revisions have been completed, show the wording "RECORD
DRAWING AS-BUILTS" followed by the name of the Contractor in letters at
least 5 mm high on the cover sheet drawing. Date RECORD DRAWING
AS-BUILTS" drawing revisions in the revision block.
T
transmittal using the Packager (Archive). Make any transactions or
adjustments necessary to accomplish this. The Government reserves the
right to reject any drawing files it deems incompatible with the
customer's CAD system. Paper prints, drawing files and storage media
AF
submitted will become the property of the Government upon final
approval. Failure to submit final record PDF drawing files, CAD files
and marked prints as specified will be cause for withholding any
payment due under this contract. Approval and acceptance of final
record drawings must be accomplished before final payment is made.
Prepare final record drawings after the completion of each definable feature
D
a. Drawing revisions (include within change order price the cost to change
working and final record drawings to reflect revisions) and compliance
with the following procedures.
SECTION 01 78 00 Page 12
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
(2) The revision delta size must be 8 mm unless the area where the
delta is to be placed is crowded. Use a smaller size delta for
crowded areas.
(4) For new details or sections which are added to a drawing, place a
revision delta by the detail or section title.
(5) For minor changes, place a revision delta by the area changed on
the drawing (each location).
Submit the final record PDF and CAD drawings package for the entire
T
project within 20 days of substantial completion of all phases of work.
Submit one set of ANSI D size PDF and CAD files on optical disc, read-only
memory (ROM), two sets of ANSI D size prints and one set of the approved
working record drawings. The package must be complete in all details and
AF
identical in form and function to the contract drawing files supplied by
the Government.
Submit final approved project shop drawings 30 days after transfer of the
completed facility.
R
3.5 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS
3.6 EQUIPMENT
Furnish one (1) copy of preliminary record of equipment and materials used
on the project 60 days prior to final inspection. This preliminary
submittal will be reviewed and returned with Government comments. Submit
two (2) sets of final record of equipment and materials along with the
final O&M manuals and 30 days prior to CCD.
SECTION 01 78 00 Page 13
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
completed facility.
Submit one PDF file and six (6) hard copies of the project operation and
maintenance manuals 30 calendar days prior to testing the system involved.
Update and resubmit data for final approval no later than 30 calendar days
prior to contract completionBOD.
3.7.1 Configuration
T
copy pages must have 10 millimeter holes and be bound in 3-ring, loose-leaf
binders. Binder must lie flat with printed sheets that are easy to read.
3.8 CLEANUP
Provide final cleaning in accordance with ASTM E1971 and submit two (2)
D
SECTION 01 78 00 Page 14
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
T
Near the completion of Project, but a minimum of 60 days prior to final
acceptance of the work, complete and submit an accounting of all installed
property with Interim DD FORM 1354. Include any additional assets,
AF
improvements, and alterations from the Draft DD FORM 1354. Contact the
Contracting Officer for any project specific information necessary to
complete the DD FORM 1354. Refer to UFC 1-300-08 for instruction on
completing the DD FORM 1354. For information purposes, a blank fillable
PDF DD FORM 1354 may be obtained at the following:
http://www.dtic.mil/whs/directives/forms/eforms/dd1354.pdf
the NAVFAC Sustainable & Energy Data Record Card, and submit to the
Contracting Officer. Draft Record card for this project should be
available from Designer of Record (DOR) or Contracting Officer.
Instructions and a blank DD Form (fill-able) in ADOBE (PDF) may be obtained
at the Whole Building Design Guide web site by navigating:
Home > Participating Agencies > Department of Defense (DoD) > NAVFAC
Sustainable Development Program > Contract Documents > NAVFAC Sustainable &
Energy Data Record Card; or directly at
http://www.wbdg.org/pdfs/navfac_sustainable_energy_data_record_card.pdf.
-- End of Section --
SECTION 01 78 00 Page 15
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
SECTION 01 78 23
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
T
Submit Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Data specifically applicable to this
contract and a complete and concise depiction of the provided equipment,
product, or system, stressing and enhancing the importance of system
AF
interactions, troubleshooting, and long-term preventative maintenance and
operation. The subcontractors must compile and prepare data and deliver to
the Contractor prior to the training of Government personnel. The
Contractor must compile and prepare aggregate O&M data including clarifying
and updating the original sequences of operation to as-built conditions.
Organize and present information in sufficient detail to clearly explain
O&M requirements at the system, equipment, component, and subassembly
level. Include an index preceding each submittal. Submit in accordance
R
with this section and Sections 01 33 00.05 20 CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTAL
PROCEDURES and 01 33 10.05 20 DESIGN SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES .
Documents must be fully legible. Poor quality copies and material with
hole punches obliterating the text or drawings will not be accepted.
SECTION 01 78 23 Page 1
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
requirement.
List personnel hazards and equipment or product safety precautions for all
operating conditions. List all residual hazards identified in the Activity
Hazard Analysis provided under Section 01 35 26 GOVERNMENT SAFETY
REQUIREMENTS. Provide recommended safeguards for each identified hazard.
Include procedures required to install, set up, and prepare each system for
use.
T
1.3.1.3 Startup, Shutdown, and Post-Shutdown Procedures
SECTION 01 78 23 Page 2
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
T
1.3.2.2 Preventive Maintenance Plan and Schedule
SECTION 01 78 23 Page 3
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
Include step-by-step procedures and a list required tools and supplies for
removal, replacement, disassembly, and assembly of components, assemblies,
subassemblies, accessories, and attachments. Provide tolerances,
dimensions, settings and adjustments required. Instructions shall include
a combination of text and illustrations.
Include lists of spare parts and supplies required for maintenance and
repair to ensure continued service or operation without unreasonable
delays. Special consideration is required for facilities at remote
locations. List spare parts and supplies that have a long lead-time to
T
obtain.
1.3.5 Appendices
SECTION 01 78 23 Page 4
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
List and explain the various warranties and clearly identify the servicing
and technical precautions prescribed by the manufacturers or contract
documents in order to keep warranties in force. Include warranty
information for primary components such as the compressor of air
conditioning system.
T
whose duration exceeds one year. For each warranty listed, indicate the
applicable specification section, duration, start date, end date, and the
point of contact for warranty fulfillment. Also, list or reference all
specific operation and maintenance procedures that must be performed to
AF
keep the warranty valid.
Provide Field Test Reports (SD-06) that apply to equipment associated with
the system.
Provide a list that includes the name, address, and telephone number of the
General Contractor and each Subcontractor who installed the product or
equipment, or system. For each item, also provide the name address and
telephone number of the manufacturer's representative and service
organization that can provide replacements most convenient to the project
site. Provide the name, address, and telephone number of the product,
equipment, and system manufacturers.
SECTION 01 78 23 Page 5
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
T
1.5.1 Data Package 1
a. Safety precautions
b.
AF
Cleaning recommendations
d. Warranty information
e. Contractor information
R
f. Spare parts and supply list
a. Safety precautions
D
b. Normal operations
c. Environmental conditions
d. Lubrication data
f. Cleaning recommendations
j. Parts identification
k. Warranty information
SECTION 01 78 23 Page 6
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
l. Contractor information
a. Safety precautions
b. Operator prestart
d. Normal operations
e. Emergency operations
f. Environmental conditions
g. Lubrication data
i. Cleaning recommendations
T
j. Troubleshooting guides and diagnostic techniques
q. Parts identification
D
r. Warranty information
u. Contractor information
a. Safety precautions
b. Operator prestart
d. Normal operations
e. Emergency operations
SECTION 01 78 23 Page 7
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
g. Environmental conditions
h. Lubrication data
j. Cleaning recommendations
T
q. Product submittal data
s. Parts identification
AF
t. Warranty information
x. Contractor information
a. Safety precautions
b. Operator prestart
d. Normal operations
e. Environmental conditions
SECTION 01 78 23 Page 8
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
m. Manufacturer's instructions
o. Parts identification
q. Warranty information
s. Contractor information
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used
T
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used
AF
-- End of Section --
R
D
SECTION 01 78 23 Page 9
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
SECTION 01 78 24.00 20
PART 1 GENERAL
Manual (PDF file) provided by the Contractor that includes, but is not
limited to, product information, a facility description with photos, and a
list of primary facility systems.
T
1.1.3 Systems
The words "system", "systems", and "equipment", when used in this document
AF
refer to as-built systems and equipment.
b. Processes and methods of gathering eOMSI Manual and eOMSI Facility Data
Workbook information during construction.
d. Electronic eOMSI Facility Data Workbook file for Contractor's use and
completion.
1.2.2 eOMSI Manual and Facility Data Workbook Coordination and Mutual
Understanding Meeting
T
1.3 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULING
Submit the 100 percent submittal of the eOMSI Prefinal Submittal to the
D
The eOMSI Prefinal Submittal must include eOMSI Manual Files (Bookmarked
PDF) and eOMSI Facility Data Workbook (Excel).
Submit completed eOMSI Manual Files (Bookmarked PDF) and eOMSI Facility
Data Workbook (Excel). The Final submittal is due at BOD. Any
discrepancies discovered during the Government's review of the Prefinal
eOMSI submittal, including the Field Verification, must be corrected prior
to the Final eOMSI submission.
Provide eOMSI utilizing the units of measure by the RFP for the facility.
Refer to Section 01 33 10.05 20 DESIGN SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES. Metric eOMSI
must be in SI (System International) metric units exclusively.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
T
01 33 29.05 20 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING FOR DESIGN BUILD. Submit the
following in accordance with Section 01 33 00.05 20 CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTAL
PROCEDURES and Section 01 33 10.05 20 DESIGN SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:
AF
SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data
Training Plan; G R
Training Outline; G R
Training Content; G R
R
SD-11 Closeout Submittals
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Assemble each manual into a composite electronically indexed file using the
most current version of Adobe Acrobat or similar software capable of
producing PDF file format. Provide compact disks (CD) or data digital
versatile disk (DVD) as appropriate, so that each one contains all
maintenance and record files, and Project Record Documents and Training
Videos. Include a complete electronically linked operation and maintenance
directory. Provide four electronic copies of the eOMSI Manuals to the
Contracting Officer for approval.
Provide eOMSI Facility Data Workbook on compact disks (CD) or data digital
versatile disk (DVD) disks in (EXCEL) format. Scan eOMSI Manual Files and
eOMSI Facility Data Workbook for malicious viruses using a commercially
available scanning program that is routinely updated to identify and remove
current virus threats.
Organize the eOMSI Manuals into two parts: 1) Product and Drawing
Information, and 2) Facility Information. Bookmark the PDF files for easy
access to the information.
2.1.2 eOMSI Manual Compact Disk Label and Disk Holder or Case
T
Provide the following information on the compact disk label and disk holder
or case:
a. Building Number
AF
b. Project Title
h. Date
Using Record Source Drawings, show and document details of the actual
installation of the utility systems; annotate and highlight the eOMSI
information. Provide Utility Record Drawings in PDF format. Provide the
following drawings at a large enough scale to differentiate designated
isolation units from surrounding valves and switches.
T
connected to the mainline up to the 1.5 meter connection point to the
facility. Indicate location or area designation for route of
transmission or distribution lines; locations of duct banks, manholes/
handholes or poles; isolation units such as valves and switches; and
AF
utility facilities such as pump stations, lift stations, and
substations.
utility and equipment connection and cutoff point, and what that
connection and cutoff point controls.
Include the Basis of Design that shows the basic design scope of work,
assumptions and the original intentions of the Designer of Record (DOR).
Identify the site utility design goals, objectives, design load limits,
assumptions, and system features that are critical to the operation and
maintenance of the systems.
Provide a table that lists by room number (including hallways and common
spaces), the type, and area of finish, manufacturer's product name,
identifying number, and color. Include a facility summary of the total area
for each type of space and floor, wall, or ceiling finish in the table.
2.2.2.5 Windows
T
and common spaces), the type of window, window size, number of each size
and type, special features, manufacturer's product name, identifying
number, and color. The table must include a facility summary of the total
number for each type and size of window.
AF
2.2.2.6 Roofing
Provide the total area of each type of roof surface and system. Provide
the name of the roofing product and system; manufacturer's, supplier's, and
installer's names, addresses, and phone numbers; manufacturer's product
name, identifying number, and color. For each type of roof, provide a
recommended inspection, maintenance and repair schedule that details
R
checkpoints, frequencies, and prohibited practices. List roof structural
load limits.
Provide a table that lists the quantity, type, size, and location of each
HVAC filter, manufacturer's product name, and identifying number.
Provide a table that lists by room number (including hallways and common
spaces), the type of lighting fixture, ballast, number of lighting
fixtures, type of lamps and number of lamps, and the manufacturer's product
name and the identifying number. The table must include a facility summary
of the total number of fixtures of each type and number of lamps of each
type.
Provide a table that lists the major equipment shown on the design
equipment schedules. Show the item descriptions, locations, model numbers;
and the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of the manufacturers,
suppliers, contractors, and subcontractors.
Provide a flow diagram indicating system liquid, air or gas flow during
normal operations. Integrate all system components into the diagram. A
compilation of non-integrated, flow diagrams for the individual system
components are not acceptable.
Provide a list of all valves associated with the system. Show valve type,
identification number, function, location and normal operating position.
T
subsystems installed. The following tabs are included in the eOMSI
Facility Data File Workbook and serve the purpose stated:
b. Model & Facility Data Matrix Tab: The Matrix lists Required Asset
Fields for each SYSTEM and SUBSYSTEM. The Designer of Record selects
SYSTEMS and SUBSYSTEMS that are within the project scope, which the
Contractor needs to include and populate in KTR Facility Data File
R
tab. The "Required Facility Asset Field Position Numbers," one through
seventeen, are pre-populated, and are not editable.
d. KTR Sample Facility Data File Tab: Sample KTR eOMSI facility data
file. This spreadsheet shows an example of the mandatory fields of all
equipment to be included in the KTR eOMSI Facility Data File, along
with their descriptions.
e. KTR Facility Data File Tab: Required eOMSI facility data file
deliverable provided to the Government. Provide a separated and unique
new row for each facility component or piece of equipment installed.
Asset number will be provided at final by the Government.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Field verify eOMSI Facility Data Workbook information with Contractor and
Government personnel. Include the following personnel in this meeting:
Contractor's eOMSI Manual and Facility Data Workbook Preparer and Quality
Control Manager, and the Government's Contracting Officer's Representative
and NAVFAC PW FMD. Request, and provide, an eOMSI Field Verification
Field verify that at least 5 Subsystems under each of the Master Systems
are accurate, for a total of 25 Subsystems. For each of these items,
verify that the required facility asset field, as defined in the "Model &
Facility Data Matrix" tab, contains the specified data and it is accurate
(i.e. item description, manufacturer, model no., serial no.). 100 percent
accuracy of eOMSI information is required for successful field
verification. Any discrepancies discovered must be corrected prior to next
eOMSI Facility Data Workbook Submittal.
T
3.2 eOMSI TRAINING
b. Intended audience
c. Location of training
d. Dates of training
e. Objectives
T
c. Discussion of how the feature or system is environmentally responsive.
Advise adjustments and optimizing methods for energy conservation.
d. Design intent.
AF
e. Use of O&M Manual Files.
Provide the eOMSI Manual Files (Bookmarked PDF) and eOMSI Facility Data
Workbook and a written course outline listing the major and minor topics to
be discussed by the instructor on each day of the course to each trainee in
the course. Provide the course outline 14 calendar days prior to the
training.
Provide to the Contracting Officer two copies of the training course in DVD
video recording format. Capture within the recording, in video and audio,
all instructors' training presentations including question and answer
periods with the trainees. Confirm proposed software used to create the
training is compatible with the using activity resources to play the
training materials. The recording camera(s) must be attended by a person
during the recording sessions to assure proper size of exhibits and
projections during the recording are visible and readable when viewed as
training.
If, at the end of the training course, there are questions from trainees
that remain unresolved, the instructor must send the answers, in writing,
to the Contracting Officer for transmittal to the trainees, and the
training video must be modified to include the appropriate clarifications.
Ensure that each attendee at each training session signs a class roster
daily to confirm Government participation in the training. At the
completion of all training, submit a signed validation letter that includes
a sample record of training for reporting what systems were included in the
training, who provided the training, when and where the training was
performed, and copies of the signed class rosters. Provide two copies of
the validation to the Contracting Officer, and one copy to the eOMSI
Preparer for inclusion into the eOMSI documentation.
T
CONTROL.
-- End of Section --
AF
R
D
T
AF
R
D
1. PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2. PROJECT OBJECTIVES
2.1. Mission Statement
2.2. Facility Function
2.3. Project Specific Priorities
2.4. Appropriate Design
2.5. Workflow Process
2.6. Special Design Challenges
2.7 Adaptability and Flexibility
2.8 Construction Phasing and Sequence of Construction
3. SITE ANALYSIS
3.1 Existing Site Conditions
3.2 Site Development Requirements
4. BUILDING REQUIREMENTS
T
4.1 Space Tabulation
4.2 Space Relationships
4.3 Exterior Character
AF
5. ROOM REQUIREMENTS
Part 3 contains the project description, functional and performance requirements, scope items,
and expected quality levels that exceed Part 4. Part 4 identifies design criteria, verification
requirements, and performance and quality requirements of products. See "Order of
Precedence" paragraph in Part 2 for relationships between all parts of this RFP.
1.1 GENERAL
This project constructs environmentally controlled pre-engineered space with vertical fabric doors for four
(4) Triton aircraft at Al Dhafra AB, UAE. The structure(s) will serve as hangar space for one or more
aircraft of the Triton Unmanned Aircraft System (UAS) platform and each may contain organizational,
maintenance, and administration spaces. The facilities must be of semi-permanent construction, defined
for this purpose to be construction, other than pavements, equipment pads and foundations, which can be
disassembled and removed from the site. Supply space must be provided within one of the structures.
Hangar access and parking aprons will also be constructed. The facilities will include the construction of
a shielded Forward Operating Base (FOB) Mission Control System (MCS) and an associated
communications tower, emergency generator. The facility layout must allow any of the four aircraft to be
deployed at any time. Access for aircraft to the taxiway may be accomplished by moving other aircraft to
temporary parking areas provided on the site.
Development area on the site is limited. It is important that this facility be designed to effectively utilize
the site to satisfy the Request for Proposal (RFP) requirements while ensuring adequate maneuvering
T
and parking space for the aircraft. All structures shall comply with applicable building codes, Unified
Facilities Criteria, and regulations whichever is more stringent.
AF
Site work shall include; demolition of existing improvements, grading, vehicle paving, taxiways, and
access driveways, a new Airfield Ground Equipment (AGE) yard, apron area paving, storm drainage,
walkways and sidewalks, utility corridors, fire protection access, bicycle racks, site and apron lighting, and
dumpster/recycling enclosures. Site drawings showing the project location and limits of construction are
included in Part 6, Site Drawings. A notional site plan is included in Part 6, Site Drawings.
A Facility Requirements Document (FRD) containing system and facility characteristics and requirements
is attached, see PART 6, Attachments. The applicable requirements contained in this FRD shall apply to
R
this project except as modified herein.
D
1.2 OPTIONS
This contract includes separate bid priced options as follows;
This option is for the procurement and installation of freestanding furniture, fixtures, and equipment for the
base facilities included in this RFP. See PARTS 3 & 4, Paragraphs E-10 Equipment and E-20
Furnishings for additional requirements.
This option is for the procurement and installation of Electronic Security Systems (ESS). This option
includes active equipment, cabling, connections, and testing. The design of the system is required in the
base contract as part of this RFP and shall not be priced as part of this option. Pathways, spaces, and
passive (physical) infrastructure are required in base contract also. See PARTS 3 & 4, Paragraphs G40
and D50 for specifics requirements.
Barn should be located in the existing R-11 Yard as indicated on the site layout in Part 6. This structure
should also be of semi-permanent construction.
T
AF
R
D
T
access and parking aprons will also be constructed. A R-11 Cooling Barn shall be constructed as a
support space as part of option #3. This facility shall be capable of sheltering one R-11 Fuel Truck and
maintaining an indoor temperature of 85 degrees. The Cooling Barn shall be a drive-through facility with
vehicle doors on opposite sides large enough for the fuel truck to pass through, as well as include any
AF
clearances required. There shall also be a minimum of 1 personnel egress door located next to each
vehicle door. The facilities will include the construction of a shielded Forward Operating Base (FOB)
Mission Control System (MCS).
Design and construct project per sustainability requirements identified in Section 01 33 29.05 20,
Sustainability Reporting for Design-Build. Additional specific sustainability requirements are found
D
Design and construct project per UFC 1-200-02 High Performance and Sustainable Buildings.
Provide a design that incorporates low impact development (LID) strategies complying with UFC
3-210-10, Low Impact Development to the extent pratical. If LID is not used for major
construction projects (with budgets exceeding $750,000) or major renovation projects (with
budgets exceeding $5 million) having a stormwater element, a waiver must be obtained from the
Regional Engineer. If a project has a footprint (consisting of building, sidewalks, and parking) of
over 5000 square feet and does not maintain the predevelopment hydrology to the maximum
extent technically feasible (METF), these constraints must be documented on the Naval Facilities
Engineering Command (NAVFAC) Sustainable Energy Data Record Card (NSEDRC) and
approved by the Governments Civil Technical Discipline Coordinator. The NSEDRC can be
found at:
http://www.wbdg.org/pdfs/navfac_sustainable_energy_data_record_card.pdf .
These policies are in addition to State or Local storm water management program permit
requirements. The Designer of Record (DOR) must balance all requirements, Federal, State,
Local and the above stated policies, and acquire required regulatory permits when managing
storm water generated.
For Navy and Marine Corps projects, comply with Navy LID Policy (commonly referred to as the
Penn Memo). The Navy LID policy sets a goal of no net increase in stormwater and sediment or
nutrient loading from major renovation projects and construction projects. Major renovation
projects are defined as having a storm water component and exceeding $5 million and major
construction projects are defined as exceeding $750,000. If LID is not implemented to the METF
as defined in UFC 3-210-10, a waiver must be obtained from the Regional Engineer. Coordinate
waiver review and approval with the Government's Civil Technical Discipline Coordinator (TDC).
Energy efficiency must be in accordance with UFC 1-200-02, High Performance Sustainable and
Building Requirements.
T
The Contractor shall provide a Life-Cycle Cost Analysis, as part of the design phase of this project,
in accordance with UFC 1-200-02, High Performance Sustainable and Building Requirements and
ECB 2015-7, Life-Cycle Cost Analysis Requirements for the Design Phase of USACE Buildings,
AF
Central Energy Systems, and Associated Supporting Facilities. A copy of ECB 2015-7 is included
in PART 6 Attachments.
Provide barrier-free design in accordance with UFC 1-200-01 , General Building Requirements.
Equip all hangar spaces with an overhead rigid-rail fall protection system in conformance with the
Department of the Navy Fall Protection Guide, UFC 4-211-01N, Aircraft Maintenance Hangars,
OSHA 29 CFR PART 1910, 1915, 1926.50, and ANZI Z2359.1. A copy of the Navy Fall
Protection Guide is included in PART 6 Attachments.
The fall protection system shall be engineered to provide localized protection along the
longitudinal axes of the airframe fuselage. Consider fall clearance distances, to ensure that the
worker is brought to a stop prior to contacting a lower level and that adequately protects the work
area, provides suitable fall protection, limits deflection and free fall, is designed for the appropriate
number of users and does not introduce excessive loads into the supporting roof structure.
Design the facility to comply with UFC 4-010-01, DoD Minimum Antiterrorism Standards for
Facility, except hangar aircraft bay, shops and storage/warehouse areas, will have an occupancy
designated as inhabited in accordance with UFC 4-010-01.
Facility shall be designed and constructed to meet the standards for Low Level of Protection.
Facilities, 3 stories or greater in height, will be required to meet the progressive collapse
avoidance standards. Documents, including design drawings and calculations, demonstrating
compliance with these requirements must be submitted in accordance with UFGS Section 01 33
10.05 20 Design Submittal Procedures.
Facility required minimum standoff distances from parking and roadways shall be determined in
accordance with UFC 4-010-01. The site is constrained and the required minimum standoff
distances from parking and roadways may not be available in all directions. Standoff distances
may be reduced, to the minimum allowed, if the required level of protection can be achieved
through analysis, building hardening, or other mitigating construction in accordance with UFC
3-340-01 Design and Construction of Hardened Structures to Conventional Weapons Effects.
T
Blast analysis is required for all windows and doors and structural components and assemblies.
See the following table for design impulses and pressures which apply to the design of items listed
above. Documents, including design drawings and calculations, demonstrating compliance with
these requirements must be submitted in accordance with UFGS Section 01 33 10.05 20 Design
Submittal Procedures.
AF
Design Blast Pressures
Incident Reflected
Range Pressure Impulse Pressure Impulse Load Duration
(m) (kPa) (kPa-msec) (kPa) (kPa-msec) (msec)
25 19 105 40 205 13
20 26 130 57 261 12
R
15 41 169 96 357 11
10 88 242 236 564 9
5 407 457 1699 1291 6
3 1285 685 7598 2499 5
D
At a minimum, all windows in exterior walls of inhabited spaces, or in walls separating inhabited
and uninhabited spaces, shall have retention film, 4 mil, applied.
At a minimum, all doors in exterior walls of inhabited spaces, and in walls separating inhabited and
uninhabited spaces, shall swing out and shall be of hollow metal construction.
Provide secured areas within the building that comply with the construction detailing of Intelligence
Community Standard (ICS) Number 705-1, and MQ-4C Triton FRD REV. G (section 4.2.1.1
EMI/EMC Requirements). Provide secure areas (but do not accredit) to include the following
space(s): FOB MCS Server Room, FOB MCS Pilot Space, and FOB MCS Vestibule.. These
rooms will require a radio frequency shield that meets all the technical requirements that comply
with MQ-4C Triton FRD REV. G (section 4.2.1.1 EMI/EMC Requirements and shall be constructed
in accordance with ICD 705 Technical Specifications and MIL-STD-464. The outside perimeter of
these spaces defines the secured area and provide standard construction with an STC rating
identified in the room requirements. The wall construction and STC rating of shared walls between
the secured perimeter and the higher rated secured area is determined by the higher rated
secured area requirements. While these rooms shall be constructed accordingly, they are not
defined by the ICD 705 and thus do not require accreditation or the processes necessary to
accomplish accreditation. Adjacent to the secured area perimeter shall be the FOB MCS
Equipment Room, FOB MCS Maintenance Space, and the FOB MCS Toilet. These spaces are
required to be directly adjacent to the shielded enclosure, but are not contained within the shielded
enclosure.
Provide open secret, secure rooms in accordance with SECNAVINST 5510.36A Department of
Navy (DON) Information Security Program (ISP) Instruction, and SECNAV M-5510.36 manual.
These rooms include the following space(s): Telecommunications Room(s) (Secure Comm.
Room), Secure Storage, Secure VTC Room, Operations Office, Electrical Instruments (AE) Shop,
and Electronics Tech (AT) Workcenter. The outside perimeter of these spaces defines the secured
area and provide standard construction with an STC rating identified in the room requirements.
The wall construction and STC rating of shared walls between the secured perimeter and the
higher rated secured area is determined by the higher rated secured area requirements.
The contractor is responsible for testing and verification of ratings all wall and door construction
requiring STC rating.
T
Refer to the RFP Part 3, Chapter 5 - Room Requirements to further define the secured area
requirements.
AF
2.4 Appropriate Design
The contractor and its Architect/Engineer shall be responsible for understanding and conforming to
all applicable design criteria associated with the facilities to be provided under this contract. In
addition to the documents listed or identified elsewhere in this RFP, Comply with UFC 4-211-01N
Aircraft Maintenance Hangars: Type I, Type II and Type III for planning and design requirements
R
for this project. The Triton MQ-4C aircraft dimensions upon which the hangar bay shall be sized
(providing required clearances around and above the aircraft) are contained within the Facilities
Requirements Document (FRD) provided in PART 6 Attachments.
D
2.5.2 Staffing/Occupancy
The estimated staffing for the building is 55 personnel, not all of whom will have a dedicated
workstation. The projected staffing for most of the spaces within the building has been identified
in Part 3, Chapter 5 to the greatest extent possible. This information shall be confirmed by the
successful proposer during design development. Occupancy used to design building features,
such as structural, egress, and plumbing fixtures shall be determined as required using occupant
load factors in applicable building or life safety codes.
This facility must simultaneously meet the maintenance needs of several aircraft while minimizing
the duplication of equipment and space. In order to facilitate this design objective, the contractor
and its Architect/Engineer must retain the services of a certified industrial designer to analyze and
design maintenance shop workflow. The industrial designer must develop a shop layout that will
accommodate the maintenance equipment requirements specified in this RFP and maximize use of
the allocated maintenance spaces.
T
be designed in such a way as to prevent flexibility in future arrangements.
The Contractor and its Architect/Engineer should prepare designs and construction operations
which consider the following;
R
Demolition and construction adjacent to the Refueler Apron shall be accomplished before work on
the remainder of the site. This work includes but not limited to shoulder demolition and area
lighting demolition. The permanent Jet blast deflectors must be installed prior to the start of
construction on the remainder of the site.storm water management during construction is a
D
contractor responsibility. This may require construction of temporary holding ponds and pumps.
The work includes demolition and construction on and next to operational airfield pavements. The
contractor shall insure safe operations on the construction site.
Area lighting of the adjacent aircraft ramps and taxiways must be maintained while any existing
area lighting is removed or relocated.
The new AGE Yard must be operational prior to interrupting the use of, or demolition of, the existing
Yard.
Vehicle access to the operational Age Yard must be maintained at all times.
Fuel Truck access to the adjacent Aircraft Ramp along Taxiway Alpha (West Road) must be
maintained at all times.
The site is on an active airfield and adjacent to an active apron with refueler hydrants. The site is
restricted by roads on the north and west, an active taxiway to the east and an active apron to the
south. The site is generally flat with a slight slope to the south. A drainage detention pond is along
the south site of the site. The site is approximately 2 meters lower in elevation that the apron. An
active Airfield Ground Equipment (AGE) yard is on the west side. Area lighting for the apron is along
the south side. Drawings showing the location and limits of construction are included in Part 6.
3.1.1 Topography
The site has minimal slope and is generally flat and composed of mixed desert soil and may contain
urban fill type materials. An existing storm water detention basin receives drainage from the site and
T
the Refueler Apron (Tango Ramp). The site is approximately one to two meters lower in elevation than
the Refueler Apron (Tango Ramp). Part of the site is a paved area used for equipment and vehicle
parking, AGE Yard.
AF
3.1.1.1 Vegetation and Landscaping
The site has little to no vegetation.
3.1.1.2 Wildlife
R
3.1.1.3 Wetlands
There are no wetlands on the site.
3.1.1.4 UXO
An UXO Survey of the project site has not been conducted.
Domestic Water service will be provided from existing line to the west.
Sanitary Sewer service will be provided from an existing line to the west.
Two (2) existing 300 mm stainless steel aircraft fuel line and associated control lines runs west to east
under the north Refueler Apron (Tango Ramp) shoulder.
An existing underground electric line along with high mast lighting for the Refueler Apron runs west to
east about 48 meters north of the Refueler apron.
An existing communications duct runs along the north of the site and along the east side of the site.
T
apron. All storm water from this area is retained in the detention base without any discharge. The
existing drainage pattern is shown on drawing CG-201 in Part 6.
AF
3.1.2.3 Existing Building and Structures
The project site has no buildings requiring demolition. Three high mast light poles and foundations are
within the project site. An electric transformer for the area lighting is located with the high mast
lighting. A concrete paved AGE vehicle and equipment storage area approximately 93 x 50 meters is
on the west side of the site. A guard tower for the Refueler Apron (Tango Ramp) is at the northeast
R
corner of the apron. The Guard Tower will remain active during construction and will not be relocated.
If the grading design requires modification to the grade elevations at the Guard Tower the contractor
shall provide a new tower of similar construction. Tower design will require review and approval by
the US Air Force and may include height or size modifications.
D
3.1.2.5 Fencing
There is an existing fence on the north and east side of the site. The fence is chain link with metal post.
Fence fabric height is approximate 2 meters with approximately 1 meter above with 6 single strands of
barb wire. The fence belongs to the Host Nation and is to remain in place except where needed for the
new taxiway. Any changes to the fence will require Host nation approval.
T
Provided all equipment pads as required to support building functions and operations.
Provide dumster pad in accordance with base trash collection procedures.
Provide one communications tower.
AF
Provide an AGE Yard approximately 4600 square meters to replace the existing yard. Provide direct
access to the Refueler Apron (Tango Ramp) from the AGE Yard.
Provide Line Vehicle Parking Area approximately 335 square meters.
Storm water management and discharge in accordance with the master drainage plan.
Provide all facilities not listed but are required for a fully functioning Triton Operational Facility.
Provide paved vehicle access to the AGE Yard.
Provide one R11 Cooling Barn, Option Number 3, at a remote location in the current R11 Parking area.
R
See Part 6, Site Drawings for drawing showing project location.
D
3.2.2 Demolition
The contractor shall provide all demolition and debris removal need to develop the site and construct
the facilities. Additional pavement removal and replacement will be required for utility connections.
Demolition will generally consist of pavement removal and removal of existing utilities. Provide all
demolition and removal as needed to construction the project. Demolition consist of but not limited
to:
Demolish Apron and Taxiway shoulder as required for new apron and taxiway tie in.
Demolish existing AGE Yard approximately 90 x 50 meters.
Demolish existing apron shoulder as required for AGE Yard access pavement.
T
3.2.5 Grading and Drainage
Positive drainage will be provided around all proposed facilities. Pavements will be sloped to drain.
AF
Drainage design must accommodate storm water runoff from the Refueler Apron (Tango Ramp).
Storm water drainage design shall be for a 10 year storm event. See Sections G103001 and G3030 for
additional requirements. Airfield pavement slope requirements shall be in accordance with UFC
3-260-01 including connection to the existing taxiway (East Taxiway) and existing apron (Refueler Apron,
Tango Ramp).
3.2.6 Utilities
R
Domestic water service shall be provided from the existing base system. The contractor shall
coordinate with the Resident Engineer and Base CE to locate the most desirable water line for service to
D
the facility. See Drawing C-401 in Part 6 for known utility lines. Host Nation approval will be made
through the Resident Engineer.
Sanitary sewer service shall be provided from the existing base system. The contractor shall
coordinate with the Resident Engineer and Base CE to locate the most desirable water line for service to
the facility. See Drawing C-401 in Part 6 for known utility lines. Host Nation approval will be made
through the Resident Engineer.
Water for fire hydrants shall be provided from the existing base system. The existing line encircles the
Refueler Apron (Tango Ramp). See G301004 for additional requirements. See Part 6 for As built
information.
There is no existing storm sewer serving the Refueler Apron or Triton site. Construct storm water
collection and conveyance for all new construction and the entire area which currently drains to any
existing detention pond within the limits of construction. Coordinate storm water management design
with the ongoing Air Force/Host Nation drainage master plan. Storm water discharge from the site
shall be compatible with the master plan and discharge location shall be as defined by the master plan.
The existing aircraft fuel line will be operational during construction and shall be protecting as necessary
during construction.
T
AF
R
D
The primary space within the facility will be the aircraft bay. Supporting maintenance, administrative and
storage spaces shall be placed adjacent to the aircraft bay. The other spaces may access the aircraft
bay through interior corridors.
The FOB MCS Server Room, FOB MCS Pilot Space, FOB MCS Vestibule, FOB MCS Equipment Room,
FOB MCS Maintenance Space, FOB MCS Toilet, Secure Room (Communications), Operations Office,
OIC Room, Secure VTC, and Secured/Classified Storage shall be co-located due to their level of security,
operational interaction and compatibility unless specifically stated otherwise in the room requirements
sheets.
T
4.3 Exterior Character
AF
The exterior envelope of the maintenance hangar will be constructed of coated tension fabric stretched
over a metal structural frame. Additional buildings as needed may be constructed as pre-engineered
metal buildings. The multi-leaf aircraft hangar doors shall also be of vertical lifting PVC coated fabric
construction with the center section height established to accommodate passage of the aircraft tail with
required clearances and the height of the two side sections established to accommodate the aircraft
wings also with required clearances. The exterior of all facilities shall blend with the overall base color
scheme and style. Final exterior materials, finishes, and colors are subject to Government review and
R
approval.
D
16,884
-8,820
Remaining Area 8,064
-5,946
Support Spaces (SM) 2,118
T
Secured/Classified Storage 70 37 43
Warehouse Storage Area 557 446 513
Consumables Storage 37 37 43
AF
Administrative Space 278 266 306
Operations Office 37 43
OIC 11 13
Fleet Support Representatives 28 32
Secure Conference Room (VTC) 28 32
Visiting CO 10 12
R
Visiting CMC 9 10
Printer Room 11 13
Admin. Break Room 19 22
Training Space 74 85
D
Training Storage 9 10
Secure Room (Communications) 10 12
Antennas/Antenna Cabling 20 23 *
Total SM 1,958
Areas shown in table are minimum required area for each space.
Area calcaulations are per UFC 3-101-01.
T
AF
R
D
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS) P-960
Al Dhafra, UAE
T
AF
R
D
Special Dimensions:
Acoustics:
Other/special requirements:
Uniformat
Description Qty Size Specific Requirements
Section
B2010 Exterior Walls AD Tension Fabric Structures to house UA
T
Steel Doors and frames, insulated, paint. . Provide
914mm x exterior personnel doors to meet fire exit
B2030 Steel doors and frames AD
2134mm requirements (minimum 1 on each side of hangar
door).
AF
B203008 Exterior Door Hardware AR AR Full weather-stripping, overhead holders
Emergency Shower/Eye
D201090
Wash
AR AR Floor drain needed
T
AFFF Deluge Valve Riser
D4090 3 AR
Assembly
required.
G204003 Bollards AR Locate at each corner of each roll-up door.
Special Dimensions:
Ideal Plan Dimensions:
Minimum Ceiling Height: 9 ft. (2.74M).
Acoustics:
Number of Occupants: 2
Other/special requirements:
Uniformat
Description Qty Size Specific Requirements
Section
T
C1010 Interior Partitions AR AR partitions may be gypsum board on metal studs.
Rated where required.
914mm x
C1020 Interior Doors AR
2134mm
Steel Doors and frames, insulated, paint.
AF
Marker Boards and Tack
C103003 1 AR
Boards
C3020 Floor Finish AR AR Resilient flooring, minimum. Carpet shall not be used
D30 HVAC AR AR
Special Dimensions:
Ideal Plan Dimensions:
Minimum Ceiling Height: 9 ft. (2.74M).
Acoustics:
Access:
Number of Occupants: 1
Other/special requirements:
Uniformat
Description Qty Size Specific Requirements
Section
T
Painted with resilient base. Internal separation
C1010 Interior Partitions AR AR partitions may be gypsum board on metal studs.
Rated where required.
914mm x
C1020 Interior Doors
AF AR
2134mm
Steel Doors and frames, insulated, paint.
D30 HVAC AR AR
Telecommunications
D503001
Systems
AR AR Phones, CATV
Special Dimensions:
Ideal Plan Dimensions:
Minimum Ceiling Height: 9 ft. (2.74M).
Acoustics:
Access:
Number of Occupants: 1
Other/special requirements:
Uniformat
Description Qty Size Specific Requirements
Section
T
914mm x
C1020 Interior Doors AR
2134mm
Steel Doors and frames, insulated, paint.
C103003
Marker Boards and Tack
Boards
AF 1 AR
D30 HVAC AR AR
Telecommunications
D503001
Systems
AR AR Phones, CATV
Special Dimensions:
Ideal Plan Dimensions:
Minimum Ceiling Height: 9 ft. (2.74M).
Acoustics:
Access:
Number of Occupants:
Other/special requirements:
Uniformat
Description Qty Size Specific Requirements
Section
T
1828 x
C1020 Interior Doors AR
2134
D30 HVAC AR AR
D
Special Dimensions:
Ideal Plan Dimensions:
Minimum Ceiling Height: 9 ft. (2.74M).
Acoustics:
Access:
Number of Occupants: 2
Uniformat
Description Qty Size Specific Requirements
Section
T
C1010 Interior Partitions AR AR partitions may be gypsum board on metal studs.
Rated where required.
914mm x
C1020 Interior Doors AR Steel Doors and frames, insulated, paint.
AF 2134mm
C103004 AR AR
Special Dimensions:
Ideal Plan Dimensions:
Minimum Ceiling Height: 9 ft. (2.74M).
Acoustics:
Number of Occupants:1
Other/special requirements:
Uniformat
Description Qty Size Specific Requirements
Section
T
Rated where required.
D30 HVAC AR
T
AF
R
D
Special Dimensions:
Ideal Plan Dimensions:
Minimum Ceiling Height: 9 ft. (2.74M).
Acoustics:
Access:
Number of Occupants: 3
Other/special requirements:
Uniformat
Description Qty Size Specific Requirements
Section
T
C1010 Interior Partitions AR AR partitions may be gypsum board on metal studs.
Rated where required.
914mm x
C1020 Interior Doors AR
2134mm
Steel Doors and frames, insulated, paint.
AF
Marker Boards and Tack
C103003
Boards
1 AR Large markerboard for common use
D30 HVAC AR AR
Special Dimensions:
Ideal Plan Dimensions:
Minimum Ceiling Height: 9 ft. (2.74M).
Acoustics:
Access:
Number of Occupants: 3
Other/special requirements:
Uniformat
Description Qty Size Specific Requirements
Section
T
914mm x
C1020 Interior Doors AR
2134mm
Steel Doors and frames, insulated, paint.
Special Dimensions:
Ideal Plan Dimensions:
Minimum Ceiling Height:
Acoustics:
Access:
Number of Occupants:
Other/special requirements:
Uniformat
Description Qty Size Specific Requirements
Section
T
1828mm x
C1020 Interior Doors AR
2134mm
Double door with keyed lockset
D30 HVAC
R
Provide (2) 120VAC convenience receptacles and (1)
D5020D30 Branch power and lighting
120VAC dedicated circuit for work table.
Special Dimensions:
Ideal Plan Dimensions:
Minimum Ceiling Height:
Acoustics:
Uniformat
Description Qty Size Specific Requirements
Section
3048mm W Forklift accessible, electrically operated, overhead
B2030 Exterior Doors AR x 3048mm rolling insulated doors to Exterior IAW SECNAV
H 5530.10, paint. Rollup door adjacent to hangar bay
C1010 Partitions AR AR Full-height 1-hr separation from Hangar Bay
T
914mm x Metal door frame, hardware with keyed lockset, paint.
C1020 Interior Doors AR
2134mm CDX-10 lock per FF-L-2740B and FF-L-2890B.
E2020 Moveable Furnishings (1)4 drawer class 6 safe (610 x 1219 x 1828)
T
AF
R
D
Special Dimensions:
Ideal Plan Dimensions:
Minimum Ceiling Height:
Acoustics:
Number of Occupants:
Other/special requirements:
Uniformat
Description Qty Size Specific Requirements
Section
1828mm x
B2030 Exterior Doors AR
2134mm
Non-corroding prefinished steel, extra heavy duty.
2438mm W
Overhead and Roll-up Electrically operated, overhead rolling insulated
B203004 1 x 3048mm
doors doors to Exterior, paint.
H
T
Twenty Four (24) industrial shelving units
C103006 Shelving
AF (4ftx8ftx10ft)
D30 HVAC AR AR
D5020 Branch power and lighting 400v, 3 phase dedicated circuit and locking type
receptacle for forklift battery charger
T
AF
R
D
Special Dimensions:
Ideal Plan Dimensions:
Minimum Ceiling Height:
Acoustics:
Other/special requirements:
Uniformat
Description Qty Size Specific Requirements
Section
Full-height 1-hr separation from Hangar Bay. Full-
C1010 Partitions AR AR height painted impact resistant gypsum board on
metal studs with resilient base.
T
1282mm x 45-min fire-rated doors, vision panel, extra heavy
C102003 Fire Doors AR
2134mm duty.
C103003
Marker Boards and Tack
AF 1
Boards
T
AF
R
D
Special Dimensions:
Ideal Plan Dimensions:
Minimum Ceiling Height:
Acoustics:
Access:
Number of Occupants:
Other/special requirements:
Uniformat
Description Qty Size Specific Requirements
Section
Full-height 1-hr separation from Hangar Bay. Full-
C1010 Interior Partitions AR AR height painted impact resistant gypsum board on
metal studs with resilient base.
T
2134mm duty.
Marker Boards and Tack
C103003 1
Boards
T
AF
R
D
Special Dimensions:
Ideal Plan Dimensions:
Minimum Ceiling Height:
Acoustics:
Access:
Number of Occupants:
Uniformat
Description Qty Size Specific Requirements
Section
Full-height 1-hr separation from Hangar Bay. Full-
C1010 Interior Partitions AR AR height painted impact resistant gypsum board on
metal studs with resilient base.
T
2134mm duty. CDX-10 lock per FF-L-2740B and FF-L-2890B.
Marker Boards and Tack
C103003 1
Boards
D201004 Sinks
R
D201090 Emergency Fixtures Emergency eyewash and shower
T
AF
R
D
Special Dimensions:
Ideal Plan Dimensions:
Minimum Ceiling Height:
Acoustics: STC 45
Access:
Number of Occupants:
Uniformat
Description Qty Size Specific Requirements
Section
Full-height 1-hr separation from Hangar Bay. Full-
C1010 Interior Partitions AR AR height painted impact resistant gypsum board on
metal studs with resilient base.
T
C1020 Interior Doors AR
2134mm
duty. Include IDS, ACS, and CDX-10 lock in
compliance with FF-L-2740B and FF-L-2890B.
Marker Boards and Tack
C103003 1
Boards
AF
C103004 Identifying Devices
D3040 Exhaust
T
AF
R
D
Special Dimensions:
Ideal Plan Dimensions:
Minimum Ceiling Height: 2.7m
Access:
Number of Occupants: 1
Other/special requirements:
Uniformat
Description Qty Size Specific Requirements
Section
T
C1010 Interior Partitions AR AR
walls with resilient base. Rated where required.
914m x
C1020 Interior Doors AR
2134mm
Metal Frame, hardware with keyed lockset, painted.
AF
Marker Boards and Tack
C103003
Boards
D30 HVAC
D
D5020 Branch power and lighting Provide (4) 120VAC convenience receptacles
Special Dimensions:
Ideal Plan Dimensions:
Minimum Ceiling Height: 2.7m
Acoustics:
Access:
Number of Occupants: 45
Other/special requirements:
Uniformat
Description Qty Size Specific Requirements
Section
T
914mm x
C1020 Interior Doors AR
2134mm
Metal Frame, hardware with keyed lockset, painted.
D30 HVAC
CATV outlet
D5020 Branch power and lighting Dedicated circuit and duplex receptacle for network
copier/printer
T
AF
R
D
Special Dimensions:
Ideal Plan Dimensions:
Minimum Ceiling Height: 2.7m
Acoustics:
Access:
Number of Occupants: 0
Other/special requirements:
Uniformat
Description Qty Size Specific Requirements
Section
T
914mm x
C1020 Interior Doors AR
2134mm
Metal Frame, hardware with keyed lockset, painted.
D30 HVAC
Telecommunications
D503001
Systems
Special Dimensions:
Ideal Plan Dimensions:
Minimum Ceiling Height: 2.4m
Acoustics:
Access:
Number of Occupants: 4
Uniformat
Description Qty Size Specific Requirements
Section
T
High security combination lock and electronic card
914mm x
C1020 Interior Doors AR
2134mm
reader. Entrance doors with CDX-10 lock per FF-L-
2740B and FF-L-2890B.
C103003
Marker Boards and Tack
AF 1
Large marker board at common area, marker board
Boards at each workstation
C103090 Other interior Specialties TV wall mount brackets and reinforcement.
D30 HVAC
D
T
AF
R
D
Special Dimensions:
Ideal Plan Dimensions:
Minimum Ceiling Height: 2.4m
Acoustics: STC 45
Access:
Number of Occupants: 0
Other/special requirements: Locate within secure suite. Provide perimeter construction. Shielded enclosure (Ref. FRD REV G, Section
4.2.1.1.3 Shielded Chamber and MIL=STD-464. Construct IAW SECNAV M-5510.36.
Uniformat
Description Qty Size Specific Requirements
Section
T
Steel door and steel frame, paint. Hardware with
914mm x keyed locket in addition to combo lock. STC 35.
C1020 Interior Doors AR
2134mm Entrance door with CDX-10 lock per FF-L-2740B and
AF FF-L-2890B.
D30 HVAC
Special Dimensions:
Ideal Plan Dimensions:
Minimum Ceiling Height: 2.7m
Acoustics: STC 50
Access:
Number of Occupants: 8
Other/special requirements: Equipped with VTC capability, classified level secret. Coordinate requirements of user-provided equipment
including flat screen television. Construct IAW SECNAV M-5510.36.
Uniformat
Description Qty Size Specific Requirements
Section
T
Full-height walls meetings classified requirements.
C1010 Interior Partitions AR AR
Rated where required.
T
AF
R
D
Special Dimensions:
Ideal Plan Dimensions:
Minimum Ceiling Height: 2.4m
Acoustics:
Access:
Number of Occupants: 1
Other/special requirements:
Uniformat
Description Qty Size Specific Requirements
Section
T
914mm x
C1020 Interior Doors AR
2134mm
Steel doors and frames, insulated, paint
D30 HVAC
D5020 Branch power and lighting Provide (4) 120VAC convenience receptacles
D
Special Dimensions:
Ideal Plan Dimensions:
Minimum Ceiling Height: 2.4m
Acoustics:
Access:
Number of Occupants: 1
Other/special requirements:
Uniformat
Description Qty Size Specific Requirements
Section
T
914mm x
C1020 Interior Doors AR
2134mm
Steel doors and frames, insulated, paint
D30 HVAC
D5020 Branch power and lighting Provide (4) 120VAC convenience receptacles
D
Special Dimensions:
Ideal Plan Dimensions:
Minimum Ceiling Height: 2.4m
Acoustics: Minimum 70dB of attenuation from 10kHz to 10gHz, to protect mission equipment from EME
Number of Occupants: 2
Other/special requirements: Shielded enclosure (Ref FRD REV G, Section 4.2.1.1.3 Shielded Chamber and MIL=STD-464),
Uniformat
Description Qty Size Specific Requirements
Section
T
914mm x Shielded chamber door at outer enclosure. Entrance
C102090 Specialty Doors AR
2134mm doors with CDX-10 per FF-L-2740B and FF-L-2890B.
C3010 Wall Finish
AF AR AR Paint.
Special Dimensions:
Ideal Plan Dimensions:
Minimum Ceiling Height: 2.7m
Acoustics: Minimum 70dB of attenuation from 10kHz to 10gHz, to protect mission equipment from EME, STC 50
Access:
Number of Occupants: 0
Other/special requirements: Shielded enclosure (Ref FRD REV G, Section 4.2.1.1.3 Shielded Chamber and MIL=STD-464, 100% HVAC
redundancy, inspection crawl space between the shielded enclosure ceiling lid and roof structure is required
Uniformat
Description Qty Size Specific Requirements
Section
T
C1010 Partitions AR AR
desirable. Full height painted gypsum board walls
with resilient base. Rated where required.
T
AF
R
D
Access:
Number of Occupants:
Other/special requirements: 50 total lockers, split between male and female staffing (75% male, 25% female)
Uniformat
Description Qty Size Specific Requirements
Section
C1020 Interior Doors AR 914 x 2134 Metal door frame, hardware with keyed lockset, paint
T
Marker Boards and Tack
C103003
Boards
C3030 Ceiling Finish AR AR 600mm x 600mm moisture resistant acoustic ceiling tiles
D30 HVAC
R
D5020 Branch power and lighting
Telecommunications
D503001
Systems
D
Special Dimensions:
Ideal Plan Dimensions:
Minimum Ceiling Height: 2.7m
Acoustics: STC 45
Access:
Number of Occupants: 0
Other/special requirements:
Uniformat
Description Qty Size Specific Requirements
Section
T
Steel doors and frames, insulated, paint, shielded.
914mm x
C102090 Specialty Doors AR
2134mm
Entrance doors with CDX-10 locks per FF-L-2740B
and FF-L-2890B.
AF
RF shielded enclosure constructed of welded steel
panel system. Minimal mechanical joints are highly
C1010 Partitions AR AR
desirable. Full height painted gypsum board walls
with resilient base. Rated where required.
C3010 Wall Finish AR AR Paint
R
12 high raised access flooring over depressed
C3020 Floor Finish AR AR
concrete slab with anti-static floor tile finish
C3030 Ceiling Finish AR AR Painted gypsum board interior surfaces
D
T
AF
R
D
Special Dimensions:
Ideal Plan Dimensions:
Minimum Ceiling Height: 2.4m
Acoustics:
Access:
Number of Occupants: 0
Other/special requirements: Shielded enclosure (Ref FRD REV G, Section 4.2.1.1.3 Shielded Chamber and MIL=STD-464,
Uniformat
Description Qty Size Specific Requirements
Section
T
panel system. Minimal mechanical joints are highly
C1010 Partitions AR AR
desirable. Full height painted gypsum board walls
with resilient base. Rated where required.
AF Shielded chamber doors to create entry vestibule.
1016mm x
C102090 Specialty Doors 2
2134mm
Only one door can be opened at a time. Entrance
Door with FF-L-2740B and FF-L-2890B.
C3010 Wall Finish AR AR Paint
Special Dimensions:
Ideal Plan Dimensions:
Minimum Ceiling Height: 2.7m
Acoustics:
Access:
Number of Occupants: 3
Other/special requirements: Coordinate requirements of user-provided equipment including copy/print/fax machines. Construct IAW
SECNAV M-5510.36.
Uniformat
Description Qty Size Specific Requirements
Section
T
C1010 Partitions AR AR height painted impact-resistant board on metal studs
with resilient base. Rated where required.
One (1) desk (3x6), (1) task chair, (1) ESD bench,
(1) adjustable work bench, (2) stools with adjustable
E2020 Moveable Furnishings backs for ESD workbench (2) stools with adjustable
backs for workbench, (1) file cabinet (1)shredder,
(1)wall clock. (1)ESD Mat
Special Dimensions:
Ideal Plan Dimensions:
Minimum Ceiling Height:
Acoustics:
Access:
Number of Occupants:
Other/special requirements:
Uniformat
Description Qty Size Specific Requirements
Section
T
C1020 Interior Doors AR 914 x 2134 Metal door frame, hardware with keyed lockset, paint
Telecommunications
D503001
D
Systems
Special Dimensions:
Ideal Plan Dimensions:
Minimum Ceiling Height: 2.7m
Acoustics:
Access:
Number of Occupants:
Other/special requirements:
Uniformat
Description Qty Size Specific Requirements
Section
T
C1020 Interior Doors AR 914 x 2134 Metal door frame, hardware with keyed lockset, paint
D30 HVAC
Telecommunications
D503001
Systems
Special Dimensions:
Ideal Plan Dimensions:
Minimum Ceiling Height: 2.7m
Acoustics:
Access:
Number of Occupants:
Other/special requirements:
Uniformat
Description Qty Size Specific Requirements
Section
T
C1020 Interior Doors AR 914 x 2134 Metal door frame, hardware with keyed lockset, paint
21 deep
D2010 Stainless steel 1 Full size, single compartment.
D
min.
D30 HVAC
Special Dimensions:
Ideal Plan Dimensions:
Minimum Ceiling Height: 2.7m
Acoustics:
Access:
Number of Occupants:
Other/special requirements:
Uniformat
Description Qty Size Specific Requirements
Section
T
C1010 Interior Partitions AR AR height painted impact-resistant board on metal studs
with resilient base. Rated where required.
C1020 Interior Doors AR 914 x 2134 Metal door frame, hardware with keyed lockset, paint
AF
Marker Boards and Tack
C103003
Boards
21 deep
D2010 Stainless steel 1 Full size, single compartment.
min.
D30 HVAC
Telecommunications
D503001
Systems
Special Dimensions:
Ideal Plan Dimensions:
Minimum Ceiling Height: 2.7m
Acoustics:
Access:
Number of Occupants:
Other/special requirements:
Uniformat
Description Qty Size Specific Requirements
Section
T
height painted impact and moisture resistant board
C1010 Interior Partitions AR AR
on metal studs with resilient base. Rated where
required.
Telecommunications
D503001
Systems
Special Dimensions:
Ideal Plan Dimensions:
Minimum Ceiling Height: 2.7m
Acoustics:
Access:
Number of Occupants:
Other/special requirements:
Uniformat
Description Qty Size Specific Requirements
Section
T
required.
Metal door frame, push/pull hardware, kickplate on both
C1020 Interior Doors AR 914 x 2134
sides of door, paint
D30 HVAC
D
Telecommunications
D503001
Systems
Special Dimensions:
Ideal Plan Dimensions:
Minimum Ceiling Height: 2.7m
Acoustics:
Access:
Number of Occupants:
Other/special requirements:
Uniformat
Description Qty Size Specific Requirements
Section
C1020 Interior Doors AR 914 x 2134 Metal door frame, hardware with keyed lockset, paint
T
Marker Boards and Tack
C103003
Boards
Telecommunications
D503001
Systems
D
Special Dimensions:
Ideal Plan Dimensions:
Minimum Ceiling Height: 2.4m
Acoustics:
Access:
Number of Occupants:
Other/special requirements:
Uniformat
Description Qty Size Specific Requirements
Section
T
required.
C1020 Interior Doors AR 914 x 2134 Metal door frame, hardware with keyed lockset, paint
C103003
Marker Boards and Tack
Boards
AF
C103004 Identifying Devices
C3030 Ceiling Finish AR AR 600mm x 600mm moisture resistant acoustic ceiling tiles
R
D30 HVAC
D
Telecommunications
D503001
Systems
Special Dimensions:
Ideal Plan Dimensions:
Minimum Ceiling Height: 2.4m
Acoustics:
Access:
Number of Occupants:
Uniformat
Description Qty Size Specific Requirements
Section
T
C1010 Interior Partitions AR AR
on metal studs with resilient base. Rated where
required.
C1020 Interior Doors AR 914 x 2134 Metal door frame, hardware with keyed lockset, paint
AF
Marker Boards and Tack
C103003
Boards
D30 HVAC
D
Telecommunications
D503001
Systems
Special Dimensions:
Ideal Plan Dimensions:
Minimum Ceiling Height: 2.4m
Acoustics: STC 45
Number of Occupants: 0
Other/special requirements: locate within secure suite, provide perimeter construction IAW SECNAV M-5510.36
Uniformat
Description Qty Size Specific Requirements
Section
T
C1010 Interior Partitions AR AR
rating where required.
914mm x Steel door and steel frame, paint, hardware with keyed
C1020 Interior Doors AR
2134mm lockset in addition to combination lock, STC 35
D30 HVAC
D
Telecommunications
D503001
Systems
D503005 Security Systems AR AR Access control at entrance doors (CAC card activated)
Special Dimensions:
Ideal Plan Dimensions:
Minimum Ceiling Height:
Acoustics:
Number of Occupants: 2
Other/special requirements:
Uniformat
Description Qty Size Specific Requirements
Section
914mm x Non-corroding, pre-finished, heavy duty hollow metal door
B2030 Exterior Doors 1
2134mm and frame.
T
C101005 Interior Windows 2
1000mm square, fire-rated, wired glazing.
D305003 Fan Coil Unit AR AR Provide fan coil unit for cooling.
D509003 Grounding Systems AR AR Provide 3/4" diameter x 10 long driven ground rod.
Two (2) work benches (3x6), (2) task chairs, (1) hazmat
E20 Furnishings
locker (for used battery), waste receptacle, wall clock.
T
AF
R
D
A10 FOUNDATIONS
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Provide the building foundation system in accordance with UFC 3-301-01, Structural Engineering and
UFC 3-220-01, Geotechnical Engineering. Foundation must be designed to suit subsurface
conditions, and must be capable of transmitting all building loads to the ground.
A10 GENERAL
T
GOVERNMENT PROVIDED GEOTECHNICAL INFORMATION
Any included subsurface information is only for the Contractor's information and is not
guaranteed to fully represent all subsurface conditions. The Government shall not be
R
responsible for any interpretation or conclusion by the Contractor drawn from the data
or information.
better convey data (boring logs, testing, etc.) or to document observed site conditions.
The assumptions, analysis, and recommendations of any accompanying report were
developed for preliminary planning purposes only and may not reflect present project
requirements. The Contractor is required to retain a Geotechnical Engineer experienced
and licensed in the geographic region of the project to interpret the Government
provided information as related to his design concept and develop geotechnical
requirements to support design and construction.
this RFP. The minimum requirements for the subsurface investigation and report are as
required by UFC 1-300-09N with associated references.
As a minimum, the Contractor shall excavate 10 test pits to a depth of 1.5 m below
finished graded or to rock, whichever is shallower, and supplementary laboratory
classification of soils encountered, on the building site to support the foundation design.
The contractor is responsible for the site specific geotechnical investigation, perform
field and laboratory testing, and provide supporting calculations. The geotechnical
investigation shall be performed in accordance with EM 1110-1-1804 and Part 4 Section
G10 of this RFP.
T
AF
R
D
--End of Section--
T
AF
R
D
B10 SUPERSTRUCTURE
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The superstructure consists of structural elements above the foundation that provide support for
vertical loads and resistance to lateral loads.
This section includes the requirements for the superstructure of the building, including floor and roof
framing, columns, interior load-bearing walls and the main lateral-force resisting system. Exterior load
bearing walls are addressed in Section B20.
Provide the building framing system in accordance with UFC 3-301-01, Structural Engineering.
Live Loads
Live loads that differ from the minimum live loads provided in UFC 3-301-01 shall be as
T
follows:
Importance Factors
Use Risk Category II in Table 2-2 of UFC 3-301-01 for determining Importance Factors for
seismic, snow, and wind design.
R
Wind Exposure
The effects of ongoing activities adjacent to the site, such as jet blast, shall be considered in the
design and construction of all facilities. Temporary jet blast deflectors may need to be installed, or
structures may need to be designed to resist jet blast effects as determined by the sequence of
construction operations.
--End of Section--
T
AF
R
D
T
The exterior materials of the building(s), which are not part of the tension fabric structure, shall be
prefinished insulated metal panels. See UFC 4-211-01N, Aircraft Maintenance Hangars: Type I,
Type II, and Type III for additional requirements.
AF
Where applicable, provide a ventilated, rain-screen, exterior wall system composed of the Exterior
Closure and the Exterior Wall Backup Construction indicated below.
Provide metal prefabricated panel wall enclosure. Metal shall have concealed fasteners.
No requirements specified.
Provide a continuous air barrier to control air leakage into, and out of conditioned spaces. The air
barrier shall encompass all elements of the facility that are exposed to the outside environment or
outside environmental conditions such as roof, walls, floors, and compartmentalized unconditioned
portions of the facility such as garages, and negatively pressurized spaces. Permanently seal
penetrations through the air barrier, joints in the air barrier, adjoining construction, and transitions to
different air barrier materials.
Confirm air barrier compliance with Air Barrier Performance Test in RFP Part 4 B20.
Provide thermal envelope performance testing through infrared thermography in accordance with RFP
Part 4. Coordinate thermal imaging testing with air barrier testing construction schedule
Provide a continuous water resistive barrier in accordance with UFC 3-101-01, Architecture. The
water resistive barrier must resist liquid (bulk) water from being absorbed into the back-up wall
assembly if water leaks, penetrates, or seeps past the exterior enclosure cladding system.
Provide a vapor pressure analysis and hydrothermal analysis in accordance with UFC 3-101-01,
Architecture. Determine if a moisture barrier/ vapor retarder is required and where it would be located.
Include analysis and conclusion in the design analysis for the project, refer to UFGS 01 33 10.05 20,
Design Submittal Procedures. If required by the analysis, provide a moisture barrier/ vapor retarder to
restrict the flow of moisture through the exterior enclosure.
Include written and graphic descriptions of exterior enclosure barrier materials and location within the
wall as a part of the Contractor provided design analysis. Identify in the analysis the continuous
boundary limits of the air barrier and of the zone or zones to be field tested for building air tightness.
Provide contract drawings that indicate each exterior enclosure barrier location and the materials that
make up the barriers. Detail the following barrier conditions;
T
a. Typical conditions at wall sections.
g. Treatment to seal barrier penetrations such as conduits, pipes, electric boxes, and fixtures.
h. Indicate air barrier perimeter, if facility is segmented into areas that are not within the air barrier
D
envelope.
B201004 PARAPETS
Provide parapets for exterior wall construction, where required for low-slope roofs.
T
Provide screen walls where required to screen mechanical units, electrical substations, loading docks,
and trash receptacles. Screen walls must be compatible with the building architecture. Design
AF
rooftop mechanical screens to minimize roofing penetrations.
Provide acoustical rated window assemblies in occupied areas meeting requirements of the
D
Acoustical Report.
B202001 WINDOWS
Determine the construction of security windows by evaluating the project program security
requirements, using the Military Handbook 1013/1A, Design Guidance for Physical Security of
Facilities, to define window requirements.
B202002 STOREFRONTS
There are no storefronts in the hangar.
Glazing shall be insulating glass units consisting of two pair of laminated glass sheets separated by
an air space.
Doors shall be Extra Heavy Duty Doors - ANSI /SDI A250.8, Level 3, physical performance Level A,
Model 1 minimum and as required to meet ATFP requirements.
T
Provide solid steel door assemblies including painted galvanized heavy-duty, non-corroding, insulated
doors with frames and hardware. Also provide louvers and accessories and wall opening elements
such as lintels sills and flashings.
AF
B203002 GLAZED DOORS
Glazed Doors - Provide Exterior Glazed Doors. Including painted steel framed door assemblies with
insulated, tinted glazing, frames, and hardware compatible with other buildings on the base and wall
opening elements such as lintels, sills, through-wall flashings, and joint sealers.
R
B203004 OVERHEAD ROLL-UP AND OVERHEAD SECTIONAL
DOORS
D
Provide overhead doors in accordance with Door and Access Systems Association International
(DAMSA) requirements. Comply with ANSI/DAMSA 102-2004 for overhead sectional doors and
ANSI/DAMSA 207-2008 for overhead roll-up doors.
Doors shall be rolling service type. Doors shall have automatic operation. Doors shall be operated
by three-button electric power conforming to NEMA MG1, NEMA ICS 1, NEMA ICS 2, and NEMA ICS
6, with auxiliary hand chain operation.
Hangar doors shall be vertical lift multi-leaf fabric doors. Hangar doors shall be capable of being
opened manually in the event of a power interruption. Doors shall be capable of being operated from
the interior or exterior of the hangar.
Provide hardware keying compatible with the existing U.S. controlled facilities keying system.
Provide a card key system. Provide the services of a certified door hardware consultant to prepare
the door hardware schedule.
Door hardware finish shall be chrome-plated brass or bronze, or stainless steel brass or bronze.
--End of Section--
T
AF
R
D
B30 ROOFING
B30 GENERAL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Roof systems shall be watertight and compatible with facility function, construction, and service
conditions. Provide complete roof system design and construction services for the entire new facility
roof system, including all ancillary and incidental work necessary for a complete, new, watertight roof
system installation.
Submittal Requirements: Components of a minimum roof submittal shall include the roof plan, method
of drainage, standard details and details unique to the project, wind load calculations and
requirements.
Provide a Pre-Design Roofing Conference (if required in RFP Part 4) and Pre-Roofing Conference to
assure roof design and construction is properly coordinated before construction begins.
T
Built-in gutter systems where drainage passes through an interior space or is concealed in the
exterior cavity wall shall be prohibited.
AF
Refer to UFC 3-110-03, Roofing, UFC 3-101-01, Architecture, and UFC 1-200-02 High Performance
Sustainable Buildings for additional roofing requirements.
secondary buildings. See section F10 for hangar roof requirements. The roof system shall be
designed and attached to resist wind uplift pressures calculated in accordance with ASCE 7. Uplift
resistance shall be validated by applicable Factory Mutual (FM), Underwriters Laboratories (UL), or
ASTM uplift resistance test procedures.
A three ply modified system consisting of modified base sheet, modified bitumen interply sheet, and
modified bitumen cap sheet is the system of choice for new low sloped roofing.
Use a ventilating base sheet over any materials which may contain moisture which may need to
transpire out of the building.
Low slope roofing systems that are acceptable include three-ply modified bitumen roofing.
Cool Roof - Meet the ASHRAE 90.1 Chapter 5 values for cool roofing. If a cool roof is not selected in
zones 1-3, meet one of the exception requirements listed in ASHRAE 90.1 Chapter 5 or provide
thermal insulation above the deck with an R value of 33 or greater.
T
Sustainable Buildings and UFC 3-110-03 Roofing.
Provide gutters and downspouts compatible with roofing material and finish. Concealed (interior)
gutters and downspouts are prohibited.
--End of Section--
Provide durable construction appropriate for the building function. Acoustic properties of materials,
as well as durability, shall be considered during material selection.
C1010 PARTITIONS
T
Partitions shall be concrete masonry or gypsum board on metal studs as required in UFC 4-211-01N.
Masonry walls are preferred at areas subject to impact or abuse such as shops, utility rooms, toilet
AF
and locker/shower rooms. The wall separating the aircraft bay from the support spaces shall also be
masonry. Metal stud and gypsum board should be limited to interior partitions within administrative
areas.
T
C102001 STANDARD INTERIOR DOORS
AF
All interior doors shall be hollow metal in hollow metal frames.
Provide STC sound rated door and standard hollow metal door frame with continuous sound/ weather
seals around the door to create a sound control door where used in sound rated partitions. STC
rating of door shall match the partition. Provide sound/ weather seals at the top and both sides that
are integral with the door frame and drop down door bottom sound/ weather seals shall rest on a
metal threshold. After installation, test the doors with a flashlight to determine if any gaps in the
sound seals allow light to be viewed on the opposite side of the door.
R
or it is deemed advantageous to be able to see through the door, either for safety of pedestrian traffic,
or other functional reason.
Provide card key type access units for specialized entries. Provide lithium battery powered,
magnetic stripe keycard locksets that are ANSI/BHMA A156.13, Series 1000, Grade 1, mortise locks,
tamper resistant, UL listed with 1 inch (25 mm) throw deadbolt, 3/4-inch (19 mm ) throw latch bolt,
auxiliary dead-locking latch, and 2-3/4 inch (68.75 mm) backset.
T
requirement documents for secure area doors. Doors accessing secure areas shall be out-swinging.
C1030 SPECIALTIES
C103001 COMPARTMENTS, CUBICLES, & TOILET PARTITIONS
R
Provide toilet partitions in all toilet rooms with more than one water closet or urinal. Provide toilet
accessories as indicated in Chapter 3, Room Requirements portion of this RFP.
D
C103005 LOCKERS
Provide lockers of vented double-tier configuration unless directed otherwise by the user through
design discussions. Lockers shall be metal construction and enamel finish. Lockers are funded as
part of the construction contract.
C103006 SHELVING
Provide steel utility shelving. Built-in fixed shelving is funded as part of the construction contract.
C103008 COUNTERS
Provide plastic laminate counter tops and back splashes.
C103009 CABINETS
T
Provide cabinetry and millwork items with associated accessories. Cabinetry shall be AWI premium
grade and have concealed hinges with adjustable standards for shelves. All exposed surfaces will
AF
be covered with high pressure plastic laminate clad.
C103010 CASEWORK
R
Provide all built-in premanufactured metal cabinetry for specialized functions such as laboratories,
libraries, medical and dental facilities. Casework shall comply with Mil Std 1691.
C103011 CLOSETS
No criteria specified.
--End of Section--
T
AF
R
D
C20 STAIRS
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Stairs, including stair construction and stair finishes, shall be provided as required by the building
code to provide egress from the building from above or below grade level floors. Stairs shall be in
accordance with UFC 1-200-01, General Building Requirements.
T
Interior stairs shall be constructed of steel or steel with concrete filled pans.
Handrails and guardrails shall be painted galvanized steel. Handrails and guardrails shall present a
smooth, unbroken surface throughout the length of the stair.
D
Metal ladders and railings complying with OSHA requirements shall be provided for access and
protection to any mechanical mezzanines, lofts or other similar spaces.
--End of Section--
Interior finishes include wall finishes, floor finishes, wall base finishes, and ceiling finishes.
Provide aesthetically pleasing, functional, durable finishes appropriate to the buildings function.
Acoustic properties of materials, as well as durability and ease of maintenance, shall be considered
during material selection. Maximize the use of sustainable materials.
Color selections require the use of wall and floor finish material accents to enhance the color and
appearance of the interior design. Provide a wall and floor color design that includes a minimum of
two different accents colors throughout the facility. Submit pattern drawings of the accents design
with the interior design submittal.
T
GENERAL SYSTEMS REQUIREMENTS
AF
See "Room Requirements" for specific requirements on "Interior Finishes."
All interior wall finish materials in area subject to impact and requiring higher durability shall be
painted concrete masonry.
All interior wall finish materials within administrative areas or spaces not subject to impact and
requiring a heightened degree of durability may be gypsum board.
All interior wall finishes are indicated in the Room Requirements portion of this RFP
Exposed concrete floors shall be coated with a sealer appropriate to the function of the space.
Colored concrete floor in administrative areas shall be applied as a topical dye or a dry shake pigment
application.
Hangar bay floor finish shall have a Thin Film Flooring System meeting the requirements of MPI 212
and UFGS 09 67 23.15 Fuel Resistive Resinous Flooring, 5-Coat System.
Floor finishes shall be as indicated in the Room Requirements portion of this RFP. Carpet shall not
be used on this project.
Provide resilient floor finishes as identified in the Project Program, Room Requirements or as directed
below. Include manufacturer's full line of color, texture and pattern selections, including multi-colored
materials.
Exposed structural systems shall be painted according to PTS Section C3040 INTERIOR COATINGS
T
AND SPECIAL FINISHES.
Ceiling finishes shall be as indicated in the Room Requirements portion of this RFP.
AF
C3040 INTERIOR COATINGS AND SPECIAL FINISHES
Paint all interior exposed surfaces including metal items, such as interior grilles, registers, diffusers,
access panels, and panel boxes.
All finish coatings shall be as indicated in the "Room Requirements" portion of this RFP.
R
--End of Section--
D
D20 PLUMBING
Refer to Part 4 Section D20 for performance requirements of the building elements included in the
plumbing system.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The plumbing system for FY15 Navy MILCON Project P-960 consists of all fixtures, potable cold and
hot water piping and equipment, piping insulation, water heating equipment, sanitary waste and vent
piping systems, and other specialty piping and equipment within 5 foot (1.5 meter) of the building.
T
all required fittings, connections and accessories required for a complete and usable system. All
equipment shall be installed per the criteria of PTS section D20 and the manufacturers
recommendations. Design and installation shall be in accordance with IPC, NFPA 409 Standard on
Aircraft Hangars, and UFC 3-420-01, Plumbing Systems. Where the word "should" is used in the
AF
manufacturers recommendations, substitute the word "must".
D201002 URINALS
Provide low flow flush valve urinals in all restroom spaces.
D201003 LAVATORIES
Provide countertop lavatories with metering faucet in each restroom space. Provide pop-up drain.
D201004 SINKS
Refer to Room Requirement Section for the number and type of sinks required.
Provide countertop kitchen sink with two compartments in the kitchen and break room spaces.
Provide waste disposer unit.
D201005 SHOWERS/TUBS
Provide a terrazzo tile shower floor and wall assembly with chrome plated copper shower supply
fittings in the Locker Rooms.
T
Provide all emergency showers with a privacy curtain and rail assembly. Provide tepid water (60F to
100F) with water tempering valve assembly.
Provide alarms and appurtenances for service within NEMA type 3 or 4 enclosures.
AF
D2020 DOMESTIC WATER DISTRIBUTION
Perform a flow test to determine system requirements.
Time:
D
Location:
Static pressure:
Residual pressure:
Flow:
Provide hose bibbs along hangar bay wall at columns and spaced not more than 30 meters apart.
Hose bibbs within one of the hangar bays in each hangar facility shall be capable of delivering enough
water to wash the aircraft while it is parked in the hangar. Provide Coordinate washing location and
sizing with contracting officer representative (COR).
Designer is to evaluate the feasibility of providing a condensate recovery system to recover all
condensate produced from HVAC equipment in the facility to help meet sustainability requirements.
The condensate recovery system will be recycled to provide water for washing of the aircrafts.
Designer shall also evaluate the feasibility of providing recycled aircraft wash water for reuse of
washing aircrafts to meet sustainability requirements.
Provide water meter on the building main and tie water meter into the BAS.
T
Instantaneous or tank type electric water heaters may be provided to meet hot water needs.
AF
Provide water tempering valve assembly.
Provide in-line circulator for domestic hot water distribution system where hot water lines have and
equivalent length more than 15m (50ft.) from water heating source.
Provide domestic water booster system for domestic water distribution system if required.
Provide mineral fiber insulation with vapor barrier on domestic hot water supply and recirculation
piping. Provide cellular glass insulation with vapor barrier on domestic cold water supply piping.
Provide identification for piping and equipment.
D
D202005 SPECIALTIES
Provide valve box for buried valves.
T
Provide PVC piping, fittings, and solvent cement above and below ground.
D209003 INTERCEPTORS
Provide an oil/water separator for the trench drains in the hangar bay area.
compressed air demand of each hangar bays. Provide distribution piping, valves, pressure regulators,
compressed air drops with quick disconnects, and hose reels throughout the hangar bays and shop
spaces to allow connection of pneumatic tools, sanders, grinders, etc. Location of air drops and hose
reels should be coordinated with the facility User and Contracting Officer.
Provide compressed air service points in the hangar bays quantity and capacity as required by the
user. Each service point shall consist of wall-mounted hose reel, pneumatic tool lubricator, 861 kPa
(125 psig) pressure regulator with adjustability of +/- 861 kPa (125 psig), pneumatic tool filter, needle
valve shutoff, and pneumatic tool quick connector.
Hose bibbs in hangar bays shall be co-located with compressed air service points. Quantity shall be
sufficient to allow full coverage of each hangar bay for hose bibbs as well as compressed air but not
more than 30m apart. See room requirements for additional compressed air requirements.
--End of Section--
T
-- End of Section -- AF
R
D
D30 HVAC
Refer to Part 4 Section D30 for performance requirements of the building elements included in the
HVAC system.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Provide a distributed chilled water heating, ventilating and air conditioning (HVAC) system for the
FY16 Navy MILCON Project P-960 that attains the following objectives: Occupant comfort, Indoor air
quality, Acceptable noise levels, Energy efficiency, Reliable operation, and Ease of maintenance.
Design and installation shall be in accordance with IMC, UFC 3-401-01, Mechanical Engineering,
UFC 3-410-01, Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning Systems, NFPA 409, Standard on Aircraft
Hangars, and UFC 4-010-01, DoD Minimum Antiterrorism Standards for Buildings.
T
Provide working space around all equipment. Provide all required fittings, connections and
accessories required for a complete and usable system. All equipment shall be installed per the
criteria in PTS Section D30 and the manufacturer's recommendations. Where the word "should" is
AF
used in manufacturers instructions, substitute the word "shall".
Provide air conditioning and heating for spaces as indicated and for the following Design conditions:
Outside Conditions
86 Degrees F wet
bulb
30 Degrees C wet
bulb
All Occupied and Office, Toilet, Locker Room Areas Inside Conditions
50 %RH
All Maintenance, Hangar Bay Areas and Fuel Barn Inside Conditions
50 %RH
T
Summer 85 Degrees F dry Winter No Heating Degrees F
bulb
AF
29 Degrees C dry No Heating Degrees C
bulb
50 %RH
R
50 %RH
Provide Ventilation rates and systems per ASHRAE Standard 62.1, Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor
Air Quality and MIL-HDBK-1028/1, Aircraft Maintenance Facilities.
The HVAC system must provide each zone with the choice of heating or cooling year round unless
otherwise indicated. Each zone must have its own limited range of control, as allowed by the control
system central workstation.
Administrative, maintenance and support areas shall be zoned as appropriate for the function.
MCS functions shall be a separate zone
Communication rooms shall be a separate zone
Hangar Bay Area shall be a separate zone
Fuel Barn Area shall be a separate zone
Provide minimum 4-inch (100 mm) thick concrete housekeeping pads and vibration isolators under all
floor-mounted equipment. Provide vibration isolators for all hanging equipment. Provide flexible
connections between all equipment, piping, and ductwork systems.
All mechanical equipment must have painted finishes that pass a salt-spray test conducted per ASTM
B117 for duration of at least 500 hours.
All outside mechanical equipment HVAC cooling/heating and condenser coils must be provided with a
manufacturer approved coating system. The heat transfer rating shall be as designed.
Ventilation (and air-conditioning) systems shall be designed to minimize sand and dirt infiltration. All
air-conditioning systems shall be designed to maintain positive pressure inside the building with
T
respect to the exterior. All fresh air intakes shall be provided with sand louvers, washable filters and
bird screens. All air handlers shall have a minimum filtered dust control efficiency of 85%. Inertial air
separator may be used for first stage of filtration.
AF
In accordance with UFC 3-410-01 For new construction and major renovations projects when the total
outdoor air requirements exceed 1000 CFM, provide a DOAS that supplies dehumidified and
reheated (tempered to room DB temperature) 100 percent outside air directly to all spaces when
occupied.
Electrical equipment used or servicing the hangar (OH) space within 18 inches (0.45m) of the floor
and within 5 ft (1.5m) of the silhouette of the aircraft shall be Class I, Division 2 hazardous rating in
accordance with NFPA 70, National Electrical Code. All HVAC return and supply diffusers shall be
R
located a minimum of 10 feet above the hangar floor.
HVAC for telecommunication rooms (TR) shall be designed in accordance with UFC 3-580-01 and
TIA-569-C and TIA-569-C-1. Provide each TR with its own independent thermostat for climate control,
D
capable of supporting year round ambient temperature control (24 hours/day, 365 days/year), to
protect all installed electronic equipment. Do not include heating and cooling systems on building time
clocks or other temperature setback means for telecom spaces.
The designer must prepare a Life Cycle Cost Analysis (LCCA) to determine the heating and cooling
systems, fuel sources and major system components. The analysis must conform to the life cycle cost
and energy criteria specified in UFC 3-401-01 paragraph 2-1.1 Life Cycle Considerations. Centralized
versus De-centralized Plants - De-centralized plants may be a more cost effective alternative for a
new or replacement project. The designer must follow the "Evaluation of District and
Islanded/Decentralized Utility Options with Life-Cycle Cost Analysis Guidance" in Appendix G of UFC
3-410-01 to determine which alternative is most life cycle cost effective.
Provide back-up HVAC to the following areas: FOB-MCS, MCS Pilot, MCS Server Room, MCS
Equipment Area, MCS Vestibule, MCS Techs and all other MCS functional areas.
For sizing condensers and condensing units, add 5F (3C) to the outdoor dry bulb temperature.
Provide security measures for all secure spaces in accordance with MIL-HDBK-1013/1A Design
Guidelines for Physical Security of Facilities and UFC 4-010-05 Sensitive Compartmented Information
T
No criteria specified.
D302002 FURNACES
No criteria specified.
Provide reciprocating, rotary screw or scroll air-cooled chillers (as recommended by ASHRAE
handbooks for size) using a variable or constant volume pumping system. The cooling load for this
facility shall be served by multiple chillers providing for satisfaction of the cooling load with a minimum
50% redundancy in as staged duty-duty-standby configuration. One (or more as necessary) chiller
shall be powered by the emergency (standby) generator to provide cooling to the FOB-MCS and
associated communication and office spaces upon loss of prime power.
Chillers shall operate in temperatures down to 4 degrees Celsius and up to 55 degrees Celsius.
Provide chiller controls in compliance with ASHRAE 135 BACnet - A Data Communication Protocol
for Building Automation and Control Networks.
T
D303002 DIRECT EXPANSION SYSTEMS
No criteria specified.
AF
D3040 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS
D304001 AIR DISTRIBUTION, HEATING & COOLING
Provide insulated, galvanized steel ductwork constructed, braced, reinforced, installed, supported,
and sealed per the IMC and SMACNA standards.
R
VAV systems with single duct and series fan powered boxes with electric heating coils may be used
D
to air condition the facility. Heating coils shall be provided where required for Administrative areas.
Chilled water shall be generated via air-cooled chillers and meeting the minimum part load IPLV in
accordance with Federal Energy Management Program (FEMP) or Energy Star efficiency
requirements.
Provide a constant speed, variable speed and/or primary/secondary pumping system to serve the
HVAC chilled water equipment throughout the facility.
Provide steel chilled water supply and return piping to serve the HVAC equipment throughout the
facility. Insulate piping with cellular glass insulation.
Provide air control and shot type feeder for manual chemical feed for the chilled water piping system.
T
Provide system flushing and start-up for the chilled water piping system.
Provide ducted exhaust ventilation systems and exhaust fans to serve all ventilated zones of the
facility. Provide in-line, rooftop or ceiling centrifugal exhaust fan[s]. Provide exhaust systems for
maintenance and Hangar areas in accordance with UFC 3-410-04N Industrial Ventilation, the
International Mechanical Code and UFC 4-211-01N Aircraft Maintenance Hangars.
R
Provide fuel vapor and vehicle exhaust sensors (CO, NO2, etc.) for the Fuel Barn area with a purge
exhaust system to remove harmful vapors when detected in accordance with the IMC chapter 4
ventilation and section 404 enclosed parking garages and code 29 CFR OSHA section
D
1910.106(e)(3)(v) Ventilation. Exhaust system equipment shall be explosion proof. All heating and air
conditioning return and supply diffusers shall be located a minimum of 10 feet above the floor.
Ventilation and exhaust for battery charging stations shall be design in accordance with UFC
3-520-05.
T
D305004 FIN TUBE RADIATORS CONVECTORS
No criteria specified
AF
D305005 ELECTRIC HEATING
Heating shall be provided for the facility to maintain the required winter indoor design temperature.
The heating system may consist of electric resistant heating coils located within the air handling unit
or fan coil units. The electric heating coils inside the standard air handling units shall be of open
R
resistance type designed for direct exposure to the air stream. Electric heating coils shall be
completely prepackaged and provided with the required temperature and safety controls. Electric
heating coils shall be staged heating with a maximum of load of 5 kW per stage.
Provide 100% Outside Air Makeup Air Conditioning Units to precondition outside air prior to
distributing to the space.
Provide operator workstation and notebook computer[s] and complete application software with all
licenses. DDC control system for the facility shall be monitored and controlled from a central location
(mechanical or control room).
Provide meters, monitored by DDC, on all of the building's incoming utilities (water and electric). Set
up trend reports to record data daily and store values in the operator workstation DDC computer.
Provide flow rate meters, monitored by the DDC system, for central and chilled water flow.
Provide air handlers and all terminal units, including VAV boxes, with discharge/supply temperature
sensors.
Provide central air handler unit outside air CFM air flow monitoring stations.
Provide a DDC option for automatic operation of building circulating pumps whenever outdoor air
temperature is below 35 degrees F (1.7 degrees C) or when there is a high potential for freeze
damage.
Provide control to automatically start back-up pumps (or other HVAC equipment) if the primary device
fails. Primary and back-up equipment starter circuits shall be wired to prevent both pieces of
equipment from operating at the same time. Rotate primary and back-up HVAC equipment monthly
(adjustable) with a lead/lag control routine.
T
Provide electronic controls for the HVAC systems and equipment.
Provide air to air heat exchangers or runaround coils in the air handling system where economically
feasible in the life cycle cost.
-- End of Section --
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Provide an integrated fire alarm, mass notification system, and suppression system capable of
notifying building occupants and controlling any fire that may start inside the facility. Automatic
suppression systems shall consist of both wet pipe sprinkler systems throughout the facility, and
AFFF systems in the hangar bays.
T
Provide working space around all equipment. Provide concrete pads under all equipment. Provide all
required fittings, connections and accessories required for a complete and usable system. All
equipment shall be installed per the criteria of PTS section D40 and the manufacturers
recommendations. Where the word "should" is used in the manufacturer's recommendations,
AF
substitute the word "shall".
All Design Documents, (i.e. Building Code/Life Safety Analysis, plans, specifications, and
calculations) developed for Section D40 shall be prepared by, or under the supervision of the
design/build contractor's Qualified Fire Protection Engineer, the Fire Protection Designer of Record
(FPDOR).
R
Installation drawings, shop drawings or working plans, calculations, other required pre-construction
documentation and as-built drawings shall be prepared by, or under the direct supervision of a NICET
engineering technician as specified below. NICET engineering technicians shall hold a current
certification as an engineering technician in the field of Fire Protection Engineering Technology with
Level IV certification in the appropriate subfield. Individuals responsible for work specified in D4090
D
shall hold a Level IV certification in the Special Hazards Suppression Systems subfield.
Provide training for the active systems consisting of three (3) eight (8)-hour sessions to accommodate
all shifts of the base fire department and allow for rescheduling for unforeseen fire department
responses.
The fire alarm control panel shall be capable of handling a minimum of 500 individually identified
sensors within the main control panel. Provide Class A Notification Appliance Circuits, Class A
Signaling Line Circuits, and Class A Initiation Device Circuits. Provide back-up amplifiers for
combination fire alarm/mass notification systems.
Provide a crossed zoned smoke detection system for activation of the clean agent suppression
system.
T
holding at least 60% of the total water volume, must be installed. All fire pumps must be able to take
water from either tank at 100% of the flow rate.
The site location is next to the refueler ramp which is encircled with a 200 mm HDPE fire water main
AF
fed from the adjoining industrial area (Motown). These fire water mains are served by two (1
primary and 1 back-up) fire pumps with a capacity of 1200 gpm. The fire pumps draw from two
100,000 gallon ground level storage tanks. The USAF has granted permission to tie into the fire
water mains to supply water to the site. The static and residual pressure of the base fire protection
water supply is not known. . If this system is used, the contractor shall perform a hydraulic test on
which to base hydraulic calculations.
R
Where portable water source is used, incoming service shall be provided with a backflow preventer.
D
For hangar bays the sprinkler rate of application shall be 0.17 gpm/ft2 (6.9 L/min/m2) over the
hydraulically most demanding 7,500 ft2 (697 m2) of floor area as defined in NFPA 13. Do not
increase design area when the ceiling slopes exceed 2 in 12.
For light hazard areas the sprinkler rate of application shall be hazardous classification HC-1 per
Factory Mutual Data Sheet 3-26 (latest edition)
For ordinary hazard areas the sprinkler rate of application shall be hazardous classification HC-2 per
Factory Mutual Data Sheet 3-26 (latest edition).
Provide quick-response sprinklers with ordinary temperature rating in areas with finished ceilings.
Provide white sprinkler escutcheon plates to match ceiling color.
Provide a supplementary total flooding clean agent fire suppression system for complete fire
protection coverage throughout areas with command and control equipment.
--End of Section--
T
AF
R
D
D50 ELECTRICAL
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
(a) Provide complete Electrical Distribution System consisting of: Service Entrance Cables/Wiring and
Equipment, Lighting and Power Panelboards, Dry Type Transformers, Conduits, Feeder cables, Lighting
and Power Branch Circuit wiring, Motor Control Equipment, Interior and Exterior Building Lighting,
Communications, Security and Alarm Systems, Emergency Egress Lighting, Grounding System, Lightning
Protection System, 400-Hertz and 60 Hertz Frequency Converters, Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS),
Emergency Power. All Systems shall include necessary accessories and/or devices in order for the
System(s) to be complete and usable System(s). Complete Distribution System shall consist of insulated
cables/conductors installed in conduit(s).
(b) Work required in this Section extends installations out to the building(s) 5 foot (1.5 meter) line.
(c)The hangar(s) will house fueled aircraft. No fueling of aircrafts shall take place within the hangars. The
T
electrical installation shall be in compliance with the requirements of National Fire Protection Association
(NFPA 70, NEC), UFC 3-501-01 and The Electricity Wiring Regulations issued by The Regulation and
Supervision Bureau for the Water, Wastewater and Electricity Sector in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi.
AF
(d) All Systems shall be designed for minimum 20% future spare capacity and in accordance with the
applicable Unified Facilities Criteria (UFC) listed in Part 4, unless noted otherwise. Lighting levels shall be
calculated per the IES recommended upper limits.
(e) All equipment installed under this Project shall be in compliance with and approved by The Electricity
Wiring Regulations issued by The Regulation and Supervision Bureau for the Water, Wastewater and
Electricity Sector in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi.
R
GENERAL SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
Provide an Electrical System complete in place, tested and approved, as specified throughout this RFP,
as needed for a complete, usable and proper installation. All equipment shall be installed per the criteria
D
of PTS Section D50 and the manufacturers recommendations. Where the word "should" is used in the
manufacturers recommendations, substitute the word "shall".
Contractor shall Design-Build two (2) Fabric Hangars and Maintenance & Support Facilities, to include a
Shielded Enclosure, to support Operation & Maintenance of MQ-4C Triton Aircrafts. All work shall be in
accordance with the requirements of applicable Unified Facilities Criteria and the MQ-4C Triton Facilities
Requirement Document (FRD).
SUSTAINABILITY
Provide electrical systems and components that support project sustainability and energy goals.
ANTITERRORISM
Provide bracing of electrical equipment which is suspended and weighs more than 31 pounds.
SEISMIC BRACING
Seismic Bracing of electrical equipment to resist seismic events shall be provided based on site seismic
design criteria, calculations and building importance factor.
ELECTRICAL TESTING
New electrical equipment shall be tested in accordance with NETA acceptance testing specifications.
Existing electrical equipment remaining in service shall be tested in accordance with NETA maintenance
testing specifications.
COMMISSIONING
Commission all systems in accordance with RFP Part 3 Chapter 2, Section 01 33 29.05 20 Sustainability
Reporting for Design Build and UFC 01-200-02 High Performance and Sustainable Buildings.
(a) Electric Service to the Facility/Facilities shall consist of Unit Distribution Substation (UDS), to include,
a High Voltage (11KV) Ring-Main-Unit, Oil-Filled Transformer and a Secondary Distribution Cabinet. UDS
shall be installed on a concrete pad, minimum 150mm thick. Secondary voltage cables from the UDS to
the Service Entrance Equipment inside the facility shall be installed underground and in 150mm (6inch)
PVC concrete encased conduit ductbank. High voltage cables may be installed direct buried per UAE
Standards.
(a) Main transformer shall be oil-filled type, rated for 11KV - 415/240Volts, 3 Phase, 4 Wire, 50 Hz and 50
T
Degree Centigrade.
(a) Secondary Voltage Service Entrance cables from the UDS to the Service Entrance Equipment
(Switchboards (SWB) and/or Main Distribution Panels (MDP)) inside the facility shall be installed
underground and in concrete encased ductbank. Service entrance cables and equipment shall be rated
for Service Entrance application.
R
(b) All Service Entrance SWBs and/or MDPs shall be provided with digital Watt-Hour Metering for billing
purpose.
(c) Transient Voltage Surge Suppression (TVSS) shall be provided at each Service Entrance Equipment.
D
General use incoming power to the hangars, all other facilities and for site, shall be rated at 415/240Volts,
3 Phase, 4 Wire, 50 Hertz. Additional power systems shall include:
(a) 208/120 Volts, 3 Phase, 4 Wire, 60Hz, utilizing static type frequency converters. Individual frequency
converters in lieu of a central unit may be provided for each facility and/or area, at the option of the
Contractor.
(b) 208/120 Volts, 3 Phase, 4 Wire, 400Hz, utilizing static type frequency converters. Hangars 1 & 2 shall
not be serviced by a central (common) frequency converter unit.
(c) Indoor installed transformers shall be dry type. Floor mounted units shall be installed on 150mm thick
concrete pad.
(d) Provide a 200A, 28VDC, power supply for each of four (4) aircrafts.
D501004 PANELBOARDS
(a) Provide Lighting and Power Distribution panelboards to serve respective loads, as required.
Panelboards shall be of sufficient ampacity to serve the designed loads plus a minimum of 20% additional
spare capacity to provide for future growth. Dedicated panelboards shall be provided for sensitive
electronic loads (i.e. server/LAN rooms, computer labs, telecom rooms) and also for separate spaces
identified as Work Center/Area, such as, Instrumentation Work Center, Avionics Work Center,
Maintenance Control, etc.
(b) Panelboard(s) and other equipment located close to the aircraft wash area shall be protected with
minimum IP54 (NEMA Type 4) enclosure.
(c) Panelboards/Distribution Boards shall be factory assembled and comply with BS EN 60439.
(d) Panelboard rating above 200A shall be installed in dedicated area, Electric Room.
All circuit breakers shall be enclosed in proper IP or NEMA Type rated enclosures. Indoor installed
enclosures shall be rated for IP10 with gasket to keep dust out. Exterior installed enclosures shall be
T
rated for IP54.
Unit shall be provided with an eight (8) hour belly mounted day tank. Unit shall be sized for additional
20% spare capacity for future, based on 100% demand load.
(b) Automatic Transfer Switch (ATS) with a by-pass switch shall be 4 Pole and installed inside the
building electric room. ATS shall be sized to match stand-by generator name plate rating.
(c) Dedicated emergency generator for the Fire Pump is not required.
(d) Receptacles near wet areas (sinks, basins etc.) shall be installed at least 1M away from the wet area.
(e) Manual Transfer Switch (MTS/Selector Switch) shall be 4 Pole and installed on the Primary side of
the Power Filters serving the shielded enclosure.
(a) Provide electrical connections for all systems requiring electrical service.
(b) Provide lighting and general purpose receptacles throughout all spaces, as required. Lighting and
branch circuit wiring shall comply with BS 7671.
(c) Light switches for the toilets shall be installed outside the toilets.
(d) No outlets, including shaver outlets, shall be installed inside the toilets.
(e) All general purpose receptacles (outlets) shall be protected by 30ma GFCI.
(f) Only copper conductor cables and wiring is permitted. Aluminum conductors cables/wiring is not
permitted.
(g) Ring circuits shall be provided for general purpose receptacles. Radial circuits shall be provided for
large or specialty loads, such as, water heaters, pumps, kitchen cookers/ovens etc. Large loads shall be
hard-wire connected (not plugged into a receptacle) via a locally provided disconnect switch.
(h) Provide 240V, 13 amp, 50 Hz (BS 1363) duplex switched receptacles in all rooms, minimum one (1)
duplex receptacle on each wall. In hangars, large bay areas and warehouses, provide receptacles at 5M
intervals, minimum.
(a) Minimum Six (6) Duplex Receptacles in all Specialty Rooms/Areas in coordination with the COR,
T
unless noted otherwise.
(b) Minimum Six (6) Duplex Receptacles in each shop, with final location of the receptacles coordinated
with the COR.
AF
(c) Minimum Six (6) Duplex Receptacles, three (3) on each side wall, shall be provided in each Hangar.
Final location of the receptacles shall be coordinated with the COR.
(j) Wiring in unfinished areas shall be installed in surface mounted conduits system supported at 3M
intervals. Wiring in finished areas shall be installed in recessed conduit system.
R
(k) Power receptacles for wall mounted TV monitors shall be collocated with the wall mounted brackets.
(l) Provide dedicated 240V, 13 amp. 50 Hz (BS 1363) duplex switched receptacles for office equipment,
refrigerator, etc. in accordance with the requirement of Facilities Requirement Document (FRD).
D
(a) All branch circuit wiring shall be insulated copper conductors installed in metal conduit. Homeruns may
have no more than three phase conductors. The sharing of neutral conductors between phases is not
allowed on non-linear loads (i.e. computers, electronic ballasts,).
(b) The 400 Hz Power System cabling shall be rated for 400 Hz and installed in aluminum
conduit/raceway system.
(a) Preferred indoor and outdoor lighting is LED. However, fluorescent and High Intensity Discharge (HID)
lighting may be acceptable on cases by case basis and upon CORs approval. HID lighting shall not be
provided or installed near or around the antennas. Lighting fixtures shall be appropriate for its use and
location and shall be selected in coordination with the Architectural finish for the respective rooms/areas.
(b) Emergency 'egress' light fixtures shall have integral battery charger and nickel cadmium battery and
auto-change over in event of normal lighting circuit failure. The battery shall be capable of maintaining at
the required l i g h t i n g level for a minimum of 90 minutes.
(c) Exterior building light fixtures shall be installed above each exterior door.
(d) Exit Signs shall be provided at each exit and shall be with NiCd battery and solid state
inverter/converter for 180 minutes back up.
(e) Light switches or occupancy sensors shall be provided in each room for lighting control. Exterior
building lights shall be photo-electric controlled for dusk-to-dawn operation. Dimmable lighting with
dimmer switches shall be provided in conference and control rooms, if required, unless noted otherwise.
(f) Flood lighting to illuminate front and back areas of the hangars shall be provided. Light fixtures may be
attached to the hangar frame.
The Room Requirements Section identifies locations for communications and security systems and
equipment, unless noted otherwise in the following sub-elements.
T
D503001 TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
AF
Provide a complete building entrance facility, backbone distribution system, and horizontal distribution
system including, but not necessarily limited to, all wiring, pathway systems, grounding, backboards,
connector blocks, protectors for all copper service entrance pairs, patch panels, fiber optic distribution
panels, terminators for all fiber optic cables, outlet boxes, telephone jacks, data jacks and cover plates.
The telecommunications entrance facility (Communications Equipment Room (CER)); 150 SF are
currently allocated for the CER. If more than one facility is designed, communications spaces and
pathways shall abide to listed criteria.
R
Provide Category 6 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) copper cable, plenum rated, for horizontal voice and
data cables (green cables for data (NIPRnet), gray for voice (NIPRnet VoIP), and purple for LMS
(TCP/IP)). Terminate all horizontal cable on rack-mounted patch panels in cabinets per the ADAB Spec,
FRD for FOB, listed standards and specs, and attachments. Test all cables upon installation and submit
D
test results to MED for review. All telecom outlets shall consist of single gang, quad port faceplates and
modular 8P8C Category 6 connectors. Patch panels shall also be Cat 6 8P8C and no less than 24 ports.
Provide the number of cables per outlet as specified in the Room Requirements of this document.
Terminate all wires. All components shall be keystone compatible. All outlets shall be recessed where
possible. Provide wall-mount telephone outlets with Cat 6, USOC (RJ-11), and stainless steel covers as
designated in Chapter 5 Room Requirements.
Copper riser cables shall be 24 AWG, Category 3 and in 25 pair binder groups and plenum rated. Fiber
optic riser cable shall be tight-buffered, 8.3 single-mode and 62.5 multimode hybrid. Coaxial riser shall be
RG-11 (Series 11) with an 18 AWG solid copper conductor, and dual shield, plenum rated.
Secret Internet Protocol Router Network (SIPRnet) is a project requirement. Protective Distribution
System (PDS) is required for drops which pass from secure rooms to or through unclassified rooms per
NSTISSI-7003. Provide multimode fiber optic cable for horizontal SIPRNET workstations. All fiber optic
cables shall be in accordance with the ADAB Spec, FRD for FOB, listed standards and specs, and
attachments. All TRs with secret network infrastructure shall be located directly adjacent to rooms they
distribute SIPRnet to. Test all fibers upon installation and submit test results to MED for review.
Provide a multi-channel paging system to be integrated with the Mass Notification System (MNS), to
include, but not limited to, microphones, microphone outlet receptacles, inputs and outputs, preamplifiers,
single channel paging, control for each input, power amplifying equipment, and accessories required to
output the paging system audio signals through selected portions of the audio distribution network of the
MNS. The MNS operations must have complete priority/precedence over the paging system with override
functionality. All individual or zone speaker volume controls must default to the emergency sound level
when used for an MNS message. PA system shall be provided in accordance with UFC 4-211-01N.
No criteria specified.
Provide CATV outlets in all rooms. Use RG-6 (Series 6) coaxial cable, 18 AWG solid copper conductor,
dual shield, to outlets and RG-11 to interconnect communications rooms. Terminate cables with F
connectors. Provide calculations within submittals with anticipated dB levels at all TV locations. Provide
in-wall conduit from behind television mounts to floor outlet (300-450mm AFF). Outlet shall be surface
mounted, and include bezel that will accommodate RGA, VGA, S video, and HDMI connectivity. Video
cables to be provided by others.
T
Conduct CATV testing at each outlet.
Design a complete and usable ESS system, as part of the base contract. All ESS provisions shall be
included in the base contract. They include all conduits, pull boxes, pull strings, terminal boxes, spaces
and pathways, and all passive system components required to support the installation of an active and
R
fully operational ESS. The design of a complete ESS systems, per the following paragraph, is included in
the base contract, but should be separated as an option in the design.
Option #2: The ESS system shall include PACS (Physical Access Control System), and IDS (Intrusion
D
Detection System) per the Room Requirements section. Provide IDS system for all secure areas and
telecommunications equipment rooms (secure room-type constructed rooms) to include BMS sensors and
interior passive infrared sensors (PIR). This option shall include the provision and installation of all
electronic equipment, cabling, and connections.
No criteria specified.
a. Uninterrupted Power Supply (UPS) power shall be provided within all communication and secure
rooms, to include Shielded Enclosure.
b. UPS Power in Hangars is not required. Portable UPS Units will be provided by the User. However, the
Contractor shall provide appropriately rated two (2) disconnect switches in each Hangar for the
Customers UPS connection. Disconnects shall be located one on each side wall of the Hangar, as
directed by the COR. Disconnect rating shall be coordinated with the COR based on the User provided
UPS units.
(a) Provide General Construction Items (Electrical) including, but not necessarily limited to, all
connections, fittings, boxes and associated equipment needed by this and other sections of this RFP as
required for a complete and usable system.
(b) Conduits, cable trays and busways that penetrate fire-rated walls, fire-rated partitions, or fire-rated
floors shall be fire stopped in accordance with Section C10, Interior Construction.
(a) Provide power and wiring for emergency lights and exit lights throughout the facility
(b) Provide emergency generator power for communications room(s), emergency lighting and hangar
doors, unless noted otherwise.
(c) Provide UPS power for the Shielded Enclosure and Communications Rooms. The UPS system shall
T
provide 15 minutes minimum of emergency power to allow startup and connection of the emergency
generator for an orderly shutdown of the critical loads.
(b) Aircraft static grounding system/points shall be provided in each hangar for each MQ-4C Triton Aircraft
D
in accordance with the requirements of UFC 4-211-01N. Final location of the grounding points shall be
coordinated with the COR/Navy.
Provide Lightning Protection System for all facilities and flood lighting poles, in compliance with the
requirements of FAA-STD-19E and UFC 3-575-01. Lightning protection system and grounding for the
communication RF tower, antennas, and cabling shall comply with FAA-STD-019E and NFPA 780
requirements. New System shall include, not limited to, air terminals, roof and down conductors and
counterpoise ground ring with ground rods. Minimum of two (2) ground test hand-holes shall be
provided for inspection and measurement of ground resistance. All underground connections shall be
exothermic weld. Lightning Protection System installed for the hangars with fabric roof, shall not void
the fabric roof warranty.
Provide proper power wiring and connections to all electric heating systems and equipment, as required.
Provide power wiring and connections for all energy management control systems, as required.
Not Required.
1. Frequency Converters:
(a) Provide 4 60KVA each, 208/120V, 3P, 4W 400Hz. Frequency Converter. Two in each Hangar, one
per aircraft. Provide 100ft secondary cable with end matching plug to connect to the aircraft receptacle.
Coordinate secondary cable requirements, type, gauge etc. with the COR/Customer. Secondary side
circuit breakers and cables used in the 400Hz System shall be rated for 400Hz application. Cables and/or
circuit breakers rated for 50Hz or 60 Hz shall not be acceptable. Cable raceways (trays and/or conduits)
used for the 400Hz System shall be aluminum.
(b) All frequency converters shall be reviewed and approved by the Navy prior to purchase and
installation.
2. Shielded Enclosure for Mission Control System (MCS): Following features apply.
T
(a) Lighting Level 50 FC (500 Lux), minimum.
(d) Floor mounted receptacles at each workstation: 1-duplex 120V, 60Hz and 1-duplex 220V, 50 Hz.
(f) UPS power for workstations and server room communication racks.
R
(g) All incoming power to the Shielded Enclosure shall be filtered. Power filters shall be installed/mounted
to the outside of the Enclosure.
3. Equipment located close to the aircraft wash area shall be protected with minimum IP54 (NEMA Type
D
4. Special Power: In addition to UAE standard operating power (415/240V, 3P, 4W, 50Hz.), special power
shall also be provided in the following spaces. Contractor shall refer to the Facilities Requirement
Document (FRD) for detail requirements.
(a) Hot Bench Room: 208/120V, 3P, 4W, 400Hz and 250VAC, 3P.
(b) Avionics Work Center: 208/120V, 3P, 4W, 400Hz and 28VDC.
(c) Instrumentation Work Center: 208/120V, 3P, 4W, 400Hz and 28VDC
--End of Section--
E10 EQUIPMENT
GENERAL SYSTEMS REQUIREMENTS
All specialty equipment will be installed by qualified installers regularly engaged in installing the
specialty equipment.
Provide energy using equipment per criteria listed in UFGS 01 33 29.05 20 Sustainability Reporting
for Design Build.
T
E101003 VENDING EQUIPMENT
No criteria specified.
AF
E101005 SECURITY AND VAULT EQUIPMENT
The Vault space shall be designed in accordance with criteria in MIL-HDBK-1013/1A to provide at
least 10 minutes of delay time against low and medium threat severity levels of forced entry.
R
Provide vault doors where indicated in the "Room Requirements."
AV Equipment including electronics potentially connected to data/IT, shall be coordinated with design
and construction but planned for and funded by the user or Budget Submitting Office sponsoring the
user. AV equipment shall include, but is not limited to: intercom/sound systems, smartboards, flat
screens, projectors, video teleconferencing, interactive wall systems and CCTVs. The AV equipment
T
E109002 PALLET RACKS
Provide heavy duty industrial shelving 96W x 48D x 120H with equally spaced shelved shelves, or
sized as called out in the room requirements forms.
AF
The basic components of the heavy duty industrial shelving shall be upright frames and beams.
Additional items to be supplied for this shelving shall be concrete floor anchors and wire deck
shelving.
Step Down Design: All beams shall have a step for the purpose of accepting accessories. Step
sizes shall be 7/8 and 1-5/8 high.
R
Beam Locking Key for Safety: A unique recessed safety key made from heavy gauge steel shall
slide into place. They shall resist an upward force from material handling equipment up to 1000
pounds. The key is an integral part of the beam assembly, can be engaged easily without tools, and
is clearly visible for checking.
D
Heavy Duty Beam End Connector: Beam ends shall be made from extra heavy gauge steel. They
feature a three prong connection which assures positive beam to post alignment along the 8-1/2
length of the connector, and uniform load distribution. Provide extra protection to the prongs during
transit and installation.
Welded Upright Frame Bracing: Upright frame columns shall be securely MIG welded together with
channel type braces for maximum rigidity.
Upright Column: Columns form an M design for added strength. Slanted slots on the column
allow for beam placement on 3 vertical centers. Slots on column sides shall accept the safety beam
locking key. The design allows for standard beams to be placed flush with the top, or as close as 9
from the floor.
Foot Plate: A heavy Gauge foot plate is securely welded to each post to provide positive load
distribution on 13.7 square inches minimum, and two 9/16 holes allow for floor anchoring on either
side of the frame. Standard duty footplates shall be 7ga. thick.
Pallet Rack Frames: Beam heights shall adjust on 3 vertical centers, and shall be independent on
each side of the frame. Various load rated frames can be combined in a row of rack for maximum
economy.
Provide pallet rack upright frames completely fabricated, welded into rigid units. Provide standard
finish for upright frames 028 gray baked enamel.
Install all upright frames securely; anchor to the floor for safety. Provide all anchors and attachment
hardware as required and recommended by the manufacturer for installation. Provide compliance
with all applicable codes and seismic requirements.
Pallet Rack Beams: Beam step height of 7/8 and 1-5/8 are available for a wide variety of accessory
use. Both the overlapping seam and the beam end connector are securely MIG welded for strength.
The face of the beam has an M-design recessed configuration for added strength, protecting the
locking key, and to accept pressure sensitive labeling. Each beam shall be stamped with an
indemnifying letter referring to the load bearing capacity. Beams shall be finished in yellow backed
enamel for high visibility. Provide pallet rack support beams with one ton, per pair, weight capacity,
unless otherwise called out in project program or E20.
T
Provide general duty cross bars for supporting heavier loads smaller than unit depth.
Provide heavy duty flanged cross bar to support heavier loads smaller than unit depth on 1-5/8 step
beams.
AF
Fork Clearance Bar: Provides proper fork clearance for unpalletized stock, 2 wide by 2-3/4 high.
Heavy Duty Skid Channel Assembly: Provides a channeled base for skid runners, 4 wide by 2
high.
R
Provide Frame Protector: Anchors to floor at front of post. Frame protector shall provide protection
against damage from material handling vehicles.
Color: Grey.
--End of Section--
E20 FURNISHINGS
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Furnishings shall include fixed furnishings as part of the Structural Interior Design (SID) and the
design and documentation of the movable furnishings, the Furniture, Fixtures, and Equipment (FF&E)
Package.
The design and documentation of both shall be funded as part of the construction contract. The
purchase and installation of the FF&E Package shall be funded separately as part of Collateral
Equipment.
The movable furniture and furnishings (FF&E) for this facility may include, but are not limited to
movable furniture systems, freestanding furniture, , appliances, flat screen TVs (not connected to
data), accessories, shop equipment, specialty equipment (specified by the Activity) and other
T
miscellaneous items to support facility functions.
Fixed furnishings (items that are fixed to the structure), such as specialty equipment, drying cages,
weapon racks ,pallet racks, lockers, motorized projection screens, blinds/shades are part of the
AF
construction contract.
all items as spelled out in the attached Facilities Requirements Document. Design per specific UFC
(i.e. Youth center, BEQ, etc) and in conjunction with UFC 03-120-10, Interior Design. Design per the
Facilities Requirement Document that is attached to this RFP.
The contractor shall have an Interior Designer with a minimum of one of the following credentials:
National Council for Interior Design Qualification (NCIDQ) certification, or state and/or jurisdiction
Interior Design Certification, Registration, or License. This Interior Designer shall prepare both the
SID and the FF&E Package and shall participate in all design charrettes and review meetings to
develop the building design and floor plan. When Audio Visual (A/V), shop, or specialty equipment is
required in the project, the contractor shall obtain the services of equipment specialists to specify the
A/V, shop, or specialty equipment. The Contractor's Interior Designer and any Specialists shall not
have any affiliation with the products specified. The Governments Interior Designer reserves the
right to approve/disapprove the qualifications of the Contractor's Interior Designer.
All fixed and movable furnishings selections shall be closely coordinated with Parts 3 and 4 Sections
C10, Interior Construction, and C30 and E10 of this RFP. The FF&E package shall be fully integrated
with the building systems and finishes.
The Contractor's Interior Designer shall be responsible for designing and providing specifications for
procurement of all FF&E, to include delivery and installation, for the facilities built under this contract
The FF&E package shall be fully integrated into the design and construction schedule for the building.
Consider furnishings relative to Section 01 33 29.05 20 Sustainability Reporting for Design Build and
UFC 01-200-02 High Performance and Sustainable Buildings.
T
E Summary List.
c. Prefinal (100%) Submittal: The Contractor's Interior Designer shall provide a submittal
that includes an updated Furniture and Equipment Plan, Finish Schedule, Floor Finish
R
Plan, Finish Legend, signage plans/details, and sample/color boards for review and
approval.
d. Final Submittal: The Contractor's Interior Designer shall incorporate the final approved
D
Furniture and Equipment Plan, Finish Schedule, Floor Finish Plan and Finish Legend,
signage plans/details, and sample/color boards into the Contractor's final document set.
These drawings and all approved finishes must be submitted in 8-1/2" x 11" binder
format, using heavy duty plastic sheet protectors. Six (6) sets of the Final SID Submittal
must be distributed as follows: USACE Project Manager, NAVFAC Project Manager, the
Activity, the USACE field office, and two (2) copies to USACE MED, Winchester, VA.
No substitutions shall be made to the SID finishes once they have been approved by the Government
during the design phase. In the event that revisions may be required due to unforeseen conditions
such as discontinued product, such revisions must be submitted via the COR for approval by the
Government Interior Designer before substitutions can be made.
produce an optimally functional facility. FF&E are all items that are not fixed to the structure, but are
fully integrated with the building systems and finishes. Refer to RFP Part 4 Section Z10 General
Performance Technical Specification and Part 2 UFGS Section 01 33 1-.05 20, Design Submittal
Procedures.
Develop design as described and in accordance with the Activity requirements. Include in the design
all loose furnishings required to produce an optimum functional facility, consistent with quality
commercial design. This project also includes the preparation of specific detailed information for
each selected item. Each submittal must demonstrate interaction thoroughly with the Activity
requirements and complete coordination with the facility design and the SID. Six (6) sets of the Final
FF&E Submittal must be distributed as follows: one each to the USACE Project Manager, NAVFAC
Project Manager, the Activity, the USACE field office, and two (2) copies to USACE MED, Winchester,
VA.
For all projects, including fast track projects, the contractor is responsible for sufficiently scheduling all
SID/FF&E submittals early enough to obtain the required government approvals, and meeting all
ordering and installation lead times to complete the project by the contract completion date.
These are minimum requirements and the Contractor must be prepared to provide any/all additional
meetings and submittals that may be necessary to support the Interior Design effort/FF&E
T
coordination.
a.
AF
FF & E Concept (10-15%)Presentation: The Contractors Interior Designer shall present
main preliminary FF & E selections for approval. This presentation can include loose
format samples and catalog cuts for an over the shoulder review. Sample boards are
not required. This over the shoulder review shall be arranged with the Governments
Interior Designer at a location convenient to the government/governments interior
designer. After the Governments Interior Designer approves the (10-15%) concept
selections, the Contractors Interior Designer shall continue on developing the approved
concepts to the next schedule milestone, the (65%) Design Development review.
R
shall be presented with the rest of the architectural package at roughly 65% completion
status for this Design Development review.
c. Preliminary FF&E Submittal: The Preliminary FF&E submittal shall be due at pre-final
(100%). It shall be presented to the Activity and Government Interior Designer.
Submit (2) sets of the following in a 3-ring binder (with the exception of the 16x20 color
boards) (1) each for both Activity and Government Interior Designer review and approval:
1. Cover Title Page (project name, project #, submittal date, submittal title)
3. Furniture placement plans coded to the FF& list and furnishings specifications
6. 16x20 inch color boards of furniture/furnishings and finishes (including SID) specified
for Activity presentation to indicate overall design intent. Boards shall show integration
of SID and FF & E finishes.
d. Final FF&E Submittal: The Contractor's Interior Designer shall submit the Final FF&E
Package following the receipt and incorporation of review comments on the preliminary
FF&E submittal. The Final submittal shall include the following:
1. Cover Title Page (project name, project #, submittal date, submittal title)
2. Table of Contents
5. Procurement Data Sheets for each product indicating final finish and fabric selections
T
7. Final Finish Selections and Memo Samples for the FF&E submitted in 8x10 binder
format, using heavy-duty plastic sheet protectors
AF
8. 8x10 color photographs of the color boards showing overall design intent and
integration of SID with FF & E
Operation and Maintenance Manuals for seating, systems furniture and keyboard trays.
D
Develop design as described herein and provide storage shelving, equipment racks,
whiteboards/bulletin boards, and window treatments. Cross reference C10 Interior Construction, and
C30 Interior Finishes, for possible further performance requirements. Each submittal must
demonstrate complete coordination with the facility design and with the package for movable
furnishings.
PALLET RACKS
Provide pallet racks as described and called out in the Room Requirements. Provide pallet racks
that are designed and installed in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations and best
practices. Provide wire shelving if no other information is provided. Provide shelving that conforms
to all applicable codes and standards, including fire protection and seismic. Provide warehouse and
pallet rack layouts with aisles to accommodate a forklift.
A. Pallet rack 48d x 96w x 120high with (4) shelves spaced equally or as directed by the COR.
Provide (1) ton capacity, minimum, per shelf with weight equally distributed. Coordinate with
COR for exact shelf spacing and clear dimensions shelf to shelf before any pallet racks are
ordered or installed. See E109002 for other pallet rack information and requirements.
WHITEBOARDS
Provide markerboards/whiteboards with porcelain on steel writing surfaces. Provide a storage rail and
markers and erasers with all markerboards/whiteboards. Coordinate with building construction to
include appropriate blocking or structural support for the installation of markerboards and tackboards.
Provide 1828mm x 1219mm(72x48) markerboards/whiteboards in general use areas. Provide
609mm x 914mm (24x36) whiteboards for individual workstation usage.
Provide steel cell phone lockers at the entrance to every area that has Siprnet COM provisions. The
quantity of cell phone spaces shall equal the maximum occupancy of the room. Provide wall blocking
T
and install/wall mount the lockers in accordance with manufacturers recommendations.
Provide artwork in Corridors at minimum of every 5 meters. Provide framed Black and White
photographic prints of site specific noteworthy regional landscapes and monuments or graphic
photographs of current Navy ships and/or aircraft. Artwork shall be matted and framed. Overall
framed piece shall be approximately .914 x .6096m.
R
horizontal blinds and are considered SID and are funded as part of the construction project.
Soft window treatments, such as draperies (not to include stage curtains), are considered FF&E and
shall be included in the FF&E package, as required.
Design and provide a FF&E package in accordance with UFC 03-120-10, Interior Design, and other
portions of this RFP for all areas as developed during Activity programming to provide a fully usable
and complete facility. Items shall comply with all applicable codes and standards including
ANSI/BIFMA.
FF&E may also include specialty items specified by the Activity and the Contractor's Interior Designer
is responsible for incorporating these into the FF&E package. NSN numbers are provided for
reference, for many items, in the Facilities Requirements Document which is attached to this RFP.
User provided equipment that is not in contract (N.I.C.) but necessary to the functioning of this facility
shall all be located on the furniture floor plan and marked N.I.C.. This shall include all equipment that
is COM connected such as printers, copiers, and televisions, etc.. Televisions that are not connected
to COM shall be provided in the FF & E package.
Provide all appropriate information security protection equipment such as safes, paper media
shredder, electronic media degausser, etc. All information security protection equipment shall comply
with D0D 5200.1-R, D0D Information Security Program.
The FF&E Package cost estimate shall include shipping, freight, handling, and professional
installation, project management, and HAR.
The Contractor, as a planned modification, shall be authorized by the Government Contracting Officer
T
to procure all furniture/furnishings in the approved final FF&E package. When the modification for
turnkey furniture procurement is exercised, the Contractor's proposed Handling and Administrative
Rate (HAR) shall not exceed 5% of the total cost of the FF&E, shipping, freight, handling, and
installation. The HAR includes all of the prime contractor's effort related to the storage, coordination,
AF
handling and administration of subcontractors, and all other associated costs and profit for the
procurement of FF&E. No other charges, fees, or markups will be authorized. The contractor shall
establish and submit a fixed percentage figure, for the administration effort of this modification (HAR),
with the initial project proposal as part of the contractor's Pricing Schedule.
Freestanding desk component workstations shall be provided for workers in all areas. Provide the
free standing desking components with half height modesty panels to access wall electrical and data
outlets. For general office areas, provide components of steel construction with high pressure
plastic laminate tops (HPL). Provide an overhead storage hutch with flipper doors or storage
wardrobe, tack board, and task light. Provide a pedestal, B/B/F, with a pencil drawer insert and
hanging file frames that accommodate paper sizes common to the area. Provide a F/F pedestal as
required. Provide an articulated keyboard tray with left or right handed mouse pad and with a
variable height range for each desk workstation.
Desks, and printer desks,, shall be (72 x 30) 1828 x 762 mm with (1) Box/box/file pedestal, with an
articulated keyboard tray with left or right handed mouse pad and with a variable height range.
Office desks with file storage shall be (72 x 30) 1828 x 762 mm with pencil drawer and file/file
pedestal, and with stack on hutch (including tack board and undershelf task light),, and with an
articulated keyboard tray with left or right handed mouse pad and with a variable height range.
Workstation or desk workstation shall be a (72 x 72) 1828 x 1828 mm, L-shaped desk workstation
with stack on hutch (including tack board and undershelf task light), (1)file/file pedestal, (1)box/box/file
pedestal,with an articulated keyboard tray with left or right handed mouse pad and with a variable
height range.
Private offices in upgraded areas shall be provided with transitional style executive level hardwood
veneer desk components with high pressure laminate (HPL) woodgrain tops that match desk veneer.
Desks shall be specified in a light colored hardwood veneer to minimize the showing of dust.
For single person private executive offices, provide a U-shaped desk( breakfront) with stack-on
storage unit (with under work shelf task light and tack board) on credenza section, files drawers, box
drawers, and pencil drawer, bookcase (1) executive leather task chair, (2) executive side chairs.
All desk components shall be from the same manufacturer, style line, and finish.
For multiple person executive private offices, provide each person with a hardwood veneer L-shaped
desk with stack-on storage unit (with under work shelf task light and tack board), box drawer, file
drawer, pencil drawer, bookcase, executive leather task chairs. All desk components shall be from
the same manufacturer, style line, and finish. Desks shall be specified in a light colored hardwood
veneer to minimize the showing of dust.
All desk components within the workstation shall be from the same manufacturer, style line, and
finish.
Provide articulating desk mounted monitor mounts for multiple computer monitors as described in the
Room Requirements.
T
E202003 FREESTANDING FURNITURE
Provide ergonomic task seating, lounge, reception and guest seating, storage and filing, tables, as
AF
required.
SEATING
Task Seating
Provide task seating that is fully ergonomic and coordinated by finish and scale to the workstation.
R
Provide high performance fabrics with a minimum of (Wyzenbeck) 100,000 double rubs of durability.
Seating specifications to include: all adjustable arms, back, height, and seat pan; 5 star base,
appropriate castors for floor surface, lumbar support and availability in a minimum of two (2) sizes.
Provide swivel, tilt, variable back lock, and contoured seat and back with waterfall front seat edge.
D
All task chairs shall have an adjustable seat height range of 4 , with the range to include 16
-20.Task seating can be from the same manufacturer as the desk systems or major furniture
supplier or other seating manufacturer as approved by the Government Interior Designer.
Because of advanced functionality requirements for the MCS areas, for all MCS areas, task chairs
shall be the Herman Miller Aeron chair, or approved equal, with all available Herman Miller Aeron
chair ergonomic and functional features. Chairs other than the Aeron chair that are submitted for
approval as to equality with the Herman Miller Aeron chair shall have passed ergonomic and Human
Factors testing by the NGC Navy HMI team.
Provide executive task chairs with same specifications as task seating, but with leather upholstery.
Provide coordinating side chairs in leather upholstery.
Provide task stools with a foot ring for a seat height that is compatible for work tables and benches
with a stand-up height. Stools shall have an adjustable back. Coordinate seating with actual height of
work tables and benches.
In workstations and offices, provide side/guest chairs that are compatible in style, finish, and color
At conference tables, provide ergonomic conference seating with castors, non-upholstered arms,
waterfall front, swivel, tilt, pneumatic seat height adjustment, and padded, contoured seat and back,
unless otherwise noted. Provide arm height and/or design that allows seating to be moved up
closely to the table top. Conference chair backs may be other than upholstered such as mesh fabric
if it is ergonomically designed, forms to back and is comfortable. Provide perimeter stacking
conference room side chairs, if required, that are compatible in style, finish, and color with the
conference seating at the tables.
Provide seating with passive ergonomic features in that the seat and back offers some synchronized
movement to allow the person seated to change positions. The support can be legs, sled base or
single pedestal with 5 star base and casters as determined by user requirements. Provide high
density stack chairs or nesting chairs as required. Provide attached, storable tablet arm as required.
If upholstered, provide high performance fabrics with a minimum of (Wyzenbeck) 100,000 double rubs
of durability. Provide seating that supports a minimum of 300 pounds.
TABLES
T
Training Tables
Provide 2 person sized work surfaces or training tables as determined from user requirements.
AF
Training tables shall nest for storage. Where computers are used (assume usage if no information is
available), provide tables with wire management capability or pre-wired tables to accommodate
data/telecommunications requirements. Powered raceways that will accommodate data and voice
wire management shall be completely coordinated with all facility systems. The Contractor shall
ensure the coordination of all electrical/data and furniture locations. The Contractor shall provide and
coordinate all telecommunication receptacles and outlet requirements, hardwire all pre-wired furniture
with the building systems and coordinate all IT and telephone connections. No power poles shall be
accepted.
R
Provide conference tables with table top electrical and COM. Provide wire handling bases to route
wires and cables. Contractor shall provide floor outlets coordinated with the table locations in
conference rooms to conceal, protect, and hide cables. Provide under table top wire management. In
D
executive conference rooms, provide upgraded finishes on table trims and bases. Provide all
conference tables with HPL tops. Provide executive conference tables with woodgrain HPL with
matching hardwood edges and substantial wire handling bases. Provide an audio/visual cabinet to
match the conference table in style and finish as required.
Provide general use table tops with flat vinyl edges. No self-edges shall be accepted. Provide
these tables with T, X or pedestal bases set back from table edges so that chairs can be pulled up on
all four sides. Provide adjustable glides. Table tops shall be constructed to prevent warping or
sagging.
Provide tables to support User provided cases and printers as described in the Facilities
Requirements Document. Tables shall be wide enough to support the multiple cases and equipment
that will be located on them. Generally, 7-8w x 3d x 2.5h is required.
WORKBENCHES
Provide industrial steel workbenches or worktables with laminated hardwood maple butcherblock
tops, or electrically safe workbenches as required. All workbenches shall be provided with standing
heights. Provide worksurface electrical provisions as required. Steel legs are to be constructed with
reinforcing stringer. No span of greater than 609mm (24) shall be unsupported by steel structure.
The top shall be constructed to prevent bowing or sagging. Provide levelling glides on all four legs.
Provide a durable steel finish. All structural components shall be welded. Workbenches shall be
approximately 72 x 36 by 36. The following types shall be required:
Work tables shall have steel top, shall be 36 x 72 x 36, and shall be provided with no backsplash or
shelf, or below worksurface storage.
Work benches shall be provided with hardwood butcherblock tops and shall be 36 x 72 x 36.
Work bench with risers shall be provided with hardwood butcherblock top shall be 36 x 72 x 36,
shelf riser and below worksurface storage.
(ESD)Electrically Safe Workbench: Provide 36 x 72 x 36 workbench with back splash and upper
shelf and under worksurface cabinet storage. Worksurfaces shall be ESD protective work surfaces.
Work surfaces shall be connected to a ground through a ground cable. Workbench shall be provided
with electrical outlets and shall be earth grounded. Provide an electrical grade rubber matt in front of
the workbench. Assemble and install according to manufacturers recommendations and best
practices. Workbenches shall be IAW MIL-HDBK-263B, and Mil-STD-1686. Provide/install
recommended safety signs and label plates.
T
STORAGE AND FILING
Provide freestanding storage units, file cabinets and file safes to accommodate the specific and
AF
unique storage requirements of the user.
Provide pedestals that are interchangeable from left to right, and right to left, and retain pedestal
locking system capability. All pedestal drawers shall stay securely closed when in the closed position
and protect wires from damage during drawer operation. Each drawer shall also contain a safety
catch to prevent accidental removal when fully open. When freestanding or mobile pedestals are
used, equip them with counterweights. Provide integral pulls. Provide locks.
R
Provide steel lateral files with fully enclosed welded steel bodies of minimum 22 ga. steel with 18-20
ga reinforcements. Tops and drawers shall be minimum of 20 ga. steel. Provide counterweights for
filing cabinets when required by the manufacturer for stability. Provide file drawers that allow only
one drawer to be opened at a time. Provide file drawer storage that is equipped with hanging file
D
frames sized appropriately for the paper size that is common in the area. Drawer suspension slides
shall be full extension, progressive, heavy duty steel. Provide locks and leveling glides.
Provide steel bookcases with (5) adjustable shelves. Case construction shall be 20-22 ga. steel.
Provide steel storage cabinets with (2) doors and (4-5) interior adjustable shelves. The storage
cabinet shall be freestanding and be equipped with adjustable glides. The wardrobes shall match
lateral file construction specifications including steel gauges, bracing, etc.
Provide steel wardrobes with interiors customized for both personal and work-related storage with file
storage and box drawers, storage compartment with door, and coat storage with door. The steel case
body shall have a fully finished steel back and shall be equally and fully finished on all interior and
exterior surfaces. The wardrobe shall be freestanding and be equipped with adjustable glides. The
wardrobes shall match lateral file construction specifications including steel gauges, bracing, etc.
Provide storage and shelving units that meet customers functional load requirements for stored
items. Provide heavy duty storage and shelving if information is not available. In that case, provide
Industrial Shelving 24d x 48w x 72, or 24d x 96w x 72, high with adjustable shelves, as called out
in the Room Requirements. Shelves shall be wire mesh. Maximize shelving. Each shelf shall
For lighter weight applications, use heavy duty add-on shelving, provide adjustable steel shelves,
solid steel construction, and either a full closed back or else cross bracing to prevent sway. Shelves
shall be adjustable.
Hazmat cabinets/lockers shall be constructed of 14 and 18 gauge steel with double walls construction
and spill containment. Cabinet shall have a 30 gal. capacity. The cabinet shall meet OSHA
requirements and NFPA Code 30 requirements. Size: approximately 48x22x35. Provide cabinets
that are designed to safely store workshop specific expected items, whether flammable, corrosive
acid, etc.
Tool drawer units shall be configured to store expected tools common to the shop area. Provide
Stanley Vidmar or equal product.
Safe or safe file shall be a class 6 secure storage file with 4 drawers or sized as described in the Room
Requirements. The file shall provide 30 man minutes against covert entry, 20 man hours against
surreptitious entry, and 10 man minutes against forced entry. The file shall be an approved container
under GSA Federal Specification AA-F-358H.
T
E202004 ACCESSORIES
Provide clocks, desktop signage, lamps, soft window treatments (drapery and hardware), and other
accessory items as required. Provide a wall clock in every office/administration space See Room
AF
Requirements for the specific type of wall clock. If a wall clock is not mentioned, provide a standard
wall clock.
Provide a standard commercial quality steel clock as required in the Room Requirements. Provide an
electric model with wireless time technology to synchronize facility clocks. The clock shall be
approximately 16 in diameter with a polished chrome case. Numbers shall be bold and sans serif
for clarity. Install in accordance with manufacturers recommendations.
R
Provide a 5 location (time zone) digital wall clocks as required in the Room Requirements. Clocks
shall be provided with LED letters for the synchronized time locations and the synchronized times.
The clock shall have a black frame with non-glare lens and super bright LED numbers and letters.
D
Character height shall be minimum 4. Clock shall connect to building power and also have battery
back-up. Provide a remote control. Provide blocking and install in accordance with manufacturers
recommendations. Provide a security mount. Dimensions: approximately (10 x 80 x 1.5) 254 x
2032 x 38mm
Provide desk mounted workstation signage that coordinates in style/type/color with building signage.
Signage shall be freestanding desk top signage. Signage shall be composed, at a minimum, of
aluminum frame, back panel, clear plastic cover, and standing device. Signage shall be approximately
.0508m high x .1778m long (2 high x7 long). Insert channel shall be minimum .0254 m (1 high) and
capable of receiving standard white paper insert. Text type and general appearance of signs shall
match building signage. Signage insert shall be provided with name of occupant for each
workstation/desk. Names will be provided by the COR (Contracting Officers Representative) before
installation. Furnish software for creating text in PC computers for owner production of paper inserts
after project completion.
Provide 3.5 gal. personal sized FR wastebaskets in fiberglass, for every desk, workstation, work
bench or work table.
Provide large 44-50 gal. sized FR garbage containers with lids as required. Lids shall be removable
drop and swing to provide easy access for refuse disposal and to hide refuse from view. Provide a
large garbage container with swing lid in every toilet room or locker room. Provide a large garbage
container with swing lid in every conference room, training room, or other larger gathering spaces.
Provide upgraded garbage containers in upgraded areas.
Provide a 31 gal. anodized garbage can with lid in each shop area.
Provide 92 gal. capacity, 4 compartment recycling containers with (4) 23 gal. compartments. Lids
shall be hinged and interchangeable with shaped openings for specific recyclables. Provide a
recycling container in each break room or area.
If no other information is provided in the Room Requirements, provide each workstation, at minimum,
with either an under shelf task light or a desk lamp for lighting. Desk light shall be from same
manufacturer as the systems furniture. Desk lamp shall be articulated at three points and be
adjustable.
T
Provide commercial stainless steel appliances rated for energy savings. All refrigerators shall be
auto defrost.
Provide approximately 72 flatscreen LED T.V.s that are HD multi system TV's (PAL and NTSC
AF
capable. T.V.s shall be wall mounted with manufacturers recommended tilt adjustable wall
brackets. Provide wall blocking to reinforce wall mount bracket. Televisions shall provide a
minimum of (1) USB port, (1) VGA video port, (1) DVI port, and ethernet. Resolution shall be 1080P
with a minimum of 120 hz refresh rate. Contrast ratio shall be a minimum of 1,000,000:1. 2x HDMI
shall be provided. Provide coaxial connection capability. Voltage shall be 110-240. Provide a
flatscreen T.V.as required, in all locations that are not connected to communications wiring.
Televisions shall be compatible with all base electrical and COM standards.
R
Provide bubble wrap holders as required. Portable Bubble wrap holder shall be a steel framed roll
stand with castors and hold down bar for dispensing bubble wrap. Use Riverside Paper Company
ZZ-CR-RSC4048 or approved equal. Provide an equivalent bubble wrap holder that is wall mounted
as listed in the Room Requirements.
D
Provide high security cross cut shredders that is a Security Level -7 shredder and are GSA approved
for the destruction of top secret documents. Provide a waste volume of approximately 45 gal. and
can shred 12000 sheets per day.
--End of Section--
T
Engineering and UFC 4-211-01N, Aircraft Maintenance Hangars, Type I, II, and III.
Pre-engineered metal buildings shall comply in all regards with the requirements of traditional
construction.
AF
Pre-engineered metal buildings may be considered for utility structures such as sunshades and
equipment enclosures. Buildings shall have thermal resistance to comply with ASHRAE 90.1
standards for its use.
The framing system for the steel structure shall be in accordance with AISC M016, except that end
frames may be of rigid frame or beam and column design.
R
See ESR A10 and B10 for structural loading data requirements.
See ESR D10 for the Weight Handling Equipment and load requirements for the structure to
accommodate.
D
Roof and Wall Surfaces: To provide for maximum compatibility with standard door, window,
ventilation, and other accessory and cladding systems, the structure shall be designed such that the
roof and gable side wall surfaces to receive these elements form flat planes.
Purlin Spacing: To provide for structural stability, to minimize unsupported areas of membrane fabric
in the roof and to provide for installation of accessory items, the main structural trusses shall be
laterally braced by tubular purlins.
Mechanical Equipment Interface: The main structural roof trusses shall allow for installation of
electrical and mechanical equipment between the inner and outer surfaces of the truss framework.
Likewise, the structure shall accept penetrations through the membrane for access doors and
mechanical services with minimal modification.
Structure Membrane: the noncombustible membrane covered frame structure shall be classified as
Type IIB construction and shall comply with the requirements set forth in chapter 31 Special
Construction of the IBC. The building envelope shall be a PVC coated weather tight woven polyester
fabric tensioned over an arched structural frame. The membrane shall meet the requirements of
NFPA 701. Fire retardant and waterproof shall be a minimum 28oz per square yard coated weight
with a Class A Flame Spread of 25 or less. The UV stabilized fabric shall be treated with a fungicide
and have a projected life expectancy of 15-20 years; a tensile strength of 440/435 pounds/inch
minimum, trapezoidal tear of 60/56 lbs and shall be minimum 23 mils in thickness. Flashing
materials shall be as recommended by the tension fabric building manufacturer. The color shall be
selected from the manufacturers standard product line. The extent to which translucent fabric
panels are used for natural lighting must be coordinated with the building HVAC design to minimize
hear gain while maximizing the benefits of natural lighting.
--End of Section--
T
AF
R
D
The site preparation system consists of site clearing, demolition, salvage, utility relocation, and earthwork
necessary to ready the site for other work associated with the project.
Develop the project site and perform all off-site work necessary to meet the requirements of the project,
antiterrorism criteria, local codes, reference standards, technical specifications and performance criteria.
All site work shall meet the requirements for clearance and airspace in accordance with UFC 3-260-01, Airfield
T
and Heliport Planning and Design and the Triton Facility Requirements Document. Construction Phasing Plan
and Operational Safety on Airfields During Construction must be submitted and approved before start of
construction. The work will require close coordination with airfield operations on the Refueler Apron.
AF
The Contractor is required to perform a topographic survey in accordance with FC 1-300-09N, Design
Procedures. Include this topographic survey in all design submittals. The existence, size and/or location of the
utilities are not guaranteed information provided. Verify the location of all utilities prior to construction.
Identify and obtain all permits to comply with all Host Nation and Al Dhafra Air Base requirements associated
R
with this work. Submit a complete "Permits Record of Decision" (PROD) form with the first design submittal
package. A blank PROD form can be obtained at the Download Tab of Part 6 of the NAVFAC Design-Build
website at the following link http://ndbm.wbdg.org/system/html/6/453 . Determine correct permit fees and pay
said fees. Forward copies of all permits, permit applications, and the completed PROD form to the
D
Government's Civil Reviewer and Environmental Reviewer. Perform work in accordance with the obtained
permits.
Coordinate and obtain the Contracting Officer's approval for proposed haul route(s), work site access point(s),
employee parking location(s) and material laydown and storage area(s).
Refer to Site Analysis and Building Requirements Sections for additional site preparation functional program
information.
Subsurface soil information from the 2003 Coalition Forces Apron and 2004 Refueler Ramp projects,
immediately adjacent to the project site, is included in Part 6 of this RFP. The contractor is responsible for
conducting a site specific geotechnical investigation in accordance with UFC 3-260-02 Chapter 5 and as
specified in this RFP.
Any included subsurface information is only for the Contractor's information and is not guaranteed to fully
represent all subsurface conditions. The Government will not be responsible for any interpretation or
conclusion by the Contractor drawn from the data or information.
Any geotechnical report accompanying the subsurface information is provided only to better convey data
(boring logs, testing, etc.) or to document observed site conditions. The assumptions, analysis, and
recommendations of any accompanying report were developed for preliminary planning purposes only and may
not reflect present project requirements. The Contractor is required to retain a Geotechnical Engineer
experienced and licensed in the geographic region of the project to interpret the Government provided
information as related to his design concept and develop geotechnical requirements to support design and
construction.
Anticipate minor variations in subsurface conditions between testing locations. The Contractor is responsible
for all costs associated with the site preparation, ground improvement and foundations except as allowed by
Contract Clause FAR 52.236-2, "Differing Site Conditions". The Contractor's Geotechnical Engineer must
perform additional subsurface investigation/testing as required to adequately determine all applicable
geotechnical factors including the type and capacity of the project foundations. The Contractor's Geotechnical
Engineer is required to evaluate the provided information and any additional information obtained and prepare a
report as described in other portions of this RFP. The minimum requirements for the subsurface investigation
and report are as required by FC 1-300-09N with associated references.
As a minimum, the Contractor shall excavate 10 test pits to a depth of 1.5 m below finished graded or
to rock, whichever is shallower, and supplementary laboratory classification of soils encountered, on
the building site to support the foundation design.
T
The contractor is responsible for the site specific geotechnical investigation, perform field and
laboratory testing, and provide supporting calculations. The geotechnical investigation shall be
performed in accordance with EM 1110-1-1804 and Part 4 Section G10 of this RFP.
AF
The contractor is responsible for, the site specific geotechnical investigation, performing field and laboratory
testing, and providing supporting calculations.
Observed site conditions which may present a challenge during design/construction include - The soils that will
be exposed after completion of stripping will be soft and at or near the groundwater elevation. The Contractor
will anticipate these marginal subgrade support conditions and incorporate measures into his design and
construction procedures to obtain required soil support while maintaining progress for completion on schedule.
R
Personnel under the supervision of a registered Professional Engineer shall provide inspection of excavations
and soil/groundwater conditions throughout construction. The Engineer is required to perform pre-construction
and periodic site visits throughout construction to assess site conditions. The Engineer, with the concurrence of
the Contractor and the Contracting Officer, is required to update the excavation, sheeting, shoring and
D
dewatering plans as construction progresses to reflect actual site conditions and is required to submit the
updated plan and a written report (with professional stamp) at least monthly informing the Contractor and
Contracting Officer of the status of the plan and an accounting of Contractor adherence to the plan; specifically
addressing any present or potential problems. The Engineer must be available to meet with the Contracting
Officer at any time throughout the contract duration. The Contractor is responsible for all costs of the
Engineer.
G101001 CLEARING
The project site does not have saleable timber.
G101004 GRUBBING
No criteria specified.
T
Demolition includes but is not limited to apron shoulder and other pavements, area lighting, apron
and taxiway edge lighting. Coordinate utility outages with the Contractor Officer Representative and
Base Civil Engineer. Relocate transformer and high voltage line. Relocate electric to area lighting.
AF
Area lighting poles and lights may be reused based on final lighting design. If not reused salvage for
turnover to the base.
Salvage removed edge lights for turnover to the base.
Demolish apron and taxiway shoulders as need for new pavement construction. Any damaged
portion of existing pavements shall be repaired or replaced by the contractor at no expense to the
government. Demolish and remove existing AGE Yard concrete pavement. Demolish and salvage
area light poles and lighting. Demolish and remove light pole foundations. All demolition shall be
disposed off base at the contractors expense.
Remove existing utility structures in their entirety including light pole foundations.
No criteria specified.
T
Comply with the requirements of the base Public works Department and/or Host nation concerning the utility
relocation. See Section G30 for utility connection requirements.
AF
G102006 FENCING RELOCATION
The existing fence is to remain except where demolition is required for taxiway construction. The contractor shall
maintain the fence during construction and replace any damaged fence with similar materials at no cost to the
government. G102007 SITE CLEANUP
Remove debris and rubbish in a manner that prevents spillage on streets or adjacent areas and in
R
accordance with Host Nation regulations. Dispose of all debris and rubbish in a legal manner in
accordance with Host Nation laws and regulations. The distance to the disposal area in unknown but is
assumed to be within 50 kilometers of the project site.
D
G103001 GRADING
Provide finish floor elevations for new facilities and elevations for mechanical/electrical equipment pads in
accordance with UFC 1-200-01, General Building Requirements and UFC 3-201-01, Civil Engineering.
Provide slope and grade of airfield pavements in accordance with UFC 3-260-01, Airfield and Heliport
Planning and Design and Federal Aviation Administration Advisory Circular 150/5320-5 Airport
Drainage Design.
G103005 COMPACTION
The following methods of soil compaction shall not be allowed: water flooding or water jetting.
Compaction requirements shall be in accordance with UFGS 31 00 00 Earthwork. The underlying
T
sug-grade material shall be compacted to a minimum depth of 150 millimeters. Compact soil fill to a
minimum 98% Modified Proctor Density (ASTM D 1557) and within -1% and +2% of optimum moisture
content. Compact graded crushed aggregate base course to 100% Modified Proctor Density and within
AF
-1% and +2% of optimum moisture content.
slope that does not exceed the maximum slope per Host Nation requirements.
G103009 SHORING
Provide shoring for all excavation greater the 1.5 meters or where in-situ soils lack the ability to
remain stable after excavation.
T
Areas of contamination are unknown.
AF
Where excavation extends into groundwater levels, employ dewatering methods on a localized basis to facilitate
excavation operations. Collect water generated by dewatering during excavation and test it in accordance with
Contractor's Professional Engineer recommendations.
Dispose of water that contains contaminants above regulatory acceptable levels in accordance with Host Nation
Environmental Regulation or the Final Governing Standards, whichever is more stringent.
Soils with Organic Vapor Analyzer/Flame Ionization Detector readings of 5 ppm or greater are
considered contaminated. Contaminated soil shall be disposed off-site in accordance with Host Nation
Regulation or the Final Governing Standards, whichever is more stringent.
D
Soils that are less than 5 ppm may be used as clean fill.
All waste materials will become the property of the Contractor; transport, dispose of or recycle all waste
materials in accordance with Host Nation environmental Regulation or the Final Governing Standards,
whichever is more stringent.
--End of Section--
T
AF
R
D
The site improvements system consists of airfield pavements and pavement related features, facility
construction to support four (4) Triton aircraft operations, construction of an Airfield Ground
Equipment Yard in support of Air Force airfield operations, and other exterior site development work
related to this project. Provide a pavement design by a licensed Professional Engineer familiar with
conditions local to the project site. Site design, including but not limited to design aircraft parking
apron and taxiway, will include coordination with the Civil Engineer.
T
Provide site improvements as required to make a useable facility that meets functional and
operational requirements, incorporates all applicable anti-terrorism, force protection and physical
security requirements and blends into the existing environment.
AF
Provide site design in accordance with UFC 3-260-01, Airfield and Heliport Planning and Design,
AFETL 09-1 Airfield Planning and Design Criteria for Unmanned Aircraft Systems, and MQ-4C Triton
Facilities Requirements Document (FRD) Rev G. Two aircraft access routes to the apron shall be
provided. Aircraft access shall be provided from the existing taxiway to the east and the existing
Refueler Apron. The Launch/Recovery location shall be on the new apron/taxiway near the existing
east taxiway. Launch and Recovery location shall have static grounding in accordance with MQ-4C
Triton Facilities Requirements Document. Provide three parking spots for triton aircraft on the apron.
R
Each Triton parking spot shall have static grounding and aircraft tie downs in accordance with MQ-4C
Triton Facilities Requirements Document. Hangars and other Buildings shall be outside the QD
arch. An aircraft wash rack is not required. A Power Check Pad is not required. A new AGE Yard
shall be provided to replace the existing yard. The AGE Yard shall have direct access to the
D
Refueler Apron. The new AGE Yard shall be approximately 4600 square meters. Provide an
access road to the AGE Yard from the existing road to the west of the site. Provide Jet Blast
Deflectors to protect facilities, vehicle pavement areas, aircraft pavement areas, AGE Yard, and Line
Vehicle parking based on KC-10 operations on the Refueler Apron. Assume the KC-10 tail engine is
not operated during aircraft movement. Inhabited buildings must be beyond the QD explosive safety
arch.
Identify and obtain all permits to comply with all Host Nation regulatory requirements associated with
this work. Complete the "Permits Record of Decision" (PROD) form with the first design submittal
package. A blank PROD form can be obtained at the Download Tab of Part 6 of the NAVFAC
Design-Build website at the following link http://ndbm.wbdg.org/system/html/6/453 . Determine
correct permit fees and pay said fees. Forward copies of all permits, permit applications, and the
completed PROD form to the Government's Civil Reviewer. Perform work in accordance with the
obtained permits.
Site facilities develop appropriate and positive relationships with other facilities and functional
Refer to Section 2.0 Project Objectives and 3.0 Site Analysis additional site improvement functional
program information. The Site design must consider and accommodate all building requirements.
G2010 ROADWAYS
Provide vehicle access road to all buildings and parking areas.
Provide single lane paved road 5 meters wide for access to the AGE Yard.
T
No criteria specified.
No criteria specified.
G201006 RESURFACING
No criteria specified.
T
G202006 RESURFACING
No criteria specified.
AF
G202007 MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES AND EQUIPMENT
Design in accordance with UFC 3-250-01FA pavement Design for Roads, Streets, Walks, and Open
Storage and Pavement-Transportation Computer Assisted Structural Engineer Software PCASE
2.09.04. Design vehicle shall be 18 kip equivalent single axle at 550,000 passes.
No criteria specified.
G203005 RESURFACING
No criteria specified.
T
G203006 OTHER WALKS, STEPS & TERRACES
AF
No criteria specified.
G204005 SIGNAGE
No criteria specified.
No criteria specified.
G204009 FLAGPOLES
No criteria specified.
T
Provide jet blast deflectors to protect the buildings, apron, AGE Yard, Line Vehicle parking,
and other facilities being constructed from KC-10 aircraft operations on the Refueler Apron
(Tango Ramp). See Part 6, Site Drawings, C-101 for KC-10 parking locations on Tango Ramp.
Design to be in accordance with UFC 3-260-01, Airfield and Heliport Planning and Design and
AF
the jet blast deflector manufacturers recommendations. Design may assume the KC-10 tail
engine is not being run during brake away or maneuvering.
Provide mooring points and static ground points at aircraft parking spots in accordance with
Triton Facilities Requirements Document.
R
G2050 LANDSCAPING
No criteria specified.
D
G205005 PLANTINGS
No criteria specified.
G205006 PLANTERS
No criteria specified.
T
G2060 1.1 PAVEMENT DESIGN
Airfield pavements shall be designed in accordance with the UFCs 3-260-01 and 3-260-02 and the
Pavement / Transportation-Computer Assisted Structural Engineering (P-CASE) program found at
AF
www.pcase.com. The design aircraft shall be the RQ-4B Global Hawk since the MQ-4C Triton is not
available in PCASE. The RQ-4B is the MQ-4Cs predecessor and has similar dimensions and
configurations. Parking spots shall be provided for 3 aircraft. Each aircraft parking spot shall have
mooring points and static grounding point in accordance with the Facility Requirement document.
Launch and Recovery location shall be provided on the apron/taxiway near the east taxiway. Launch
and Recovery shall be provided with static grounding point.
R
The aircraft pavement system will consist of 4 types of pavements, an aircraft hangar pavement, parking
aprons/testing pads, a taxiway, and shoulders. The aircraft hangar pavements shall be designed as an
Air Force Medium" pavement with a Type C traffic area which is comparable to Navy Secondary traffic
area. The parking aprons/testing pads and taxiways shall be designed as Air Force Medium pavements
with a Type B traffic area (comparable to Navy Primary traffic area). Shoulders shall be design to
D
support a minimum of 5,000 passes of a 4,535 kg (44.5 kN) load of imposed by a single wheel with a tire
pressure of 0.69 MPa.
Aircraft hangar pavement shall be designed as rigid (Plain Concrete Pavements) pavement with a
minimum thickness of 200 mm.
Parking apron and testing pad pavement shall be designed as rigid (Plain Concrete Pavements)
pavement with a minimum thickness of 250 mm.
The Taxiway shall be designed as rigid (Plain Concrete Pavements) pavement with a minimum thickness
of 225 mm or as flexible (Hot Mixed Asphalt - HMA) pavement with a minimum thickness of 75 mm.
Shoulders shall be design as flexible (hot mixed asphalt - HMA) pavement with a minimum thickness of
50 mm.
Rigid, flexible, and shoulder pavement base course layers shall be graded crushed aggregate base
course (GCA) with a minimum thickness of 150 mm.
Concrete and asphalt used for airfield pavement construction shall be in accordance with this contracts
specifications. These specifications shall be used verbatim and shall not be edited by the Contractor. The
airfield pavement design shall be submitted to the Contracting Officer for review prior to any construction.
Rigid pavements shall be plain-jointed concrete pavement with compression joint seals in accordance
with specification 32 13 73-COMPRESSION JOINT SEALS FOR CONCRETE PAVEMENTS.
T
G2060 1.4 EXISTING UTILITY STRUCTURES
Existing utility structures shall be adjusted to meet the new finished pavement grades. The structure and
AF
cover shall be investigated to determine its ability to support the load of the design aircraft. Report the
results of the survey to the Contracting Officer. Structures within aircraft pavements, within 153 m of
runway pavements or within 15 m of any other full strength aircraft pavements, shall be designed in
accordance with FAA Advisory Circular AC 150/5320-6E, Appendix 3, "Design of Structures for
Heavy Aircraft" with a maximum wheel load of 34,019 kg for paved surfaces and 22,680 kg for unpaved
surfaces.
New utility underground structures, manholes, catch basins, utility vaults or similar structures within
aircraft pavements, within 153 m of runway pavements or within 15 m of any other full strength aircraft
pavements, shall be designed in accordance with FAA Advisory Circular AC 150/5320-6E, Airport
D
Pavement Design and Evaluation, Appendix 3, Design of Structures for Heavy Aircraft with a maximum
wheel load of 85,266 KG for paved surfaces and 22,680 KG for unpaved surfaces.
T
measures to mitigate alkali-silica reaction (ASR). The use of fly ash or silica fumes is encouraged in all
mixes, but especially in the longer strength development mixes. Recycled Portland Cement Concrete
(RPCC) will not be allowed.
AF
G206002 1.1.2.1 Joints
Joints shall be in accordance with UFC 3-260-02 Chapter 12 for Joints for Navy and Marine Corps
Pavements.
Not Used
--End of Section--
T
AF
R
D
The site civil utility systems include water supply systems, sanitary sewer systems, storm drainage
systems, fire water sypply systems and associated appurtenances which are more than 1.5 meters
outside the building.
T
regulations and applicable project sustainability goals.
Identify and obtain all permits to comply with all Host Nation regulatory requirements associated with
this work. Complete the "Permits Record of Decision" (PROD) form with the first design submittal
package. A blank PROD form can be obtained at the Download Tab of Part 6 of the NAVFAC
Design-Build website at the following link http://ndbm.wbdg.org/system/html/6/453 . Determine
correct permit fees and pay said fees. Forward copies of all permits, permit applications, and the
R
completed PROD form to the Government's Resident Engineer and Project Engineer for review.
Perform work in accordance with the obtained permits.
Minimize the impact of construction activity on facility operations and neighboring facilities.
D
Obtain final approvals from the Government's Resident Engineer and the Contracting Officer for all
utility connection points associated with this work.
Coordinate with the base utility providers and pay any fees or charges required to connect to their
utility.
All disciplines involved in site work design must coordinate utility locations with the Civil Engineer.
Refer to Site Analysis and Building Requirements Sections for additional site civil utilities information.
Provide all required fittings, connections and accessories required for a complete and usable system.
Install all equipment per the criteria of PTS Section G30 and the manufacturer's recommendations.
Where the word "should" is used in the manufacturer's recommendations, substitute the word "shall".
After installation of the equipment and systems, provide individual training courses for two
Government personnel for each of the items listed below, covering items contained in the Operations
and Maintenance manuals. Provide one copy of the Operations and Maintenance manuals for each
two course attendees. Provide one DVD disc of the training courses to be used as refresher courses
and to train additional personnel. Conduct training by the same factory trained engineer that
supervised the installation of the system. During training include classroom discussion as well as
hands on maintenance, replacement of typical components and repair type maintenance training for
parts typically replaced or repaired in the field. Submit training plan 30 calendar days prior to training
sessions; include scheduling, content, outline, and training material handouts. Provide training for
water supply systems, fire water supply systems, sanitary sewer systems.
Notify the utility provider of the additional demand generated by the proposed facility. Provide a copy
of all correspondence with the utility provider to the Resident Engineer for Review.
T
Backflow preventer is required at all service entrance lines. All below grade valves, backflow
preventers, and other appurtenances shall be in a concrete vault.
No criteria specified.
T
Provide the new sanitary sewer system and connections to the existing sanitary sewer collection
system in accordance with UFC 3-240-01, Wastewater Collection; the Host Nation; whichever is more
stringent. Utility connections will require work beyond the limits of construction. Coordinate all work
with the Resident Engineer and Base CE before start of work.
AF
Provide a copy of all correspondence with the utility provider to the Resident Engineer.
Utility structures on or below apron or taxiway pavement or within 15 meters of full strength
pavements shall be designed for heavy aircraft loading. Manhole covers, grates, and frames shall be
airfield rated and certified by the manufacture to meet the requirements of FAA Advisory Circular
150/5320-6E, Airport Pavement Design and Evaluation and 150/5320-5d Airport Drainage Design.
Utility structures shall be designed for wheel loading and direct loading in accordance with FAA
Advisory Circular 150/5320-6E, Airport Pavement Design and Evaluation.
T
adequate so that no existing or proposed facility or pavement is flooded due to the design
storm. Storm sewer shall be routed, to the STORM WATER PUMP STATION BEING
CONSTRUCTED BY OTHERS, through an underground pipe. The contractor shall coordinate
their design and construction with the drainage master plan provided by the US Air Force and
AF
approved by the Host Nation.
G303001 STORM SEWER PIPING
Materials are required to be polyvinyl chloride (PVC), UPCV, HDPE. Concrete encasement
is required under all pavement. Pipe shall conform to the requirements of FAA AC
150/5320-5D Airport Drainage Design. Pressure pipe shall meet the requirement of HDPE
Pressure Class 200 or PVC Schedule 80.
R
shall be designed for heavy aircraft loading. Manhole covers, grates, and frames shall be airfield rated
and certified by the manufacture to meet the requirements of FAA Advisory Circular 150/5320-6E, Airport
Pavement Design and Evaluation and 150/5320-5d Airport Drainage Design. Utility structures shall be
designed for wheel loading and direct loading in accordance with FAA Advisory Circular 150/5320-6E,
Airport Pavement Design and Evaluation.
under pavement will be concrete encased. . Pipe shall conform to the requirements of FAA AC
150/5320-5D Airport Drainage Design. Pressure pipe shall meet the requirement of HDPE Pressure
Class 200 or PVC Schedule 80. G303005 HEADWALLS
Provide concrete cast-in-place headwalls in accordance with Host Nation requirements and
standards FAA requirements or UFC 3-230-17fa Drainage Areas Other than Airfields whichever
is more strigent. .
T
Evaluate the drainage conditions and submit sealed calculations to the Government for civil and
environmental review documenting how design meets UFC 3-210-10, FAA AC 150/5320-5D, Airport
Drainage Design and applicable project sustainability goals. Provide a narrative indicating which
AF
criteria governs the design and all assumptions. Technical constraints that limit compliance with UFC
3-210-10 must be documented, reviewed and approved by the Contracting Officer.
If the project footprint exceeds 5000 SF (464.5 SM) and does not maintain the predevelopment
hydrology to the maximum extent technically feasible (METF), these constraints must be documented
on the NAVFAC Sustainable Energy Data Record Card (NSEDRC) and approved by the
Government's Civil Reviewer. The NSEDRC can be found at:
http://www.wbdg.org/pdfs/navfac_sustainable_energy_data_record_card.pdf .
R
For Navy and Marine Corps projects, comply with Navy LID Policy (commonly referred to as the Penn
Memo). The Navy LID policy sets a goal of no net increase in stormwater and sediment or nutrient
loading from major renovation projects and construction projects. Major renovation projects are
D
defined as having a storm water component and exceeding $5 million and major construction projects
are defined as exceeding $750,000. If LID is not implemented to the METF as defined in UFC
3-210-10, a waiver must be obtained from the Regional Engineer. Coordinate waiver review and
approval with civil Technical Discipline Coordinator (TDC).
The contractor must obtain all required regulatory permits required for the proposed work.
Coordinate all reports, submittals, and permit applications through the Contracting Officer.
T
No criteria specified.
Existing aircraft fuel lines under new taxiway/taxi lanes shall be encased in concrete. Minimum
encasement shall be 300 millimeters.
generator day tanks that shall be integral with the engine generator (belly tank).
Day tank for each gen-set shall incorporate secondary containment (double wall) and be located
under the gen-set as a skid mounted, 'belly' tank. Day (belly) tank shall come as standard product
with generator set as an integral part of the skid and generator set. Day tank shall be provided with
fuel pump if recommended by gen-set manufacturer, fill cap, vent, drain plug, fuel level indicator and
engine supply and return connections. Its supports, anchors and saddles shall be as per tank
manufacturer's recommendations. Tank and its accessories shall have coating suitable for outdoor
installation and site weather conditions. Tank shall comply with and be UL-142 listed. Coordinate fuel
tank plumbing fittings with base to facilitate refueling.
T
G306007 GAS STORAGE TANKS
No criteria specified.
AF
G306009 OTHER GAS DISTRIBUTION
No criteria specified.
-- End of Section --
T
Provide site electrical utilities systems and components that support project sustainability goals.
G401001 SUBSTATIONS
D
Provide a Unit Distribution Substation (UDS) a biodegradable less-flammable liquid filled transformer
to feed the facility.
G401002 TRANSFORMERS
Provide a three phase UDS to feed the facility.
T
Provide a medium voltage 600 volt secondary underground electrical power distribution systems to
meet the connection requirements as indicated in paragraph G4010 "Electrical Distribution
AF
G401007 DUCTBANKS, MANHOLES, HANDHOLES AND
RACEWAYS
a. Provide a system of concrete encased ductbanks, handholes and manholes for all underground
secondary power wiring. Provide a direct buried underground for medium voltage (11KV) power
distribution system.
R
b. Provide for future use a 4-150mm PVC concrete encased conduit ductbank across the Project
taxiway connecting existing Host Nations active taxiway. All conduits shall be capped at both ends.
D
G401009 METERING
Provide a separate Kilowatt Demand Meter for each UDS
a. Existing KC-10 Ramp flood lighting poles may be in conflict with the Project Site. If in conflict, the
flood lighting system shall be relocated to an acceptable location either on the Project Site or off the
Project Site in coordination with the COR. Relocated flood lighting system shall be redesigned to
maintain existing illumination (FC, Lux) levels for the KC-10 Ramp. Redesign may require taller poles
and/or additional flood light fixtures. Additional light fixtures, if required, shall be of the same type,
make and model and by the same manufactures of the existing fixtures. Contractor shall refer to the
site photos included in the Contract documents to access existing site conditions. Contractor may
reutilize existing flood lighting fixtures and/or flood lighting poles at the Contractors option. Unutilized
existing flood light fixtures and/or poles shall be turned-in to the COR. Contractor shall be responsible
to continue to provide the required lighting for the KC-10 Ramp (Tango Ramp) throughout the
construction of this Project.
b. Electric service to the relocated flood lighting poles shall be extended form the existing MV feeder
utilizing existing UDS. Existing MV feeder and the UDS may be in conflict with the Project Site and
may need to be relocated utilizing same size cable. Relocated MV cables if under paved areas shall
be installed in concrete encased ductbanks. Manholes and/or handholes within taxiways and/or ramp
areas shall be of aircraft load bearing type.
c. Flood lighting shall be provided on both sides of Triton Aircraft launch & recovery areas for aircraft
O&M and prep work and with local controls installed in weatherproof enclosure(s). Acceptable lighting
T
level at and on both sides of the aircraft shall be no less than 15FC (150Lux). Light fixtures shall be
provided with glare control. Approximate height of the maintenance/prep areas on the aircraft is from
finished grade to +/-15 feet height. Power for the flood lights shall be extended from the Project
emergency electrical distribution system and not from the existing KC-10 Ramp flood lighting system.
AF
G402001 EXTERIOR LIGHTING FIXTURES AND CONTROLS
Existing lighting control system for the ramp flood lighting shall be relocated to de-conflict with the
Project Site and shall be operable thru the Project construction period.
R
T
the project site underground in a system of manholes and duct bank from the manhole and duct bank
system north running parallel to the site (east to west). This is distributed from ITN 7. Provide a
second, physically diverse pathway for to ITN 8 that will provide a high level of physical redundancy.
AF
The estimated diverse route is approximately 125m. Coordinate the requirements and design with the
380th ECS I/O Cable Engineer.
Provide only fiber optics OSP cable, in accordance with the ADAB Specs, FRD, and listed standards
and specs. CATV is also distributed via fiber optics and utilizes APC contact connectors. Ensure the
design can be integrated into the bases overall OSP infrastructure.
Cables and wiring for site telecommunications and security systems shall be as indicated in their
respective categories. The PETs are to be on the RUS list of material, (Publication IP 344-2). The
PET shall be compliant with the ADAB Specs requirements.
FRD Clarification:
T
1. Attachment RF Cable and Antenna Layout shall replace Appendix F and J of the accompanying
FRD.
2. Heliax RF cable will not be used; see Attachment RF Cable and Antenna Layout for RF cable
callout.
AF
3. The RETA weather box is a requirement for the CDL in this project; a dome is not required; see
Attachment CDL Enclosure Box for design information.
4. BES (BAMS Earth Station) is not a requirement for this project.
5. For the UHF LOS (C2) antennas, this project will require the incorporation of an HN to N adaptor
(P/N PE9194) between the RF pigtail and the antenna; see Attachment RF Antenna RF Cable
and Antenna Layout.
6. The number of RF penetrations shall be thirteen (13): (3) N-type for NTCS, 2 N-type for UHF
R
LOS, 2 N-type for SATCOM, 1 TNC-type for INMARSAT, 1 N-type for GPS, 2 N-type RF (spare),
and (2) TNC-type (spare).
7. The UHF LOS and SATCOM mast poles are 2.3 (not to be greater than) versus 2.37.
8. The SATCOM antennas do not use HN RF connectors; see Attachment RF Cable and Antenna
Layout.
D
9. The CDL will not be mounted in cement, but shall require a dedicated stand on the RF/SATCOM
tower.
10. Per D50, Part 3 and 4, lightning protections systems for RF antenna tower(s), antennas, and
antenna cabling shall comply with FAA-STD-019E and NFPA 780.
11. See General Tower Design attachment for 6 foot min. standoff for support arms/mounting poles.
12. See attachment Antenna J-box layout for the J-box requirement at the base of the tower.
13. The CDL requires two (2) dedicated 20 amp circuits and a double throw, single pole On/Off switch
located near the CDL for maintenance and repair. See attachment CDL Configuration for build
requirements and additional information.
14. See attachment C5F additional data support and clarification to drawings for RF connector
spacing.
control/maintenance offices. Provide all passive components required to support this system as part
of the base contract, to include all conduits, pull boxes, pull strings, terminal boxes, support/mounting
poles, and spaces and pathways.
Option #2: All active, electronic components of the CCTV system to complete a usable system. To
include, but not limited to, cabling, terminations, cameras and mounts, switches, converters,
amplifiers, controllers, and monitors.
T
G403009 GROUNDING SYSTEMS
AF
Provide a complete grounding system for all site communications systems. The underground
distribution system shall have a complete bonding and grounding system for all metallic cable
components, splices, cable breaks, maintenance holes, and all associated infrastructure. Provide
19MM (3/4) by 3M (10) solid copper ground rod and precast inspection pit with cover; route ground
conductor to rod through manhole/handhole top and grout opening tight. Ground all non-current
carrying metal parts (I.E. cable racks) to installed ground bus or electrode.
R
G4090 OTHER SITE ELECTRICAL UTILITIES
N/A
D
-- End of Section --
T
AF
R
D
SECTION A10
FOUNDATIONS
12/13
A10 GENERAL
RFP Part 3 including the Engineering System Requirements (ESR) provide project
specific requirements. The RFP Part 4, Performance Technical Sections (PTS)
provide generalized technical requirements that apply to multiple facility types
and include more requirements than are applicable to any one project. Therefore,
only the RFP Part 4 requirements that apply to the project and further define the
RFP Part 3 project specific requirements are required.
T
Government Standards. The general requirements of this PTS section are
located in PTS Section Z10, General Performance Technical Specification.
AF
A10 1.1.1 Government Standards
Section 31 00 00 Earthwork
T
to interpret any provided data as related to his design concept
and develop requirements for bidding. Requirements stated in
Parts 3 and 4 of the RFP take precedence over any content of
AF
any included geotechnical report. Additional requirements for
the geotechnical design of this project are provided elsewhere
in this RFP.
T
equipment), compaction requirements, building slab
preparation (as applicable), soil sensitivity to weather
and equipment, groundwater influence on construction,
AF
mitigation of expansive soils or liquefaction potential,
dewatering requirements, slope stability, and other
necessary instructions.
as applicable.
T
Verification of satisfactory construction and system performance of the
foundations shall be via Performance Verification Testing, and by field
inspection, as detailed in this section of the RFP and in UFGS Section 01
AF
45 00.00 10. Provide special tests and special inspections in accordance
with UFGS Section 01 45 00.00 10, Quality Control.
UFGS sections listed below or in the body of the PTS text are to be used
by the Designer of Record (DOR) as a part of the design submittal. The DOR
shall edit these referenced UFGS sections and submit them as a part of the
design submittal specification. Edit the specification sections in
accordance with the limitations stated in PTS section Z10, General
Performance Technical Specifications.
T
Contractor-provided geotechnical report
AF
Controlled fill or backfill material tests
As-Built drawings
Provide sheeting and shoring as required. Sheeting and shoring plans shall
be signed by the Contractor's Geotechnical Engineer.
D
T
To maintain resistance to termites, complete the system and do not
disturb, penetrate or damage during the remaining contract time
period. Provide Manufacturers Guidance for performing a visual
AF
assessment of the installed system to ensure the system provides the
designed termite physical barrier.
Provide column foundations and grade beams as required in accordance with the
requirements of this section and other portions of this RFP.
D
A102004 DEWATERING
Dewater site for foundation construction as required by soil conditions and local
subsurface and surface water, including rainfall, and considering any potential
adverse impact on adjacent facilities, including settlement. Dewatering
requirements and methods shall be established by the Contractors Geotechnical
Engineer, based on his subsurface exploration and investigation.
T
A103003 TRENCHES
AF
Trenches shall be constructed of reinforced concrete with water proof joints and
seals to prevent ground water infiltration.
Pits and bases shall be constructed of reinforced concrete with water proof joints
and seals to prevent ground water infiltration.
R
A103005 FOUNDATION DRAINAGE
Perimeter drainage system shall be provided to remove water away from the
foundation of the facility and to be deposited in the storm sewerage system
of the site. Pipe for the foundation drainage system shall be of the type
specified, shall be perforated, and shall be of a size sufficient to remove
water from the foundation successfully. Provide one, or a combination of
more than one, of the following types of pipe:
Installation shall include wrapping the pipe with filter fabric sock and
careful bedding of the pipe with appropriate fill material to ensure that
the pipe does not become obstructed with the bedding material.
-- End of Section --
T
AF
R
D
SECTION A20
BASEMENT CONSTRUCTION
12/13
A20 GENERAL
RFP Part 3 including the Engineering System Requirements (ESR) provide project
specific requirements. The RFP Part 4, Performance Technical Sections (PTS)
provide generalized technical requirements that apply to multiple facility types
and include more requirements than are applicable to any one project. Therefore,
only the RFP Part 4 requirements that apply to the project and further define the
RFP Part 3 project specific requirements are required.
T
Government Standards. The general requirements of this PTS section are
located in PTS Section Z10, General Performance Technical Specification.
AF
A20 1.1.1 Government Standards
T
as his Designer of Record deems necessary for the design and
construction of the foundation system.
AF
All work by the Contractor-provided Geotechnical Engineer at
the project location, if required, shall be coordinated with
the Contracting Officer and shall not interfere with normal base
operations. Prior to the Foundation Work Design submittal,
provide a Contractor Geotechnical Report (an editable Adobe
Acrobat PDF version on CD and two printed copies) for review
and record keeping purposes. The report shall become the
property of the Government. Geotechnical reports generated
R
during construction, such as pile driving results and analysis,
shall be provided to the Contracting Officer. In addition,
provide an editable Adobe Acrobat PDF version and two printed
copies for record keeping purposes.
D
T
adopted into the design which are interpreted by the Contractor
as either conflicting with or being modifications to the
Geotechnical or Pavement related requirements of the RFP.
AF
A20 1.2.2.4 Geotechnical Site Data required in Design Drawings
In addition, UFGS sections listed below or in the body of the PTS text are
to be used by the Designer of Record (DOR) as a part of the design submittal.
If the UFGS products or systems are applicable to the project, the DOR shall
T
edit these referenced UFGS sections and submit them as a part of the design
submittal specification. Edit the specification sections in accordance
with the limitations stated in PTS section Z10, General Performance
AF
Technical Specifications.
Excavate for the basement as required in accordance with the requirements of this
section and other portions of this RFP.
A201003 SHORING
Apply the primers and waterproofing specified herein when the ambient
T
temperature is above 40 degrees F.
T
percent;
b. Specific Gravity, ASTM D 297: 1.20, plus or minus 0.05;
c. Tensile Strength, ASTM D 412: 1200 psi minimum;
d.
AF
Tensile Stress at 300 percent elongation, ASTM D 412:
600 psi minimum;
e. Elongation, ASTM D 412: 300 percent minimum;
f. Tear Resistance, Die C, ASTM D 624: 125 pound force per
inch (lbf/inch) minimum;
g. Shore A Hardness, ASTM D 2240: Five-second interval
before reading; 60 plus or minus 10;
h. Ozone Resistance, ASTM D 1149: No cracks, 7 days - 50
R
pphm - 100 degrees F, 20 percent elongation;
i. Heating Aging-Accelerated, ASTM D 573: Tensile
retention, 60 percent of minimum original elongation
retention; 60 percent of minimum original requirement;
D
A202002 1.2.2.2 Adhesive, Cement, and Tape for Use with Butyl
Rubber
T
f. Puncture Resistance, ASTM E 154: 40 lb. minimum;
g. Lap Adhesion at Minimum Application Temperature, ASTM
D1876 Modified, 5 lbs/in.(880 N/m);
h.
AF
Peel Strength, ASTM D 903: Modified, 9 lbs/in;
i. Resistance to Hydrostatic Head, ASTM D 5385: 231 ft of
water
j. Water Absorption, ASTM D 570; 0.1% maximum.
T
materials content by weight are:
SECTION B10
SUPERSTRUCTURE
11/10
B10 GENERAL
RFP Part 3 including the Engineering System Requirements (ESR) provide project
specific requirements. The RFP Part 4, Performance Technical Sections (PTS)
provide generalized technical requirements that apply to multiple facility types
and include more requirements than are applicable to any one project. Therefore,
only the RFP Part 4 requirements that apply to the project and further define the
RFP Part 3 project specific requirements are required.
T
Government Standards. The general requirements of this PTS section are
located in PTS Section Z10, General Performance Technical Specification.
AF
B10 1.1.1 Government Standards
Progressive Collapse
Structural frame elements may include columns, girders, beams, trusses, joists,
moment frames, shear walls, and bracing. See Section B20, Exterior Enclosure,
for additional requirements for exterior walls used as load-bearing walls or shear
walls.
T
Provide structural interior walls as required in accordance with the requirements
of this section and other portions of this RFP. See Section C10, Interior
AF
Construction, for additional requirements.
Design and construct exterior balconies to drain and with the top of the balcony
high-point below the interior floor elevation as required for flashing.
D
B101006 RAMPS
Provide ramps as required in accordance with the requirements of this section and
other portions of this RFP.
Structural frame elements may include columns, girders, beams, trusses, joists,
moment frames, shear walls, and bracing. See Section B20, Exterior Enclosure,
for additional requirements for exterior walls used as load-bearing walls or shear
walls.
Provide roof deck as required in accordance with the requirements of this section
and other portions of this RFP.
B102004 CANOPIES
-- End of Section --
T
AF
R
D
SECTION B20
EXTERIOR ENCLOSURE
05/14
B20 GENERAL
RFP Part 3 including the Engineering System Requirements (ESR) provide project
specific requirements. The RFP Part 4, Performance Technical Sections (PTS)
provide generalized technical requirements that apply to multiple facility types
and include more requirements than are applicable to any one project. Therefore,
only the RFP Part 4 requirements that apply to the project and further define the
RFP Part 3 project specific requirements are required.
T
Government Standards. The general requirements of this PTS section are
located in PTS Section Z10, General Performance Technical Specification.
AF
Industry standards, codes, and Government standards referenced in the
section text that are not found in the Unified Master Reference List (UMRL)
in the Construction Criteria Base (CCB) at the Whole Building Design Guide
Website , are listed below for basic designation identification. Comply
with the required and advisory portions of the current edition of the
referenced standard at the time of contract award.
T
at least 4 feet (1.2 meters) of uninterrupted brickwork and 2
feet (.6 meters) above wall openings. The approved sample must
exhibit the standard for workmanship and materials for the
AF
project. The sample panel must include brick coursing, bond,
weep holes, flashing, thickness, anchors, joint reinforcing,
wall ties, rigid-board insulation, intersection of walls, bond
beams, expansion and control joints, and tooling of joints,
range of color, texture of masonry, and mortar color; or
cold-formed steel framing, insulation, fiberglass-faced gypsum
sheathing, air barrier, moisture barrier/vapor retarders,
exterior enclosure barrier connections to adjoining
R
construction, sealing of exterior enclosure barrier
penetrations, sealant, masonry ties and anchors, and tooling
of joints, the range of color and texture of brick veneer, and
the color of mortar. The sample panel must be protected from
D
damage and must remain at the site until masonry work is complete
and approved, at which time the panel must be removed from the
site. If there are windows or curtain walls in the project
which interface with the masonry, a cut-away sample window or
curtain wall mock-up must be installed in the masonry field
panel, with all accessories, finishes, and trim (see B20 1.2.4
and 1.2.5). Masonry work must match the approved sample.
Designate a portion of the project that reveals the various edge, seam,
transition, and penetration conditions that the air barrier is exposed
to. Determine this location with the Contracting Officer and obtain
approval of the sealing methods employed on the project from the air
barrier Manufacturer. Leave sample area exposed to view as long as
practical to serve as a construction standard and comparison of future
air barrier construction on the project. Before construction covers
the sample area, provide detailed photographs of the air barrier
details for future reference.
T
being permanently connected to form an air tight barrier.
d. Construction of the air barrier complies with air barrier
design as indicated in the Design Analysis and exterior
AF
enclosure barrier drawings.
e. Air barrier is installed in accordance with
manufacturer's standard details available on the Air
Barrier Association of America (ABAA) website named "Air
Barrier Materials, Components, Assemblies & Systems" and
found at the following web link;
http://www.airbarrier.org/materials/assemblies_e.php
R
B20 1.2.3.2 Air Barrier Performance Testing
T
The test results must be either pass or fail. Provide
the theoretical size of the opening that leaks the same
amount as the building enclosure at 75 Pa, to facilitate
AF
the search for leaks and repair of the exterior enclosure.
c. Provide infrared thermography to determine air leakage
paths if facility fails to retain the required air
pressure in the test above. Utilize infrared cameras
with a resolution of 0.1 degree C or better.
T
The Contracting Officer will witness the testing. Testing must
occur just before the building air tightness test. Testing must
also occur during the air tightness test so that areas of
AF
building air leaks are detected. If the building air tightness
test is failed, thermographic testing must be repeated just
before and during subsequent air tightness tests until the air
tightness test is successful.
b. Thermography Test Procedures: Submit detailed test procedures
indicating the test apparatus, the test methods and procedures,
and the analysis methods to be employed not later than 60 days
after Notice to Proceed.
R
c. Thermography Test Report: Provide a report. The report must
include thermographs in color and a color temperature scale to
define the temperature indicated by the various colors. The
report must identify the high temperature reading, the outdoor
D
T
C 31/C 31M compression tests. Perform ASTM C 143 slump
tests. Mold six cylinders each day or for every 20 cubic
yards (15 cubic meters) of concrete placed, whichever is
AF
greater. Perform strength tests using two cylinders at
7 days and two at 28 days. Cure four cylinders in the
same manner as the panels and place at the point where
the poorest curing conditions are offered. Moist cure
two cylinders and test at 28 days.
c. Changes in Proportions: If, the compressive strength
falls below that specified, adjust the mix proportions
and water content and make necessary changes in the
R
temperature, moisture, and curing procedures to secure
the specified strength. Notify the Contracting Officer
of all changes.
d. Strength Test Results: Evaluate compression test results
D
T
3) Modify mock-up construction and perform additional tests as
required to achieve specified minimum acceptable results. If
AF
corrections are not adequate, construct new mock-up, at written
direction of Owner and Architect. Co-ordinate construction of
mock-up with other involved trades.
The sample curtain wall must be protected from damage and must remain
at the site until curtain wall construction work is complete and
approved, at which time the panel must be removed from the site. On
T
projects where the curtain wall interfaces with masonry walls, a
cut-away sample curtain wall must be installed with the masonry sample
panel. Curtain wall installations must match the approved sample.
AF
Water Penetration: No water penetration must occur when the wall is
tested in accordance with ASTM E 331 at a differential static test
pressure of 20 percent of the inward acting design wind pressure as
specified, but not less than 15 psf (80 Kg/m2). Make provision in
the wall construction for adequate drainage to the outside of water
leakage or condensation that occurs within the outer face of the wall.
Leave drainage and weep openings in members and wall open during test.
R
In addition, UFGS sections listed below or in the body of the PTS text are
to be used by the Designer of Record (DOR) as a part of the design submittal.
If the UFGS products or systems are applicable to the project, the DOR must
edit these referenced UFGS sections and submit them as a part of the design
submittal specification. Edit the specification sections in accordance
with the limitations stated in PTS section Z10, General Performance
Technical Specifications.
T
B20 1.4.2 Field Inspection of Field-erected Concrete Panels
Design all work to comply with UFC 3-101-01, Architecture, and UFC 3-301-01,
Structural Engineering, and the following requirements:
T
shapes such as sills, headers, trim units and copings of brick
masonry, precast concrete, concrete masonry units, or other
approved materials. The veneer must be tied to the backup wall
AF
system with a system that allows the veneer to move
independently of the backup wall system, while being
structurally supported. Allow for expansion and contraction
of the veneer without cracking the exterior material.
b. Use running bond, tooled concave joints and full head joint
weeps at 24 inches (610 mm) o.k. in the course immediately above
the base flashing. Where rowlocks are permitted, slope
rowlocks and project not less than 1/2 inch (13 mm) beyond the
R
face of the wall to form a wash and drip. Where required,
provide colored mortar conforming to ASTM C270. Provide
special shapes where required.
c. Locate expansion/control joints and seal with proper backing
D
T
b. Trim units of cast stone must include sills, fascia, header
units, copings and other trim units as required by the approved
design
AF
B201001 1.1.5 The Wall Cavity
Comply with UFC 3-101-01 and BIA Technical Notes 21A, 21B, 21C, 28B.
T
baked coating to the exterior and interior of metal wall panels
and metal accessories. Exterior finish topcoat must be of 70
percent polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF) resin with not less than
AF
0.8 mil dry film thickness (DFT). Provide exterior primer that
is standard with panel manufacturer but not less than 0.8 mil
dry film thickness (DFT). Provide factory applied 70 percent
PVDF clear coating of 0.8 mil DFT over the color topcoat and
edge coating for projects within 300 feet (91 meters) of a water
shoreline or industrial environment. Field apply 70 percent
PVDF clear coat to unfinished panel edges or field cut panels.
Interior finish exposed to sun or rain must be the same coating
R
and DFT as the exterior coating.
b. Wall system and attachments must resist wind loads as determined
by ASCE 7, with a factor of safety appropriate for the material
holding the anchor. Maximum deflection due to wind on aluminum
D
T
conforming to ASTM B 209 having proper temper to suit respective
forming operations.
b. Thickness - Minimum 0.032 inch (0.81 mm) nominal, but in no case
AF
thinner than that required to meet maximum deflection
requirements specified.
than 25, and smoke developed rating not higher than 50 when tested
in accordance with ASTM E 84. Panels must be not less than 8 inches
(200 mm) wide and must be in one piece for unbroken wall heights.
ASTM C150, gray Portland cement Type II with 1/2 inch (13 mm) maximum
chopped alkali resistant fiberglass strands, minimum 1.5 percent by
weight to cement; 1 1/2 pounds (.68 kg) per sack of cement. Lime must
conform to ASTM C206, Type S. Utilize stainless steel or zinc corner
beads, J-beads and other accessories for the system.
T
to 4 parts sand (volume of sand per sum of cement and lime).
Mix brown coat in proportion of one part by volume Portland
cement, 3/4 to 1 1/2 parts by volume hydrated lime and 3 to 5
AF
parts sand (volume of sand per sum of cement and lime). Mix
proportions can vary depending on climate and application
variations, with the approval of the DOR.
e. Portland Cement Stucco Finish Coat 3 to 5 parts sand (volume
of sand per sum of cement and lime).
f. Portland cement plaster application must be in accordance with
ASTM C 926. Furring and lath application must be in accordance
with ASTM C 1063.
R
g. Bonding Agents: ASTM C 932. Provide for exterior applications
to masonry or concrete substrates.
h. Provide water resistive barrier under stucco in accordance with
manufacturers recommendations and code requirements.
D
EIMA TM 101 and 01 EIMA TM 101.86. Refer to the RFP Part 3 Project Program
to determine if EIFS is used as the non-primary or the primary exterior finish
material for the project. Job-fabricate the exterior insulation and finish
system (EIFS) covering consisting of sheathing, water resistive barrier,
moisture drainable insulation board system, reinforcing fabric, base coat,
finish coat, adhesive, primer, accessories, flashing, sealant, and
mechanical fasteners. The system components must be compatible with each
other and with the substrate as recommended or approved by, and the products
of, a single manufacturer regularly engaged in furnishing Exterior
Insulation and Finish Systems. Install all materials using an applicator
trained and approved by the system manufacturer in accordance with
DOR-approved shop drawings and manufacturer's recommendations. Provide
EIFS Class PB or Class PM. Do not use Class PB EIFS in first floor, high
traffic areas, or in areas where pedestrians congregate without at least
one layer of 20 ounce (567 grams) reinforcing fabric mesh. Use 1/8 inch
(4 mm) minimum thickness for PB finish system. Color of the EIFS finish
must be consistent, with no variation noticeable to the DOR. Seal all joints
in EIFS in accordance with ASTM C 1481 and as recommended by the manufacturer.
Furnish manufacturer's standard warranty for the EIFS. Provide warranty
directly to Government and cover a period of not less than 5 years from date
Government accepted the work.
T
to cutting and shipping, a minimum of 6 weeks by air-drying,
or equivalent. Insulating material must conform to ASTM C 578,
Type I or IV, as recommended by the EIFS manufacturer and treated
AF
to be compatible with other EIFS components.
d. Reinforcing Fabric - Reinforcing fabric mesh must be
alkali-resistant, balanced, open weave, glass fiber fabric made
from twisted multi-end strands specifically treated for
compatibility with the other system materials, and comply with
EIMA TM 105.01 and as recommended by EIFS manufacturer.
ACI 211.1 and ACI 301. PCI MNL-116 or PCI MNL-117. Concrete must have
D
For rain screen precast panel wall systems with back-up wall
construction, provide sealed face joints that allow moisture to be
drained from the wall cavity behind the precast panels via weeps.
Provide flashing and water/ moisture resistant barriers to direct
water from the wall cavity to the outside of the building. Locate
weeps where cavity is obstructed such as above through-wall flashing,
at head and sill flashing above and below windows, above door
flashings, and wall base flashing.
For barrier wall precast panel wall systems without back-up wall
construction, provide a two stage drained joint system on all precast
panels joints. Design the two staged drained joint system to provide
the following;
a. Locate all sealant beads on the exterior side of the backer rod.
Align placement of the exterior sealant bead with the exterior
surface of the precast panel and space the placement of the
interior sealant bead as required below but no less than 3 inches
(75 mm) from the face of the panel to the face of the interior
tooled sealant bead.
b. Space sealant beads as far apart as possible but provide no less
than 1 inch (25mm) clear air space between the exterior seal
backer rod and the tooled interior sealant bead.
c. Form minimum of 1/2 inch (12mm) weep holes to facilitate
drainage in the vertical sealant joints. Attach a bead of
sealant to the interior vertical sealant bead with an outward
slope and a drop in height of at least 4 inches (100mm) to form
the drainage plane for the weep opening.
d. Locate weeps as necessary to allow complete drainage of water
T
from the two stage air/ vent space. Provide weeps at
obstructions in the air/ vent space such as through wall
flashing, horizontal panel joints, head and sill flashing above
AF
and below windows, above door flashing, and wall base flashing.
chlorides.
d. Reinforcement - ACI 301.
e. Inserts - ASTM A 47, Grade 32510 or 35018, or may be medium
strength cast steel conforming to ASTM A 27/A 27M, Grade
U-60-30. Where exposed to moisture, provide inserts hot-dip
galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A 153/A
153M.
f. Embedded Plates - ASTM A 36/A 36.
g. Flashing Reglets - Fabricate of sheet metal, open-type with
continuous groove 1-1/8 inches (28 mm) deep minimum by 3/16 inch
(5 mm) wide at opening and sloped upward at 45 degrees. Top
surface must have toothed lip section to anchor upturned edge
of metal snap-lock counter flashing when inserted. Provide
stainless steel sheet metal, 0.011 inch (0.28 mm) minimum
thickness, ASTM A 167, Type 302 or Type 304, Number 2D finish,
soft temper.
h. Clip Angles - ASTM A 36/A 36M steel, galvanized after
fabrication in accordance with ASTM A 153/A 153M.
i. Ferrous Casting Clamps - ASTM A 47, Grade 32510 or Grade 35018
1) Bolts: ASTM A 449, 3/4 inch (19 mm) diameter machine bolts
with hexagon head.
T
testing determine that existing mixtures and materials are faulty or
non-performing.
AF
B201001 1.6.1 Existing Concrete Testing
T
above. Use type II material when materials or atmospheric
temperatures are below 70 degrees F (21 degrees C). Provide
epoxy-resin grout with the ability to structurally rebond
AF
cracks, delaminations, and hollow plane conditions in concrete;
must be insensitive to the presence of water; and must have the
capability to penetrate cracks down to 5 mils in width.
Materials must have been successfully used in similar
conditions for a period of at least five years.
b. Epoxy Injection Ports - Design injection ports for epoxy-resin
grout for the intended use as required in this section and made
according to the recommendation of the epoxy manufacturer.
R
Horizontal Wood Siding: DOC PS 20, exterior, lap type, 6 inches wide,
maximum practicable lengths, 7/16 inch (11 mm) thick, smooth face.
Shop coat all surfaces of wood siding and trim with an alkyd primer.
Wood grain texture. Minimum Nominal Thickness: 0.044 inch (1.1 mm).
Minimum Profile Depth (Butt Thickness): 5/8 inch (16 mm) or 3/4 inch
(19 mm). Nailing Hem: Double thickness. Comply with
manufacturer's requirements for fastener types and nailing process.
T
B201001 1.8.2 Accessories
AF
Provide integrally colored, premanufactured accessories to match
siding. Use accessories at terminations with other materials.
Siding made from fiber-cement board that does not contain asbestos
R
fibers; complies with ASTM C 1186, Type A, Grade II; is classified
as noncombustible when tested according to ASTM E 136; and has a
flame-spread index of 25 or less when tested according to ASTM E 84.
Provide a water resistive barrier under panel systems and install in
D
Masonry walls must comply with ACI 530.1. Load-bearing units: ASTM
C90, Non-load bearing- units: ASTM C129, Type I or II. Provide ground
face units, split-faced units, ground-faced units, or split-ribbed
units for exposed exterior walls. Provide water repellent admixture
to masonry units where the exterior face of the units will not receive
a waterproof coating such as paint. Mortar must conform to ASTM C
270, Type S. Test mortar in accordance with ASTM C 780. Provide
water repellent admixture and color additive in mortar for masonry
walls that will not receive a waterproof coating such as paint. Do
not use admixtures containing chlorides. Provide air entrainment,
not to exceed 12 percent, in mortar.
T
anchors to anchor masonry structural steel columns or beams.
Weld the fixed portion of the anchors (steel anchor rods) to
the structural steel member. Provide adjustable anchors 3/16
AF
inch (5 mm) diameter steel wire, triangular-shaped. Anchors
attached to steel must be 5/16 inch (8 mm) diameter steel bars
placed to provide 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) play between flexible
anchors and structural steel members.
b. Deformed Bars - ASTM A 615/A 615M, ASTM A 616/A 616M, ASTM A
617/A 617M, or ASTM A 706/A 706M.
Exterior Studs:
Compute wall deflections on the basis that studs withstand all lateral forces
T
wall moisture analysis. Provide one of the following sheathings:
(3) Gypsum: ASTM C 79/C 79M and ASTM C 1177/C 1177M, 1/2 inch (13
mm) thick fire retardant (Type X) 5/8 inch (15 mm) thick; 4 feet (1.2
meters) wide with square edge for supports 16 inches (400 mm) o.c.
R
with or without corner bracing of framing. Face gypsum sheathing with
materials capable of resisting six months of weathering exposure
without degradation of the covering or the gypsum material. Seal all
joints as recommended by the manufacturer.
D
Kiln-dry all lumber materials to comply with DOC PS 20. Installation must
be in accordance with AF&PA T11. Use preservative pressure treated lumber
at sill plates and other members in contact with concrete and masonry
surfaces.
T
must be in accordance with UFC 1-200-01.
b. Concrete construction must be in accordance with ACI 301.
c. Refer to Performance Verification Testing for Cast-in-place field
AF
quality control.
d. Concrete construction tolerances must be in accordance with ACI 117.
e. Design for watertight joints, or weeping joints having back-up water
penetration protection in precast elements. Minimize cracking
potential of precast concrete elements by implementing expansion and
control joints in the precast assembly.
f. Joints must include properly sized and placed backing material and
fully loaded and tooled sealant joint of no less than 1/4 inch sealant
R
material thickness.
g. Provide a water resistive barrier to protect back-up wall assembly.
Provide insulation, air barriers, water resistive barriers, and moisture barrier/
vapor retarders (if required) in the exterior enclosure to control heat loss/gain,
air infiltration/diffusion, moisture infiltration/diffusion, and water
infiltration. These barriers can be accomplished by insulation, liquid
application, applied sheet materials, or applied membranes.
Provide insulation, air barrier and water resistive barrier on all conditioned
facilities and moisture barrier/ vapor retarders when required by the exterior
enclosure vapor pressure and hygrothermal analysis. These barrier materials may
be installed separately or combined if different air barrier, moisture barrier/
vapor retarder, and water resistive barrier functions can be consolidated in one
material.
Provide exterior enclosure barriers that are durable and designed to last the life
of the facility. Seal the continuous air and water resistive barrier in a flexible
manner to allow for relative movement of adjacent building enclosure components.
Support exterior enclosure barriers to withstand maximum positive and negative
air pressure to be placed on the building without displacement or damage and
transfer the load to the structure. Permanently seal penetrations, joints, holes,
and transitions to adjoining construction in air and water resistive barriers as
recommended by the material manufacturer. Do not compromise exterior enclosure
barrier integrity at electrical boxes, fixture supports, and fasteners with holes
through the exterior enclosure barriers that allow air or water leakage. Do not
expose exterior enclosure barriers or retarders to environment conditions longer
than is recommended by the manufacturer.
T
The building air barrier is a combination of various construction materials/
components that form a continuous air barrier seal on all six sides of a
building. Materials designated as a part of the air barrier must use methods
AF
recommended by the manufacture to seal joints and intersections for
air-tightness. Individual materials used in the continuous air barrier
must have an air permeance not to exceed 0.004 cfm/ft2 at a pressure
differential of 0.3 inches water (1.56lb/ft2), (0.02 L/s. m2 at 75 Pa) when
tested in accordance with ASTM E 2178. If the air barrier is to be field
tested, refer to the requirements in the paragraph entitled "Air Barrier
Performance Testing" of this section for entire building minimum air
permeance. Air barrier installation at windows must be in accordance with
R
ASTM E 2112.
T
B201004 PARAPETS
AF
Avoid parapets when possible, but when necessary, provide parapets with the same
materials as the exterior wall construction, including framing members, anchors,
flashings, cants, and accessories. Parapets must be designed to withstand the
lateral loads prevailing at the project site and be provided with thruwall flashing
below the parapet cap, at structural members, at penetrations, and at the roof
level. Provide flashing and scuppers in accordance with SMACNA.
If required, provide louvers, which are not an integral part of the mechanical
equipment, exterior closures, grilles and screens, storm shutters, and other
materials used for a variety of purposes including screening of equipment or as
D
Wall louvers must be drainable blade type louver with blade slopes of 45
degrees minimum, but provide wind driven rain rated louvers for wall louvered
rooms without a floor drain within the room. Louvers must be made to
withstand a wind load of not less than 30 psf (146 Kg/m2), .08 inch (2 mm)
thick 6063-T5 or T52 extruded aluminum in a factory-finished color in
accordance with AAMA 2605 with a minimum coating thickness of 1.2 mil to
match the building facade. Wall louvers must bear the AMCA certified ratings
program seal for air performance and water penetration in accordance with
AMCA 500 , 500L (wind driven rain), and AMCA 511. Provide sill flashing
with sloped drain pan at base of louver to collect moisture that migrates
down the interior face of the louver. This sill flashing must drain water
Design and fabricate support frames to withstand wind loads. Anchor frames
securely in place. Provide secondary horizontal steel or aluminum framing
for attachment of screen materials. Screen material must be factory finished
coating in accordance with AAMA 2605 with a minimum coating thickness of
1.2 mils. Formed metal panels from galvanized steel sheet per ASTM A 653
or aluminum sheet per ASTM B 209.
Roll shutters must have factory finished 0.050 inch (1.27 mm),
6063-T5/T6 aluminum slats with continuous over-head housing, frame
and tracks. Roll shutter must be capable of being locked in a closed
position by a non-key device.
T
B201005 1.3.2 Accordion Shutters
Hinged louvered shutters must have factory finished 0.50 inch (13 mm),
R
6063-T5/T6 aluminum louvered blades and frames with stainless steel
hinges, holders, and fasteners. Allow minimum space between
horizontal louver blades. Provide storm bar where required due to
the lateral loads imposed on the shutter.
D
Removable shutters must have formed factory finished 0.050 inch (1.27
mm), 3003-H16 aluminum panels and continuous 6063-T5/T6 header and
base frame with stainless steel fasteners or spring tempered stainless
steel clips.
T
Metal framed assembly balcony walls must be in accordance with section
B201001 EXTERIOR CLOSURE, paragraph titled, "Load Bearing Metal Framing
System."
AF
B201006 1.4 WOOD FRAMED ASSEMBLY BALCONY
Wood framed assembly balcony walls must be in accordance with section B201001
EXTERIOR CLOSURE, paragraph titled, "Wood Framing System."
collars. Factory coat all metal railings, except ornamental metals such
as brass, bronze, and nickel-silver, with a high performance coating in
accordance with AAMA 2605 with a minimum coating thickness of 1.2 mils unless
otherwise noted.
Exterior soffit system assemblies must include trim and necessary accessories
including high performance coatings, if required. Installation must be crisp,
fit and trim with tight joinery to back-up framing. Soffits must be designed to
be field assembled by lapping side edges of adjacent panels and mechanically
attaching through panels to galvanized, non-load bearing framing conforming to
ASTM A 653 (G60) and ASTM C 645, using concealed fasteners. Provide trim
accessories of the same material and finish as the soffit material where soffit
abuts other materials.
T
Use adequate backing material to assure snug joints and even face planes. Where
soffits ventilate an attic space, or an otherwise unventilated space, provide a
soffit/ridge/louver/ventilator ventilation system with air quantities complying
AF
to the IBC. For spaces intentionally not vented, provide sealed soffits to
maintain the integrity of the air barrier and insulation barrier.
Exterior gypsum wall board soffit system must be tapered edge 5/8 inch (16
mm) thick, 48 inch (1.2 meter) wide exterior gypsum board panels conforming
to ASTM C 931 and ASTM C 840, mechanically attached to galvanized non-load
32bearing framing conforming to ASTM A 653, G60 and ASTM C 754. Tape and
finish gypsum board joints in accordance with ASTM C840. Soffit design must
assure that the gypsum soffit material does not have direct water contact.
a shingled effect and direct liquid water to the exterior of the exterior enclosure
and away from back-up wall assembly.
Painting practices must comply with applicable federal, state and local laws
enacted to insure compliance with Federal Clean Air Standards. Apply
coating materials in accordance with SSPC PA 1. SSPC PA 1 methods are
applicable to all substrates.
All paint must be in accordance with the Master Painter Institute (MPI)
standards for the exterior architectural surface being finished. The
current MPI, "Approved Product List" which lists paint by brand, label,
T
product name and product code as of the date of contract award, will be used
to determine compliance with the submittal requirements of this
specification. The Contractor may choose to use a more current MPI
AF
"Approved Product List"; however, only one list may be used for the entire
contract. All coats on a particular substrate, or a paint system, must be
from a single manufacturer. No variation from the MPI Approved Products
List is acceptable.
Select paint systems for the project in accordance with the MPI Architectural
Painting Decision Tree available on the Whole Building Design Guide. Use
this interactive MPI Decision Tree website to identify applicable paint
R
system(s) for the project. The MPI Decision Tree identifies paint systems
for each interior or exterior coated surface in "Normal" or "Aggressive"
environmental conditions and generally lists the applicable paint systems
in descending order of performance. The paint system at the top of each
D
e. If the MPI Decision Tree does not identify all paint system applicable
to the facility, utilize the MPI Architectural Painting, Exterior Systems
Manual to identify other appropriate paint systems for the project. Utilize
the "Premium Grade" systems and comply with all limitations stated in the
MPI "Approved Product List" for each paint product. Products having an MPI
VOC Range E3 must be given preferential consideration over lower VOC Ranges.
T
Use higher performing paint systems unless the lower performing paint system
can be justified based on a lifecycle cost to include surface preparation,
application, disposal, environmental impact, and required recoating cycles.
AF
Only use paint products that have been tested for MPI'S "DETAILED
PERFORMANCE" or "EVALUATED PERFORMANCE ". Do not use products that have only
been tested for "INTENDED USE".
Paints and coatings must comply with Master Painters Institute Green
D
Gloss levels must comply with the MPI system of determining gloss as
defined in the Evaluation sections of the MPI Manuals. Utilize the
performance characteristics of the paint gloss and sheen to categorize
paint rather than manufacturers description of the product. The MPI
Gloss Levels are indicated by the notation G1, G2, G3, G4, G5, G6,
or G7. Navy only uses MPI Gloss Levels G2, G3, G5, G6.
The MPI Decision Tree indicates a default gloss level for each paint
system, however consider the appearance, anticipated conditions, and
need for cleaning when establishing the final gloss level for each
coated surface of the project. Comply with the following guidance in
c. Use G5 Semigloss for walls, doors and trim for high durability
and clean ability and when a surface is expected to have routine human
contact.
The MPI gloss and sheen standard values are per ASTM D523, and are
as follows:
T
Sheen@85 Degrees
Gloss Level 1(G1)-
-Matte or Flat Max.5 units Max.10
units
AF
Gloss Level 2(G2)--"Velvet-like" Flat Max. 10 units 10-35
units
Gloss Level 3(G3)--"Eggshell-like" Max. 10-25 units 10-35
units
Gloss Level 4(G4)-"Satin-like Max. 20-35 units Min. 35
units
Gloss Level 5(G5)-Semi-Gloss 35-70 units
Gloss Level 6(G6)--Gloss 70-85 units
R
Gloss Level 7(G7)--High Gloss More than 85 units
The MPI coating system number description is found in either the MPI
Architectural Painting Specification Manual or the Maintenance
Repainting Manual and defined as an exterior system
T
deteriorated or loose coatings before repainting begins. Oil and
grease must be removed prior to mechanical cleaning. Cleaning must
be programmed so that dust and other contaminants will not fall on
AF
wet, newly painted surfaces. Exposed ferrous metals such as nail
heads on or in contact with surfaces to be painted with water-thinned
paints, must be spot-primed with a suitable corrosion-inhibitive
primer capable of preventing flash rusting and compatible with the
coating specified for the adjacent areas.
Provide road and parking lot pavement marking in accordance with UFGS 32
17 23.00 20, Pavement Markings.
Provide road and parking lot pavement marking in accordance with UFGS 32
17 23.00 20, Pavement Markings.
T
(1) 5.2C - Heat resistant - inorganic zinc coating
Primer:
AF
Intermediate/ Topcoat:
instructions.
Sealant joint design, priming, tooling, masking, cleaning and application must
be in accordance with the general requirements of Sealants: A Professionals' Guide
from the Sealant, Waterproofing & Restoration Institute (SWRI). All sealant must
conform to ASTM C 920.
Joints must include proper backing material for sealant support during
application, control of sealant depth, and to act as a bond breaker. Use filler
boards, backer rods and bond breaker tapes. Provide priming unless specifically
not recommended by the sealant manufacturer. Applied sealant must be tooled.
Tooling must not compact sealant too less than the minimum sealant thickness
required. Mask adjacent surfaces to control sealant boundaries during sealant
application.
Sun control devices must be manufactured devices to provide sun control on exterior
windows and storefronts. Sun control devices must be designed and installed to
withstand the wind loads prevailing at the project site.
T
Exterior sun screens must be of aluminum with 6063-T5/T6 aluminum
demountable frame attachment. Screen material must be formed factory
AF
finished metal from aluminum sheet per ASTM B 209. Screen material must be
factory finished coating in accordance with AAMA 2605 with a minimum coating
thickness of 1.2 mils. Sunscreen must be awning, fin or other type
appropriate to the installation.
Screen walls include attached or unattached walls adjacent to the main building.
R
Screen walls must conform to the applicable portions of Section B201001 EXTERIOR
CLOSURE.
Standard windows must be in compliance with ANSI/AAMA/WDMA 101, SWI SWS, UFC
4-010-01, and the design criteria of ASCE 7 for glazed windows to meet the Building
Code.
Comply with ASTM E 2112 and with flashing and weather-resistive barrier
manufacturers recommendations to install windows in framed wall construction.
Comply with window flashing details from BIA for masonry back-up and veneer walls.
Engineer and install window cleaning access and anchorage to the exterior wall
for facilities over three stories tall without interior window cleaning access
from pivoting or tilting sash. Provide anchors in accordance with OSHA standard
29 CFR Section 1910.66.
Windows must be provided with sills on the exterior and stools on the interior
of the opening. Sills must be special shape or cut unit masonry or precast concrete
in masonry exterior construction and extruded aluminum or aluminum-wrapped wood
framing or formed metal in other construction. Positively slope sills away from
windows. Window stools must be slate or solid polymer for commercial construction
and painted wood for residential construction.
T
B202001 WINDOWS
AF
Exterior windows must consist of fixed and operable sash used singly and in
multiples. Provide operable sash in spaces occupied by people as a minimum.
Include operating hardware, non-corroding framed metal screens for operable sash,
integrated blinds set between glass panels and security grilles. Provide jamb
support for larger windows where recommended by manufacturer. Metal windows with
insulating glass must have thermally broken frames and sash. Provide thermally
broken windows and window assemblies where separating conditioned and
unconditioned spaces. Provide windows and window assemblies that bear an NFRC
R
energy performance label and meet or exceed current EnergyStar requirements.
Conform to SWI SWS. Solid hot-rolled steel shape welded frames and
mullions. Provide chemically cleaned and primed galvanized frames
with polysteel powder coat finish. Provide glazing beads, steel frame
screens with aluminum mesh at operable sashes, hardware and locks,
and tinted glazing. Aluminum screens must comply with ANSI/SMA 1004.
Security windows delay forced entry into the building through the
windows. In addition to meeting the requirements of AAMA 101, windows
designated "resistance to forced entry" must conform to the
requirements of AAMA 1302.
T
ANSI/AAMA/WDMA 101 or ASTM D 4099. The exterior grade polyvinyl
chloride extrusion must comply with AAMA 303 and ASTM 4726.
AF
B202001 1.1.5 Wood Windows
a. Finish
B202002 STOREFRONTS
Provide one-story storefront system fabricated from formed and extruded aluminum
and glass components for exterior use.
T
be limited to 1/240 + 1/4" of its clear span, except that maximum
deflection of members supporting plaster surfaces must not exceed
1/360 of its span.
AF
c. Air Infiltration - Air leakage through fixed light areas of
storefront must not exceed 0.06 cfm per square foot of surface area
when tested in accordance with ASTM E283 at differential static
pressure of 6.24 psf (33.84 Kg/m2).
ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063-T6 for extrusions. ASTM B 209, alloy and temper
T
B202003 CURTAIN WALLS
AF
B202003 1.1 GLAZED CURTAIN WALL SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
Provide thermally broken curtain wall framing and infill glazing and panels
where separating conditioned and unconditioned spaces.
For curtain wall systems over two stories in height reinforce curtain
wall members and provide support for cleaning rigs. The support for
cleaning rigs may be provided by other elements of the facility.
T
1) Wind loads for exterior assemblies: Provide systems capable
of performing at a minimum C acting inward and 25 psf (122 Kg/m2)
AF
acting outward. Design system to withstand this as a minimum
and comply with design pressure established within the required
ASCE 7-05 Wind Speed Calculations determined by the overall
average opening within the project.
T
the building interior by masonry walls, masonry cavity walls,
or encased in masonry cores is not required to comply with the
flame spread and smoke developed ratings specified.
AF
2) Curtain Wall Systems: Material for firestopping the
opening between the edge of the floor slab and back of the
curtain wall system, must have not less than the flame spread
and smoke developed ratings specified for insulation which is
neither isolated from the building interior nor encased in
masonry cores.
R
3) Curtain Wall Panels: Panels for fire resistive curtain
walls must have the required fire resistive rating when tested
in accordance with ASTM E 119.
D
T
B202003 1.1.8 Curtain Wall Components
AF
The curtain wall and the components listed below must be designed to
meet the performance requirements below.
Heat age specimens seven days at 158 degrees F (70 degrees C),
in zipped or locked position under full design compression.
Unzip, cool for one hour, re-zip, and test lip seal pressure,
which must be minimum 2.5 pounds per linear inch on any extruded
or corner specimen.
e. Spandrel Glass: Fallout resistance test, ASTM C 1048.
f. Porcelain Enamel: Acid resistance, color retention, and spall
resistance tests, PEI 1001.
g. Anodized Finishes: Aluminum used for framing must have a color
anodized NAAMM MFM finish designation AA-MIO-C22-A34 and
AA-MIO-C22-A44, meeting the requirements of AAMA 611.
h. Glass and Glazing:
T
flatness specified.
3) Nonmetallic Panels
AF
a) Panels must be glass-faced on the side that will be
exposed to view. Glass must be spandrel glass with ceramic
coating on its non-weathering surface and smooth finish on the
exposed surface; backing must be adhesively bonded to
non-weathering surface.
chips.
l. Metal Windows - Conform to ANSI/AAMA/WDMA 101. Provide inside
glazing with removable metal glazing beads except for windows
with structural glazing. Factory finish aluminum windows and
provide with aluminum frame screens with aluminum mesh at
operable sash, hardware and locks, and tinted glazing. Aluminum
screens must comply with ANSISMA 1004.
Provide setting and sealing materials, stops and gaskets as recommended by the
glass or acrylic sheet manufacturer.
Provide warranty for insulating glass units for a period of 10 years against
development of material obstruction to vision (such as dust or film formation on
the inner glass surfaces) caused by failure of the hermetic seal, other than through
glass breakage. The Contractor must require the glazing warranty for curtain wall
glazing to be written directly to the Government.
Provide warranty for polycarbonate sheet glazing for a period of 5-years against
breakage, coating delamination, and yellowing.
T
B202004 1.1 GLASS
AF
B202004 1.1.1 Clear Glass
ASTM 1036, Type I, Class 2 (heat absorbing and light reducing), Quality
q3 (select), 1/4 inch (6 mm) thick, with a light transmittance of
R
approximately 45 percent and total solar transmittance of not more
than 50 percent for 1/4 inch (6 mm) thickness. Use warm color tint
for warm color frames and cool color tints for white and gray frames.
D
resistive gas. The air space must be sized to meet the thermal
requirements below but not less than one half inch(12 mm) for
non-residential construction and one quarter inch(6 mm) minimum for
residential construction.
T
hermetically sealed. Dimensional tolerances must be as specified in
IGMA TR-1200. The units must conform to ASTM E 773 and ASTM E 774,
Class A. Provide primary seal, secondary seal, and spacers to
AF
eliminate moisture and hydrocarbon vapor transmission into airspace.
Warranty insulating glass units against development of material
obstruction to vision (such as dust, fogging, or film formation on
the inner glass surfaces) caused by failure of the hermetic seal for
a 10-year period following acceptance of the work.
ASTM 1172 and UL 752, fabricated from Type I, Class 1, Quality q3 glass
with polyvinyl butyral plastic interlayers between the layers of glass
and listed by UL ABPMED as bullet resisting, with a power rating of
Medium---Small
- Arms, High---Small
- Arms, Super---Small
- Arms,
T
High---Rifle,
- or as required by the building program in accordance with
UL 752.
AF
B202004 1.1.8 Patterned Glass
ASTM D 3595, ANSI Z97.1, Mar-resistant, Clear and smooth both sides
when used for vision glazing; Translucent, textured both sides when
used for obscure glazing, tint to match frame, ultraviolet stabilized,
thickness to be specified in mm and inches, and listed in UL ABPMED
as burglar resisting. Mar-resistant sheet must have a change in haze
of between 5 and 8 percent under silica carbide test, 56.44 ounces
(1600 grams), ASTM D 673.
Existing windows that will not be replaced in the project must have fragment
retention film if they require antiterrorism protection. The film must be
polyester, polyethylene terephthalate, or a composite. Fragment retention
film must be optically clear and free of waves, distortions, impurities,
and adhesive lines. The film may be a single layer or laminated.
Lamination of the film must only occur at the factory of the fragment
T
retention film manufacturer. The film must include an abrasion resistant
coating on the surface that does not receive the film adhesive. Fragment
retention film must be a minimum thickness of 0.004 inch (0.1016 mm), or
AF
0.007 inch (0.1778 mm), or 0.010 inch (0.254 mm). The film must be supplied
with an optically clear weatherable pressure sensitive adhesive. The
adhesive must contain ultraviolet inhibitors to protect the film for its
required life and must limit ultraviolet transmission to not more than 8
percent of the radiation between 300 and 380 nanometers. The adhesive must
not be water activated. A water-soluble detackifier or release liner may
be incorporated over the adhesive to facilitate film application. The
adhesive must be 90 percent cured within 30 days of installation. Adhesives
R
on film thicknesses of 0.010 inch (0.254 mm) and greater must be a minimum
of 0.0008 inch (0.02032 mm) thick.
Frames and glass channels must be of heavy type 6063-TS aluminum extrusions
with reinforcing as required. Include bullet-resistant glazing and
heavy-duty operable pass tray. Unit must have a minimum of architectural
Class I anodized coating or a high-performance organic coating conforming
to AAMA 2605. AAMA coatings must have a total dry film thickness of 1.2
mils.
Exterior doors must be heavy duty insulated steel doors and frames for service
access. Door frames must be welded. Corner knockdown door frames are not
permitted.
Use heavy-duty overhead holder and closer to protect doors from wind damage.
Provide kickplates on the inside face of all exterior doors.
Weather-protect all exterior doors and related construction with low infiltration
weatherstripping and sealants. Provide threshold with offset to stop water
penetration while maintaining accessibility compliance.
See section B203008, EXTERIOR DOOR HARDWARE, for door hardware requirements. For
all installations, provide a recessed key box (Knox Box) approximately 7 inches
x 7 inches (175 mm x 175 mm) with 4-3/4 inches (120 mm) solid steel door at primary
exterior entry for storage of keys and access cards accessible by the fire
department.
T
Steel doors must be ANSI A250.8, Level 4, exterior, main entry doors,
with a physical performance level of, Model 1 or 2.
AF
Doors may be specified to be insulated. Door selection must be
specified in the project program according to the following:
U-factor of .48 in accordance with SDI 113 and must conform to:
T
or provide snap-on moldings. Muntins must interlock at
intersections and must be fitted and welded to stationary
moldings.
AF
B203001 1.1.5 Standard Steel Frames
Anchor all frames with a minimum of three jamb anchors and base steel
anchors per frame, zinc-coated or painted with rust-inhibitive paint,
not lighter than 18 gage. Mortar infill frames in masonry walls, and
D
infill with gypsum board compound at each jamb anchor in metal frame
walls. Only use surface exposed bolted anchors in concrete walls.
Solid wood or particleboard core with solid wood edge bands and reinforced
at all hardware attachments to door with sound grade hardwood. Exterior
wood doors are only allowed in residential construction where facility
design, overhangs and porches eliminate direct rain/moisture contact from
wind driven rain.
Stile and rail doors must be premium or custom grade Ponderosa pine
stile and rail doors conforming to WDMA I.S.6A-01, heavy duty.
Exterior Flush Doors - Solid wood core, Type I conforming to WDMA I.S.
1-A.
T
Door louvers must be of the manufacturer's standard design and must
transmit a minimum of 35 percent free air. Louver must be a galvanized
AF
coated louvers with insect screens and comply with SDI 111-C, must
be stationary, sight-proof type. Use lightproof louvers if function
of room requires darkness.
Refer to RFP PART 3, Chapter 6 for project specific exterior overhead sectional
and roll-up doors system requirements. Do not use exterior roll-up doors as an
entrance into conditioned spaces.
T
door, or if the door is equal to or greater than 16 feet (4877 mm) high or
wide. Design door storage to allow full use of the space around the door
for the activities required in the space. Provide a minimum of 16 inches
AF
(400 mm) of headroom for 2 inch (50 mm) tracks, 21 inches (525 mm) of headroom
for 3 inch (75 mm) tracks, or a high lift type or vertical lift type. If
motorized, provide limit switches to automatically stop doors at the fully
open and closed positions. Provide readily adjustable limit switch
positions.
Doors must remain operable and undamaged after conclusion of tests conducted
in accordance with ASTM E 330 using the design wind load. Form steel door
R
sections of hot-dipped galvanized steel not lighter than 16 gage using a
flush surface without ribs or grooves. Sections must be not less than 1
3/4 inches (44.50 mm) minimum panel thickness. Provide maximum insulation
value to insulate doors as required to meet energy requirements. Cover
D
interior of door sections with steel sheets of not lighter than 24 gauge
to completely enclose the insulating material. Provide galvanized steel
tracks not lighter than 14 gauge for 2 inch (50 mm) tracks and not lighter
than 12 gauge for 3 inch (75 mm) track. Provide a positive locking device
and cylinder lock with two keys on manually operated doors. Form aluminum
door panels of 0.050 inch (1.3 mm) sheet aluminum and styles and rails of
6063-T6 aluminum. Galvanize door and steel sheet metal components in
accordance with ASTM A653.
Finish steel door and components with hot dipped galvanized coating and apply
a baked-on primer and topcoat painted finish. If powder coat finish is
required in RFP Part 3, Chapter 6, painted system must conform to the
following requirements;
DOR utilize UFGS Specification Section 08 34 16.10, Steel Sliding Hangar Doors,
or Specification Section 08 34 16.20, Vertical Lift Fabric Doors, for the project
specification submittal for the project. Refer to the Project Program for which
T
type of hanger door is used on this project.
BHMA A156.1, size to match door size, but in no case less than 4-1/2 x 4-1/2
D
inches (114 mm x 114 mm), with non-removable pin and anti-friction bearing
hinges. Use two hinges for doors 60 inches (1500 mm) or less in height and
one additional hinge for each additional 30 inches (750 mm), or fraction
thereof, in door height.
BHMA A156.4.
B203008 1.3.1 Combination Locks for Sensitive Areas and Vault Doors
Where required, provide card key type access units. Provide lithium battery
powered, magnetic stripe keycard locksets that are ANSI/BHMA A156.13, Series
1000, Grade 1, mortise or ANSI/BHMA A156.2, Series 4000, Grade 1, cylindrical
T
locks, tamper resistant, UL listed with 1 inch (25 mm) throw deadbolt,
3/4-inch (19 mm) throw latch bolt, auxiliary deadlocking latch, and 2-3/4
inch (68.75 mm) backset. The latch bolt and the dead bolt must be operated
AF
simultaneously by rotating inside lever. Locks with mechanical override
lock cylinders are not acceptable. Locks must be operated only by a
correctly encoded keycard. Use of a newly issued keycard automatically
re-keys the lock and voids the previous keycard. The lock must re-lock
immediately after outside lever is turned and latch retracted. Locks must
have memory that is capable of recording up to 140 entries into each room,
identification of the keycard used to access the room, the date and time
of entry. Entry information of the lock must be retrievable by a data key
R
that can be inserted into the lock and then taken to the front desk printer
to display information. Other components that are required for this system
at the front desk are a personal or laptop computer, printer and encoder
to program each key.
D
For exit device locks with card key access, provide mortise type, narrow
stile exit devices with 24 volt DC, solenoid option for card key exterior
access at aluminum storefront doors. Provide mortise type exit devices with
24 volt DC, solenoid option with alarm and remote exterior access for card
key access at insulated hollow metal doors. The alarmed exit device must
sound when exiting only.
BHMA A 156.5.
If required, provide cylinders and cores for new locks, including locks
provided under other sections of this specification. Cylinders and cores
must have seven pin tumblers. Cylinders must be products of one
manufacturer, and cores must be the products of one manufacturer. Rim
cylinders, mortise cylinders, and knobs of bored locksets must have
interchangeable cores, which are removable by special control keys. Stamp
each interchangeable core with a key control symbol in a concealed place
on the core.
T
B203008 1.8 KEYING SYSTEM
Keying system must be a master key system for the facility, unless more than
AF
one tenant/tenant command must reside in a facility, or a grand master keying
system, or great, grand master keying system if multiple tenants or buildings
are required. The keying system must be an extension of the existing keying
system for additions to existing facilities. The keying system must allow
for construction interchangeable cores when subcontractors require keys
during construction. If required, provide a key cabinet.
Furnish one file key, one duplicate key and one working key for each key
exchange and for each master and grand master keying system.
Knobs and roses must meet test requirements of BHMA A 156.2 and BHMA
A 156.13.
BHMA A 156.16, Grade 1. Provide two flush bolts for each inactive leaf of
a pair of doors.
BHMA A 156.4, Series C02000, Grade 1, with PT 4C, 1-1/2 inch piston, heavy
duty forged arm, full size case. Provide closers for all exterior doors,
fire-rated doors, corridor doors, stairway doors, and secure area doors,
for non-residential (commercial) construction, as a minimum.
T
BHMA A 156.8, Grade 1. Provide for exterior doors for non-residential
(commercial) construction.
AF
B203008 1.14 DOOR PROTECTION PLATES
Kick plates must conform to BHMA A 156.6. Provide kick plates on all doors
with closers and all doors leading to corridors or circulation spaces.
Provide armor plates on all doors to receive cart traffic. Provide mop
plates on all doors in rooms with a mopable floor finish that do not have
kick plates.
R
BHMA A 156.16. Provide silencers, Type L03011, three per single door and
D
BHMA A 156.22. Air leakage of weatherstripped doors must not exceed 0.5
CFM of air per square foot of door for residential doors, and 1.25 CFM for
non-residential doors (unless a more restrictive infiltration level is
specified).
For all exterior doors that open to the outside, where the door swing area
is not covered by an overhang, provide top and bottom rain drips complying
with ANSI R3Y535 as a minimum. Greater weathersealing may be required by
One of the following hardware finish systems must be provided, and match
the interior door hardware:
a. BHMA A156.18. Hardware must have BHMA 630 finish (satin stainless
steel), unless specified otherwise. Provide items not manufactured
in stainless steel in BHMA 626 finish (satin chromium plated) over
brass or bronze, except surface door closers which must have aluminum
paint finish, and except steel hinges which must have BHMA 652 finish
(satin chromium plated). Hinges for exterior doors must be stainless
steel with BHMA 630 finish or chromium plated brass or bronze with
BHMA 626 finish. Exit devices may be provided in BHMA 626 finish in
lieu of BHMA 630 finish. Exposed parts of concealed closers must have
finish to match lock and door trim. Hardware for aluminum doors must
be finished to match the doors.
b. BHMA A156.18. Hardware must have BHMA 612 finish (satin bronze),
unless specified otherwise. Surface door closers must have bronze
T
paint finish. Steel hinges must have BHMA 639 finish (satin bronze
plated). Exposed parts of concealed closers must have finish to match
lock and door trim. Hardware for aluminum doors must be finished to
AF
match the doors. Hardware showing on interior of bathrooms, shower
rooms, toilet rooms, washrooms, laundry rooms, and kitchens must have
BHMA 629 finish (bright stainless steel) or BHMA 625 finish (bright
chromium plated).
Where required, provide special function exterior doors and gates and assemblies
R
required for the proper operation and functioning of the facility. Exterior doors
system may include factory-finished or painted doors and frames.
-- End of Section --
T
AF
R
D
SECTION B30
ROOFING
05/14
B30 GENERAL
RFP Part 3 including the Engineering System Requirements (ESR) provide project
specific requirements. The RFP Part 4, Performance Technical Sections (PTS)
provide generalized technical requirements that apply to multiple facility types
and include more requirements than are applicable to any one project. Therefore,
only the RFP Part 4 requirements that apply to the project and further define the
RFP Part 3 project specific requirements are required.
T
Government Standards. The general requirements of this PTS section are
located in PTS Section Z10, General Performance Technical Specification.
AF
Industry standards, codes, and Government standards that are referenced in
the section text that are not found in the Unified Master Reference List
(UMRL) in the Construction Criteria Base (CCB) at the Whole Building Design
Guide Website are listed below for basic designation identification.
Comply with the required and advisory portions of the current edition of
the standard at the time of contract award.
T
Verification of satisfactory roofing system performance shall be via
Performance Verification Testing, and by field inspection as detailed in
this section of the RFP. All performance and acceptance testing including
AF
final/warranty inspections shall be witnessed by the Contracting Officer
on all significant roof projects.
T
inspections procedures, and in accordance with industry standard
guidelines.
AF
Contractor shall provide the following additional information at the
pre-roofing conference: Procedure for the roof manufacturers
technical representative's onsite inspection and acceptance of the
roofing substrate, roof insulation, and installation of the roofing
in accordance with the roof system warranty, the name of the
manufacturer's technical representatives, the frequency of the onsite
visits, copies of the roof status reports from the technical
representatives to the roof manufacturer, and pertinent structural
R
details to the roofing system.
Plug roof drains and fill with water to the edge of the drain sump
for 24 hours. Not all drains shall be tested at one time. Measure
water at the beginning and end of the 24 hour time period to ensure
there is no leakage. Repeat testing until all leaks have been located,
corrected, and no leaks found.
T
B30 1.4 CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTALS
AF
Submit construction submittals in accordance with PTS Section Z10, General
Performance Technical Specifications. In addition to the Z10 requirements,
the Designer of Record (DOR) shall approve the following submittals as a
minimum:
Roof coverings shall comply with the requirements of UFC 3-110-03, Roofing, and
NRCA, Roofing and Waterproofing Manual found at
http://www.nrca.net/rp/technical/manual/manual.aspx as the primary NAVFAC
roofing criteria. Roof selection shall comply with UFC 3-330-02A, Design:
Commentary on Roof Systems. Determine wind uplift using wind speed in accordance
with ASCE-7.
Submit the INFORMATION CARD (see "Form 1" at the end of this section) Provide a
typewritten card, laminated in plastic and framed in a weather-tight frame, or
a photoengraved 0.032-inch (0.81 mm) thick aluminum card for the roof. This card
shall be a minimum size of 8 1/2 x 11 inch (216 x 280 mm) and contain information
listed in the attached Form 1. Install the card where directed. Furnish framed
card and a duplicate card to the Designer of Record.
Slope conversions from low slope to steep slope roofing systems must specifically
address temporary waterproofing protection where new framing connections
penetrate the existing low slope system.
T
b. Underlayment Membrane - For standard slate roofs, roofing felts
shall be un-perforated asphalt-saturated felts, No. 30 or
heavier. For graduated slate roofs, two layers of felts shall
AF
be applied with joints and laps staggered. When roof slopes
are less than 4:12, a double layer of felt shall be applied in
mastic or hot asphalt shall be applied. At the roofing
perimeter, eaves, rakes, sidewalls, head walls, valleys and all
penetrations, install self-adhering membrane (3 foot band
minimum) (900 mm band minimum).
c. Fastening - Nails shall be stainless steel or copper ring shank
nails. Nails shall be long enough to penetrate the roof
R
sheathing with heads of sufficient diameter to prevent pullover
of slate. Slate shall hang on the shaft of the fastener, and
drawn to, but not tight against the slate surface. Exposed
nails on the top courses shall be sealed. In high wind areas,
D
The shingle roofing system shall be installed in accordance with NRCA Roofing
and Waterproofing Manual(Latest Edition), "Steep Roofing", closed cut
valley flashing shall not be allowed and per ASTM D 3462.
T
valleys, sidewalls and starter strips.
d. Nails - 11 or 12 gauge hot-dipped galvanized steel, corrosion
resistant roofing nails, with sharp points and flat heads 3/8
AF
inch to 7/16 inch (9.5 mm to 11 mm) diameter. Shank diameter
shall be a minimum of 0.105 inch (2.7 mm) to a maximum of 0.135
inch (3.4 mm). Nails shall be long enough to penetrate through
all layers of roofing materials and achieve secure anchorage
into a roof deck. A minimum of 4 nails shall be used on a full
width shingle, and six nails in high wind areas. Location of
nails shall be as shown in manufacturers printed installation
instructions. Staples are not permitted as a means of
R
attachment.
e. Asphalt Roof Cement - ASTM D 4586, Type II
f. Asphalt Primer - ASTM D 41
D
The contractor shall warrant for 30 years that the tile roofing system,
as installed, is free from defects in workmanship.
holes.
10:12 slope and above shall have a minimum of one layer of number
30 felt, laid in shingle fashion with a minimum of a 2 inch (50
mm) lap.
T
a. Felt Underlayment - Asphalt saturated felt
conforming to ASTM D 226, Type I.
AF
b. Flexible Hip, Starter and Ridge Flashing - Provide
SBS Modified rubberized asphalt adhesive on a
linear, low-density polyethylene membrane with a
60 mil total thickness, or 40 mil thick
self-adhered membrane underlayment in accordance
with ASTM D 1970. At the roofing perimeter, eaves,
rakes, sidewalls, head walls, valleys and all
penetrations, install self-adhering membrane (3
R
foot (900 mm) band minimum).
T
Metal Manual.
ASTM C 270, Type M mortar mix. Mortar set tile shall not be used in
high-wind areas.
D
ASTM D 4586.
Provide foam plastic adhesive designed to meet the concrete and clay
tile roofing industries requirements for adhering roofing tile to
specified roof underlayment assemblies. Foam adhesive shall meet
ASTM E 84, with a flame spread of less than 75. When tested in
accordance with ASTM E 108, the roof covering system shall qualify
as a Class 'A' roof covering system.
B301001 1.4 METAL ROOF PANELS (ARCHITECTURAL STANDING SEAM METAL ROOFS ON
SUPPORTED SUBSTRATE)
The SSMR system covered under this specification shall include the
entire roofing system; the standing seam metal roof panels, fasteners,
connectors, roof securement components, and assemblies tested and
approved in accordance with ASTM E 1592. In addition, the system
shall consist of panel finishes, slip sheet, insulation, vapor
retarder, all accessories, components, and trim and all connections
with roof panels. This includes roof penetration items such as vents,
curbs, skylights; interior or exterior gutters and downspouts; eaves,
ridge, hip, valley, rake, gable, wall, or other roof system flashings
installed and any other components specified within this contract to
T
provide a weathertight roof system.
T
B301001 1.4.2 Metal Roof Design Requirements
Apply roofing panels with the standing seams parallel to the slope
of the roof. Provide roofing panels in longest practical lengths from
ridge to eaves (top to eaves on shed roofs), with no transverse joints
T
except at the junction of ventilators, curbs, and similar openings.
Install flashing to assure positive water drainage away from roof
penetrations. Locate panel end laps such that fasteners do not engage
AF
supports or otherwise restrain the longitudinal thermal movement of
panels. Attach panels to the structure with concealed clips
incorporated into panel seams. Clip attachment shall allow roof to
move independently of the structure, except at fixed points as
necessary.
The SSSMR system covered under this specification shall include the
entire roofing system; the standing seam metal roof panels, fasteners,
D
a. Dead Loads - The dead load shall be the weight of the SSSMR
system. Collateral loads such as sprinklers, mechanical and
electrical systems, and ceilings shall not be attached to the
panels.
b. Concentrated Loads - The panels and anchor clips shall be
capable of supporting a 300 pound concentrated load. The
concentrated load shall be applied at the panel mid-span and
will be resisted by a single standing seam metal roof panel
assumed to be acting as a beam. The un-deformed shape of the
panel shall be used to determine the section properties.
c. Uniform Loads - The panels and concealed anchor clips shall be
capable of supporting the minimum uniform live load specified
in the project program.
d. Roof Snow Loads - The design roof snow loads shall be shown on
T
the contract drawings.
e. Wind Loads - The design wind uplift pressure for the roof system
shall be shown on the contract drawings. The design uplift
AF
force for each connection assembly shall be that pressure given
for the area under consideration, multiplied by the tributary
load area of the connection assembly. The safety factor listed
below shall be applied to the design force and compared against
the ultimate capacity. Prying shall be considered when
figuring fastener design loads.
accordance with AISC 335, AISI SG-973, or SJI Specs & Tables.
Maximum deflection under applied live load, snow, or wind load
shall not exceed 1/180 of the span length.
g. Roof Panels Design - Deflections shall be based on panels being
continuous across three or more supports. Deflection shall be
calculated and measured along the major ribs of the panels.
T
accordance with ASTM E 1592. In addition, the system shall
consist of panel finishes, slip sheet, insulation, vapor
retarder, all accessories, components, and trim and all
AF
connections with roof panels. This includes roof penetration
items such as vents, curbs, and skylights; interior or exterior
gutters and downspouts; eaves, ridge, hip, valley, rake, gable,
wall, or other roof system flashings installed and any other
components specified within this contract to provide a
weathertight roof system; and items specified in other sections
of these specifications that are part of the SSSMR system. All
material and workmanship deficiencies, system deterioration
R
caused by exposure to the elements /or inadequate resistance
to specified design loads, water leaks and wind uplift damage
shall be repaired as approved by the DOR. See the attached
Contractor's required warranty for issue resolution of
D
T
Panels shall be steel or aluminum and shall have a factory color or
mill finish. Length of sheets shall be sufficient to cover the entire
AF
length of any unbroken roof slope for slope lengths that do not exceed
30 feet. When length of run exceeds 30 feet and panel laps are provided,
each sheet in the run shall extend over three or more supports. Sheets
longer than 100 feet may be furnished if approved by the DOR. Width
of sheets shall provide not more than 24 inches of coverage in place.
SSSMR system with roofing panels greater than 12 inches in width shall
have standing seams rolled during installation by an electrically
driven seaming machine.
R
a. Steel panels
Concealed anchor clips shall be the same as the tested roofing system.
T
the fastener penetration. Washer material shall be compatible with
the roofing; have a minimum diameter of 3/8 inch for structural
connections; and gasketed portion of fasteners or washers shall be
AF
neoprene or other equally durable elastomeric material approximately
1/8 inch thick. Exposed fasteners for factory color finished panels
shall be factory finished to match the color of the panels.
shall consist of the same coating and dry film thickness as the
exterior. The exterior color finish shall meet the test requirements
specified below.
T
inch diameter hemispherical head indenter, equal to 1.5 times
the metal thickness in mils, expressed in inch-pounds, with no
cracking.
e.
AF
Abrasion Resistance Test - When subjected to the falling sand
test in accordance with ASTM D 968, Method A, the coating system
shall withstand a minimum of 2.83 cubic feet (80 liters) of sand
before the appearance of the base metal. The term "appearance
of base metal" refers to the metallic coating on steel or the
aluminum base metal.
f. Specular Gloss - Where considerations for flight line
visibility (or other considerations) mandate, finished roof
R
surfaces shall have a specular gloss value of 10 or less at
an angle of 85 degrees or 30 plus or minus the value specified
in the project program at 60 degrees when measured in accordance
with ASTM D 523.
D
T
shall be used. A fully compatible polyethylene tape with equal
or better water vapor control characteristics than the vapor
retarder material shall be provided. A cloth industrial duct
AF
tape in a utility grade shall also be provided to use as needed
to protect the vapor retarder from puncturing.
c. Slip Sheet for Use With Vapor Retarder - Slip sheet for use with
vapor retarder shall be a 5 lb. per 100 square feet rosin-sized,
unsaturated building paper.
T
rated in accordance with ASTM E 108 , FM 4470, or UL 790; and2) Be
listed as part of Fire-Classified roof deck construction in UL RMSD, or
Class I roof deck construction in FM P7825c.
d. Traffic Pads - Provide on roof system to protect roof from foot
AF
traffic. Provide traffic pads from roof access to and around roof
mounted mechanical equipment and underneath removable mechanical
equipment access panels. Traffic pads shall be of compatible
material to roof.
e. Cool Roof - If required in RFP Part 2 or Part 3 comply with UFC 3-110-03,
Roofing Chapter 1, Cool Roofs. Cool roof design must follow the
requirements in UFC 3-110-03 "Roofing" Chapter 1, Cool Roofs.
R
B301002 1.2 BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING (AGGREGATE SURFACED)
3) Flashing Felt (SBS Modified Base Sheet - MB) per ASTM D 6162
(with combined polyester and glass fiber reinforcing), Type II,
Grade G (weighing 4.3(90 lbs./100sf), and a thickness of 130
mils) or Grade S (weighing 58 lbs./100sf and a thickness of 85
mils), ASTM D 6163 (with glass fiber reinforcing), Type II,
Grade G (weighing 90 lbs./100sf, and a thickness of 130 mils)
T
than 28 gage and not less than 1-3/8 inches (35 mm) in diameter.
h. Traffic Pads - Preformed reprocessed rubber, compatible with
the roof membrane, 1/4-inch (6.35 mm) minimum thickness,
AF
weighing not less than 1-1/2 pounds per square foot, to protect
roof from foot traffic. Provide traffic pads around roof
access and around roof mounted equipment and underneath
removable mechanical equipment access panels.
T
3) SBS Modified Base Sheet (MB) - ASTM D 6162 (with combined
polyester and glass fiber reinforcing), Type II, Grade S
weighing 58 lbs./100sf and a thickness of 85 mils), ASTM D 6163
AF
with glass fiber reinforcing), Type II, Grade S (weighing 58
lbs./100sf and a thickness of 85 mils), ASTM D 6164 (with
polyester reinforcing), Type II, Grade S (weighing 70
lbs./100sf and a thickness of 115 mils).
See B301001 1.5.1 "Structural Standing Seam Metal Roof System" for SSSMR
requirements.
The insulation system shall be coordinated with the mechanical design to suit the
energy requirements of the facility.
This paragraph covers the requirements for mineral fiber blanket thermal
insulation in attics and above ceilings.
T
rating of 150 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84.
Indicate insulation R-values on the design drawings.
b. Blocking - Treated wood, metal, un-faced mineral fiber blankets
AF
in accordance with ASTM C665, Type I. Blocking around chimneys
and other heat producing devices shall be non-combustible and
shall meet the requirements of ASTM E 136.
c. Vapor Retarder - 6 mil (minimum) thick polyethylene sheeting
conforming to ASTM D 4397, with a water permeance value of 1
perm or less when tested according with ASTM E 96.
R
B301003 1.2 ROOF AND DECK INSULATION
This paragraph covers the requirements for insulation materials used below
the roofing systems.
D
On portions of the roof where the sloping of structure does not allow
the minimum slopes, provide a factory tapered roof insulation system
to provide positive drainage of roof system, and to include drainage
around curbs, penetrations, and projections through the roof plane.
For new construction, provide one layer of the tapered roof insulation
assembly factory tapered to a slope not less than 1/2" per foot (13
mm per 300 mm). For re-roofing applications where slopes of 1/2" per
foot (13 mm per 300 mm) cannot be achieved, provide a minimum of 1/4"
per foot (6.35 mm per 300 mm) slope.
T
B301003 1.2.4 Glass Mat Gypsum Roof Board
AF
ASTM C 1177, with a 0 Flame Spread and 0 Smoke Developed when tested
in accordance with ASTM E 84.
1-3/8"(35 mm) diameter) and 28 gage, or plastic plates (not less than
3 inches (75 mm) in diameter).
T
Fasteners shall conform to FM A/S4470, and be placed to withstand an
uplift pressure of 90 psf (4.3 kPa) conforming to FM P7825, and FM
1-49 for perimeter fasteners.
AF
B301003 1.2.9 Wood Nailers
This paragraph covers the requirements for flashing and sheet metal work
including scuppers, splash pans, and sheet metal roofing. Flashing and
sheet metal shall be provided in accordance with roof manufacturers printed
installation instructions and in compliance with NRCA and SMACNA
recommendations.
T
l. Fasteners - Fasteners shall be of the same or compatible metal
with the item being fastened. Stainless steel fasteners shall
be used to fasten dissimilar materials.
AF
B301004 1.1.2 Field Quality Control
Provide gutters and downspouts compatible with roofing material and finish.
Concealed (interior) gutters and downspouts are prohibited. The primary and
secondary drainage systems shall be sized per applicable Plumbing and Building
Codes. Finish shall be baked-on factory applied color coating of polyvinylidene
fluoride (PVF2) or other equivalent fluorocarbon coating with a minimum thickness
of 0.8 to 1.3 mils.
Provide flashings for roof openings and supports as recommended by the NRCA
and as specified below:
When existing pitch pans cannot be avoided and must be utilized, insure pitch
pan is a preformed pan with minimum 4-inch (100 mm) height and 2-inch (50
mm) flange with 2-inch (50 mm) clearance on all sides of the penetration.
T
Fill bottom 1/3 with non-shrink grout. Fill remainder with pourable
elastomeric sealer sloped to drain. For round penetrations, provide a
metal umbrella cap clamped to the penetration.
AF
Assure all penetration flashings extend minimum 8 inches (200 mm) above the
finished roof surface. Use round shapes to construct equipment supports.
Equipment supports should be raised on a continuous curb a minimum of 14
inches (350 mm), but not less than as required by the NRCA.
Skylights and other glazed roof openings shall be used only to supplement
interior lighting levels (generally in steep slope or vertical
applications), and otherwise, are discouraged from use. Proper detailing
is critical, and shall be scrutinized closely to minimize the likelihood
of future leaks at these locations.
T
d. Change in light transmission of no more than 6% per ASTM D 1003,
and in color (yellowing index) no more than 10 points in
comparison to the original specified value over a 10 year
period.
AF
B301006 1.3.2 Skylight Panels
T
Provide rails or guards as required by the OSHA, the International Building
Code or other applicable safety standards.
-- End of Section --
FORMS
T
9. Vapor Retarder Type: __________________________________________________
AF
10. Roofing Description: __________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
Type: __________________________________________________________________
R
Method of attachment: __________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
T
AF
R
D
Form page 1
CONTRACTOR'S FIVE (5) YEAR NO PENAL SUM WARRANTY FOR STRUCTURAL STANDING SEAM METAL
ROOF (SSSMR) SYSTEM
FACILITY DESCRIPTION_________________________________________________
BUILDING NUMBER:_____________________________________________________
CONTRACT NUMBER:_____________________________________________________
CONTRACTOR
CONTRACTOR:__________________________________________________________
ADDRESS:_____________________________________________________________
T
POINT OF CONTACT:____________________________________________________
AF
TELEPHONE NUMBER:____________________________________________________
OWNER
OWNER:_______________________________________________________________
ADDRESS:_____________________________________________________________
R
POINT OF CONTACT:____________________________________________________
TELEPHONE NUMBER:____________________________________________________
D
CONSTRUCTION AGENT
CONSTRUCTION AGENT:__________________________________________________
ADDRESS:_____________________________________________________________
POINT OF CONTACT:____________________________________________________
TELEPHONE NUMBER:____________________________________________________
Warranty page 1
CONTRACTOR'S FIVE (5) YEAR NO PENAL SUM WARRANTY FOR STRUCTURAL STANDING SEAM METAL
ROOF (SSSMR) SYSTEM (continued)
T
INCLUDES ROOF PENETRATION ITEMS SUCH AS VENTS, CURBS, SKYLIGHTS; INTERIOR OR
EXTERIOR GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS; EAVES, RIDGE, HIP, VALLEY, RAKE, GABLE, WALL,
OR OTHER ROOF SYSTEM FLASHINGS INSTALLED AND ANY OTHER COMPONENTS SPECIFIED WITHIN
AF
THIS CONTRACT TO PROVIDE A WEATHERTIGHT ROOF SYSTEM; AND ITEMS SPECIFIED IN OTHER
SECTIONS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS THAT ARE PART OF THE SSSMR SYSTEM.
ALL MATERIAL DEFICIENCIES, WIND DAMAGE, STRUCTURAL FAILURE, AND LEAKAGE ASSOCIATED
WITH THE SSSMR SYSTEM COVERED UNDER THIS WARRANTY SHALL BE REPAIRED AS APPROVED
BY THE CONTRACTING OFFICER. THIS WARRANTY SHALL COVER THE ENTIRE COST OF REPAIR
OR REPLACEMENT, INCLUDING ALL MATERIAL, LABOR, AND RELATED MARKUPS. THE ABOVE
REFERENCED WARRANTY COMMENCED ON THE DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE ON
R
____________________________ AND WILL REMAIN IN EFFECT FOR STATED DURATION FROM
THIS DATE.
____________________________________________________________
Warranty page 2
CONTRACTOR'S FIVE (5) YEAR NO PENAL SUM WARRANTY FOR STRUCTURAL STANDING SEAM METAL
ROOF (SSSMR) SYSTEM (continued)
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPPLEMENT THIS WARRANTY WITH WRITTEN WARRANTIES FROM THE
MANUFACTURER AND INSTALLER OF THE SSSMR SYSTEM, WHICH SHALL BE SUBMITTED ALONG
WITH THE CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY. HOWEVER, THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE ULTIMATELY
RESPONSIBLE FOR THIS WARRANTY AS OUTLINED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS AND AS INDICATED
IN THIS WARRANTY EXAMPLE.
T
EXCLUSIONS FROM COVERAGE
AF
1. NATURAL DISASTERS, ACTS OF GOD (LIGHTNING, FIRE, EXPLOSIONS, SUSTAINED WIND
FORCES IN EXCESS OF THE DESIGN CRITERIA, EARTHQUAKES, AND HAIL).
5. FAILURE OF ANY PART OF THE SSSMR SYSTEM DUE TO ACTIONS BY THE OWNER TO INHIBIT
FREE DRAINAGE OF WATER FROM THE ROOF AND GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS OR ALLOW PONDING
WATER TO COLLECT ON THE ROOF SURFACE. CONTRACTOR'S DESIGN SHALL INSURE FREE
DRAINAGE FROM THE ROOF AND NOT ALLOW PONDING WATER.
6. THIS WARRANTY APPLIES TO THE SSSMR SYSTEM. IT DOES NOT INCLUDE ANY
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGE TO THE BUILDING INTERIOR OR CONTENTS THAT IS COVERED BY THE
WARRANTY OF CONSTRUCTION CLAUSE INCLUDED IN THIS CONTRACT.
**
Warranty page 3
CONTRACTOR'S FIVE (5) YEAR NO PENAL SUM WARRANTY FOR STRUCTURAL STANDING SEAM METAL
ROOF (SSSMR) SYSTEM (continued)
T
PERMANENT REPAIRS OR REPLACEMENT SHALL BE STARTED WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER RECEIPT
OF NOTICE, AND COMPLETED WITHIN A REASONABLE TIME FRAME. IF THE CONTRACTOR FAILS
TO ADEQUATELY RESPOND TO THE WARRANTY PROVISIONS, AS STATED IN THE CONTRACT AND
AF
AS CONTAINED HEREIN, THE CONTRACTING OFFICER MAY HAVE THE SSSMR SYSTEM REPAIRED
OR REPLACED BY OTHERS AND CHARGE THE COST TO THE CONTRACTOR.
IN THE EVENT THE CONTRACTOR DISPUTES THE EXISTENCE OF A WARRANTABLE DEFECT, THE
CONTRACTOR MAY CHALLENGE THE OWNER'S DEMAND FOR REPAIRS OR REPLACEMENT DIRECTED
BY THE OWNER OR CONTRACTING OFFICER EITHER BY REQUESTING A CONTRACTING OFFICER'S
DECISION UNDER THE CONTRACT DISPUTES ACT, OR BY REQUESTING THAT AN ARBITRATOR
RESOLVE THE ISSUE. THE REQUEST FOR AN ARBITRATOR MUST BE MADE WITHIN 48 HOURS
R
OF BEING NOTIFIED OF THE DISPUTED DEFECTS. UPON BEING INVOKED, THE PARTIES SHALL,
WITHIN TEN (10) DAYS, JOINTLY REQUEST A LIST OF FIVE (5) ARBITRATORS FROM THE
FEDERAL MEDIATION AND CONCILIATION SERVICE. THE PARTIES SHALL CONFER WITHIN TEN
(10) DAYS AFTER RECEIPT OF THE LIST TO SEEK AGREEMENT ON AN ARBITRATOR. IF THE
D
PARTIES CANNOT AGREE ON AN ARBITRATOR, THE CONTRACTING OFFICER AND THE PRESIDENT
OF THE CONTRACTOR'S COMPANY WILL STRIKE ONE (1) NAME FROM THE LIST ALTERNATIVELY
UNTIL ONE (1) NAME REMAINS. THE REMAINING PERSON SHALL BE THE DULY SELECTED
ARBITRATOR. THE COSTS OF THE ARBITRATION, INCLUDING THE ARBITRATOR'S FEE AND
EXPENSES, COURT REPORTER, COURTROOM OR SITE SELECTED, ETC., SHALL BE BORNE EQUALLY
BETWEEN THE PARTIES. EITHER PARTY DESIRING A COPY OF THE TRANSCRIPT SHALL PAY
FOR THE TRANSCRIPT. A HEARING WILL BE HELD AS SOON AS THE PARTIES CAN MUTUALLY
AGREE. A WRITTEN ARBITRATOR'S DECISION WILL BE REQUESTED NOT LATER THAN 30 DAYS
FOLLOWING THE HEARING. THE DECISION OF THE ARBITRATOR WILL NOT BE BINDING;
HOWEVER, IT WILL BE ADMISSIBLE IN ANY SUBSEQUENT APPEAL UNDER THE CONTRACT DISPUTES
ACT.
A FRAMED COPY OF THIS WARRANTY SHALL BE POSTED IN THE MECHANICAL ROOM OR OTHER
APPROVED LOCATION DURING THE ENTIRE WARRANTY PERIOD.
Warranty page 4
T
AF
R
D
SECTION C10
INTERIOR CONSTRUCTION
05/14
C10 GENERAL
RFP Part 3 including the Engineering System Requirements (ESR) provide project
specific requirements. The RFP Part 4, Performance Technical Sections (PTS)
provide generalized technical requirements that apply to multiple facility types
and include more requirements than are applicable to any one project. Therefore,
only the RFP Part 4 requirements that apply to the project and further define the
RFP Part 3 project specific requirements are required.
T
Government Standards. The general requirements of this PTS section are
located in PTS Section Z10, General Performance Technical Specification.
AF
Industry standards, codes, and Government standards that are referenced in
the section text that are not found in the Unified Master Reference List
(UMRL) in the Construction Criteria Base (CCB) at the Whole Building Design
Guide Website , are listed below for basic designation identification.
Comply with the required and advisory portions of the current edition of
the standard at the time of contract award.
Slump between 8 and 11 inches (200 and 275 mm). Provide minimum grout
strength of 2000 PSI in 28 days, as tested per ASTM C 1019.
C10 1.2.2 Door Closure Field Test for Demountable Partitions, Retractable
Partitions, Operable Panels, and Accordion Partitions
T
A qualified testing and inspection agency shall be engaged to prepare
testing and adhesion reports to test for bond strength. Bond strength
AF
shall be tested per ASTM E 736 and be found to meet the requirements
in UL's Fire Resistance Directory for coating materials.
C1010 PARTITIONS
For general use, metal studs and standard grade GWB, CMU with prime filler coat,
or CMU/cast-in-place concrete with GWB or skim coat plaster are acceptable unless
shown otherwise in the Project Program. Reinforce points where doorknobs can
strike a wall and anchorage points for wall mounted equipment.
Provide painted GWB with access panels at surfaces furred for HVAC, plumbing and
other utility services and controls behind wall surfaces.
T
to impact on both sides, both sides of the stud require a double layer of
gypsum board. Structural, mechanical, and acoustical design requirements
effect the metal stud/gypsum support configuration.
AF
C101001 FIXED PARTITIONS
Accomplish work in accordance with UFC 1-200-01, ACI 117 and 301/301M.
Concrete Mix Design shall be suitable for the job conditions.
Accomplish work in accordance with ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 and associated
ASTM Standards for concrete masonry wall construction.
T
C101001 1.2.2.2 Glazed Structural Clay Tile
T
C101001 1.3.2 Framing Accessories
AF
Fabricate steel-framing accessories of the same material and finish
used for framing members, with minimum yield strength of 33,000 psi
(230 Mpa). Accessories include, but are not limited to, the following:
bracing, bridging, blocking, web stiffeners, end and foundation
clips, gusset plates, stud kickers, knee braces, girts, joist hangers,
reinforcing and backer plates.
Provide steel materials for metal support systems with galvanized coating
per ASTM A 653/ A 653M, G60; aluminum coating ASTM A 463/ A 463M, T1-25;
or a 55% aluminum-zinc coating ASTM A 792.
C101001 1.4.1 Suspended and Furred Ceiling Systems, and Wall Furring
ML/SFA MLF (for lath); ASTM C 645, but not thinner than 0.0179 inch
(0.4547 mm) thickness. Provide 0.0329 inch (0.8357 mm) minimum
thickness for supporting wall hung items such as cabinetwork,
equipment and fixtures and for GWB.
Unless otherwise noted, all rough carpentry shall be concealed from view.
All framing and board lumber shall be graded and marked by a recognized
association or independent inspection agency. Certification of grade is
acceptable in lieu of grade markings. Framing lumber such as studs, plates,
caps, bucks and nailers shall be of the minimum grade for the application
in accordance with the grading rules for the local species of framing and
board lumber.
T
Preservative treated lumber shall be in accordance with AWPA
Standards.
AF
C101001 1.5.4 Structural Lumber
Provide of species and grade as listed in AF&PA 101 that have the
following minimum allowable unit stresses: 1050 Fb, 700 Fc with
1,200,000 E (for engineered uses) but not less than required by
structural calculations.
PS-1, PS-2.
T
C101002 1.1.3 Door Assemblies
AF
Doors shall be a minimum of 1-3/4" thick and available as a hinged
or pivot door with the option of being a single or double doors, and
with or without glass. All hardware to be included. Door and Frame
assemblies shall be aligned and fitted, and securely anchored to
partitions.
The system shall have a Class 'A' (under 25) flame spread rating in
conformance with ASTM E 84.
Panel deflection shall not exceed 1/120th of the vertical span when
tested in accordance with ASTM E 72.
T
power feed cable. Receptacles to indicate which circuit within the
modular wiring zone to which they are connected. Receptacles
may/may-not be pre-dedicated but must be able to easily be switched
AF
to suit the user circuit requirements. Additional power and/or data
modules & hardwired outlets (fire, safety, thermostats etc) shall have
the option of being installed on any panel.
Wire mesh partitions shall be complete with all items necessary for a
useable, and rigid installation. Provide pre-manufactured assemblies with
pre-bolted connections. Wire mesh partition doors require a means of
locking. Key and cylinder locks are required for partition doors used
daily.
This paragraph covers all retractable partitions and associated work, including
tracks and anchoring systems. Wall assemblies above retractable partitions shall
provide a sound barrier equal to, or greater than, the sound rating of the
partition.
The system shall have a Class 'A' (under 25) flame spread rating in
T
conformance with ASTM E 84.
T
Provide full accordion type partitions, factory finished, supported
from overhead track without floor guides, and complete with hardware,
track, and accessories necessary for operation.
AF
Suspension System - shall consist of steel or aluminum track and
trolleys designed to support the weight of the partition. Provide
steel track of 16 gage minimum, phosphate treated and finished, or
zinc or cadmium coated, or provide extruded aluminum track with
minimum thickness of 1/8 inch (3.2 mm). Tracks shall have an integral
ceiling guard. Trolleys shall have at least two ball bearing nylon
or steel tired wheels spaced according to manufacturer's design
R
criteria and four at an end post.
T
Zinc-coat steel in the largest unit possible. Galvanize per ASTM A
123/ A 123M, ASTM A 153/ A 153M or ASTM A 653/ A 653M, G90, as
applicable.
AF
C101004 1.2.2 Non-Ferrous Metal Surfaces
Design guardrails in accordance with the IBC, except delete the handrail
design load reduction for code exceptions for residential, prisons,
industrial, high hazard, and storage facilities. Provide materials in
D
accordance with NAAMM PR, and provide the same size rail and post. Provide
pipe collars of the same material and finish as the handrail and posts.
For fixed interior windows, assemblies include frames, glazing, caulking, and
other associated work. For other window types, see PTS Section B20, Exterior
Enclosure. Glazing for windows specified under this section is located in
C101007, "Interior Glazing."
Each window unit shall be a complete factory assembled unit with or without
glass installed. Fabrication of window units shall comply with AAMA 101.
a. Wood Windows
T
1) Windows shall be fixed or operable, as stated in the project
program.
AF
2) Material and Color - Window (PVC) color shall be a consistent color
all the way through the material.
c. Hollow Metal Vision Panels - shall meet the requirements of hollow
metal frames, paragraph C102001.
a. Anodic Coating
T
Provide as specified in the GANA Glazing Manual, SIGMA TM-3000 and SIGMA
TB-3001, and per manufacturers recommendations.
Provide setting and sealing materials, stops and gaskets as recommended by the
glass or acrylic sheet manufacturer.
R
Glazing thickness indicated in the following paragraphs is the minimum acceptable
thickness. Provide thicker glazing if required by the code or the manufacturer
for the given application.
D
T
Bullet resistant rating in accordance with UL 752, Class I, clear in
color. Only use bullet-resistant plastic sheet on existing interior
windows that cannot be removed and replaced.
AF
C101007 1.2.2 Polycarbonate Sheet
ANSI Z97.1, Mar-resistant, Clear and smooth both sides when used for
vision glazing; Translucent, textured both sides when used for obscure
glazing. Mar-resistant sheet shall have a change in haze of between
5 and 8 percent under silica carbide test, 1600 grams, ASTM D 673.
R
Provide warranty for polycarbonate sheet glazing for a period of
5-years that includes the following:
breakage;
b. Warranty Type III (coated and mar-resistant) sheets against
breakage and coating delamination.
c. Warranty Type IV (coated sheet) against breakage and yellowing
Sealant joint design and application shall be in accordance with the general
requirements of Sealants: A Professionals Guide from the Sealant, Waterproofing
& Restoration Institute. Refer to manufacturers' recommendations for chemical
resistance.
Sealants shall be paintable, and shall match the color of adjacent surfaces.
a. Vertical Surfaces - ASTM C 920, Type M, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT.
b. Horizontal Surfaces - ASTM C 920, ASTM D 1190 for traffic surfaces,
This paragraph covers all standard interior wood or hollow metal doors with frames,
hardware, locks, and finish.
T
C102001 1.1 STEEL DOORS
Hardware preparation shall be in accordance with SDI 17, ANSI/DHI A115 and
AF
ANSI/SDI 100. Doors shall be hung in accordance with ANSI/SDI 100.
ANSI A 250.8, Level 1, (occasional use, low abuse types such as closet
doors without locks); Level 2, (low use, moderate abuse types such
as office/storeroom doors); Level 3, (moderate use, high abuse types
such as BEQ sleeping room doors); Level 4, (high use, high abuse types
R
such as corridors, stairways, assembly spaces, and main entry doors),
with a physical performance level of 'A'. Maximum door undercut shall
not exceed 3/4 inch (19 mm).
D
Provide sound insulated door and frame assemblies into rooms requiring
wall assemblies to be sound insulated with a Sound Transmission Class
(STC) rating as required.
a. Shelves for Dutch doors shall comply with SDI 111-B, and be of
steel not lighter than 16 gage.
b. Louver shall comply with SDI 111-C, shall be stationary,
sight-proof type. Use lightproof louvers if function of room
requires darkness. Louver frames shall be 20-gage steel with
louver blades minimum 24 gage.
ANSI A 250.8. Form frames with welded corners for installation in masonry
Provide a minimum of three jamb anchors and base steel anchors per frame,
zinc-coated or painted with rust-inhibitive paint, not lighter the 18 gauge.
Secure frames to previously installed concrete or masonry with expansion
bolts in accordance with SDI 11-F. Provide mortar infill of frames in
masonry walls, and gypsum board compound infill at each jamb anchor in metal
frame walls.
T
areas such as shower/drying areas, areas with frequent floor
mopping, or corrosive chemical atmospheres) from zinc coated steel,
alloyed type, complying with ASTM A 653/ A 653M. Factory prime doors
AF
and frames as specified in ANSI A 250.8.
d. Manufacturers primer shall be compatible with door finish system in
C30, Interior Coatings.
construction.
Wood doors shall be solid wood doors with wood core and solid wood
edge bands. Vertical edge bands shall be one piece or laminated
two-piece solid lumber to match face veneer species for natural finish
wood doors. Reinforce door at all hardware attachments to door with
sound grade hardwood. Horizontal edge bands shall be solid wood or
structural composite lumber.
T
C102001 1.4.2 Wood Door Accessories
a.
AF
Door Louvers - Louver shall comply with SDI 111-C. Louver
frames shall be 20-gage steel with louver blades minimum 24
gage.
b. Door Light Openings - Provide glazed openings with the
manufacturer's standard wood moldings. Moldings for doors to
receive a natural finish shall be of the same species and color
of the face veneer.
R
This paragraph covers all glazed interior doors with glass, frames, hardware and
locking devices. See paragraph entitled "Interior Glazing" in this section for
glazing options.
T
Provide swing-type aluminum doors and frames complete with framing members,
transoms, side-lites, and accessories. Fabricate of ASTM B 221, Alloy
6063-TS for extrusions.
AF
C102002 1.2 FABRICATION
Doors shall be not less than 1-3/4 inches (44 mm) thick, with a minimum
wall thickness of 0.125 inch (3.2 mm), except beads and trim, 0.050
inch (1.27 mm). Full glazed stile and rail doors shall have medium
or wide stiles and rails. Maximum water leakage of the door and frame
shall be "no uncontrolled water penetrating systems or appearing on
systems' normally exposed interior surfaces from sources other than
condensation." Water controlled by flashing and gutters that is
drained to exterior and cannot damage adjacent materials or finishes
is not considered water leakage.
This paragraph covers all interior fire doors, including all necessary frames,
hardware, closing devices, and alarms associated with the door.
Provide in conformance with NFPA 80 an NFPA 105. Fire doors and frames shall
bear the label of UL, FM or WHI attesting to the rating required. Door and
frame assemblies shall be tested for conformance per NFPA 252 or UL 10C (for
positive pressure). Wood fire doors shall also comply with ASTM E 152.
T
Provide stainless steel astragals complying with NFPA 80 for fire-rated
assemblies and NFPA 105 for smoke control assemblies.
AF
C102004 SLIDING AND FOLDING DOORS
Refer to RFP PART 4, B20 Exterior Enclosure - "Overhead Roll-Up and Overhead
Sectional Doors" for interior overhead door requirements. Design for ASCE 7 wind
loading not required for interior overhead doors.
D
Any special type gate installed in the interior of a facility, including frames,
hardware, hoisting devices, finish, and other associated work.
All hardware provided shall meet the requirements of NFPA 80 for Fire
Doors and NFPA 101 for exit doors. Hardware shall bear the label of
Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc., and be listed in UL BMD or labeled
and listed by another testing laboratory acceptable to the contracting
officer. Comply with NFPA 105 for smoke control assemblies.
BHMA A156.1, Grade 1, 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 inches (108 x 108 mm) with
non-removable pin or anti-friction bearing hinges.
T
assembly spaces, and other high use interior doors. Use Series 4000,
Grade 1 for non-residential locations not using Series 1000 hardware.
For residential buildings use Series 4000, Grade 2 for interior doors.
AF
a. Mortise Locks and Latches - BHMA A 156.13, Series 1000,
Operation Grade 1, Security Grade 2.
b. Bored Locks and Latches - BHMA A 156.2, Series 4000, Grade 1,
or Grade 2.
entered. Lock shall generate its own electrical energy with each turn
of the dial, with no batteries or wires required. Lock shall be
designed to fit industry standard door mounting pattern.
Provide card key type access units for specialized entries as required
by the program. Provide lithium battery powered, magnetic stripe
keycard locksets that are ANSI/BHMA A156.13, Series 1000, Grade 1,
mortise or ANSI/BHMA A156.2, Series 4000, Grade 1, cylindrical locks,
tamper resistant, UL listed with 1 inch (25 mm) throw deadbolt,
3/4-inch (19 mm) throw latch bolt, auxiliary dead-locking latch, and
2-3/4 inch (68.75 mm) backset. The latch bolt and the dead bolt shall
be operated simultaneously by rotating inside lever. Locks with
mechanical override lock cylinders are not acceptable. Locks shall
be operated only by a correctly encoded keycard. Use of a newly issued
keycard automatically re-keys the lock and voids the previous keycard.
The lock shall re-lock immediately after outside lever is turned and
latch retracted. Locks shall have memory that is capable of recording
up to 140 entries into each room, identification of the keycard used
T
to access the room, the date and time of entry. Entry information
of the lock shall be retrievable by a data key that can be inserted
into the lock and then taken to the front desk printer to display
AF
information. Other components that are required for this system at
the front desk are a personal or laptop computer, printer and encoder
to program each key.
For exit device locks with card key access, provide mortise type,
narrow stile exit devices with 24 volt DC, solenoid option for card
key exterior access at aluminum storefront doors. Provide mortise
type exit devices with 24 volt DC, solenoid option with alarm and
R
remote exterior access for card key access at insulated hollow metal
doors. The alarmed exit device shall sound when exiting only.
Provide cylinders and cores for new locks, including locks provided
under other sections of this specification. Cylinders and cores
shall have seven pin tumblers. Cylinders shall be products of one
Provide a master key system for the facility unless more than one
tenant/tenant command shall reside in a facility. Provide a grand
master keying system, or great, grand master keying system if multiple
tenants or multiple buildings are required. Provide an extension of
the existing keying system for existing facility additions. Name the
manufacturer of the existing locks, and indicate if they have
interchangeable cores. Provide construction interchangeable cores
when subcontractors require keys during construction.
T
electric), Designer of Record, Contracting Officer, Public Works Base
Hardware Specialist, and the Using Activity shall attend this meeting
to establish the keying system for the project. This meeting is
AF
intended to identify base limitations, the necessary security, and
access control within the facility. The meeting shall produce a
marked up copy of the floor plan indicating the doors to receive locks
and the doors to be keyed together, and any master keying or grand
master keying
BHMA A 156.5 Provide key cabinet with 25% more key hooks than required
for interior and exterior doors.
a. Knobs and Roses - Knobs and roses shall meet test requirements
of BHMA A 156.2 and BHMA A 156.13.
b. Lever Handles - Provide lever handles in lieu of knobs, as
required by DoD ABAAS. All lever handles shall have the
freewheeling feature.
BHMA A 156.16. Provide automatic latching flush bolts for double doors
with both door leafs active, BHMA A 156.3, Type 25.
BHMA A 156.4, Series C02000, Grade 1, with PT 4C, 1-1/2 inch piston,
heavy duty forged arm, with full size cover.
T
C102007 1.1.17 Door Stops and Silencers
AF
BHMA A 156.16, Type L03011, three per single door and four per double
door.
BHMA A 156.21.
doors.
b. BHMA A156.18. Hardware shall have BHMA 612 finish (satin
bronze), unless specified otherwise. Surface door closers
shall have bronze paint finish. Steel hinges shall have BHMA
639 finish (satin bronze plated). Exposed parts of concealed
closers shall have finish to match lock and door trim. Hardware
for aluminum doors shall be finished to match the doors.
Hardware showing on interior of bathrooms, shower rooms, toilet
rooms, washrooms, laundry rooms, and kitchens shall have BHMA
629 finish (bright stainless steel) or BHMA 625 finish (bright
chromium plated).
Provide manufactured access doors and frames of 16-gage steel minimum with
concealed pivots or a continuous piano hinge and flush stainless steel cam
latch. Finish with manufacturer's standard primer coat finish and paint to
match the wall or ceiling unless a stainless steel finish is required in
T
the Project Program. Provide UL Rated access doors in fire rated assemblies.
Access panels located in furred wall spaces shall have an inserted material
to match adjacent wall surface. Size access doors large enough to allow
AF
convenient hand and tool access and operation of controls and equipment
beyond the door. If maintenance of controls or equipment beyond the door
requires removal, size access door to allow removal and reinstallation of
new equipment through the access door. Provide access panels capable of
receiving finish material inserts in visible wall locations of habitable
spaces.
Interior personnel doors not described by the assembly categories listed above.
C1030 SPECIALTIES
D
FS A-A-60003. Type III, Style A, floor supported and wall hung or Style
D, wall hung. Wall hung urinal screens shall be secured with continuous
flanges to urinal screen and wall.
Chrome-plated or stainless steel door latches and coat hooks. Provide one
coat hook per compartment door. Latches and hinges for handicapped
compartments shall comply with DoD ABAAS.
Finishes shall comply with FS A-A-60003. Use only one type of partition
per building.
T
C103002 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES
AF
This paragraph covers toilet and bath accessories including, but not limited to,
soap dispensers, paper holders, towel receptacles, grab bars, and bathroom
mirrors.
indicated.
Provide one per pair of sinks in toilet rooms without electric hand
dryers, and one per room with electric hand dryers, unless otherwise
indicated. Provide surface or recessed mounted towel dispenser
constructed of a minimum 0.7mm 0.03 inch Type 304 stainless steel.
T
Provide stainless steel grab bars per DoD ABAAS.
Provide one soap dispenser per two sinks, with mechanical action
dispensing valve. Do not mount soap dispenser on mirror. Surface
mounted liquid type shall consist of a vertical Type 304 stainless
steel tank with holding capacity of 1.2L (40 fluid ounces) with a
corrosion-resistant all-purpose valve.
This paragraph covers all marker boards, tack boards and fastening devices.
T
C103003 1.2 PRESENTATION BOARD
AF
The presentation board shall be a laminate covered wall-hung cabinet with
lockable doors. Doors are to be attached to the cabinet with continuous
piano hinges, and have a catch or closure to keep doors closed when not in
use. The interior of the cabinet shall contain a porcelain enamel marker
board writing surface with chalk-tray, a flip chart that can be hung on an
interior door panel, and fabric covered tack surface on the interior door
panels.
R
T
End caps shall be injection-molded ABS plastic with integral color.
The end caps shall be interchangeable to either end of each sign type,
and any other similar sign of equal height. The end caps shall be
AF
interlocking mechanically with the inserts, and rail, requiring no
tools for assembly. End caps shall utilize straight corners (instead
of radius corners). Spring clips shall be steel. Plastic spring
clips are not acceptable.
Provide ASTM B 209 for aluminum sheet or plate, ASTM B 221 for aluminum
extrusions and ASTM B 26/B 26M or ASTM B 108 for aluminum castings. Provide
aluminum extrusions at least 1/8-inch (3.2 mm) thick and aluminum plate or
sheet at least 16 gage thick. Provide aluminum castings of solid aluminum
cast certified by AA 46 alloy designation B443.0. Where anodic coatings
are specified, alloy shall conform to Aluminum Associations alloy
designation 514.0 or A514.0.
T
Provide ASTM A 36/A 36M for structural steel, ASTM A 167 for sheet and plates.
Provide one-piece extruded aluminum posts with not less than 0.125
inch (3.2 mm) wall thickness. Posts shall permit attachment of panel
framing system. Provide cap for each post. Panel framing system shall
consist of aluminum extrusions and interlocking track components
designed to interlock with concealed fasteners. Panels shall be
fabricated of rectangular extruded tubular aluminum with a minimum
wall thickness of 0.125 inches. Panels shall be removable and
C103005 LOCKERS
T
door stiffeners.
C103006 SHELVING
AF
Assemblies include all types of shelving with brackets and all supporting materials
and finish, if required.
C103008 COUNTERS
Fabricate with lumber and a core of exterior grade plywood (A-C Grade) or
particleboard (ANSI A208.1, Grade 1-M-2 or better), glued and screwed to
form an integral unit. Bond laminated plastic under pressure to exposed
surfaces using manufacturers recommended glue.
Solid surfacing material shall consist of 100% pure acrylic polymer, mineral
fillers, and pigments. The material shall be homogenous, not coated or
laminated. Superficial damage to a depth of 0.010 inch (.254 mm) shall be
repairable by sanding or polishing. Install with factory recommended
fasteners/adhesives/sealant. Provide the following performance
characteristics:
T
36 inch drop, no failure 1/2 inch material, 120 inch drop, no failure
C103009 CABINETS
AF
This paragraph includes casework items that are permanently fixed in-place.
Included are all cabinetry and millwork items with their associated accessories
and anchoring devices.
doors and drawer fronts shall be a minimum 3/4 inch (19 mm) of either plywood
or medium density fiberboard cores with solid edge bands.
C103010 CASEWORK
T
Uprights (all)
Bridge Channels
R
Channel (halves) 14 ga. (.075") CQCR Steel
Utility Rails
D
Top Stretchers
Chase Assembly
Chase Cover
T
Chase Cabinet Filler
End Panel
R
Outer Cover 11 ga. (.118") HRPO Steel
Shelves
T
Reinforcing hat channel for 11 ga. (.118") HRPO Steel
shelf
Cord Reel
T
Modular Power Block with GFCI
Receptacle
AF
Housing and back bracket 16 ga. (.059") CQCR Steel
particle board
Side and back edge banding 1mm thick, flat profile rigid plastic
Chemsurf Chemical-Resistant
Laminate Worksurfaces
Side and back edge banding 1mm thick, flat profile rigid plastic
T
Drain flexible tube .50" OD x 3' long flexible clear PVC
tubing
AF
Laminate Overhead Storage Cabinets
Power Block
Harness-to-Harness Connector
Duplex Receptacles
T
Wire Manager
This paragraph includes all built-in closets with associated work and finishes.
T
or replace materials that fail within 2 years, or as required by the
project program, from date of Substantial Completion.
AF
C103013 1.1.3 Material Composition
T
flame-spread index of 10 or less and a smoke developed index
of 0.
j. Fungal Resistance: No observed growth on specimens per ASTM G
21.
AF
C103014 ENTRANCE FLOOR GRILLES AND MATS
Provide entrance mats at all entrances to the facility. Provide recessed entrance
mats at building entrances with enclosed vestibule and or surface applied
entranceway mats or entranceway floor tiles at all other entrances. Entranceway
mats and entranceway floor tile require the use of a transition edge where he mat
R
adjoins other floor materials. Mat system shall meet ASTM D-2047 coefficient of
friction requirements for dry and wet surfaces. All portions of mat system shall
comply with ASTM E 648, Class I for flammability and ASTM E 662 for smoke development
of 450. Fasteners shall be non-corrosive screws and anchors for securing frames
D
Aluminum frame and rail shall comply with ASTM B 221, alloy 6063-T5. Frame
shall have butted corners and be factory coated with zinc chromate or
manufacturer's standard protective finish where surfaces are in contact with
concrete. Provide standard mill finish, color anodized finish complying
with AAMA 606.1, clear anodized finish complying with AAMA 607.1, or bronze
complying with ASTM B455, alloy 385.
T
Loose-lay mats shall have beveled vinyl or rubber transition edge and shall
have surface of carpet or vinyl/rubber surfaces. Edges shall conform to
ADA accessibility guideline 4.5.2, for loose-lay surface applications.
AF
Mats shall be easily removed yet remain adhered to floor to prevent mat from
moving as pressure from walking is applied. Do not use carpet inserts unless
directed otherwise.
Applied entranceway floor tiles shall be in the form of carpet tiles, carpet
tiles with vinyl or rubber scrubbing surfaces, or tiles of thermoplastic
R
scrubbing surfaces only. Tiles shall be installed in areas where permanent
mat is required but slab is not recessed to receive permanent recess mat.
Tiles shall be securely installed without obvious seams, cleanable,
dimensionally stable, and with maximum finished tile thickness of 1/2" above
D
Building components made from ornamental metals. Ornamental stair handrails are
included in B1010 EXTERIOR STAIRS and PTS C20, Stairs.
This paragraph covers other interior specialties not described by other assembly
categories listed previously.
reversal type, has overload protector, integral gears, and preset accessible
limit switches. Screen shall be flame retardant, mildew resistant and have
black masked borders. Controls shall be wall mounted with wiring concealed
within the wall construction. Pull-down projection screens shall be
provided in lieu of motorized projection screens as approved by the Activity,
as specified in the project program.
Also see PTS Sections C20 and C30 for additional interior specialties not
specified here.
-- End of Section --
T
AF
R
D
SECTION C20
STAIRS
05/14
C20 GENERAL
RFP Part 3 including the Engineering System Requirements (ESR) provide project
specific requirements. The RFP Part 4, Performance Technical Sections (PTS)
provide generalized technical requirements that apply to multiple facility types
and include more requirements than are applicable to any one project. Therefore,
only the RFP Part 4 requirements that apply to the project and further define the
RFP Part 3 project specific requirements are required.
T
Government Standards. The general requirements of this PTS section are
located in PTS Section Z10, General Performance Technical Specification.
AF
Industry standards, codes, and government standards that are referenced in
the section text that are not found in the Unified Master Reference List
(UMRL) in the Construction Criteria Base (CCB) at the Whole Building Design
Guide Website , are listed below for basic designation identification.
Comply with the required and advisory portions of the current edition of
the standard at the time of contract award.
T
submittals as a minimum:
Stairs, handrails.
AF
C2010 STAIR CONSTRUCTION
Provide primed and painted steel stairs with concrete filled pans or cast-in-place
concrete stairs for industrial and commercial construction. Design load shall not
be less than 100 PSF (4.8 kPa) for live load, and 300 pounds (136 kg) for
R
concentrated loads. Required means of egress stairs shall conform to NFPA 101.
Provide steel guard and handrails.
Conform to ASTM B 209 for sheet plate, ASTM B 221 for extrusions and ASTM
B 26/B 26M or ASTM B 108 for castings. Aluminum extrusions shall be at least
1/8-inch (3.2 mm) thick and aluminum plate or sheet at least 0.050 inch (1.27
mm) thick.
T
fluoride organic coatings. See PTS Section C30 for additional
coatings/finish information.
AF
C201001 1.3.3 Safety Treads
Provide interior or exterior concrete steps and stair with non-slip finish.
For interior stairs, provide rubber or other finish treads. For exterior
D
Wood stairs may be used only for residential construction. Provide wood
treads of minimum 1-1/4 inches thickness, of clear red or white oak. Risers
shall be nominal one-inch finish lumber. Provide natural finish equivalent
to one coat of sealer and two coats of varnish on all exposed surfaces.
Design fire escapes of the type and arrangement to conform to Fire Escape Stairs,
of NFPA 101, Life Safety Code. Escape stairs shall be of steel or aluminum,
conforming to the requirements of this specification section.
Design handrails in accordance with the IBC, except delete the handrail
design load reduction code exceptions for residential, prisons, industrial,
high hazard, and storage facilities. NAAMM PR, provide the same size rail
and post. Provide series 300 stainless steel pipe collars. Factory coat
all metal railings (except for ornamental metals such as brass, bronze,
stainless steel, and nickel-silver) with a high performance coating in
T
accordance with AAMA 2605, with a minimum coating thickness of 1.2 mils
unless otherwise noted.
AF
C201090 1.1.1 Steel Handrails
Offset distance from the rungs to the finished wall surface not less
than 7 inches (175 mm). Provide heavy clip angles riveted or bolted
to the stringer and drilled for not less than two 1/2-inch (12 mm)
diameter expansion bolts as indicated. Provide intermediate clip
angles not over 48 inches (1200 mm) on center.
T
Where the height of the ladder is greater than 20 feet (6000 mm),
provide a cage to conform to 29 CFR 1910.27.
a.
AF
Cage fabrication - Provide attachments for fastening bands to
the side rails of ladders or directly to the structure.
-- End of Section --
R
D
SECTION C30
INTERIOR FINISHES
05/14
C30 GENERAL
RFP Part 3 including the Engineering System Requirements (ESR) provide project
specific requirements. The RFP Part 4, Performance Technical Sections (PTS)
provide generalized technical requirements that apply to multiple facility types
and include more requirements than are applicable to any one project. Therefore,
only the RFP Part 4 requirements that apply to the project and further define the
RFP Part 3 project specific requirements are required.
All interior finish products shall be from manufacturers' standard running line
offerings. Custom fabrications shall not be allowed unless otherwise noted.
T
Provide the design and installation in accordance with the following
references. This Performance Technical Specification (PTS) adds
clarification to the fundamental requirements contained in the following
AF
Government Standards. The general requirements of this PTS section are
located in PTS Section Z10, General Performance Technical Specification.
T
project. If a contractor's or subcontractor's certification
expires, the firm will not be allowed to perform any work until
the certification is reissued. Requests for extension of time
for any delay to the completion of the project due to an inactive
AF
certification will not be considered and liquidated damages
will apply. Notify the Contracting Officer of any change in
contractor certification status.
C30 1.3.1
C30 1.3.2
C30 1.3.3
In addition, UFGS sections listed below or in the body of the PTS text are
to be used by the Designer of Record (DOR) as a part of the design submittal.
If the UFGS products or systems are applicable to the project, the DOR shall
edit these referenced UFGS sections and submit them as a part of the design
submittal specification. Edit the specification sections in accordance
with the limitations stated in PTS section Z10, General Performance
Technical Specifications.
Changes shall not be made to the finishes that are submitted in the plans,
T
specifications, and Structural Interior Design submittals and approved by
the Government during the design phase unless changes are requested by the
Government. In the event that revisions may be required because of
AF
unforeseen conditions such as discontinued product, the revisions must be
approved by the DOR and then submitted to the Government Interior Designer
for approval before substitutions can be made.
Changes shall not be made to the finishes that are submitted and approved
by the Government during the design phase. In the event that revisions may
be required because of unforeseen conditions such as discontinued product,
the revisions must be approved by the DOR and then submitted to the Government
Interior Designer for approval before substitutions can be made.
Interior wall finishes shall be moisture and mildew resistant, easily maintained,
and suitable in accordance with industry standards for the architectural surface
being finished. For painted wall finishes, refer to C3040 "INTERIOR PAINTING AND
SPECIAL COATINGS".
Cast-in-place or pre-cast concrete wall finishes shall include, but are not
limited to, abrasive blasted surfaces, colored surfaces, exposed aggregate,
grooved surfaces, or tooled surfaces.
Veneer plaster shall be gypsum plaster veneer finish on gypsum base finishes, or
cement plaster veneer finish on concrete or masonry. Refer to Section C3040 for
paint system and gloss level.
Provide gypsum neat plaster or high strength gypsum plaster base coat
conforming to ASTM C28. High strength gypsum plaster shall have a compressive
strength of not less than 2,500 psi, when tested dry in accordance with ASTM
C472.
T
C301002 1.1.1
AF
High strength gypsum gaging plaster finish coat shall have a
compressive strength of not less than 4,500 psi when tested dry in
accordance with ASTM C472.
C301002 1.1.2
C301002 1.1.3
C301002 1.1.4
C301002 1.2.1
Portland cement plaster base coat in accordance with ASTM C150, gray
Portland cement. Use Type I when no special characteristics are
required, Type II when plaster and stucco will be exposed to moderate
sulfate (alkali) action, Type III when early strength is needed as
in cold weather, and Type V when high resistance to sulfate is
required.
C301002 1.2.2
Portland cement plaster finish coat in accordance with ASTM C150, gray
Portland cement Type I when no special characteristics are required,
Type II when plaster and stucco will be exposed to moderate sulfate
(alkali) action, Type III when early strength is needed as in cold
weather.
C301002 1.2.3
T
for a minimum of 10 years. Coating system must be applied by a manufacturer's
factory trained applicator/installer.
AF
C301003 GYPSUM WALLBOARD FINISHES
ASTM C36/C36M and ASTM C1396/C1396M 1/2 or 5/8 inch (12.7 mm or 15.9 mm)
thick in residential construction, and 5/8 inch (15.9 mm) thick in
non-residential construction, tapered edges for exposed layers, square
D
ASTM C630/C630M, 1/2 or 5/8 inch (12.7 mm or 15.9 mm) thick in residential
construction, and 5/8 inch (15.9 mm) thick in non-residential construction.
Use in humid areas or spaces but not as a substrate in tiled areas where
wall tile is exposed to direct moisture contact or condensation
accumulation.
ASTM C1396/C1396M 1/2 or 5/8 inch (12.7 mm or 15.9 mm) thick in residential
construction, and 5/8 inch (15.9 mm) thick in non-residential construction,
tapered edges for layers exposed to view, square edges for concealed layers.
Seal joints in foil backing to other panels and adjoining materials as
recommended by the panel manufacturer.
ANSI A108.11 and ANSI A118.9, 5/8 inch (15.9 mm) thick; use as a substrate
for ceramic tile in wet areas that are exposed to direct moisture contact
or condensation accumulation for areas including, but not limited to, tubs,
shower enclosures, saunas, steam rooms, gang shower rooms, and shower drying
rooms. Provide screws specifically designed for use with cement panels.
T
Indentation Test; ASTM D5420 or ASTM D1037. Provide metal framing of
20-gauge minimum. Provide fasteners that meet manufacturer requirements and
specifications. Impact resistant gypsum board shall have a flame spread
AF
rating of 25 or less and a smoke developed rating of 50 or less, ASTM E84.
Finish with a high strength plaster veneer. Refer to PTS C10 for further
requirements on impact resistant wall construction.
ASTM C514. Fasteners shall be compatible with each type of gypsum board
material as recommended by the gypsum board manufacturer and in accordance
with GA 216 and GA 224.
C301003 1.9.1
Tape and finish gypsum board in accordance with ASTM C840, GA 214 and
GA 216. Plenum areas above ceilings shall be finished to GA 214, Level
1. Water resistant gypsum backing board, ASTM C630/C630M, to receive
ceramic tile shall be finished to GA 214, Level 2. Walls to receive
a heavy-grade wall covering or have textured finish before painting
shall be finished to GA 214 Level 3. Walls without wall wash lighting
to receive paint (MPI Gloss Level 2), light textures, or wall coverings
shall be finished to GA 214 Level 4. Unless otherwise specified, all
gypsum board walls, partitions shall be finished to GA 214 Level 5.
Provide joint, fastener depression, and corner treatment. Do not use
fiberglass mesh tape with conventional drying type joint compounds;
use setting or hardening type compounds only. Provide treatment for
water-resistant gypsum board as recommended by the gypsum board
manufacturer.
C301003 1.9.2
T
semigloss (MPI Gloss Level 5), or gloss (MPI Gloss Level 6) paint
finish, finish gypsum wall surface to GA 214 Level 5.
C301003 1.9.3
AF
Where wall wash lighting will accent the flatness of the wall and
surface irregularities in gypsum board joints, provide feature edge
gypsum board and two coat joint compound fillers. Provide this
special joint treatment at up lighting, down lighting and horizontal
lighting at the end of a passageway wall.
R
C301004 TILE AND TERRAZZO WALL FINISHES
Provide ceramic tile wall systems as defined in the Tile Council of America
(TCA) handbook for ceramic tile installations suitable for the service
requirements listed. Install systems in accordance with ANSI A108/A118
series standards. Colored epoxy grout with sealer shall be provided.
Coordinate with ceramic bath accessories for modularity. Include all trim
pieces, caps, stops, and returns to complete installation.
C301004 1.1.1
Ceramic Mosaic Wall Tile shall be a minimum of 1/4 inch (6 mm) thick
and installed from floor to ceiling, unless otherwise noted.
C301004 1.1.2
C301004 1.1.3
C301004 1.1.4
Provide wall tile color and style selections a minimum of one grade
above base grade.
C301004 1.1.5
Provide Designer accent tile, accent strips and accessory ceramic tile
shapes as an integral part of the ceramic wall tile system.
Wall coverings shall be material designed specifically for the specified use. The
wallcovering shall contain a non-mercury based anti-microbial. The wallcovering
shall be the type made without the use of cadmium-based stabilizers. Wallcovering
shall have a Class A flame spread rating of 0-25 and smoke development rating of
0-50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. The wall preparation, trimming,
T
adhesive and application shall be according to the manufacturers printed
directions. The manufacturer shall approve the installers in writing. The
material must be easily cleaned by traditional methods such as washing, wiping,
AF
or vacuuming. Primer and adhesive shall be of a type recommended by the
wallcovering manufacturer and shall contain a non-mercury based anti-microbial.
Adhesive shall be strippable type. Do not apply wall coverings to the interior
surface of exterior walls.
C301005 1.1.1
R
yard and width of 54 inches (1370 mm). Provide ASTM F793, Category
VI, Type III, 22 ounces (624 g) and above to cover rough textured walls
such as masonry.
C301005 1.1.2
C301005 1.2.1
C301005 1.2.2
T
ounces (198 g to 368 g) or Type II, 13.1 to 22 ounces (371 g to 624 g) total
weight per square yard.
AF
C301005 1.4 SURFACE PREPARATION FOR UNEVEN WALLS
C301005 1.4.1
C301005 1.4.2
D
C301005 1.5.1
Corner guards shall be 3/32 inch (2.4 mm) thick and shall cover 1 inch
(25 mm) each side of corner at right angles. Corner guards shall be
clear polycarbonate. Use in executive areas, office areas, and
wall-covered areas subject to cart traffic as a minimum.
C301005 1.5.2
Corner guards shall be 3/32 inch thick and shall cover 2-1/2 inches
(64 mm) each side of corner at right angles. Corner guards shall be
through color polycarbonate or rubber. Use in corridors or other high
traffic areas.
C301005 1.6.1
C301005 1.6.2
Wood wainscot cap shall be 3-1/2 by 3/4 inch (89 mm by 19 mm) solid
hardwood, AWI Custom grade, with painted or stained finish. Profile
shall be a molded shape.
T
C301006 ACOUSTICAL PANELS ADHERED TO WALLS
Acoustical wall treatment shall be acoustical panels, sound absorbing wall units,
AF
or acoustical wall systems. Acoustical panel system shall include manufacturer's
standard concealed fasteners, splines, tracks, and other components necessary to
complete the installation. Fire rating for the complete composite system shall
be Class A, 200 or less smoke density and flame spread less than 25, when tested
in accordance with ASTM E84.
C301006 1.1.2
C301006 1.1.3
C301006 1.1.3.1
C301006 1.1.3.2
T
C301006 1.1.3.3
AF
Perforated vinyl covering with fabric backing, minimum 20
ounces (567 g) per linear yard total weight.
Aspen wood fibers bonded together with an inorganic hydraulic cement binder,
formed in a continuous process under heat and pressure. Nominal overall panel
thickness shall be 1 inch (25 mm). Noise Reduction Coefficient shall be not
R
less than NRC 0.85 for Type C-40 and C-80 mounting.
Solid surfacing material shall consist of 100% pure acrylic polymer, mineral
fillers, and pigments. The material shall be homogenous, not coated or
laminated, meeting ANSI Z124.3 and ANSI Z124.6 requirements. Superficial
damage to a depth of 0.010 inch (.254 mm) shall be repairable by sanding
or polishing. Provide manufacturer's full range of colors and patterns.
Flammability, ASTM E84: Class I/A, flame spread 25 maximum; smoke developed
30 maximum.
C301090 1.1.1
C301090 1.1.2
C301090 1.2.1
The kitchen wall area between the counter top backsplash and the bottom
of the wall cabinet shall be plastic laminate. Laminate wall finish
shall include factory recommended fasteners/adhesives/caulk to
complete the installation.
T
Architectural paneling system applied to interior walls shall include
associated furring, fastening, and trim to complete the installation. Wood
paneling system finish shall be factory or field applied.
AF
C301090 1.4 WOOD TRIM AND DETAILING FINISHES
Decorative panels, chair rail, standing and running trim, shall be of AWI
custom grade hardwood with a painted or stained finish. Refer to C3040
"INTERIOR PAINTING AND SPECIAL FINISHES" for finish system. Chair rail shall
be a minimum of 3-1/2 inches (89 mm) high. Profile of chair rail shall be
a molded shape. Wood trim shall include associated furring, fastening,
R
adhesives and trim to complete the installation.
C301090 1.5.1
to NFPA Class A fire rating and ASTM D256-90b for impact strength of
30.2 ft-lbs/inch thick.
Refer to C3040 "INTERIOR PAINTING AND SPECIAL FINISHES" for painted floor coatings.
Have third party independent concrete slab testing agent verify that
T
concrete slabs comply with ASTM F710. Minimum values shall not be below the
following: Concrete floor flatness shall meet minimum flatness of FF 60 when
tested in accordance to ASTM E1155 - 96(2008). Concrete levelness on slab
AF
on grade shall meet minimum levelness of FL 45 when tested in accordance
with ASTM E1155 - 96(2008). This requirement does not apply to elevated
concrete slabs.
If tested moisture levels exceed the allowable limits, shot blast the
concrete subfloors to including grinding of areas not accessible to
shot blasting equipment and install a 100% solids VOC free epoxy
moisture and pH control system as recommended by the third party
testing agent.
T
c. Fill cracks, joints and other irregularities in concrete with
leveling compound.
AF
d. Do not use adhesive for filling or leveling purposes.
Provide ceramic tile floor systems as defined in the Tile Council of North America
(TCNA) handbook for ceramic tile installation and materials for the service
D
Slip resistant tile shall have a minimum Dynamic Coefficient of Friction (wet and
dry) of 0.42, ANSI A137.1-2012. Tile shall have smooth, non-slip or textured
surface and a glazed or unglazed finish. Non-slip or textured surface required
for tile in areas where there is excessive water or grease and oils such as kitchens,
dining facilities, shower rooms, toilets, and in industrial and maintenance
facilities.
Ceramic Mosaic unglazed floor tiles shall be a minimum of 1/4 inch (6 mm)
thick with a maximum of 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) grout width with cushioned edge.
Tile shall have less than a 0.5 percent water absorption rate, ASTM C373.
Porcelain floor tiles shall be a minimum of 5/16 inch (8 mm) thick with a
maximum of 1/4 inch (6 mm) grout width with cushioned edge. Tile shall have
a minimum breaking strength of 300 pounds (202 kg), ASTM C648 and a maximum
absorption rate of 0.5%, ASTM C373. Tile shall be color through,
impervious, unglazed or glazed finish with an unpolished, semi-polished,
polished, or textured surface.
T
Quarry floor tiles shall be a minimum of 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) thick tiles with
a maximum of 1/4 inch (6 mm) grout width. Tile shall have a minimum breaking
AF
strength of 350 pounds (158 kg), ASTM C648 and a maximum absorption rate
of 3%, ASTM C373. Use grout release for darker pigmented grout colors. Tile
shall have a maximum of 3.0 percent water absorption rate when tested in
accordance with ASTM C373. Non-slip, abrasive grain or textured surface
required for tile in areas where there is excessive water or grease and oils.
Tile shall consist of semi-vitreous, vitreous or clay material with smooth
or textured surface and unglazed finish.
R
C302002 TERRAZZO FLOOR FINISHES
Applicator shall be approved by the NTMA and shall have a minimum of 5 years
experience in the application of the materials to be used and shall have
a completed 8 successful installations within the past 2 years.
The contractor must be a member of NTMA and shall have a minimum 10 years
application experience and have completed a minimum 5 successful
installations over the past five years of similar scope, complexity and
minimum of 75 percent of the square footage.
T
blasting only (no alternate method to be used). The concrete slab is to
be tested for moisture transmission using ASTM F2170 Probe Test. Concrete
slabs shall be shot-blasted and cleaned to receive epoxy terrazzo moisture
AF
vapor primer system as specified by manufacturer and NTMA, whichever is more
stringent.
Maintain the ambient room and floor temperature at 60F or above for a period
extending 72 hours before, during and after floor installation. Concrete
to receive epoxy terrazzo shall have cured for at least 28 days and be free
of all curing compounds. Test concrete substrate to determine acceptable
moisture levels prior to installation. Testing should be conducted
R
according to ASTM F2170, Probe Test (determining relative humidity in
concrete slabs using in situ probes). Concrete slabs shall be shot-blasted
and cleaned to receive epoxy terrazzo moisture vapor primer system as
specified by manufacturer and NTMA, whichever is more stringent. The
D
building shall be enclosed and the HVAC system operational prior to and
during each day of installation, the terrazzo contractor shall verify that
the dew point is at least 5 F (-15 C) less than the slab and air
temperature.
Five colors for various patterns and accents throughout the flooring area.
Marble chips shall not exceed #1 size. Provide a minimum of three 6" x 6"
samples for each color and type of terrazzo for review prior to purchase
and two 6" lengths of each type of divider strip. Use of post-industrial
recycled marble or granite terrazzo chips. When completed, the terrazzo
shall show a minimum of 70% decorative aggregate chips on the surface.
The finished floor will be rinsed clean, allowed to dry and non-yellowing,
slip-resistant & durable water based acrylic sealer. Confirm with user if
high polish finish may be used in lieu of sealer. Coordinate with user sheen
of polished finish. Use 100% epoxy solids flexible resin, tinted to match
adjoining terrazzo matrix per manufacturer's specification.
For concrete slab requirements; See PTS A10-50 Slab on Grade, 1.1.1 Slab
on Grade where Resinous Terrazzo Floor Finish is scheduled.
Wood strip flooring shall be 3/4 inch (19 mm) thick by 2-1/4 inches (57 mm)
face width, kiln dried, continuous tongue and groove and of standard lengths.
Beech and birch shall be second grade in accordance with NOFMA Grading Rules.
Hard maple shall be second and better in accordance with MFMA-01. Red and
white oak shall be select grade in accordance with NOFMA Grading Rules.
Strip flooring shall be marked with the trademark of the grading agency.
The strip flooring shall be NOFMA certified and installed in accordance with
NOFMA publication Installing Hardwood Flooring. Nails shall be as
T
recommended by strip flooring manufacturers recommendations. Resilient
pads shall be pneumatic rubber, PVC, or polyurethane resilient mounts to
fit the floor system. Moisture barrier shall be 6 mil minimum thickness
polyethylene.
AF
C302003 1.1.1
C302003 1.1.2
D
C302003 1.1.3
C302003 1.1.4
T
C302004 1.1.1
C302004 1.1.2
C302004 1.1.3
Type II Grade 1 Class A. Seams shall be recess scribed and heat welded
with patterned or solid color weld rods depending on the contractors
design intent to camouflage, blend or accent the seam lines.
Resilient homogeneous vinyl sheet flooring shall require no wax
maintenance.
C302004 1.1.4
T
C302004 1.2.1
AF
Resilient vinyl composition tile (VCT) shall be commercial grade,
asbestos free, with a nominal overall gauge of 1/8 inch (3 mm) and
a wear layer thickness of 1/8 inch (3 mm) nominal. The tile shall be
manufactured in accordance with ASTM F 1066, Type II, Comp. 1, Class
2, through pattern. Tile shall be finished in accordance with
manufacturers written instructions.
C302004 1.2.2
R
with an antistatic additive. The SDT tile shall conform to ASTM F1066,
Class 2 through pattern. The flooring shall be installed with
recommended adhesive and accessories; and finished in accordance with
the manufacturer's written instructions. Use SDT floors in computer
areas or areas with sensitive electronic where the Project Program
requires tile.
C302004 1.2.3
Resilient solid vinyl tile/plank shall be 0.1 inch (2.5 mm) thick,
with a vinyl wear layer of 0.040 inches (1.mm) and shall be planks
or square tiles. It shall include a protective urethane finish for
ease of maintenance and conform to ASTM E648, Type III, Class 1 and
ASTM F1700, Class III. Provide vinyl flooring that is easily cleaned
with off-the-shelf products. Surface finishes requiring
manufacturer supplied or special order cleaning solutions are not
acceptable. Vinyl flooring shall have a marble, granite, stone,
terrazzo or wood grain pattern. A manufacturer's 25-year min
warranty is required. Products must meet the Buy American Act and be
C302004 1.2.4
C302004 1.2.5
T
C302004 1.2.6
AF
Resilient linoleum tile shall be made with natural raw materials
including linseed oil, flour, and rosin or resin binders double
calendared onto synthetic jute backing, ASTM F2034, Type I. Pattern
and color shall extend throughout thickness of material. Gage shall
be 0.10 inch (2.5 mm). Static load limit shall be 250 psi per ASTM
F970. Seal linoleum using manufacturer's recommended sealer for
commercial application. The manufacturer's technical
representative shall review and approve each typical sample
R
application on-site prior to resuming the installation and shall spot
check each 1,196 square yards (1000 square meters) for quality
control. Work shall not commence on any portion of work until the
manufacturer's technical representative renders approval on site. A
D
C302005 CARPETING
T
b. Static Control: Carpet shall include a permanent static control
system to control static build-up to less than 3.0 KV in accordance
with AATCC-134.
c.
AF
Dimensional Stability: Carpet shall be permanently dimensionally
stable with no delamination of components or any edge raveling or
zippering. Edge Ravel: Minimum 1 lb. loop pile only - ASTM D-7267;
Delamination: Minimum 3.5 lb. per inch of width - ASTM D-3936; Tuft
Bind: Minimum 10 lb. average tuft bind for loop pile - ASTM D-1335;
Tuft Bind: Minimum 8 lb. average tuft bind for (Modular Tile) loop
pile - ASTM D-1335.
d. Colorfastness to Crocking: Not less than 4, wet and dry, per
R
AATCC-165.
e. Colorfastness to Light: Not less than 4 after 40 AFU (AATCC fading
units) per AATCC-16.
f. Antimicrobial Activity: Not less than 0.08-inch (2-mm) halo of
D
documentation.
j. Indoor Air Quality: Provide carpets that meet the criteria of the
CRI "Green Label Plus" Indoor Air Quality Testing Program. Carpet
adhesive VOC's shall be less than 50 g/L..
k. Reclamation of existing carpet to be determined with potential vendor.
When carpet is replaced, submit certification documentation from the
reclamation facility to the Contracting Officer.
l. Written Warranty: Lifetime commercial warranty for texture retention
and edge raveling, zippering, de-lamination is required. Seam
preparation and adhesives shall be recommended by the carpet
manufacturer in accordance with the warranty. Contractor shall
submit a copy of the manufacturer's standard warranty to the
Contracting Officer within 60 days of BOD. Government shall be a
beneficiary of the terms of this warranty.
m. Texture Appearance Retention Rating (TARR): The carpet should be
evaluated using ASTM D-5252, Hexapod Drum Test, as the commercial
carpet test procedure and TARR classification determined by ASTM
D-7330. Carpet must meet TARR ratings specified below:
T
Private Offices Moderate > 3.0 TARR
Training,
AF
Heavy > 3.0 TARR
Conference, etc.
Unit masonry flooring system and coordinating base shall be fired red clay
brick, or chemical resistant brick unit masonry flooring. Provide unit
C302006 1.2.1
C302006 1.2.2
C302006 1.2.3
T
of America, Inc. the National Building Granite Quarries Association,
Inc. in addition to the Tile Council of America Handbook for Ceramic
Tile Installationas applicable to the type of stone being installed.
AF
C302007 WALL BASE FINISHES
Provide a wall base for transition between floor and wall finish. If no other
type of base is required, provide rubber or vinyl straight base at carpet
installations, rubber or vinyl cove base at exposed concrete or resilient tile
floors, and a base to match the floor material at hard surface tile floors, or
as required in the project program.
R
C302007 1.1.1
D
All rubber wall base shall be 4 inch (100 mm) high and 1/8 inch (3.2
mm) thick as required unless indicated otherwise. The wall base shall
include inside and outside corners and shall conform to ASTM F1861-98,
Type TS. Provide wall base in rolls and not 4 foot lengths.
C302007 1.1.2
Wall base shall be a minimum of 3-1/2 inches (90 mm) high and AWI custom
grade hardwood molding with mitered inside and outside corners. Refer to
C302008 - 1.1.2 for wood finishes.
Stone and marble wall base shall coordinate with the adjacent flooring and
shall be 4 inch (89 mm) and 3/4 inch (19 mm) thick.
Coordinate tile base with ceramic wall and floor tile for color, material
match and modularity. Include all pre-manufactured trim pieces, special
shapes, caps, stops, and returns to provide a complete installation. Provide
coordinating wall, base and floor tile for curb construction at showers.
T
C302008 1.1 RESILIENT STAIR TREADS, RISERS AND LANDINGS
C302008 1.2 PORCELAIN AND STONE STAIR TREADS, RISERS AND LANDINGS
Refer to C302001 and C302006 for porcelain and stone stair finishes. Provide
treads with textured surfaces or raised patterns and visually impaired
nosing inserts as required.
R
Refer to C302005 for carpeted stair finishes. Provide dense padding on treads
D
T
hardener and shall be used in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations. Curing and sealing materials and procedures shall
be as recommended by the manufacturer of the aggregate surface
AF
hardener system and ASTM C309 or ASTM C1315. All installation shall
be in accordance with manufacturers instructions. Coordinate the
concrete mix design with the dry shake floor topping manufacturer to
optimize bond of floor finish to slab. Spread topping mix with a
mechanical spreader.
Harden and seal concrete floors in accordance with the finished floor
manufacture requirements. Utilize other methods of concrete curing if the
D
Design support system to allow for 360 degree clearance in laying out cable
and cutouts for service to machines and so that panel and stringer together
take up maximum of 2 inches (50 mm).
T
threads or other devices that will permit leveling of floor system
with adjustment range of approximately 2 inches (50 mm). Provide lock
nuts, set screws, or other locking devices to positively lock final
AF
pedestal vertical adjustments in place, independent of floor panels.
Do not use self-tapping screws, snap type connections, or
spring-action lock-nuts. All adhesives used shall be as recommended
by the manufacturer.
C302011 1.2.1 Gravity Held Factory Finished Panels with Bolted Stringer
Understructure
Fasten end of each stringer and mid-point of each four foot stringer
positively to pedestal heads, using manufacturer's standard screws.
Provide corner lock system for all general office (bare for carpet
T
tile) applications with screws that are removable from top.
Provide ramps of required slip resistance and slope conforming to ATBCB ADA
Title III.
Install access floor system and accessories under supervision of the access
flooring manufacturers authorized representative to insure rigid, firm
installation free of vibration, rocking, rattle, squeaks, and other
unacceptable performance. Install in accordance with the following;
Refer to C3040 "INTERIOR PAINTING AND SPECIAL COATINGS" for painted ceiling
finishes.
T
All acoustical ceiling panels shall be 24 inch by 24 inch (610 mm by 610
mm), with a minimum light reflectance of .75 (except as noted), Class A,
AF
flame spread 25 or less and smoke development of 50 or less, ASTM E84. All
acoustical ceiling panels shall have minimum 60% recycled content except
as noted. Acoustical ceiling panels shall conform to ASTM E1264. Provide
square edge except as noted.
C303001 1.1.1
C303001 1.1.2
For typical humid areas such as toilets, kitchens, fitness and locker
rooms, provide non-asbestos mineral or glass composition acoustical
ceiling panels bonded with ceramic, moisture resistant thermo-setting
resin, or other moisture resistant material with factory-applied
standard washable painted finish; and recycled content: minimum of
40%.
C303001 1.1.3
For areas with very high humidity, heavy soiling, staining, impact
abrasion, or limited security concerns, such as bachelor's quarters,
laundry rooms, or maintenance shops, provide Type V, Steel or Type
VII, aluminum faces with white baked on enamel finish, and
non-asbestos mineral composition absorbent backing.
C303001 1.1.4
C303001 1.1.5
T
Classrooms
Base the tested NRC value on Mounting Type E-400 of ASTM E795.
ASTM C36/C36M and ASTM C1396/C1396M, 1/2 or 5/8 inch(12.7 mm or 15.9 mm)
thick, tapered edge. Provide 5/8 inch (15.9 mm) for all projects except
for single family residential, which may utilize 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) if other
requirements, such as sound control, are met.
ASTM C630/C630M, 1/2 or 5/8 inch (12.7 mm or 15.9 mm) thick, tapered edges.
Use for ceilings in humid areas. Do not use as a substrate in tiled areas
where tile will be exposed to direct moisture contact or condensation
accumulation. Support moisture resistant gypsum board at 12 inches (305 mm)
on center. Provide 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) for single-family residential
projects only. Provide 5/8 inch (15.9 mm) for all other projects.
ASTM C1396/C1396M 1/2 or 5/8 inch (12.7 mm or 15.9 mm) thick in residential
construction, and 5/8 inch (15.9 mm) thick in non-residential construction,
T
tapered edges for layers exposed to view, square edges for concealed layers.
Seal joints in foil backing to other panels and adjoining materials as
recommended by the panel manufacturer.
AF
Alternative to foil backed gypsum board in Secured Areas: Field applied
foil faced barrier material is an acceptable alternative for pre
manufactured foil backed gypsum board. Provide a continuous composite
multilayer barrier with a woven polyethylene sheet sandwiched between two
sheets of solid reflective aluminum surfaces. Shielding effectiveness
tested in accordance with IEEE 229/ ASTM D4935. Install barrier in
accordance with manufactures instructions
R
ANSI A108.11 and ANSI A118.9, 1/2 or 5/8 inch (12.7 mm or 15.9 mm) thick;
D
use for adhesive applied ceramic tile in wet areas (tubs, shower enclosures,
saunas, steam rooms, gang shower rooms, or for shower areas with a veneer
plaster finish. Support cementitious backing units at 12 inches (305 mm)
on center. Provide screws specifically designed for use with cement panels.
ASTM C514, Fasteners shall be compatible with each type of gypsum board
material as recommended by the gypsum board manufacturer and in accordance
with GA 216 and GA 224.
T
ASTM C1047, Fabricate from corrosion protected steel or plastic designed
for intended use. Accessories manufactured with paper flanges are not
acceptable. Flanges shall be free of dirt, grease, and other materials that
AF
may adversely affect bond of joint treatment. Provide prefinished or job
decorated materials. Install as recommended by GA 214, GA 216 and GA 224.
C303002 1.10.1
Tape and finish gypsum board in accordance with ASTM C840, GA 214 and
R
GA 216. Ceilings to receive a heavy-grade wall covering or heavy
textured finish before painting shall be finished to GA 214, Level
3. Ceilings without critical lighting to receive flat paints, light
textures, or wall coverings shall be finished to GA 214, Level 4.
D
C303002 1.10.2
Veneer plaster ceilings shall be gypsum plaster veneer finish to gypsum base
finishes. Refer to Section C3040 for paint system and gloss level. Provide
gypsum neat plaster, gypsum ready-mixed plaster, or high strength gypsum
plaster base coat conforming to ASTM C28. High strength gypsum plaster shall
have a compressive strength of not less than 2,500 psi, when tested dry in
accordance with ASTM C472.
Not Used.
T
manufacturer's hold down clips for fire rated assemblies and wall or edge
molding. Hang grid system as recommended by manufacturer but with no less
than 0.106 inch (2.7 mm) diameter wires (ASTM A641A, A641M, Class 1), or
AF
with one by 3/16 inch (4.76 mm) galvanized steel straps conforming to ASTM
A653A, A653M (for light commercial zinc coating) or ASTM A366A, A366M (with
an electrodeposited zinc coating, Type RS). Use ASTM A580/A580M, composition
302 or 304, condition annealed stainless steel, 0.106 inches (2.7 mm) in
diameter over high humidity areas such as commercial kitchens and pools.
Install suspended grid system with acoustical sealant (ASTM C843,
nonstaining and ASTM C636). Recycled content shall be a minimum of 25%.
R
C303005 1.2 CONCEALED SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING GRID
Provide steel materials for metal support systems with galvanized coating
per ASTM A653/A653M, G60; aluminum coating ASTM A463/A463M, T1-25; or a 55%
aluminum-zinc coating. Provide suspended ceiling framing in accordance
with ASTM C754, except framing members shall be 16 inches (400mm) unless
otherwise noted.
Not Used.
All paint shall be suitable in accordance with the Master Painter Institute (MPI)
standards for the interior architectural surface being finished. The current MPI,
"Approved Product List" as of the date of contract award, will be used to determine
compliance with the submittal requirements of this specification. The Contractor
may choose to use a more current MPI "Approved Product List"; however, only one
T
list may be used for the entire contract. All coats on a particular substrate,
or a paint system, must be from a single manufacturer. No variation from the MPI
Approved Products List is acceptable.
AF
Select paint systems for the project in accordance with the MPI Architectural
Painting Decision Tree available on the Whole Building Design Guide. Use this
interactive MPI Decision Tree website to identify applicable paint system(s) for
the project. The MPI Decision Tree identifies paint systems for each interior or
exterior coated surface in "Normal" or "Aggressive" environmental conditions and
generally lists the applicable paint systems in descending order of performance.
The paint system at the top of each substrate list generally indicates the highest
R
performing acceptable coating system.
Choose the "Aggressive" environmental conditions in the MPI Decision Tree for
exterior systems that are used in moist humid conditions, abrasive conditions,
D
Comply with the following rules when determining the appropriate paint or coating
system from the MPI Decision Tree:
a. Some of these paint systems are identified with a "NAVFAC Anchor". This
"NAVFAC Anchor" indicates the minimum performing system that NAVFAC will accept
for that substrate and environmental conditions.
c. If only one MPI Decision Tree choice is available for a certain substrate
and environmental condition with no indicated NAVFAC preference, provide that sole
option for NAVFAC projects.
d. If the MPI Decision Tree provides multiple choices and no NAVFAC preference
is denoted, refer to the Additional RFP Requirements below to determine level of
performance.
e. If the MPI Decision Tree does not identify all paint system applicable to
the facility, utilize the MPI Architectural Painting, Exterior Systems Manual to
identify other appropriate paint systems for the project. Utilize the "Premium
Grade" systems and comply with all limitations stated in the MPI "Approved Product
List" for each paint product. Products having an MPI VOC Range E3 shall be given
preferential consideration over lower VOC Ranges. Use higher performing paint
systems unless the lower performing paint system can be justified based on a
lifecycle cost to include surface preparation, application, disposal,
environmental impact, and required recoating cycles. Only use paint products that
have been tested for MPI'S "DETAILED PERFORMANCE" or "EVALUATED PERFORMANCE ".
Do not use products that have only been tested for "INTENDED USE".
T
f. If an "Aggressive" environmental condition option is not available in the
MPI Decision Tree for a certain substrate, use the "Normal" environmental condition
option.
AF
g. Refer to the Additional Exterior Paint and Coating System Requirements below
for further system requirements.
Paints and coatings shall comply with Master Painters Institute Green Performance
Standard GPS-1-12 which is available at the following website;
http://www.specifygreen.com/EvrPerf/EnvironmentalPerformance.html . Provide
Interior flat intermediate and topcoats of a maximum of 50 g/L VOC and interior
R
non-flat intermediate and topcoats of a maximum 150 g/L VOC. Choose paints that
provide performance and are environmentally friendly by using total VOC budgeting
to analyze the total impact of all flat, non-flat and special purpose coatings
on the project.
D
Gloss levels shall comply with the MPI system of determining gloss as defined
in the Evaluation sections of the MPI Manuals. Utilize the performance
characteristics of the paint gloss and sheen to categorize paint rather than
manufactures' description of his product. The MPI Gloss Levels are
indicated by the notation G1, G2, G3, G4, G5, G6, or G7. G1 is not used
by Navy.
The MPI Decision Tree indicates a default gloss level for each paint system,
however consider the appearance, anticipated conditions, and need for
cleaning when choosing the correct gloss level for each coated surface of
the project. Comply with the following guidance in choosing the appropriate
gloss level.
c. Use G5 Semigloss for walls, doors and trim for high durability and clean
ability and when a surface is expected to have routine human contact.
The MPI Gloss and Sheen Standard values are measured per ASTM D523, and are
as follows:
T
Gloss Level 6(G6) - Gloss 70-85 units
Gloss Level 7(G7) - High Gloss More than 85 units
AF
C304001 1.2 MPI SYSTEM DESIGNATIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS
The MPI coating system number in each Division is found in either the MPI
Architectural Painting Specification Manual or the Maintenance Repainting
Manual and defined as an interior system (INT/RIN).
Remove dirt, splinters, loose particles, grease, oil, and other foreign
matter and substances deleterious to coating performance as specified for
each substrate before application of paint or surface treatments. For
existing buildings, use MPI Maintenance Repainting Manual to determine the
coatings that need to be removed. Remove deteriorated or loose coatings
before repainting begins. Oil and grease shall be removed prior to
mechanical cleaning. Cleaning shall be programmed so that dust and other
contaminants will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. Exposed ferrous
metals such as nail heads on or in contact with surfaces to be painted with
water-thinned paints, shall be spot-primed with a suitable
corrosion-inhibitive primer capable of preventing flash rusting and
compatible with the coating specified for the adjacent areas.
In addition to the MPI Decision Tree, comply with the following paint system
T
requirements:
Provide road and parking lot pavement marking in accordance with UFGS
32 17 23.00 20, Pavement Markings.
R
C304001 1.4.2 DRESSED LUMBER
Stain finishes.
C304007 1.1.1
C304007 1.1.2
T
C304007 1.2 IMPACT RESISTANT WALL FINISHES
used as an interior wall finish over CMU that has been joint-filled
and smoothed with a water resistant manufactured recommended
compound. Coating system to be mold and mildew resistant, flame spread
15 or less per ASTM-E84 and have a minimum final film thickness of
7 mils.
-- End of Section --
T
AF
R
D
SECTION D20
PLUMBING
05/14
D20 GENERAL
RFP Part 3 including the Engineering System Requirements (ESR) provide project
specific requirements. The RFP Part 4, Performance Technical Sections (PTS)
provide generalized technical requirements that apply to multiple facility types
and include more requirements than are applicable to any one project. Therefore,
only the RFP Part 4 requirements that apply to the project and further define the
RFP Part 3 project specific requirements are required.
This section must be used in conjunction with all parts of the Design Build
(D/B) Request for Proposal (RFP) to determine the full requirements of this
solicitation.
T
This section includes the construction of interior plumbing systems. This
section covers installations inside the facility and out to the five foot
AF
line. See Section G30, Site Mechanical Utilities, for continuation of
systems beyond the five foot line.
In addition, UFGS sections listed below, in the body of the PTS text, or
as listed on the whole building design guide (wbdg.org) website are to be
used by the Designer of Record (DOR) as a part of the design submittal. If
the UFGS products or systems are applicable to the project, the DOR shall
edit these referenced UFGS sections and submit them as a part of the design
submittal specification. Edit the specification sections in accordance
with the limitations stated in PTS section Z10, General Performance
Technical Specifications.
T
Technical Specifications, UFGS section 01 33 10.05 20, Design Submittal
Procedures, MED Design Instruction Manual, and UFC 3-401-01, Mechanical
Engineering.
AF
D20 1.4 CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTALS
Plumbing fixtures shall be provided in accordance with the IBC, IPC, and as
specified. Provide EPA's "WaterSense" labeled fixtures where available.
ASME A112.19.2, white vitreous china, siphon jet. Provide ASME A112.19.5
trim. Provide self-closing metering type flush valve, unless electronic
flush control is specified in the ESR Section D20. Electronic flush control
shall conform to UL 1951 and ASSE 1037. Flush valve shall not exceed 1.28
GPF (4.8 LPF). Handicapped fixture mounting height and appurtenances shall
be in accordance with ABA Accessibility Standard.
ASME A112.19.2, white vitreous china, siphon jet. Provide ASME A112.19.5
trim. Provide self-closing metering type dual function flush valve, unless
electronic flush control is specified in the ESR Section D20. Electronic
flush control shall conform to UL 1951 and ASSE 1037. Dual function flush
valve shall provide a flush of 0.8 to 1.1 GPF (3.0 to 4.2 LPF) or 1.28 GPF
(4.8 LPF). Maximum flush volume shall not exceed 1.28 GPF (4.8 LPF).
Handicapped fixture mounting height and appurtenances shall be in accordance
with ABA Accessibility Standard.
ASME A112.19.2, white vitereous china, siphon jet. Provide ASME A112.19.5
trim. Dual function flush tank water closet shall provide a dual flush that
allows a flush of 0.8 to 1.1 GPF (3.0 to 1.6 LPF) or 1.28 GPF (4.8 LPF).
Maximum flush tank volume per flush shall not exceed 1.28 GPF (4.8 LPF).
T
Handicapped fixture mounting height and appurtenances shall be in accordance
with ABA Accessibility Standard.
D201002 URINALS
AF
D201002 1.1 FLUSH VALVE URINALS
ASME A112.19.2, white vitreous china, wall-mounted, wall outlet, siphon jet,
integral trap, extended side shields. EPA "WaterSense" labeled. Provide
large diaphragm (not less than 2.625 inches (66 mm) upper chamber inside
diameter at the point where the diaphragm is sealed between the upper and
R
lower chambers) flush valve of chrome plated cast brass conforming to ASTM
B 584, including vacuum breaker and angle (control-stop) valve. Maximum
flush valve volume per flush shall not exceed 0.5 gallons per flush (1.9
lpf). Provide ASME A112.19.5 trim and ASME 112.6.1M concealed chair
D
installation shall be ADA compliant. Slope the sanitary sewer branch line
for non-water use urinals a minimum of 1/4-inch per foot. Manufacturer
shall provide an operating manual and on-site training for the proper care
and maintenance of the urinal.
D201003 LAVATORIES
T
ASME A112.19.1, white enameled cast-iron or ASME A112.19.2 white vitreous
china with ASME A112.6.1M concealed arm carrier support, with minimum
dimensions of 20 inches wide by 18 inches (508 mm wide by 457 mm) front to
AF
rear. Provide ASME 112.18.1 copper alloy centerset faucets unless self
closing metering or electronic control is specified in ESR section D20.
Faucets shall be EPA "WaterSense" labeled. Provide with aerator,
adjustable P-traps, and perforated grid strainers, unless pop-up drain
fittings are specified in ESR section D20.
D201004 SINKS
D
ASME A112.19.3 sink, 20 gage stainless steel with integral mounting rim,
minimum dimensions of 33 inches (840 mm) wide for two compartment or 21 inches
(560 mm) wide for one compartment by 21 inches (560 mm) front to rear, with
ledge back and undersides coated with sound dampening material. Provide
top-mounted ASME A112.18.1 copper alloy faucets, swing spout with aerator,
and stainless steel drain outlets with cup strainers. Provide adjustable
P-trap with drain piping to vertical vent stack. If specified in ESR section
D20, provide UL 430 waste disposer unit in right compartment.
vacuum breaker and 0.75 inch (20 mm) external hose threads.
T
outlets with cup strainers, and 1.5 inch (40 mm) adjustable P-trap with drain
piping to vertical vent stack.
D201005 SHOWERS/TUBS
AF
D201005 1.1 ONE PIECE BATH AND SHOWER MODULES
ASSE 1014, adjustable spray hand-held shower head with swivel fitting, 60
inch (1524 mm) minimum flexible chrome plated copper alloy hose and in-line
vacuum breaker. Provide push button flow control if specified in ESR
section D20. Provide 25 inch (635 mm) grab bar with sliding spray holder
that locks at any height.
T
Standard.
F (15.5 and 35 degrees C) unless cold water supply meets temperature criteria.
Where indicated in ESR section D20, provide packaged, UL listed, alarm system;
including an amber strobe lamp, horn with externally adjustable loudness and horn
silencing switch, mounting hardware, and waterflow switch, assembled and prewired
for waterproof service within NEMA Type 3 or 4 enclosures or for explosion proof
service within NEMA Type 7 or 9 enclosures.
ISEA Z358.1, wall-mounted self-cleaning, non-clogging eye and face wash with
quick opening, full-flow valves, stainless steel eye and face wash receptor.
Use copper tubing and fittings for pipe sizes 4 inches (100 mm) or smaller.
T
Use type L tubing above ground with solder fittings. For buried piping,
use type K tubing with solder fittings.
AF
D202001 1.2 CHLORINATED POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (CPVC)
When specified in ESR section D20, provide CPVC pipe, fittings, and solvent
cement per ASTM D 2846/D 2846M for sizes 4 inches (100 mm) and smaller.
Provide transition union connections or threaded gate valve between metallic
piping and CPVC piping.
Furnish proof that each make, model/design, and size of backflow preventer
being furnished for the project is approved by and has a current "Certificate
of Approval" from the Foundation for Cross-Connection Control and Hydraulic
Research (FCCCHR)-USC. Listing of the particular make, model/design, and
size in the current FCCCHR-USC will be acceptable as the required proof.
Provide freeze protection for aboveground exterior applications in areas
where the winter design temperature is at or below freezing.
Electric water heaters with double heating element per UL 174 for water
heaters with less than 120 gallons of storage and 200,000 btuh input.
Provide water heater per UL 1453 for commercial water heaters with
120 gallons of storage or more and 200,000 btuh input or more. Water
heaters shall be equipped with glass-lined steel tanks, high
efficiency type, insulated with polyurethane foam insulation,
replaceable anodes, and adjustable range thermostat to allow hot water
T
settings between 110 and 160 degrees F (43 and 71 degrees C). Water
heater warranty shall be a minimum of 5 years.
AF
D202003 1.2.2 Gas-Fired Water Heaters
High efficiency storage type water heaters per CSA/AM Z21.10.1 for
water heaters with less than 120 gallons of storage and input ratings
of 75,000 btuh or less. Provide water heater per CSA/AM Z21.10.3 for
commercial water heaters with 120 gallons of storage or more and input
ratings above 75,000 btuh. Water heaters shall meet AGA
requirements. Water heaters shall be equipped with glass-lined steel
R
tanks, polyurethane foam insulation, replaceable anodes, and
adjustable range thermostat to allow hot water settings between 110
and 160 degrees F (43 and 71 degrees C). Water heater warranty shall
be a minimum of 5years. Provide vent in accordance with NFPA 54.
D
AWWA D100, glass-lined vertical steel tanks, minimum of 125 psig (862
kPa) (gage) working pressure.
T
Potable water service, base mounted, end suction pumps with mechanical
seals and drip-proof electric motors.
AF
D202003 1.4 DOMESTIC WATER PRESSURE BOOSTER SYSTEM
Steel expansion tank with potable water rated polypropylene or butyl lined
diaphragm at water heater.
AWWA C701 turbine type, with register reading in liters and U.S. gallons.
D202005 SPECIALTIES
Recessed wall box fabricated of PVC plastic. Provide bronze dual washing
machine valve with single lever shut-off.
For each buried valve provide cast-iron, ductile-iron box of a suitable size.
Provide cast-iron or ductile-iron cover for the box with the word "WATER"
cast on the cover.
T
PDI WH 201, water hammer arrestors in lieu of air chambers.
AF
D202005 1.4 ICEMAKER CONNECTOR BOX
Recessed wall box fabricated of PVC plastic. Provide bronze shut-off valve.
Upon completion of the installation, disinfect all systems per the IPC.
Upon completion of the installation test all systems per the IPC.
Cast iron hub and spigot pipe and fittings, rubber compression gasket joints
or cast-iron hubless pipe and fittings, CISPI 301 with CISPI 310 couplings.
Where indicated in ESR Section D20, plastic PVC or ABS piping, fittings,
and solvent cement per ASTM D 2665 or ASTM D 2661 may be provided. Plastic
piping shall be equipped with approved firestopping devices as required by
code.
Cast-iron hubless pipe and fittings, CISPI 301 with CISPI 310 couplings. Where
indicated in ESR Section D20, plastic PVC or ABS piping, fittings, and solvent
cement per ASTM D 2665 or ASTM D 2661. PVC piping shall be equipped with approved
firestopping devices as required by code. Single drainage/vent stack systems
(such as Philadelphia system) and mechanical air admittance valves are not
acceptable.
T
Floor drains shall be flush strainer or extended rim type as required by the IPC.
Provide in mechanical rooms, restrooms, fire pump room, laundry room, and plumbing
AF
chase areas. Provide floor sinks in kitchens. Provide floor sinks where required
for interior air handling unit condensate drains.
Cast iron hubless pipe and fittings, CISPI 301 with CISPI 310 couplings. Where
indicated in ESR Section D20, plastic PVC or ABS piping, fittings, and solvent
cement per ASTM D 2665 or ASTM D 2661 may be used. PVC piping shall be equipped
with approved firestopping devices as required by code. Size and install piping
in accordance with the IPC.
Roof drains shall conform to ASME A112.6.4, with dome and integral flange, and
shall have a device for making a watertight connection between roofing and
flashing.
T
D209001 1.1 NATURAL GAS PIPING
Conform to requirements of the local natural gas utility and ASME B31.8,
AF
Gas Transmission and Distribution Piping Systems, for exterior piping.
Conform to requirements of NFPA 54, National Fuel Gas Code, for interior
gas piping. Provide meter and pressure regulator in accordance with the
requirements of the local utility. Provide earthquake valve where required
by code.
and above roofs shall be silicon-iron composition. Provide cleanouts and drains
as specified for DWV piping, except material shall be silicon-iron composition.
D209003 INTERCEPTORS
Oil/water separator, where required, in accordance with the IPC and with
a minimum flow capacity to meet system demand.
manufacturers standard air filter, oil filter, and plug drain. Air
compressor, aftercooler, and receiver shall be factory packaged as a unit.
Receiver tank shall be per ASME PBVC Sec. VIII D1, labeled and rated for
125 PSI (862 kPa) gage, equipped with required valves and trimmings,
including gage and automatic drain valve and ASME BPVC pressure safety relief
valve. Air compressor and receiver shall be sized in accordance with the
Compressed Air and Gas Institute (CAGI) guidelines. Locate air compressor
away from noise sensitive areas.
T
shall not exceed 2 PSI (13.8 kPa) gage.
-- End of Section --
D
SECTION D30
HVAC
05/14
D30 GENERAL
RFP Part 3 including the Engineering System Requirements (ESR) provide project
specific requirements. The RFP Part 4, Performance Technical Sections (PTS)
provide generalized technical requirements that apply to multiple facility types
and include more requirements than are applicable to any one project. Therefore,
only the RFP Part 4 requirements that apply to the project and further define the
RFP Part 3 project specific requirements are required.
T
of systems beyond the five-foot line.
TYPE III
T
a. Verification of satisfactory HVAC system performance shall be via
Performance Verification Testing, as detailed in this section.
b. The Government reserves the right to witness all Acceptance Tests and
AF
Inspections, review data, and request other such additional
inspections and repeat tests as necessary to ensure that the system
and provided services conform to the stated requirements.
c. The Qualified Testing Organization shall provide the Acceptance Tests
and Inspections test plan and perform the acceptance tests and
inspections. Test methods, procedures, and test values shall be
performed and evaluated in accordance with appropriate standards, and
R
the manufacturer's recommendations. Equipment shall be placed in
service only after completion of required tests and evaluation of the
test results have been completed. Contractor shall supply to the
testing organization complete sets of shop drawings, settings of
D
Commission the HVAC systems per the Commissioning Plan as required by UFGS
Specification Section 01 45 00.00 10, Design & Construction Quality Control.
HVAC system commissioning shall coordinate with and incorporate the testing,
reporting, training & O&M documentation requirements of UFGS 23 05 93,
Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC and UFGS 23 09 23.13 20, BACnet
Direct Digital Control Systems for HVAC.
In addition, UFGS sections listed below, in the body of the PTS text or as
listed on the whole building design guide (wbdg.org) website are to be used
by the Designer of Record (DOR) as a part of the design submittal. If the
UFGS products or systems are applicable to the project, the DOR shall edit
these referenced UFGS sections and submit them as a part of the design
submittal specification. Edit the specification sections in accordance
with the limitations stated in PTS section Z10, General Performance
Technical Specifications.
UFGS 23 09 23.13 20, BACnet Direct Digital Control Systems for HVAC
T
UFGS 23 00 00, Air Supply, Distribution, Ventilation, and Exhaust
Systems
AF
UFGS 23 08 00.00 10, Commissioning of HVAC Systems
Solar hot water heating system fixtures and equipment, and OMSI
D
ASTM A 53/A 53M or ASTM A 106/A 106M piping with associated ASME fittings
or ASTM B 88, type L or M copper tubing with ASME B16.26 flared fittings
or compression type fittings. Provide welded fittings on piping below
grade. Pumps that are not part of the burner assembly shall be positive
displacement type. Provide oil filter prior to oil entering appliance or
pump. Storage tanks shall meet the requirements of NFPA 31.
T
Conform to requirements of the local natural gas utility and ASME B31.8,
Gas Transmission and Distribution Piping Systems, for exterior piping.
Conform to requirements of NFPA 54, National Fuel Gas Code, for interior
AF
gas piping. Provide meter and pressure regulator in accordance with the
requirements of the local utility. Provide earthquake valve where required
by code. Contractor is responsible for providing the complete natural gas
system to the facility, including any applications and permits.
Black steel per ASTM A 53/A 53M, Schedule 40, and associated ASME
fittings threaded ends for sizes 2 inches (50 mm) and smaller;
otherwise, plain end beveled for butt welding.
D
Pressure test per NFPA 54 at 1.5 times maximum working pressure, but in no
case less than 50 PSI (350 kPa).
If required, provide the same as specified for natural gas and comply with
NFPA 58.
Polyethylene (PE) pipe conforming to ASTM D 2513 for 100 PSI (690 kPa)
(gage) working pressure. Standard Dimension Ratio shall be 11.5
maximum. Provide detectable aluminum plastic backed tape or
detectable magnetic plastic tape manufactured specifically for
warning and identification of direct buried piping. Tape shall be
detectable by an electronic detection instrument. Polyethylene
If not provided by the propane provider, the tank material and installation
shall comply with NFPA 58.
Design and build each solar domestic hot water heating system meeting the
requirements of UFC 3-440-04N Solar Heating of Buildings and Domestic Hot Water.
T
Each system shall be fully integrated with the building DDC controls system.
Provide complete solar domestic hot water system designed and built by a single
AF
contractor who specializes in solar heated water systems. System shall be
designed, built, and tested by this contractor who shall be responsible for the
provided system to operate as proposed. This design-build contractor must be
endorsed in writing, prior to system design, by the manufacturer of the solar plate
collectors provided for this solicitation.
The solar domestic hot water system designer shall work with the building designers
to optimize the roof area, slope and orientation available for solar domestic hot
R
water. Coordinate with other solar systems utilizing the roof area such as
photovoltaic systems.
Provide solar liquid flat plate collector systems to comply with the requirements
D
specified in UFGS Section 48 14 13.00 20, Solar Liquid Flat Plate Collectors.
D302001 BOILERS
If required, provide Boiler(s) type for the load capacity of the building as
indicated in ESR Section D30.
Boiler shall be designed, tested, and installed per ASME CSD-1 (Controls
and Safety Devices) and ASME BPVC (Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code). The
boiler shall meet the requirements of the UL 795, ANSI Z83.3, and ASME CSD.
Oil-fired boiler system design shall be in accordance with NFPA 31.
Burners provided shall be the make, model and type certified and approved
by the manufacturer of the boiler being provided. Burner controls and flame
safety equipment shall conform to either ASME CSD-1 or NFPA 58 as dictated
by the input.
T
Comply with ASME BPVC SEC IV, ASME CSD-1, and additional appurtenances
as specified herein.
AF
D302001 1.3.3 Pressure Gages
Provide pressure gages with a scale equivalent to 1.5 times the outlet
water pressure on supply water piping and return water piping.
Steam boilers shall meet the requirements of hot water boilers, except as
follows.
Provide pressure gages with a scale equivalent to 1.5 times the outlet
water pressure on boiler feedwater supply piping and condensate return
water piping. Provide boiler steam pressure gage with scale
equivalent to 1.5 times the boiler rated working pressure.
T
boiler manufacturer for installation, startup, operational and safety
testing. Demonstrate proper operability of combustion control, flame
safeguard control, and safety interlocks.
AF
D302003 FUEL-FIRED UNIT HEATERS
ANSI Z83.8 and AGA label. Equip each heater with individually adjustable
package discharge louver. Provide with thermostat.
R
D302003 1.2 INFRARED HEATERS
Insulate hot water pumps and equipment as suitable for the temperature and service
in rigid block, semi-rigid board, or flexible unicellular insulation to fit as
closely as possible to equipment.
If coatings are indicated in ESR Section D30, provide with copper tube/copper fin
construction or immersion applied, baked phenolic or other approved coating that
passes the 3000 hour salt spray resistance test using the ASTM B117 procedure.
Field applied coatings are not acceptable.
Air-cooled chillers shall be type indicated in Project Program and meet the
requirements of AHRI 550/590. Provide control panel with the
manufacturers' standard controls and protection circuits. If DDC system
is required in project, provide a control interface for remote monitoring
of the chiller's operating parameters, functions and alarms from the DDC
control system central workstation. When using BACnet communication
protocol, use the ASHRAE 135 protocol without gateways to interface with
the BACnet DDC system in specification UFGS 23 09 13.13 20.
T
D303001 1.1.1 Stages
Factory assembled, conforming to NFPA 214. Fire hazard rating for plastic
impregnated materials shall not exceed 25. Provide Cooling Technology
Factory assembled, conforming to NFPA 214. Fire hazard rating for plastic
impregnated materials shall not exceed 25. Provide Cooling Technology
Institute 201 certification of tower capability and performance. Cooler
performance shall meet or exceed that listed in ASHRAE 90.1. Provide
stainless steel hardware. Provide vibration cutout switch interlocked with
the fan motor. Provide 2-speed or adjustable frequency drive fan motors.
Meet OSHA safety requirements for stairs and handrails.
T
If coatings are indicated in ESR Section D30, provide with copper tube/copper fin
construction or immersion applied, baked phenolic or other approved coating that
AF
passes the 3000 hour salt spray resistance test using the ASTM B117 procedure.
Field applied coatings are not acceptable.
T
designed, tested, and rated in accordance with ARI 210/240. Provide
manufacturer's minimum recommended clearance around heat pump or condensing
units. Refrigerant piping size shall be per the manufacturer's
AF
recommendations. Insulate refrigerant piping suction lines and condensate
drain.
The system shall consist of VRF heat pump units, branch circuit controllers,
VRF fan coil units, and associated controls. The heat pump units shall be
inverter driven and shall utilize R410A refrigerant. The branch circuit
R
controllers shall include multiple branch connections allowing for
simultaneous heating and cooling utilizing hot gas refrigerant or sub-cooled
liquid. The total capacity of the branch controllers shall be between 50%
and 150% of the rated capacity.
D
T
Provide manual volume dampers in each branch take-off from the main
duct to control air quantity except for primary supply ductwork on
VAV systems. Dampers shall conform to SMACNA 1966 duct construction
AF
standards and shall be seal class "A" construction.
Fire dampers shall be rated per UL 555. Fire dampers shall be dynamic
type rated for closure against a moving airstream. Provide fire
dampers that do not intrude into the air stream when in the open
position.
R
Fabricated attenuators that will reduce the rated sound pressure level
of the fan down to at least 65 decibels in the 250 Hz (third octave
band) center frequency by using a reference sound source calibrated
in decibels of sound power at 10 to 12 watts. Maximum permissible
pressure drop shall not exceed 0.63 inch of water (157 Pa).
Louvers shall bear AMCA ratings seal for air performance and water
penetration in accordance with AMCA 500L and AMCA 511. Louvers shall
be constructed of anodized aluminum alloy or stainless steel.
Provide birdscreens.
T
the minimum thickness required by ASHRAE 90.1. Insulate the backs of all
supply air diffusers with blanket flexible mineral fiber insulation.
Pressure-independent, fan powered, VAV units rated per AHRI 880 and UL
listed. Provide each box with a heating coil. Provide electronic controls
with speed controller, discharge volume control damper(s), and
D
Steam piping shall be ASTM A 106/A 106M or ASTM A 53/A 53M Grade B, Schedule
40, black steel, electric-resistance welded or seamless.
Condensate return piping shall be ASTM A 106/A 106M or ASTM A 53/A 53M, Grade
B, Schedule 80, black steel, electric-resistance welded or seamless.
For piping 2 inch (50 mm) and smaller, provide ASME B16.3 malleable iron
screwed fittings or ASME B16.11 socket welding (Class 3000) or threaded type
(Class 2000). Provide ASME B16.9 butt-welding fittings or ASME B16.5
flanged type for piping 2-1/2 inch (63 mm) and larger.
Insulate steam and condensate return piping with mineral fiber or cellular
glass insulation with all-purpose jacket.
T
Hot water piping shall be electric resistance welded or seamless Schedule
40 black steel pipe conforming to ASTM A 53/A 53M. Piping 4 inch (100 mm)
AF
and smaller may be ASTM B 88 Type K or L copper.
For piping 2 inch (50 mm) and smaller, provide ASME B16.3 malleable iron
screwed fittings or ASME B16.11 socket welding (Class 3000) or threaded type
(Class 2000). Provide ASME B16.9 butt-welding fittings or ASME B16.5
flanged type for piping 2-1/2 inch (63 mm) and larger.
R
ASME B16.18 cast bronze solder joint type or ASME B16.22 wrought copper
D
Provide isolation valves on supply and return lines at take-offs for service
to each building(s). Valves shall be located in valve boxes.
Insulate hot water piping with mineral fiber insulation with factory-applied
all-purpose jacket. Provide aluminum metal wrap over insulation for all
exterior piping.
Provide test ports in piping at inlet and outlet of all major system
components including boilers, pumps, and other equipment as required.
T
D304006 1.1 ABOVEGROUND CHILLED AND CONDENSER WATER PIPING
For piping 2 inch (50 mm) and smaller, provide ASME B16.3 malleable iron
screwed fittings or ASME B16.11 socket welding (Class 3000) or threaded type
R
(Class 2000). Provide ASME B16.9 butt-welding fittings or ASME B16.5
flanged type for piping 2-1/2 inch (63 mm) and larger.
ASME B16.18 cast bronze solder joint type or ASME B16.22 wrought copper
solder joint type.
Provide isolation valves on supply and return lines at take-offs for service
to each building(s). Valves shall be located in valve boxes.
Insulate chilled water pumps and accessories for the temperature and service
in rigid block, semi-rigid board, or flexible unicellular insulation to fit
as closely as possible to equipment. Insulate above ground chilled water
piping with cellular glass insulation (ASTM C 552, Type II, and Type III).
Flexible unicellular insulation may be used on small piping runouts.
Insulate condenser water piping with mineral fiber insulation. Provide
all-purpose jacket with vapor retarder. Provide aluminum metal wrap over
insulation for all exterior piping.
Provide test ports in piping at inlet and outlet of all major system
components including chillers, pumps, and other equipment as required.
Fans shall be AMCA 210 certified, with AMCA seal. Fan bearings shall have
a minimum average life of 200,000 hours at design operating conditions.
Provide bird screens for outdoor inlets and outlets. Provide direct-drive
type fans with means for verifying operation via the building DDC system
or with speed controllers
T
D304007 1.2 IN-LINE FANS
AF
UL-Listed centrifugal fans.
Propeller fans with fan guards. Provide centrifugal fans with backdraft
dampers and wall bracket.
UL 507 and UL-listed, Home Ventilating Institute (HVI) certified and with
AMCA seal for ceiling installation.
UL 507 and UL-listed, with AMCA seal, range hood with light over stove.
Minimum fan capacity shall be 160 cfm with maximum sound level of 5.6 sones.
AMCA 210 certified fans with AMCA seal. Fan bearings shall have a minimum average
life of 200,000 hours at design operating conditions. Provide bird screens for
outdoor inlets and outlets.
Modular construction, double wall air handling units with minimum of 1 inch
(25 mm) casing insulation. Provide AHRI 430 certified fans and AHRI
certified coils. Provide stainless steel, positive draining condensate
drain pan. For 100% outside air units provide capability for cooling,
heating, dehumidification and reheat.
For central station air handling units provide an ultra violet c-band
(UVC) disinfection system for mold, bacteria and odor control in each
air handler that has a chilled water or DX cooling coil.
Irradiation-emitters and fixtures are to be installed in sufficient
quantity and in such an arrangement so as to provide an equal
distribution of UVC energy on the coil and in the drain pan. To
maintain energy efficiency, the UVC energy produced shall be of the
lowest possible reflected and shadowed losses. Energy Efficiency -
Power supplies shall be of the high efficiency electronic type and
matched to the emitter. Intensity - The minimal UVC energy striking
T
the leading edge (if installed upstream) or trailing edge (if
installed downstream) of all the coil fins shall not be less than 820
W/cm2 at the closest point and through placement, not less than 60%
AF
of that value at the farthest point. Equal amounts are to strike the
drain pan, either directly or indirectly through reflection. The
foregoing sets the placement and minimum quantity of fixtures to be
installed. Installation - emitters and fixtures shall be installed
at right angles to the conforming lines of the coil fins, such that
through incident angle reflection, UVC energy bathes all surfaces of
the coil and drain pan as well as all of the available line of sight
airstream. One complete set of spare bulbs will be supplied.
R
Centrifugal circulating pumps with motor, motor starter, and motor enclosure
conforming to the appropriate NEMA standards. Provide suction diffusers
on base-mounted pumps. Insulate pumps used for hot service and chilled
water service.
Single stage end suction pumps suitable for chilled, condenser, and
hot water heating systems.
speed control. All air handling unit and pump VFD's shall be from the same
manufacturer. Each VFD shall include motor starter, motor disconnects and
controls as required for a complete system. Units shall be UL-listed and
comply with the National Electric Code.
Disconnect switch
Manual bypass
Run light
T
Failure alarm
ASME rated air separators with tangential inlet and outlet connections and
R
automatic air vent.
If required, Provide chilled and hot water systems with automatic chemical
treatment system for the control of pH, scale formation, and corrosion
inhibition. Provide shot-type feeders for manual chemical feed. Feeders
shall be rated for use with pressures up to 130 PSI (900 kPa) (gage). Provide
condenser water systems with automatic chemical treatment systems that
monitor conductivity, and pH, and provide for water metering and bleed-off.
Provide chemicals in accordance with EPA and equipment manufacturers
recommendations.
T
Provide piping identification labels or Stencil names or code letters for
piping systems in clearly visible letters and symbols. Provide
AF
arrow-shaped markings to indicate direction of flow.
Provide pipe sleeves at each wall and floor penetration. The sleeve shall
be of a material suitable to protect the carrier pipe (two pipe sizes larger)
and sealed with an appropriate flexible material. Provide fire stopping
in fire rated walls in accordance with IBC.
R
UL-Listed, factory assembled and tested fan coils, AHRI 440 and AHRI certified.
Fin tube radiators and Convectors shall be provided with copper tubes and
aluminum fins. Provide normally open, spring return control valves.
T
D305005 1.2 BASEBOARD HEATERS
Factory packaged units in accordance with AHRI 430 and suitable for outdoor
installation. Provide with manufacturer's roof curb.
The Designer of Record shall use UFGS Section 23 09 23.13 20 if using BACnet
protocol, and submit the edited specification section as a part of the
project design submittal.
T
The system shall have stand alone digital controllers, a communication
network, and a workstation computer with control software. Provide
stand-alone control routines that operate without connection to the network
AF
during a loss of communication. Provide trending, scheduling and alarm
tables (may be included with the sequence of operation). Provide reset
routines (based on outdoor air temperature or zone demand) for hot water
loop temperature setpoints and supply air static pressure control. Use
alarming and trending services during performance testing or commissioning.
Alarm every sequence routine when out-of-limits or control/response failure
occurs. Display all graphic floor plans, equipment graphics, DDC ladder
diagrams, and sequence of operations graphic pages.
R
All 120-volt wiring shall comply with NFPA 70. All 24-volt wiring shall
comply with the IMC and terminal device manufacturers recommendations.
D
Provide HVAC systems testing and balancing that complies with the
requirements specified in UFGS Specification Section 23 05 93, Testing,
Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC. The Designer of Record shall prepare
UFGS Specification Section 23 05 93, as a part of the project specification
and shall include the prepared specification section in the design submittal
for the project.
T
Total energy (enthalpy) type energy recovery wheels (heat wheels). Media
shall be aluminum or a lightweight polymer coated with a corrosion-resistant
finish. Etched or oxidized surfaces are not acceptable. Heat transfer
AF
surfaces shall be coated with a non-migrating (permanently bonded) absorbent
specifically developed for the selective transfer of water vapor. Equal
sensible and latent recovery efficiencies shall be documented through a
certification program conducted per ASHRAE 84 and AHRI 1060. The energy
recovery wheel shall have an insulated housing of double wall construction,
rotor seals that are specifically designed to limit cross-contamination,
and a rotation detector. Should rotation stop, the rotation detector shall
R
alarm the HVAC control system. Filter sections shall be readily accessible
for maintenance.
-- End of Section --
SECTION D40
FIRE PROTECTION
05/14
D40 GENERAL
RFP Part 3 including the Engineering System Requirements (ESR) provide project
specific requirements. The RFP Part 4, Performance Technical Sections (PTS)
provide generalized technical requirements that apply to multiple facility types
and include more requirements than are applicable to any one project. Therefore,
only the RFP Part 4 requirements that apply to the project and further define the
RFP Part 3 project specific requirements are required.
T
following Government Standards. The general requirements of this PTS
section are located in PTS Section Z10, General Performance Technical
Specification.
AF
D40 1.1.1 Government Standards
Materials and assemblies installed in the work shall be inspected and found
to be in compliance with industry standards and these specifications prior
to acceptance of the work. Items found not to be in compliance shall be
removed, or corrective measures taken, to assure compliance with the
referenced standard.
T
submitted for record and/or approval shall include the NICET
engineering technician's signature, along with the
technician's current NICET certification number, certification
AF
subfield, and level.
T
fire protection features are provided in accordance with
the design documents, approved construction submittals,
and manufacturer's requirements. Examples include, but
AF
are not limited to, water distribution systems including
fire pumps and fire hydrants, fire resistive assemblies
such as spray-applied fire proofing of structural
components and fire rated walls/partitions, fire alarm
and detection systems, fire suppression and standpipe
systems, and emergency and exit lighting fixtures.
c. Construction Surveillance: The FPQC Specialist shall
visit the construction site as necessary to ensure life
R
safety and fire protection systems are being constructed,
applied, and installed in accordance with the approved
design documents, approved construction submittals, and
manufacturer's requirements. Frequency and duration of
D
T
the request for formal inspection at least 15 days prior to the
date the inspection is to take place. The QC manager shall
provide 10 days advance notice to the Contracting Officer and
AF
the activity Fire Inspection Office of scheduled final
inspections.
Not Used.
The contractor shall provide training for the active systems within
6 weeks of final acceptance of the systems. The training shall be
scheduled at least 2 weeks in advance.
T
D40 1.4 CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTALS
Provide the following signals to be sent to the fire alarm receiving station:
The design point of connection to the existing water supply shall require the
approval of the Contracting Officer. The FP DOR shall conduct additional flow
tests after contract award prior to any design submissions. Tests shall be
conducted under the supervision of the Contracting Officer.
D4040 SPRINKLERS
Areas subject to freezing shall be provided with a dry pipe system. Loading
docks may be protected with dry-type sidewall sprinklers supplied by the
wet-pipe system.
T
D404001 1.2 REQUIREMENTS
Foam fire protection systems shall incorporate the necessary elements for
foam storage, pumping, piping, proportioning, delivery, and detection,
activation and alarm systems.
Once activated, foam system(s) shall operate until shut down manually.
Provide separate circuits from the releasing control panel to each zone of
initiating devices. Transmission of signals from more than one zone over
a common circuit is prohibited.
Where used the low-level AFFF nozzle system shall utilize the Viking
Grate Nozzle TM, Model GN 200 (or equivalent that is acceptable to
the NAVFAC Chief Fire Protection Engineer for this use).
Where used a foam system test header connection with integral gate
valves shall be located at each foam system riser. Sufficient 2-1/2
inch (65 mm) male National Standard hose threads, with cap and chain,
shall be installed to allow testing of the riser at the design flow
T
rate. A wall escutcheon plate with "FOAM TEST HEADER" in raised
letters cast in plate shall be installed.
AF
D409002 1.6 AUTOMATIC WATER CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY (DELUGE VALVE)
Where used, the water control valve shall be an electrically actuated type.
Valve shall be resettable without opening the valve. Solenoid valve shall
be of the normally closed, de-energized type, which opens when energized
upon receipt of an electrical signal from the releasing control panel to
which it is connected. Solenoid valves used with diaphragm-type valves
shall be rated for a maximum pressure differential of 175 psi (1207 kPa).
R
Water control valves used for low-level foam systems shall be capable of
recycling to the closed position at an adjustable speed. Valves located
in hazardous locations shall be approved for the hazard classification of
the area where located.
D
Where used the units shall be dual-action type located inside a clear
plastic tamper cover that must be lifted prior to actuating the
station. Any lettering on the cover must be "FOAM"; the words "fire"
or "fire alarm" shall not appear on the cover. The station shall not
require the breaking of glass to actuate. Unit shall have operating
instructions clearly marked on the station cover. Unit shall be
compatible with the control panel to which it is connected. Operation
of a station shall result in immediate release of the foam system for
that space.
T
The system shall be supplied and installed by a factory-authorized
distributor. The distributor shall be trained by the manufacturer to
design, install, test, and maintain the system and shall be able to provide
AF
proof of training upon request.
Not Used
-- End Of Section --
SECTION D50
ELECTRICAL
05/14
D50 GENERAL
RFP Part 3, including the Engineering System Requirements (ESR) provides project
specific requirements. The RFP Part 4, Performance Technical Specifications
(PTS), provides generalized technical requirements that apply to multiple facility
types and include more requirements than are applicable to any one project.
Therefore, only the RFP Part 4 requirements that apply to the project and further
define the RFP Part 3 project specific requirements are required.
This section covers installations inside the facility and out to the five
foot line. See PTS Section G40, Site Electrical, for continuation of systems
beyond the five foot line.
T
D50 1.2 ELECTRICAL DESIGN GUIDANCE
AF
Provide the design and installation in accordance with the following
references. This Performance Technical Specification (PTS) adds
clarification to the fundamental requirements contained in the following
Government Standards. The general requirements of this PTS section are
located in PTS Section Z10, General Performance Technical Specification.
T
AFSSI 7703 Communications Security: Protected
Distribution Systems
AFSSI 7700
AF Communications and Information:
Emissions Security
T
Systems
T
and adjustments shall be performed by an engineering technician,
certified by NETA or the National Institute for Certification in
Engineering Technologies (NICET) with a minimum of 5 years' experience
AF
inspecting, testing, and calibrating electrical distribution and
generation equipment, systems, and devices.
No criteria specified.
T
high normal block style.
Submit test plans for approval. The test plans shall be tailored to
R
the systems provided.
The test plan shall list make and model and provide functional
description of the test instruments and accessories and shall describe
D
T
c. Surge Protective Devices (SPD) -
T
requirements. Test plan shall define tests required to
ensure that the system meets technical, operational, and
performance specifications. Test plan shall include plan
AF
for testing for signal leakage.
j. Electronic security systems (ESS) - Test ESS in
accordance with UFGS requirements.
k. Grounding systems - Test the grounding system in
accordance with NETA ATS.
l. Lightning protection - Upon completion of the
installation, Contractor shall furnish the UL Lightning
Protection Inspection Certificate certified to UL 96A for
R
the system.
m. Emergency lighting - Test emergency lighting that is
intended for means of egress in accordance with NFPA 101,
Section 5-9. Confirm the emergency lighting system
D
T
Submit all PV submittals to the Contracting Officer for approval.
In addition, UFGS sections listed below or in the body of the PTS text are
AF
to be used by the Designer of Record (DOR) as a part of the design submittal.
If the UFGS products or systems are applicable to the project, the DOR shall
edit these referenced UFGS sections and submit them as a part of the design
submittal specification. Edit the specification sections in accordance
with the limitations stated in PTS Section Z10, General Performance
Technical Specifications.
T
Assurance Submittals listed above.
AF
Provide certification that all adjustable protective device settings have
been set in accordance with the coordination study for the as-built equipment
and configuration.
Pad mounted distribution transformers shall be in accordance with PTS Section G40,
Site Electrical Utilities.
D501004 PANELBOARDS
Panelboards shall comply with UL 67 and UL 50. UL 869A shall apply if used as service
entrance equipment. Panelboards for non-linear loads shall be UL listed, including
heat rise tested, in accordance with UL 67, except with the neutral assembly
installed and carrying 200 percent of the phase bus current during testing.
Provide molded case circuit breakers in accordance with UL 489. Ground fault
circuit interrupting circuit breakers shall comply with UL 943. Arc fault circuit
breakers shall comply with UL 489 and UL 1699.
Provide molded case circuit breakers in accordance with UL 489. UL 869A shall apply
if used as service entrance equipment. Provide with solid neutral when grounded
conductor is present.
Motor control centers shall comply with UL 845, NEMA ICS 2, and NEMA ICS 3. Motor
controllers shall comply with UL 508. Provide disconnecting means capable of being
locked out for machines and other equipment to prevent unexpected startup or
T
release of stored energy in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.147.
Paging System shall be designed in accordance with UFC-021-01 Design and O&M: Mass
T
Notification Systems.
No criteria specified.
R
with aforementioned UFCs and TIA/EIA 568-C and addendums, TIA/EIA 569-B and
addendums, ANSI/TIA-606-B, ANSI/TIA-607-B, and BICSIs Telecommunications
Distribution Methods Manual, 13th Edition. The Designer of Record shall utilize
UFGS sections listed in this section for the project specifications and shall
submit the edited specification section as a part of the design submittal for the
project.
The Designer of Record shall utilize UFGS Section 28 20 00.00 20 for the
project specification and shall submit the edited specification section as
a part of the design submittal for the project. All ACS components shall
be on the FIPS 201-2 product compliance list provided by GSA. All ESS
telecommunications components shall be DISA approved (aplits.disa.mil), and
all ESS system components shall undergo the Risk Management Framework (RMF)
accreditation process (to be done by others). CCTV system shall be ONVIF
compliant.
Not required.
T
D503090 OTHER COMMUNICATIONS AND ALARM SYSTEMS
No criteria specified.
AF
D5090 OTHER ELECTRICAL SERVICES
UFGS Section 26 32 13.00 20 for the project specification, and shall submit
the edited specification section as a part of the design submittal for the
project.
When a UPS system is required, the Designer of Record shall utilize UFGS
Section 26 33 53.00 20 and shall submit the edited specification section
as a part of the design submittal for the project.
When a lightning protection system is required the designer of record shall utilize
UFGS section 26 41 00.00 20 and shall submit the edited specification section as
a part of the design submittal for the project.
No criteria specified.
T
The Designer of Record shall utilize UFGS Section 26 32 26 or UFGS Section
26 35 43 for the project specification, and shall submit the edited
specification section as a part of the design submittal for the project.
AF
--End Of Section--
R
D
SECTION E10
EQUIPMENT
05/14
E10 GENERAL
RFP Part 3 including the Engineering System Requirements (ESR) provide project
specific requirements. The RFP Part 4, Performance Technical Sections (PTS)
provide generalized technical requirements that apply to multiple facility types
and include more requirements than are applicable to any one project. Therefore,
only the RFP Part 4 requirements that apply to the project and further define the
RFP Part 3 project specific requirements are required.
Where required by the project program, the contractor shall obtain the
services of equipment specialists to specify any audiovisual, shop, fitness
equipment, or other specialty equipment. Equipment specialists shall not
T
have any affiliation with the product specified. All specialty equipment
will be installed by qualified installers regularly engaged in installing
the specialty equipment. Systems furnishings installers must be the systems
AF
furniture manufacturer's dealer of record.
(UMRL) in the Construction Criteria Base (CCB) at the Whole Building Design
Guide Website , are listed below for basic designation identification.
Comply with the required and advisory portions of the current edition of
the standard at the time of contract award.
T
building loading dock surface, run a 20,000 pound (9,072 kg)
roll-over load over the ramp in various directions for 20
cycles. No permanent deformation or hydraulic fluid leakage
shall occur subsequent to examination after these tests.
AF
b. Drop Tests - Twice, drop test the dock leveler at the indicated
rated capacity as follows: With the load on the platform and
the load resting on a vehicle carrier bed not less than 10 inches
(254 mm) above loading dock surface, pull the carrier or pull
away from the lip, leaving the loading ramp unsupported. The
measured vertical drop of the dock leveler taken at the point
where the lip rests on the vehicle carrier shall not exceed 4
R
inches (102 mm) during each of the drop tests. Inspect the
loading ramp after each drop and ensure no damage or distortion
to the mechanical, electrical, or structural components.
There shall be no leakage from the hydraulic system.
D
The Vault ("Weapons Storage Area" (WSA) or "Armory", or other title according
to the project program) space shall be designed in accordance with criteria
in MIL-HDBK-1013/1A to provide at least 10 minutes of delay time against
low and medium threat severity levels of forced entry. The space is required
T
to be built to the construction standards described in MIL-HDBK-1013/1A for
Class A vaults. The reinforced concrete must have minimum 28-day
compressive strength of at least 3000 PSI (20,684 kPa) and the floor, walls,
AF
and ceiling/roof components of this space must all be cast in place and at
least 8 inches (200 mm) thick. The door into the vault must be a GSA-Approved
and labeled Class 5 Security Vault Door that conforms to Federal
Specification AA-D-00600. Provide door manufacturers modified standard
or custom Day Gate, designed for use with the vault door furnished, for access
control and weapons issue. Except for the door opening, penetrations and
openings through the structural security envelope of the floor, walls,
and ceiling/roof of the Vault that are 96 sq. inches (618 sq. cm) or greater
R
with the least dimension greater than 6 inches (150 mm) are not allowed.
PTS Section D50, Electrical, includes requirements for Intrusion Detection
System (IDS) within the space and for Security Lighting at the outside of
the Vault Door to the space.
D
Where the perimeter walls of the WSA spaces are part of the facility
exterior walls, the vault walls shall be set back from the exterior
part of the exterior wall to allow at least 4 inches (100 mm) for the
normal wall facing to cover the vault walls.
Where a WSA space exceeds 1000 square feet (90 sq m) in floor area,
or will have more than eight occupants, the space shall have a minimum
of 2 exits for safety purposes. When more than one entrance / exit
is required, each shall be equipped with a Security Vault Door, with
only one used for normal entry access.
Security Vault Door must be GSA-Approved and labeled Class 5 Security Vault
T
(25 by 45 mm) diamond grid. Maximum clearance between sides, top and bottom
of the day gate and the vault door-frame and floor shall be 1 inch (25 mm)
when the day gate is closed. Provide gate hinged on same side as the vault
AF
door, swinging to 180 degrees into the vault from closed to open positions.
Provide day gate with locking device operable from both sides; the outside
by key and the inside by key, knob, lever, or deadbolt; the inside locking
device shall either be positioned so that it is not accessible from the
outside or it shall be operable by key only. Day gate shall include an issue
port opening, cover with locking mechanism, and shelf. The issue port shall
be a framed opening welded to the day gate frame with a hinged door cover.
The hinged door shall be minimum 18 gage (1.2 mm) steel and shall be lockable
R
from the inside only. The opening shall be 8 inches (200 mm) high and 12
inches (300 mm) wide; tolerances are plus or minus 0.125 inch (3.2 mm). When
the issue port is closed, the hinged door cover shall match the opening to
within 0.0625 inch (1.6 mm). The shelf shall be minimum 16 gage (1.5 mm)
D
stainless steel, 12 inches (300 mm) deep by 12 inches (300 mm) wide to match
the port opening, and shall be capable of withstanding a vertical force of
100 lbf (445 N) at any point without deformation. Provide the
manufacturers standard painted finish to match that of the vault door. The
day gate shall not interfere with the operation of vault door inner escape
device.
This section shall include fixed workbenches, hazardous and non-hazardous shop
materials cabinetry, shop tools, and other fixed and movable equipment.
This paragraph covers the requirements for dock bumpers, truck-trailer restraining
devices, and industrial, mechanical and electro-hydraulic dock levelers of a fixed
hinged type. All loading dock equipment shall be Navy certified.
Provide a Loading Dock Equipment System for the protection of service docks and
for the loading and unloading of service vehicles.
T
Based on the performance requirements of the project program, provide ANSI
MH30.2 (see LOEDM) steel tread plate lip and platform, hinged and supported
from beneath by steel framework that contains lifting, positioning, and
AF
lowering assembly. The design shall permit washing with water and
detergents, and operation in an ambient temperature from 0 degrees F to plus
110 degrees F (-
-18 degrees C to plus 43 degrees C). Minimum roll over capacity
shall be not less than 20,000 pounds (9,072 kg).
T
Provide a complete and separate system for each dock leveler. Design
system to withstand not less than 150 percent of the design operating
AF
pressure. Provide hose, fittings, pipe and tubing with working
pressures based upon a minimum 4 to 1 safety factor of bursting
pressure.
service.
c. Transformer - Totally enclosed, self-cooled, dry type
transformer. Incorporate circuit breakers with ground fault
interrupting protection conforming to UL 943.
This paragraph covers the requirements for storage racks, heavy duty shelving,
material handling conveyors, and other warehouse equipment. See the project
program.
This paragraph covers the requirements for automotive vehicle lifts meeting the
requirements of ANSI/ALI ALCTV-1998 standards, and other automotive shop equipment
such as pneumatic liquids delivery systems. See the project program.
T
E1090 OTHER EQUIPMENT
AF
E109002 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
Provide Food Service Equipment and the kitchen design in accordance with UFC
4-722-01, Dining Facilities. This paragraph covers the items of commercial food
service equipment. Included are items used for liquid and solid food storage, food
preparation, display, serving, and clean up equipment. Provide 180 degree F (82
degree C) hot water or chemical treatment for sinks, dishwashers, pot washers,
and exhaust ventilator wash down systems.
R
T
E109002 1.1.2 Custom-Fabricated Counters, Dishwasher Counters, and Sinks
Fabricate of 14 gage (1.8 mm) stainless steel, with all shop seams
AF
and water tight welded corners ground smooth, and polished. Pitch
all flat surfaces to drain and eliminate any chance of standing water.
Counters and sinks shall be furnished complete with integral stainless
steel backsplashes, side splashes, and legs with adjustable feet.
Exhaust ventilators shall conform to NFPA 96, UL 710, and SMACNA DCS.
Fabricate exhaust ventilators of minimum 18 gage stainless steel in
segments not longer than 12'-0". Provide centrifugal
grease-extracting design to remove 95% of matter from the air with
non-removable extracting baffles located in the plenum chamber.
Exhaust ventilators shall provide integral make-up air system in
accordance with NFPA 96. Provide automatic wash-down cycle and fan
control on adjacent wall.
T
E109002 1.1.11 Food Cutter - ASTM F1126
E109002 1.1.18 Kettle, Steam Jacketed (20-200 gal) Floor or Wall Mounted
- ASTM F1602
E109002 1.1.19 Kettle, Steam Jacketed (32 oz-20 gal), Table Mounted -
ASTM F1603
T
E109002 1.2.3 Refrigerator
T
and accessories. Comply with DoD ABAAS in units for the disabled. Provide
high pressure laminate or natural wood finish.
AF
E109005 1.2 UNIT KITCHEN COMPONENTS
1) Provide 3/4-inch (19 mm) solid wood for face framing, drawer
fronts, and shelves up to 36 inch (91.44 cm) wide. Cabinet body members
require spline, biscuit, dowel or dado joining.
R
2) Provide 1/2-inch (12.8 mm) solid wood for drawer boxes with
dovetail or dowelled joints.
D
3) Provide 3/8-inch (9 mm) plywood for cabinet box and toe board.
dishwasher.
h. Accessories
1) Back wall shield and end wall shields when against an end wall.
Specialized fixed and moveable equipment not described by the other assembly
categories.
T
with OPNAVINST 5530.13c and standard operating procedure for the facility.
-- End of Section --
R
D
SECTION E20
FURNISHINGS
05/14
E20 GENERAL
RFP Part 3 including the Engineering System Requirements (ESR) provide project
specific requirements. The RFP Part 4, Performance Technical Sections (PTS)
provide generalized technical requirements that apply to multiple facility types
and include more requirements than are applicable to any one project. Therefore,
only the RFP Part 4 requirements that apply to the project and further define the
RFP Part 3 project specific requirements are required.
T
Government Standards. The general requirements of this PTS section are
located in PTS Section Z10, General Performance Technical Specification.
AF
Industry standards, codes, and Government standards referenced in the
section text that are not found in the Unified Master Reference List (UMRL)
in the Construction Criteria Base (CCB) at the Whole Building Design Guide
Website , are listed below for basic designation identification. Comply
with the required and advisory portions of the current edition of the
standard at the time of contract award:
T
E20 1.3 DESIGN SUBMITTALS
provided at each exterior window and at any interior window where privacy
may be required. One full size sample shall be provided and installed for
review and approval.
Provide energy efficient solar shading systems for exterior windows. The
system shall maintain visibility while reducing glare, solar heat gain
during the summer and heat loss during the winter. Openness configuration
shall be no more than 5% for most areas. The system fabrics and components
shall be dimensionally stable and shall be manufactured to withstand fading,
fire, mildew, and soiling.
T
E201003 SEATING (FIXED)
Design and provide as required FF&E for all areas as developed during client
programming. Design an FF&E package and prepare supporting plans and procurement
data in accordance with the general interior design requirements in UFC 3-120-10.
FF&E Package: Design and provide a fully usable and complete facility to
include a FF&E movable furnishings package. The FF&E will include, but not
limited to, systems and modular furniture, training and conference
furniture, seating, tables, artwork, decorative window covering, specialty
furniture and equipment, dormitory room furnishings, and accessories. The
government will provide separate funding for the FF&E package.
Construction funds will not be used. The FF&E Package must include
shipping, freight, handling, installation and the HAR percentage as applied
to the final FF&E total cost.
T
E2020 1.1.1 Authorization
AF
The government will provide separate funding for procurement of the
FF&E package. Upon receipt of required funding, the Contractor shall
be authorized by the Contracting Officer as a planned line item
modification to the contract/task order to procure all FF&E.The amount
of the modification will be the actual cost of these items, including
any freight and installation charges from the furniture supplier as
well as the contractor's FF&E Handling and Administration Rate (HAR).
The HAR includes all of the prime contractor's effort related to
R
storage, coordination, handling, administration of subcontractors,
and all other associated costs and profit for the procurement of FF&E.
The prime contractor will propose in the contract/task order
solicitation the FF&E HAR. The contractor's proposed HAR may not
D
The Contractor shall coordinate the building completion date with the
installation dealer specified in the FF&E Package. The Contractor or
contractor's representative is responsible for the following: issuing
purchase orders, receiving acknowledgements, sending copies of purchase
orders to the installation dealer(s) specified in the FF&E package, and
providing necessary deposits to furniture manufacturers.
T
E2020 1.2.3 Not Used
FF&E line item is not considered construction and the prime contractor
shall not be required to secure any additional bond for the award of
the FF&E line item unless otherwise indicated in the RFP. If any
additional bond is required for the FF&E line item it is to be included
in the prime contctor's FF&E HAR.
All supplies under the FF&E line item are subject to the Buy American
Act and Trade Agreement Act (TAA). This is an open market solicitation,
yet all FF & E proposed must be available on GSA schedule for
replacement parts or future purchases to match.
T
completion, occupancy, and furniture installation dates with the
installation dealer specified in the FF&E package. Any costs
associated with storing or delaying furniture shipments is the
AF
responsibility of the construction contractor.
After award of the FF&E line item modification, any request to change
the FF&E items must be submitted on the Contracting Officer. The FF&E
modification has been accepted, priced, and negotiated based on
specific line items as detailed in the final package. Those items
have been agreed to considering color, specific type and quality of
material, price, sustainability, life cycle, and dealership service.
The Government will expect and require the contractor to provide
exactly those items. Should changes become necessary, careful
The Contractor shall provide artwork for wall installation as part of the FF&E
T
Submittal according to the project program. Installation of artwork to be
completed by installation dealer specified in the approved FF&E package. Type of
artwork to be determined by client requirements and budget as described in the
AF
Project Program for the project. Install framed artwork 63 inches (1600 mm) on
center above finished floor. Include security mounting hardware as required.
Provide products that meet the NAVFAC performance specifications for systems
R
furniture. The Government Interior Designer must approve any other systems
furniture manufacturer. The typical workstation shall maximize each
allocated space with worksurfaces and overhead closed storage with a surface
to accommodate a Government provided computer. An attached articulated
D
Powered raceways that will accommodate data and voice wire management shall
be completely coordinated with all facility systems. The Contractor's
Interior Designer shall ensure the coordination of all electrical/data and
furniture locations. Use of power poles will not be permitted to power FF&E.
The Contractor shall provide and coordinate all telecommunication
receptacles and outlet requirements (i.e. RJ 11/45 receptacles and cover
plates) with the Contractor's Interior Designer and the systems furniture
installer. The Contractor shall hardwire all pre-wired furniture with the
building systems, and coordinate all IT and telephone connections.
Provide products that meet the NAVFAC performance specifications for modular
freestanding furniture including wood. Provide modular furniture with
electrical/data cable trays and grommet holes for private offices and
smaller work areas. An attached articulated keyboard/mouse tray (and
T
Provide lounge, reception and guest seating with upholsteries
consistent with the Project Program. Seating shall be easily
AF
reupholstered or have removable covers.
Provide seating with passive ergonomic features in that the seat and
back offers some synchronized movement to allow the person seated to
change positions. The support can be legs, sled base or single
pedestal with 5 star base and casters as determined by user
R
requirements. Provide high density stack chairs or nesting chairs as
required. Provide attached, storable tablet arm as required.
Provide all child care and classroom furnishings such as cribs, rocking
chairs, feeding chairs, tables, seating, toy storage, book display storage,
activity centers, freestanding floor activity toys, and any other required
furnishings. Outdoor structural play equipment may be required. The cribs
shall be of stainless steel construction. The chairs and tables shall be
appropriately sized for each age group.
T
Provide stackable seating and associated dollies for transport and
storage, tables with folding or fixed legs or flip tops, and associated
AF
mobile carts for transport and storage, and trash and recycling
containers.
Provide Area or Accent rugs. Refer to the Project Program for requirements.
T
Provide mailroom work and storage tables, mail sorter units, carts
and equipment tables as required.
AF
-- End of Section --
R
D
SECTION F10
SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
05/14
F10 GENERAL
RFP Part 3 including the Engineering System Requirements (ESR) provide project
specific requirements. The RFP Part 4, Performance Technical Sections (PTS)
provide generalized technical requirements that apply to multiple facility types
and include more requirements than are applicable to any one project. Therefore,
only the RFP Part 4 requirements that apply to the project and further define the
RFP Part 3 project specific requirements are required.
T
Government Standards. The general requirements of this PTS section are
located in PTS Section Z10, General Performance Technical Specification.
AF
Industry standards, codes, and Government standards referenced in the
section text that are not found in the Unified Master Reference List (UMRL)
in the Construction Criteria Base (CCB) at the Whole Building Design Guide
Website , are listed below for basic designation identification. Comply
with the required and advisory portions of the current edition of the
standard at the time of contract award.
T
F1010 SPECIAL STRUCTURES
All structural design shall comply with the provisions of PTS Section B10,
Superstructure. The steel structure shall be as designed by the structural
D
engineer. If used for thrust bracing, tie rods shall be concrete encased.
Design framed openings structurally.
a. Structural Members
T
F101001 1.3 FRAMING AND STRUCTURAL MEMBERS
AF
F101001 1.3.1 Steel
ASTM A992 / A992M, ASTM A529/ A529M, ASTM A572/ A572M, or ASTM A588/
A588M.
Factory Color Finish - Provide factory applied baked coatings to the exterior
and interior of metal wall panels and metal accessories. Provide exterior
finish top coat of 70 percent inorganic pigments with 0.8 mil dry film
thickness (DFT). Provide exterior primer standard with panel manufacturer
but not less than 0.8 mil DFT over the color topcoat and edge coating for
projects within 300 feet (91 meters) of a water shoreline or industrial
environments. Field apply 70 percent PVDF clear coat to unfinished panel
edges or field cut panels. Interior finish exposed to sun or rain shall
be the same coating and DFT as the exterior coating. Interior finish
protected from sun or rain exposure shall receive 1.0 mil DFT coating of
T
siliconized polyester (SMP) resin coating with organic or blended pigments
and manufacturers standard primer.
AF
F1030 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION SYSTEMS
F103001 VAULTS
This paragraph is for prefabricated vaults. See PTS Section E10, Equipment, for
vault doors and day gates.
-- End of Section --
R
D
SECTION G10
SITE PREPARATION
12/14
G10 GENERAL
RFP Part 3 including the Engineering System Requirements (ESR) provide project
specific requirements. The RFP Part 4, Performance Technical Sections (PTS)
provide generalized technical requirements that apply to multiple facility types
and include more requirements than are applicable to any one project. Therefore,
only the RFP Part 4 requirements that apply to the project and further define the
RFP Part 3 project specific requirements are required.
T
Government Standards. The general requirements of this PTS section are
located in PTS Section Z10, General Performance Technical Specification.
AF
Industry standards, codes, and Government standards referenced in the
section text that are not found in the Unified Master Reference List (UMRL)
in the Construction Criteria Base (CCB) at the Whole Building Design Guide
Website, are listed below for basic designation identification. Comply
with the required and advisory portions of the current edition of the
referenced standard at the time of contract award.
Geotechnical Engineering)
UFGS 31 00 00 Earthwork
T
10.05 20, Design Submittal Procedures, and Section 01 33 00.05 20,
Construction Submittal Procedures, for additional requirements. Verify
satisfactory earthwork performance via testing detailed in the paragraph,
"Field Quality Control", in UFGS Specification Section 31 00 00, Earthwork.
AF
G10 1.3 DESIGN SUBMITTALS
T
The Contractor-provided Geotechnical Engineer is required to be
experienced with soil conditions in the region where the project site
is located. The Geotechnical Engineer is required to evaluate the
AF
RFP data, obtain and evaluate all additional data as required to
support the design and construction, and prepare a Geotechnical
Report.
T
sensitivity to weather and equipment, groundwater influence on
construction, mitigation of expansive soils or liquefaction
potential, and dewatering requirements).
AF
5) Sheeting and shoring considerations, as applicable.
T
G101001 CLEARING
Preserve and protect trees, shrubs and vegetation not directly impacted by
the construction in accordance with Section 01 57 19.00 20, Temporary
Environmental Controls, and PTS Section G205005, paragraph 1.1 Existing
D
Remove and dispose of trees to a depth of at least 18 inches (450 mm) below ground
surface. Fill depressions with satisfactory material and compact. Mound fill
2 inches (50 mm) above adjacent surface to allow for settling when not part of
a subbase.
Remove stumps to a depth of at least 18 inches (450 mm) below ground surface and
grind stumps 18 to 30 inches (450 to 750 mm) below ground surface. Fill depressions
with satisfactory material and compact. Mound fill 2 inches (50 mm) above adjacent
surface to allow for settling when not part of a subbase.
G101004 GRUBBING
Within the clearing limits, remove and dispose of all logs, shrubs, brush, matted
roots, roots larger than 2 inches (50 mm) in diameter, and other debris to a depth
of at least 18 inches (450 mm) below ground surface. Fill depressions made by
grubbing with satisfactory material and compact to make the new surface conform
to the adjacent surface of the ground.
Trim trees to remain of dead branches 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) or more in
diameter. Neatly cut limbs and branches in accordance with ANSI A300.
T
Demolition work includes the demolition, removal and legal disposal of
existing construction debris as required to accommodate the new
AF
construction. Take necessary precautions to prevent damages to existing
utilities, construction and materials not scheduled for demolition, repair
or replacement; repair damages to the construction and materials to the
satisfaction of the Contracting Officer and at no additional cost to the
Government.
Contracting Officer.
T
G102002 1.2.1 Traffic Control
Remove concrete and asphaltic concrete paving and slabs as required for
construction of project. Remove the existing aggregate base in areas to
receive new pavement to the depth of the proposed pavement section below
new finish grade. Remove the existing aggregate base in areas not to
receive new pavement to a depth of 8 inches (200 mm) below existing adjacent
grade and break remaining pavement (if any) to allow drainage. Provide neat
sawcuts at limits of pavement removal; protect sawcuts so that new pavement
will butt against the existing without feathering.
T
of exposed areas, and temporary services or connections. Repair damage to
existing utilities to remain at no additional expense to the government.
G102003
AF
1.3 UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANKS
Repair relocated items that are damaged or replace damaged items with new undamaged
items as approved by the Contracting Officer and at no additional expense to the
government.
Remove and replace post foundations. Repair relocated items that are damaged or
replace damaged items with new undamaged items as approved by the Contracting
Officer and at no additional expense to the government. Refer to Section G204001
for requirements for new fence systems, as applicable.
Remove rubbish and debris from the station daily; do not allow accumulations inside
or outside the building(s) or on pavements. Store materials that cannot be removed
daily in areas specified by the Contracting Officer.
This section includes the design and construction requirements for earthwork
and grading related to construction of the roadways, parking, paved areas
and other related sitework. Refer to Section A10 for earthwork related to
construction of structures, including building, footings, foundations,
retaining walls, slabs, tanks, and utility appurtenances.
G103001 GRADING
T
G103001 1.2 SITE GRADING
Provide site grading in accordance with the requirements of the UFC 3-201-01,
Civil Engineering and Federal Aviation Administration Advisory Circular 150/5320-5
AF
Airport Drainage Design.
Provide finish grading with drainage towards new and existing drainage
features and with no resulting low spots that hold water or that direct runoff
R
towards new or existing facilities or site amenities. Provide finish
grading in accordance with the requirements of the UFC 3-201-01, Civil
Engineering and Federal Aviation Administration Advisory Circular 150/5320-5 Airport
Drainage Design.
D
Since all unsuitable material and surplus excavation will become the property
of the Contractor, dispose of it as indicated in the Project Program.
Remove unsatisfactory soil materials from the site in accordance with the
Project Program and replace with satisfactory soil materials in accordance
with UFGS Specification Section 31 00 00, Earthwork.
T
G103005 COMPACTION
G103009 SHORING
The design of the temporary dewatering system is required to account for soil
conditions, rainfall, fluctuations in the groundwater elevations and the potential
settlement impact on adjacent facilities due to dewatering. Provide dewatering
in accordance with UFGS Specification Section 31 00 00. While the excavation is
open, maintain the water level continuously, at least 1.0 foot (0.30 m) below the
working level.
French drains, sumps, ditches or trenches will not be permitted within 3 feet (0.9
m) of the foundation of any structure without written approval of the Government's
Civil/Geotechnical Reviewer.
Develop and implement temporary erosion and sediment control measures and
other Best Management Practices (BMPs) prior to or in conjunction with
commencement of earthwork in accordance with the Host Nation Erosion and
Sediment Control Laws and Regulations. Remove all non-permanent erosion
T
control measures after vegetation is fully established.
Where required by code or local practice provide casing for piping under
railroads. Pipelines under all pavements shall be concrete encased. The
Contractor is responsible for obtaining permits from all government and
nongovernment owners/agencies in designing and providing the work.
depth noted elsewhere in the RFP. Select methods and equipment to minimize
disturbance to areas beyond the limits of the excavation area. Remove and
dispose of material that becomes contaminated as a result of the Contractor's
operations at no additional cost to the Government. Where excavation
extends into groundwater levels, employ dewatering methods on a localized
basis to facilitate excavation operations. Collect water generated by
dewatering during excavation and test in accordance with the ESR and the
approved work plan.
T
requirements of the ESR.
Soils that are determined to contain contaminants below the criteria listed
AF
in the ESR may be used as clean fill.
Backfill and compact soils that are determined as clean fill via testing
in accordance with the requirements listed in the ESR.
Since all waste materials will become the property of the Contractor,
transport and dispose of it in accordance with the criteria listed in the
ESR and the approved disposal plan as described in Section 01 57 19.00 20,
Temporary Environmental Controls.
-- End of Section --
SECTION G20
SITE IMPROVEMENTS
05/14
G20 GENERAL
RFP Part 3 including the Engineering System Requirements (ESR) provide project
specific requirements. The RFP Part 4, Performance Technical Sections (PTS)
provide generalized technical requirements that apply to multiple facility types
and include more requirements than are applicable to any one project. Therefore,
only the RFP Part 4 requirements that apply to the project and further define the
RFP Part 3 project specific requirements are required.
T
Government Standards. The general requirements of this PTS section are
located in PTS Section Z10, General Performance Technical Specification.
AF
Industry standards, codes, and Government standards referenced in the
section text that are not found in the Unified Master Reference List (UMRL)
in the Construction Criteria Base (CCB) at the Whole Building Design Guide
Website, are listed below for basic designation identification. Comply
with the required and advisory portions of the current edition of the
referenced standard at the time of contract award.
T
UFC 3-270-02 Asphalt Crack Repair
UFC 3-270-03
AF Concrete Crack and Partial Depth Spall
Repair
Engineering Technical Letter ETL 04-2: Standard Airfield Pavement Marking Schemes
T
Perform subgrade preparation in accordance with PTS Section G10. If
required by the Designer of Record, perform proof rolling. Perform
proof rolling in the presence of the Contracting Officer. Rutting
AF
or pumping of material is required to be undercut as directed by the
Contracting Officer and replaced with satisfactory soil materials as
defined in Section G10, Site Preparation.
mm). One test for every 500 square yards (418 square
meters); minimum 2 tests.
d. Density: ASTM D1556 or ASTM D6938. One field test for
every 1000 square yards (836 square meters); minimum 2
tests. ASTM D1557, Method A, B or C; one laboratory test
for the project.
e. Visual: Surface must be smooth with no ruts.
T
Install a test section of 150 m at start of sealing operation for each
type sealant to be used. Obtain approval of test section by
Contracting Officer prior to installing additional joint seal.
AF
Reject joint sealer that fails to cure properly, or fails to bond to
joint walls, or reverts to uncured state or fails in cohesion, or shows
excessive air voids, blisters, or has surface defects, swells, or
other deficiencies, or is not recessed within indicated tolerances.
Remove rejected sealer and reclean and reseal joints.
areas where soil analysis shows that the existing soil is inadequate
for growth of plant materials.
T
Contractor's expense. Reseed broadcast seeded or hydro-seeded areas
that do not achieve the 95-percent coverage by the end of the
Establishment Period by the same method and maintain an additional
AF
120 days to ensure coverage requirements are met. Maintain turf in
a manner that promotes proper health, growth, rich natural green
color, and a neat, uniform, manicured appearance, free of bare areas,
ruts, holes, weeds, pests, dead vegetation, debris, and unwanted
vegetation that present an unsightly appearance. Mow weekly during
the growing season and remove excess clippings.
In addition, UFGS sections listed below or in the body of the PTS text are
to be used by the Designer of Record (DOR) as a part of the design submittal.
If the UFGS products or systems are applicable to the project, the DOR is
required to edit these referenced UFGS sections and submit them as a part
of the design submittal specification. Edit the specification sections in
accordance with the limitations stated in PTS section Z10, General
Performance Technical Specifications.
The following specification are provided in Part 5 and are to be used verbatim
T
of the plant material to be transplanted by common name and botanical name
as listed under "Nomenclature" in ANSI Z60.1; classification; caliper; and
height.
AF
Provide sustainability submittals in accordance with UFGS 01 33 29.05 20
Sustainability Reporting for Design Build.
Prior to the start of design, determine the exact limit-of-work line for
the project periphery, considering items such as, but not limited to, utility
work, landscape areas, and laydown areas. See PTS G2050 for limits of
landscape areas.
G2010 ROADWAYS
T
equipment traffic consult Government Geotechnical Engineer for design
criteria and requirements. Host Nation standards are not acceptable for
airfield pavements.
AF
G2010 1.2 PAVEMENT AESTHETICS
Provide and install new traffic control devices (i.e., signs and markings)
R
in accordance with the United States Department of Transportation Federal
Highway Administration's Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices and their
standard, "Rigid Sign Supports" or Host Nation requirements. Also provide
new traffic control devices along/in the existing streets adjacent to the
D
Adjust existing utility structures to meet the new finished pavement grades
as required.
Place base course in accordance with the Host Nation Specifications for that
particular base course and in layers of equal thickness with no compacted layer
more than 6 inches (150 mm) thick. Compact base course at optimum moisture content
to 100 percent ASTM D 1557 maximum dry density.
Where Host Nation Specifications are not available or applicable, the Designer
of Record must utilize the applicable UFGS Specification Sections referenced under
paragraph 1.1.2 entitled "Government Standards" for the project specification.
Submit these specifications in edited form as a part of the design submittal for
the project.
Provide concrete curbs and gutters in accordance with the Host Nation standards
or as specified in UFC 3-201-01, Civil Engineering, whichever is more stringent.
Where Host Nation Standards are not available or applicable, the Designer of Record
must utilize the applicable UFGS Specification Sections referenced under paragraph
1.1.2 entitled "Government Standards" for the project specification. Submit
these specifications in edited form as a part of the design submittal for the
project.
T
G201003 1.1.1 Bituminous Concrete Pavement
AF
Provide bituminous concrete pavement in accordance with the
applicable standard mix of the Host Nation Standard based on the
pavement design and vehicle loading indicated in this RFP.
Provide joints in accordance with Host Nation Standard and the applicable
portions of UFC 3-250-01FA, Pavement Design for Roads, Streets, Walks, and
Open Storage Areas. Install joints in a manner and at such time to prevent
random or uncontrolled cracking. Joints must form a regular rectangular
pattern. Wherever curved pavement edges occur, make joints to intersect
tangents to curve at right angles.
Saw joint lines within specified tolerance, straight, and extend for
width of transverse joint, and for entire length of longitudinal
joint.
T
G201003 1.2.4 Construction Joints
Use prime coat in accordance with the Host Nation Standard. Prime coat must
be emulsified asphalt materials.
Tack coat is required for bituminous pavement overlays and on vertical cut
faces of pavement patches. Provide tack coat in accordance with the Host
Nation Standard.
T
Provide pavement markings in accordance with the Host Nation Standard.
Design materials for life expectancy of at least 3 years under an average
AF
daily traffic count per lane of approximately 9000 vehicles. Water based
paints must have durability rating of at least 4 when determined in the wheel
path area.
Provide guard (guide) rails in accordance with the Host Nation Standard.
Where the Host Nation Standards do not include materials for guardrails,
provide guardrails in accordance with the applicable portions of the AASHTO
Roadside Design Guide.
G201006 RESURFACING
Remove old pavement by cold milling to depths required to provide new surface
and leave underlying materials intact. Clean the pavement of excessive
dirt, clay or other foreign matter with power brooms and hand brooms
immediately prior to the milling operation.
T
is torn, cracked, gouged, rutted, broken or undercut at no addition expense
to the government.
AF
Provide bituminous concrete overlay produced from hot or cold recycling of
the milled material or from virgin materials in accordance with the
applicable provisions of UFC 3-201-01, Civil Engineering, and the standard
mix of the SHS based on the pavement design and vehicle loading as indicated
in this RFP.
Mark neatly to denote traffic lanes and parking spaces; mark in accordance with
the requirements of UFC 3-201-01, Civil Engineering.
T
Refer to Section G201005.
G202006 RESURFACING
Locate new sidewalks such that they maintain continuity of pedestrian traffic to
and from the existing sidewalks adjacent to the site(s).
D
Submit samples boards per ESR G2050 and PTS G2050 and finish schedule on
final plans.
T
manufacturers recommendations.
Chain link fence fabric must be at least 9 gauge (3 mm) steel wire mesh
material (before any coating) with mesh openings not larger than 2 inches
(51 mm). Install fence in accordance with ASTM F567 and the manufacturer's
written installation instructions.
T
Provide chain link fence in accordance with paragraph G204001 - 1.1,
excepted as noted otherwise. Ensure that the fabric has twisted and
AF
barbed selvage at the top and bottom. Do not provide top rails.
Locate all posts and structural supports on the inner side of the
fencing. Install outriggers facing outward except when the fence
must be mounted directly on the property line.
Ground fencing on either side of every gate and at other locations when the
fencing is near and parallel to high tension power lines. Grounding is also
required at intervals of 1000 feet (305 meters) to 1500 feet (457 meters)
when the fencing runs through isolated areas and at lesser distances
depending on the proximity of the fencing to public roads, highways and
buildings where the fencing is around or within any explosive storage,
production, operating or handling areas.
Provide retaining walls to permanently resist soil pressures as well as live loads.
Provide wall drainage to minimize lateral loading and protect wall materials
against degradation.
Provide jet blast deflectors to protect buildings and paved areas. The deflectors
shall be designed for KC-10 aircraft on the Refueler Apron. The deflectors shall
be designed by the manufacture and installed in accordance with the manufactures
recommendations
T
G204003 EXTERIOR FURNISHINGS
AF
Refer to ESR G20 and other portions of the RFP for exterior furnishings required
on this project. Permanently attach all site furnishings to concrete pads.
Provide site furnishings in conformance with the Base Exterior Architecture Plan
(BEAP) and or Installation Appearance Plan for each Activity. If no product
guidance is given, coordinate material, finish and color with architecture
(fiberglass and aluminum are not acceptable) and provide to the greatest extent
possible, materials with industrial recycled content, preferably from regionally
local manufacturers.
R
Minimum 6 feet (1.8 meter) length to match trash and recycling receptacle
material & color, installed a minimum of 18 inches (450 mm) above finish
grade, permanently installed with anchor bolts or in-ground. For benches
located in non-paved areas, provide concrete pads extending a minimum 2 feet
(0.6 meters) beyond the edge of the seat portion of the bench (or both front
and back if accessible from either).
Minimum 12 inches (300 mm) x 18 inches (450 mm) with heavy-duty grill and
hinged stainless steel lid, factory primed and painted with rust-resistant
paint. Install so coal height is a minimum of 36 inches (0.91 meter) above
finish grade.
T
G204003 1.6 HOT ASH RECEPTACLE
AF
Minimum 28 square inches (181 square centimeters) x 42 inches (1.1 meter)
high pre-cast reinforced concrete with drain hole with steel ash grate and
cast in "Hot Coals Only" logos on each side with white letters on a red
background.
Where identified for project elsewhere in this RFP, provide active and passive
R
vehicle barriers to effectively stop or detect penetration by explosive-laden
vehicles through the perimeter of a protected area in accordance with UFC 4-022-02,
Selection and Application of Vehicle Barriers.
D
G204005 SIGNAGE
Provide facility signage as required by local code, the Installation and Appearance
Guide, the Base Exterior Architectural Plan (BEAP) and this RFP.
Size messages and graphics on signs according to the functional viewing distance.
Typically, at least 1 inch (25 mm) of letter height per 25 feet (7.62 meters) of
viewing distance is required for readability.
and wind protection where these elements may significantly limit the use
of the facilities. For tot-lots and play-lots provide separated areas with
appropriately sized equipment and materials to serve their developmental
levels. Separate areas by a buffer zone, which can be an area of shrubs,
hardscape or benches. Provide signage to give guidance to adults as to the
age appropriateness of the equipment.
T
Design each "play lot" to accommodate children from ages 5 to 12 which
provide a wider range of activities and opportunities for greater
AF
motor skills development and improvement. These may include, as a
minimum:
Tot lot and play lot equipment must be factory finished institutional
D
Site tot lot and play lot equipment to provide use and no encroachment
zones in accordance with ASTM F1487. A use zone is a clear,
unobstructed area under and around play equipment where a child would
be expected to land when jumping or falling from a piece of play
equipment. Requirements for use zones vary for the age group and for
different pieces of equipment. Show all use zones for play equipment
on the site plan to ensure there is no conflict between play activities
on the ground and swinging or jumping from the equipment. The
No-encroachment zone is an additional area beyond the use zone where
children using the equipment can be expected to move about and should
have no encroaching obstacles. This area will vary according to the
types of adjacent equipment, and their orientation to one another.
T
Provide playing surfaces in accordance with this RFP. Use synthetic turf
systems approved by the reviewing Government Landscape Architect or Civil
Engineer.
AF
G204090 OTHER SITE IMPROVEMENTS
The dumpster enclosure's materials and style shall complement the adjacent
buildings and facilities. Walls should be at least 1.83 meters (6 feet)
tall. Where possible, orient the openings of enclosures away from building
entrances and main streets.
G2050 LANDSCAPING
Landscape area is defined as all permeable areas within the project boundaries
not covered by buildings, roads, parking lots, sidewalks, and other non-permeable
areas. All site areas disturbed by construction must receive landscape
improvements.
T
civil engineering, electrical engineering, mechanical engineering, fire
protection, and landscape architecture. Coordinate location of utilities,
structures, and equipment. For projects in dry climates (arid and
AF
semi-arid), eliminate or minimize the use of turf, except when needed for
active or passive recreation.
See Section G10, Site Preparation. Provide 4 inches (102 mm) of topsoil with
D
Hydroseed areas that are to be seeded and are larger than 1,000 square feet (92.90
square meters). Hydroseed mix composition must be appropriate for surrounding
land use and compatible and consistent with local application rates, seed
availability and established practice in the project area. If project dates are
unknown, specify required planting dates or alternative species for different
seasons. Apply seed at a time best suited for germination of the selected species.
Seeded areas are required to achieve a 95-percent coverage of the selected species
and be weed free at the end of the Establishment Period.
G205005 PLANTINGS
T
dumping waste, concrete washout, adding fill soil, trenching, removing soil,
grubbing, or any other disturbance to the tree or the associated roots. Do
not allow debris from tree or stump removal operations to fall on or otherwise
AF
damage plants that are not scheduled for removal. Do not remove plastic
tape and barrier fencing until planting operations are ready to begin and
or instructed by the Contracting Officer. Replace existing trees to remain
or to be transplanted that are unhealthy, that die, or have 20 percent or
more of their crowns that die during the establishment period with healthy
plants of the same species or variety during the appropriate planting season.
During the landscape establishment period, replace trees, turf, shrubs, and
ground cover that are damaged or destroyed during construction operations
R
by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Government. At the direction
of the Contracting Officer, remove the existing tree and stump and replace
it with trees of the same genus and species equal to the total caliper of
the existing tree. Minimum caliper of replacement trees must be 4 inch (100
D
mm). Replace shrubs with 5 gallon (18.9 liter) size container, ground cover
with flat containers planted at 8 inches (200 mm) on center, and turf with
sod, all of the same genus and species.
Green waste: Contact the Public Works Department for potential green waste
collection and hauling by the Government. Separate green waste not
collected by the Government from construction debris and deliver to the
base's or local landfill's green waste recycling area. Quantify and report
Provide trees at the minimum rate of one (1) tree per 1,000 square
feet (92.9 square meters) of Landscape Area. Parking areas must
have a minimum of one (1) tree per every 5 parking spaces around the
parking perimeter and one (1) tree per every 10 parking spaces within
the parking area. Provide a minimum of one (1) tree in each end aisle
planter. Total minimum quantities may be reduced only by the reviewing
Government Landscape Architect. Tree quantities reduced by the
Government Landscape Architect will be included on the ADD/DEDUCT List
by the Contracting Officer. For bioretention areas, minimum
quantities of trees, shrubs, and ground covers must be as required
by State regulations. Provide a minimum tree size of 24 inch (600
mm) box/2 inch (50 mm) caliper, or if within an anti-terrorism zone
provide a minimum size of 36 inch (910 mm) box/3 inch (76 mm) caliper.
For trees within concrete or other non-permeable paved areas, allow
T
a minimum non-paved planting area of 4 feet by 8 feet (1.2 m by 2.4
m) per tree.
AF
For dry climates (arid and semi-arid) only: Plant a minimum of forty
percent (40%) of the landscaped areas with shrubs and groundcover so
that at 50 percent (50%) plant maturity, they will form mass plantings.
Utilize a minimum ratio of 60 percent (60%) 5 gallon (18.9 liter)
shrubs or groundcover and 40 percent (40%) 1 gallon (3.79 liter) shrubs
or groundcover. The remaining sixty percent (60%) of the landscape
area may be inorganic mulch, planted or a combination thereof. For
inorganic mulch, provide 3 inch (76 mm) depth of 3/4-inch (19 mm) and
R
smaller rock, and for larger than 3/4-inch (19 mm) size, assure
complete ground surface coverage. Provide plant material
calculation summary matrix on planting plan.
D
All plants must comply with ANSI Z60.1 and ANSI A300, Part 1, current
editions. All plants must be in a healthy, disease and pest free
condition. All seed, sod, and sprigs must be State Certified.
Provide 3/16 inch (5 mm) minimum thick by 5 inch (127 mm) minimum deep
aluminumedging or 6 inch (150 mm) by 6 inch (150 mm) minimum, concrete
edging dividing all turf and planting beds and dividing all planted
and non-planted inorganic mulch areas. Provide stake type and
spacing for aluminum edging per manufacturer's recommendations.
Plastic edging is not allowed. Mulch planted areas not mulched with
inorganic mulch with a 3-inch (75 mm) depth of organic shredded
hardwood mulch. For inorganic mulch where rock cobble size is greater
than half of the profile depth, provide inch (19 mm) comparable
color and shape rock mulch in bottom half of profile. For dry climates
only, organic mulch must be shredded redwood bark unless approved
otherwise by the reviewing Government Landscape Architect. All
T
mulches (organic and inorganic) must not be subject to sloughing off
on sloped sites. Submit samples of mulches to the reviewing
Government Landscape Architect for approval prior to installation.
AF
Decomposed granite must not be used. Provide a 3-inch (75 mm) depth
of organic shredded hardwood mulch between plants used to form a mass
(in dry climates, mulch in the remainder of planting beds with
inorganic mulch). Install mulching materials prior to the start of
the Establishment Period.
Provide for proper grading and drainage of turf and planting areas.
Provide sub-surface drainage where soil or other conditions do not
allow surface drainage. Do not drain roof gutters into planter areas.
Where an irrigation system is required per other parts of this RFP, provide
a permanent, below-grade system. Provide 100 percent sprinkler head to head
coverage. Provide pop-up heads in turf and landscape zones when adjacent
to walks, roads, parking lots, or in sparsely planted landscape areas where
pedestrians may circulate. Provide pop-up heads project-wide on
high-traffic sites such as, but not limited to, dining, housing,
entertainment, daycare, education and recreation facilities. For dry
climates, provide deep root watering systems for trees. Verify adequate
water pressure for irrigation purposes and provide booster pumps and or
pressure regulation as required. Provide minimum 18 inch (450 mm) cover
over pressurized (mainline) PVC irrigation pipe and 12 inch (300 mm) cover
over non-pressurized (lateral line) PVC irrigation pipe. 1/2-inch (13mm)
pipe is not allowed. Provide pressurized (mainline) pipe in conformance
with ASTM D1785, PVC 1120, Schedule 40. Provide non-pressurized (lateral)
T
pipe in conformance with ASTM D2241, PVC 1120 SDR 21, Class 200. The
Landscape Contractor must test the entire system in the presence of the
Contracting Officer and Landscape Architect-of-Record to ensure proper
AF
performance. All irrigation components must be commercial or institutional
quality. Provide rain shut-off device and watertight splices. Provide
sprinkler heads, bodies and nozzles of the same manufacturer. All
irrigation heads on the same valve must have nozzles with matched
precipitation rates.
irrigation systems intended to remain in place longer than one year below
grade.
Provide lavender-colored pipe, sprinkler head and quick coupler caps, valve
tags, signage, and associated filtration equipment.
T
schedule as part of the turn-over items.
-- End of Section --
AF
R
D
SECTION G30
G30 GENERAL
RFP Part 3 including the Engineering System Requirements (ESR) provide project
specific requirements. The RFP Part 4, Performance Technical Sections (PTS)
provide generalized technical requirements that apply to multiple facility types
and include more requirements than are applicable to any one project. Therefore,
only the RFP Part 4 requirements that apply to the project and further define the
RFP Part 3 project specific requirements are required.
T
Government Standards. The general requirements of this PTS section are
located in PTS Section Z10, General Performance Technical Specification.
AF
Industry standards, codes, and Government standards referenced in the
section text that are not found in the Unified Master Reference List (UMRL)
in the Construction Criteria Base (CCB) at the Whole Building Design Guide
Website, are listed below for basic designation identification. Comply
with the required and advisory portions of the current edition of the
referenced standard at the time of contract award.
Materials and assemblies installed in the work must be inspected and found
to be in compliance with industry standards and these specifications prior
to acceptance of the work. Remove items found not to be in compliance, or
take corrective measures, to assure compliance with the referenced standard.
Perform field tests and provide labor, equipment and incidentals required
for testing.
All materials must be new, and bear the label of the standardizing
T
agency whenever standards have been established and label service is
normally and regularly furnished by the agency. All equipment provided
must be listed and suitably labeled for the specified purpose,
environment, and application and installed in accordance with
AF
manufacturers recommendations.
Provide such other labor and materials as are required for a complete
and usable system in accordance with the requirements of the criteria
listed, regardless of whether such materials and associated labor are
R
called for elsewhere in this RFP.
T
Provide testing on water mains and service lines in accordance with
the Host Nation waterworks regulations and the following:
AF
a. Ductile Iron and other materials: AWWA C600.
b. PVC: AWWA C605.
c. HDPE: ASTM F2164.
Test the water booster pump station in accordance with Host Nation
D
a dye check from the project to the first manhole on the next
active sewer branch main downstream from the sewer branch main
used as the project point of connection. Testing shall continue
till the dye visually confirms the design connection is
appropriate. Dye shall be a nontoxic non-staining sewer
tracing dye. During the test the contractor shall monitor the
storm drainage system downstream from the project, either
manholes or outfalls for any sign of cross connection.
T
exfiltration tests, or by low-pressure air tests. Prior to
testing for leakage, backfill trench up to at least lower half
of pipe. When necessary to prevent pipeline movement during
AF
testing, place additional backfill around pipe sufficient to
prevent movement, but leaving joints uncovered to permit
inspection. The leakage allowance is indicated in AWWA C 600
for ductile iron pipelines; AWWA C 605 for polyvinyl chloride
pipelines; and the Host Nation sewerage regulations, whichever
is more stringent. When leakage or pressure drop exceeds the
allowable amount make satisfactory correction and retest
pipeline section in the same manner. Correct visible leaks
R
regardless of leakage test results.
a. Exfiltration Tests:
D
T
a section of line (manhole to manhole) prior to performing TV.
or wide joints.
T
G30 1.3.5 Sanitary Sewer Manholes Verification Testing
Provide a visual inspection of all manholes for proper grade and water
AF
tightness. Provide testing on sanitary sewer manholes in accordance
with Host Nation regulations. At minimum, perform hydraulic testing
in accordance with ASTM C 969/C 969M.
T
The importance of accurate measurements is emphasized. The
meter device must be accurate to one tenth of a foot.
AF
Utilize the full capabilities of the camera equipment to
document the completion and the conformance of the work to the
Contract Documents. Provide a full 360 view of the pipe,
joints and service connections. Move the camera through the
line in either direction at a moderate rate, stopping when
necessary to permit proper documentation of the sewer's
condition. The maximum speed must be no greater than 30 feet
R
per minute. Use manual wenches, power winches, TV cable and
powered rewinds or other devices that do not obstruct the camera
view or interfere with the proper documentation of the sewer
conditions to move the camera through the sewer line.
D
T
Civil Engineering, and UFC 3-401-01, Mechanical Engineering.
To the extent that site work is indicated on the RFP drawings, verify that
the locations and inverts of all site utility lines are coordinated with
building utility lines. If necessary, make adjustments to the locations
and inverts indicated on the RFP drawings in accordance with applicable codes
and standards.
T
G30 1.11 EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTION OF UTILITIES
Inspect materials delivered to site for damage. Unload and store with
minimum handling. Store materials on site in enclosures or under protective
covering. Store plastic piping, jointing materials and rubber gaskets
under cover out of direct sunlight. Do not store materials directly on the
ground. Keep inside of pipes, fittings, valves, and hydrants free of dirt
R
and debris. Handle in a manner to ensure delivery to the trench in sound
undamaged condition. Take special care to avoid injury to coatings and
linings on pipe and fittings; make satisfactory repairs if coatings or
linings are damaged. Carry, do not drag pipe to the trench.
D
Determine domestic and fire demands for the facility and shall verify the
design of all components of the domestic and fire protection supply systems.
The water system design and construction must be in accordance with UFC
3-230-01, Water Supply: Storage, Distribution, and Transmission; the Host
Nation waterworks' regulations, and the utility provider's requirements.
Design the water supply systems to provide required flows and maintain
residual pressures based upon peak demands.
additional flows.
Design the connections to the water system including the necessary meter
assemblies and backflow-preventing devices in accordance with the
requirements of the Activity or utility provider and the Host Nation
waterworks regulations.
Wherever possible, locate valve boxes and all other utility access
structures out of paved areas.
The potable water well system must be designed and constructed in accordance with
AWWA A100 and its appendices; the state waterworks' regulations, and the system
owner's preferences and requirements.
T
and remote reading capability in accordance with system owner's preferences
and requirements: AWWA C700, displacement type; AWWA C701, turbine type;
or AWWA C702, compound type.
AF
G301001 1.2 TEST HOLE
Drill test hole(s) at the well site before construction of the permanent
well to determine the existing site-specific geologic/hydrologic conditions
and groundwater-quality parameters. A test hole may be incorporated into
the finished construction provided it meets the requirements for a finished
well. Seal test holes not used in finished construction as recommended in
R
accordance with AWWA C654 and the state waterworks' regulations. Upon
completion of test hole, provide recommendations for permanent wells and
submit data obtained at each well site. Include with the recommendations
the appropriate depth, details of construction, length and location of
D
Provide well development in accordance with AWWA A100 and the state
waterworks' regulations.
Abandon and seal existing wells in accordance with AWWA A100 and the state
waterworks' regulations.
T
Water main piping, service lines, fittings, valves, accessories and all
other materials must meet the American Water Works Association (AWWA)
AF
standards for a minimum system working pressure of 150 psi (1050 kPa).
T
b. PVC: AWWA C605.
Water service lines less than 4 inches (100 mm) in diameter must be copper
tubing, PVC, uPVC, or HDPE. Water service lines 4 inches (100 mm) and 6
inches (150 mm) in diameter must be ductile iron pipe and PVC pressure pipe;
see G301002, paragraph 1.2, "Water Distribution Mains" for additional
requirements for ductile iron and PVC piping.
a. Copper Tubing
Connect service lines 2-inch (50 mm) diameter or less to the main by
a corporation stop and install a gate valve on service line below the
frostline.
T
Install pipe, fittings and accessories in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions.
AF
a. Metallic Piping: applicable requirements of AWWA C600.
b. PVC: ASTM D 2774 and ASTM D 2855.
Install valves with the same diameter and have the same joint ends as the
mains to which they are installed. Each type of valve must be of one
manufacturer.
G301002 1.5.1.2 Gate Valves 3-inch (75 mm) and Larger in Diameter
G301002 1.5.1.3 Gate Valves Smaller than 3-inch (75 mm) in Diameter
MSS SP-80, Class 150, solid wedge. Provide valves with flanged
or threaded end connections, with unions on both sides of the
valve and a handwheel operator.
T
G301002 1.5.1.4 Valve Box
Provide check valves sized 2-inches (50 mm) to 24-inches (600 mm) as
swing-check type (AWWA C508) and with a protective epoxy interior
coating conforming to AWWA C550. For underground applications,
provide check valve in a valve vault.
R
G301002 1.5.3 Air Release, Air/Vacuum, and Combination Air Valves
Provide water meter and remote reading as required by the utility provider
and in accordance with AWWA standards.
Coordinate fire hydrant type and location with the base fire department.
Fire hydrants must be of one manufacturer and in accordance with UFC
3-600-01, Fire Protection Engineering. Coordinate with the project's fire
protection designer of record. Provide protection for fire hydrants
located in areas subject to vehicle damage. Fire hydrants must have
National Standard threads on hose and pumper connections. Provide a 6 inch
(150 mm) inlet, two 2.5 inch (62 mm) hose connections and one pumper
connection sized to accommodate local fire department equipment
requirements. Stencil hydrant number and main size on the hydrant barrel
using black stencil paint.
T
adjacent paved surface. If there are two, paved adjacent surfaces,
contact the Contracting Officer for further direction.
AF
G301002 1.9 THRUST RESTRAINT
Provide thrust restraint for all piping, valves, fittings, and other
appurtenances of the water distribution system.
An elevated, steel water storage tank must be in accordance with AWWA D100.
A ground, steel water storage tank must be in accordance with AWWA D100 for
welded tanks and AWWA D103 for bolted tanks.
T
Primer 3 5
Intermediat 3
AF 5
e
Top 3 5
Total 9 15
Systems
R
Primer 3 5
Intermediat 3 5
e
Top 2 3
Total 8 13
Systems
UL 312; detector check includes bypass meter, piping, gate valves, check
valve and connections to detector check valve. Set valve to allow minimal
water flow through bypass meter when major water flow is required.
T
G301004 1.3 FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTIONS
UL 405.
AF
G301004 1.4 INDICATOR POSTS
UL 789.
The packaged booster pump station must have an Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
label indicating compliance of the equipment under the packaged pumping systems
UL listing category. This label must be inclusive of the entire station with
enclosure so as to demonstrate compliance with the National Electrical Code
requirements for working clearances and wiring procedures.
All interior coatings of pumps, piping, valves and other accessories must be a
National Standard Foundation (NSF) Standard 61 certified material for potable
water.
Provide packaged water treatment plants in accordance with UFC 3-230-03, Water
Treatment; for pipeline materials and the state waterworks' regulations for
treatment plant requirements.
T
process flow from equipment, discharge can be hard piped, with air gap, to
the sanitary sewer.
AF
Wherever possible, locate manholes and all other utility access structures
out of paved areas.
Gravity sanitary sewer mains and laterals must be Ductile Iron, PVC, uPVC
or Polypropylene sewer pipe and fittings. Use Ductile Iron under roadways
or at depths greater than 10 feet (3.0 m). PVC and Polypropylene may only
be used under roadways or at depths greater than 10 feet (3.0 m) when written
approval is received by the Government's Civil Reviewer or indicated in
another part of the RFP. All gravity sewer lines under pavement shall be
concrete encased.
T
interruption of service on existing line and provide a new manhole
at the connection point.
AF
G302001 1.2.3 Installation
a. Set manhole rim elevations flush with finished surface of paved areas
or 100 mm above finished grade in unpaved areas.
b. Resilient connectors for making joints between manhole and pipes
entering manhole must conform to ASTM C 923/C 923M.
c. Provide drop manholes when a gravity sewer pipe enters a manhole at
an elevation of 24 inches (610 mm) or more above the manhole invert.
T
150/5320-6E, Airport Pavement Design and Evaluation, Appendix 3,
Design of Strucuters for Heavy Aircraft maximum wheel load 34,019 kg
at paved surfaces and 22,680 kg at unpaved surfaces.
AF
G302002 1.2 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES
Steps are not required in manholes less than 4 feet (1.2 m) deep.
Center pipe connections to existing manholes on the manhole. Holes for the
new pipe must be of sufficient diameter to allow packing cement mortar around
the entire periphery of the pipe but no larger than 1.5 times the diameter
of the pipe. Cut the manhole in a manner that will cause the least damage
T
to the walls.
requirements. Lift Stations shall not be provided within any paved area.
Provide submersible type sewage pumps, with guide rail system. Include ASTM
A48/A48M, Class 25, nonclog, cast-iron impeller; and hermetically sealed
motor with moisture-sensing probe, mechanical seals, and waterproof power
cable. Construct the guide rail system of stainless steel. Provide a
stainless steel lifting chain for raising and lowering the pump in the basin.
T
"pump off" elevation and the required net positive suction head at design
operating conditions must not exceed 22 feet (6.7 meters).
G302003 1.6 STATION PIPING WITHIN WET WELL AND VALVE VAULT
G302003 1.7.1 Force Mains for Submersible and Suction Lift Pumps
Force mains must be at least 4 inches (100 mm) in diameter and must
T
Force mains less than 4 inches (100 mm) in diameter must be PVC pressure
pipe:
a.
AF
PVC Pressure Pipe
Provide suitable shutoff and check valves on the discharge line of each pump.
Locate the check valve between the shutoff valve and the pump. Locate valves
in accordance with Host Nation sewerage regulations. Check valves must be
suitable for the material being handled and placed on the horizontal portion
of the discharge piping except for ball check valves, which may be placed
in the vertical run. Provide valves capable of withstanding normal pressure
and water hammer. Use valves from one manufacturer.
G302003 1.9.1.1 Shut Off Valves Less than 4 Inch (100 mm) in
Diameter
G302003 1.9.1.2 Shut Off Valves 4 Inch (100 mm) and Larger in
Diameter
T
valves with handwheels that open by counterclockwise rotation
of the valve stem. Provide epoxy coating in accordance with
AWWA C550.
AF
G302003 1.9.2 Check Valves
G302003 1.9.2.1 Check Valves Less than 4-Inch (100 mm) in Diameter
G302003 1.9.2.2 Check Valves 4-Inch (100 mm) and Larger in Diameter
for not less than 175 psig (1200 kPa) working pressure capable
of passing 3-inch (75 mm) diameter solids.
Provide air relief valves at high points in the force main to prevent
air locking in accordance with AWWA M51. Provide vacuum relief
valves, where required, to relieve negative pressures on force mains.
Provide valves with tags or plates numbered and stamped for their usage.
Use plates and tags of brass or nonferrous material and mounted or attached
to the valve.
Provide thrust restraint for force mains, valves and other features of the
wastewater distribution system.
Provide alarms for all pumping and lift stations; at minimum provide
alarms for high level, power failure, pump failure, unauthorized entry
or any cause of station malfunction. Provide alarms as required by
the pump manufacturer to obtain warranty.
T
a day.
Provide covered wet wells with provisions for air displacement venting
to the outside. Provide galvanized ASTM A 53/A 53M pipe with insect
screening.
R
Use stainless steel bolts, nuts, washers, anchors, and supports for
installation of equipment.
Provide septic tanks in accordance with the Host Nation treatment regulations and
the International Private Sewage Disposal Code 2000.
Provide drain fields in accordance with the Host Nation treatment regulations and
the International Private Sewage Disposal Code 2000.
Refer to G303090.
T
G3030 STORM SEWER
Provide all materials, equipment, labor, testing, and miscellaneous related items
AF
to provide storm drainage collection system necessary to drain the site. The storm
sewer collection system must be designed and constructed in accordance with UFC
3-201-01, Civil Engineering; the utility provider's requirements; and the Host
Nation stormwater management laws and regulations. Design project site to prevent
stormwater runoff in excess of the capacity of the existing utility system.
Storm sewer piping 12 inches (300 mm) and larger in diameter shall be
D
a. PVC Pipe
3) Joints:
a) ASTM C990/C990M butyl gaskets;
T
b) ASTM C 443/C 443M rubber O-ring joints; or
1. PVC, PE and Dual and Triple Wall PP: ASTM D 2321. Do not use
ASTM D 2321 Class IV or V materials for bedding, haunching or
initial backfill materials.
T
2. Ductile Iron: AWWA C600.
3. Reinforced Concrete: ACPA 01-102 and 01-103.
4. Corrugated Aluminum: ASTM B 788/B 788M.
5.
AF
Corrugated Steel: ASTM A 798/A 798M.
6. Perforated PVC and Perforated PE: ASTM D 2321. Do not use ASTM
D 2321 Class IV or V materials for bedding, haunching or initial
backfill materials.
T
G303002 1.2 PRECAST CONCRETE INLETS
Steps are not required in structures less than 4 feet (1.2 m) deep.
T
G303002 1.7 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING STRUCTURES
Construct cleanouts of cast iron soil pipe and fittings; see G303001,
R
paragraph 1.2.
Storm water pump station shall be designed to discharge the maximum flow from the
design storm and operate efficiently considering a 2 year and 5 year storm. Pump
station shall be cast in place concrete or precast concrete. Minimum of two pumps
shall be provided. Storm water pump station shall be in accordance with applicable
portions of section G303003 LIFT STATIONS AND PUMP STATIONS. Pumps shall be rated
to operate at 415/240V, 3P, 4W, 50Hz. Electric service to the Pump Station shall
be designed for both pumps operating simultaneously (worst case scenario). All
pipe inside the pump station shall be ductile iron. Pumps shall be variable speed
centrifugal type. Backup emergency power shall be provided from the emergency
generator being provided in the Contract. Pumps, controls, and all electrical
components shall be provided from the same supplier. All electrical controls and/or
devices shall be provided with NEMA Type 4X enclosure.
G303004 CULVERTS
Culverts 12 inches (300 mm) and larger in diameter shall be reinforced concrete
or corrugated steel; PVC, corrugated aluminum, polyethylene and polypropylene pipe
may only be used when written approval is received by the Contracting Officer or
indicated in another part of the RFP. See G303001, paragraphs 1.1.1 and 1.1.2 for
material and installation requirements.
Provide erosion control in accordance with the Host Nation Erosion and
Sedimentation Control Standards or EPA guidance.
G303005 HEADWALLS
T
G303007 1.1 STORMWATER COLLECTION AND STORAGE
Provide materials or a coating system which will protect the separator from
the oil-in-water mixture, atmosphere, and in-situ soil conditions.
T
1.5 (38) 1.5 (38) 1.5 (38) 1.5 (38)
MSS SP-58 and MSS SP-69, adjustable supports with insulation protection
saddles. Provide stainless steel axles for rollers. Provide support poles
with guy wires and hardware.
T
connections.
T
Table 2 Insulation Thickness for Condensate Systems
Nominal Pipe
AF
Mineral Fiberinches (mm) Fibrous Glassinches (mm)
Diameterinches
(mm)
MSS SP-58 and MSS SP-69, adjustable supports with insulation protection
saddles. Provide stainless steel axles for rollers. Provide support poles
with guy wires and hardware.
T
G304003 1.1 PIPING & FITTINGS
T
1.00 (25) N/A N/A
1.5 (38)
AF
N/A N/A
Provide isolation valves on supply and return lines at take-offs for service
to each building. Valves shall be located in valve boxes. Valves shall
be ASME class 150.
T
G304004 UNDERGROUND STEAM DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS
T
Nominal Pipe Calcium Silicateinches Polyurethaneinches (mm)
Diameterinches (mm)
(mm)
AF
1.00 (25) N/A N/A
T
6.0 (150) 3.5 (90) 4.5 (115) 5.5 (140)
8.0 (200)
AF
3.5 (90) 4.5 (115) 5.5 (140)
Provide isolation valves on supply and return lines at take-offs for service
to each building. Valves shall be located in manholes. Valves shall be
T
pump.
Vertical sump pump. Operating temperature design must be 195 degrees F (93
R
degrees C) minimum. Provide with 2-pole float control.
For piping 2 inch (50 mm) and smaller, provide ANSI/ASME B16.3
malleable iron screwed fittings or ASME B16.11 socket welding (Class
3000) or threaded type (Class 2000). Provide ASME/ANSI B16.9
butt-welding fittings or ASME/ANSI B16.5 flanged type for piping 2-1/2
inch (63 mm) and larger. Grooved joint pipe coupling systems of
appropriate pressure rating are acceptable in lieu of welded or
screwed fittings.
T
Provide ANSI B16.18 cast bronze solder joint type or ASME/ANSI B16.22
wrought copper solder joint type.
AF
G305001 1.2 INSULATION
1.00 (25) 1.00 (25) 0.75 (19) 1.5 (38) 1.00 (25) 0.75 (19)
1.5 (38) 1.00 (25) 0.75 (19) 1.5 (38) 1.00 (25) 0.75 (19)
2.0 (51) 1.00 (25) 0.75 (19) 1.5 (38) 1.00 (25) 0.75 (19)
2.5 (64) 1.00 (25) 0.75 (19) 1.5 (38) 1.00 (25) 0.75 (19)
3.0 (76) 1.00 (25) 0.75 (19) 1.5 (38) 1.00 (25) 0.75 (19)
4.0 (100) 1.5 (38) 0.75 (19) 1.5 (38) 1.00 (25) 0.75 (19)
5.0 (125) 1.5 (38) 0.75 (19) 1.5 (38) 1.00 (25) 0.75 (19)
6.0 (150) 1.5 (38) 1.00 (25) 1.5 (38) 1.5 (38) 1.00 (25)
8.0 (200) 1.5 (38) 1.00 (25) 1.5 (38) 1.5 (38) 1.00 (25)
10.0 (250) 1.5 (38) 1.00 (25) 1.5 (38) 1.5 (38) 1.00 (25)
12.0 (300) 1.5 (38) 1.00 (25) 1.5 (38) 1.5 (38) 1.00 (25)
14.0 (350) 1.5 (38) 1.00 (25) 1.5 (38) 1.5 (38) 1.00 (25)
16.0 (400) 1.5 (38) 1.00 (25) 1.5 (38) 1.5 (38) 1.00 (25)
18.0 (450) 1.5 (38) 1.00 (25) 1.5 (38) 1.5 (38) 1.00 (25)
Provide MSS SP-58 and MSS SP-69, adjustable supports with insulation
protection saddles. Provide stainless steel axles for rollers. Provide
support poles with guy wires and hardware.
T
G305001 1.4 EXPANSION
Provide isolation valves on supply and return lines at take-offs for service
to each building. Valves shall be located in valve boxes.
Provide a cathodic protection system for the underground chilled water and
condenser water piping system. System shall be designed by a National
Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE) certified Cathodic Protection
Engineer. The corrosion engineer shall obtain soil data and existing system
conditions. Corrosion engineer shall supervise, inspect and test the
installation and performance of the cathodic protection system. Test
stations shall be post mounted and placed at the manhole or nearby building.
Test stations shall be located at each end of each cathodically protected
section.
T
Weight Class XS (Extra Strong) for threaded end connections.
Fuel pumps shall comply with NEMA MG 1, NFPA 70, and be designed for use
D
with hydrocarbon fuels and working pressure of 275 psig (1896 kilopascals)
at 100 degrees F (38 degrees C).
The same as storage tanks except, include tank mounted dispenser with filter,
vacuum breaker, safety breakaway, hose and nozzle.
PE pipe and heat fusion fittings shall conform to ASTM D 2513, Grade PE2406
or PE3408.
ASME labeled tank in accordance with NFPA 58 with a capacity to meet the
system requirements.
T
Detectable aluminum foil, plastic backed tape or detectable magnetic plastic
tape manufactured specifically for warning and identifying buried piping.
AF
-- End of Section --
R
D
SECTION G40
G40 GENERAL
RFP Part 3 including the Engineering System Requirements (ESR) provide project
specific requirements. The RFP Part 4, Performance Technical Sections (PTS)
provide generalized technical requirements that apply to multiple facility types
and include more requirements than are applicable to any one project. Therefore,
only the RFP Part 4 requirements that apply to the project and further define the
RFP Part 3 project specific requirements are required.
This section covers installations exterior to the facility outside the five
foot line. See PTS Section D50, Electrical, for continuation of systems
inside the five foot line, into and inside the building.
T
G40 1.2 ELECTRICAL DESIGN GUIDANCE
AF
Provide the design and installation in accordance with the following
references. This Performance Technical Specification (PTS) adds
clarification to the fundamental requirements contained in the following
Government Standards. The general requirements of this PTS section are
located in PTS Section Z10, General Performance Technical Specification.
T
UNIFIED FACILITIES GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS (UFGS)
T
inspection, calibration, and adjustments shall be performed by
an engineering technician, certified by NETA or the National
Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies
AF
(NICET) with a minimum of 5 years' experience inspecting,
testing, and calibrating electrical distribution and
generation equipment, systems, and devices.
G40 1.3.7 Qualified Cable Installer and Splicer (Fiber Optic Cable)
T
in the manufacturing, assembly, and factory testing of FO media that
complies with RUS REA Bull 1753F-601 (PE-90). Manufacturer shall
provide a list of customers with 3 years of maintenance logs
AF
documenting experience with government customers.
The Government reserves the right to witness all factory testing. The
manufacturer shall have a calibration program that assures that all
applicable test instruments are maintained within rated accuracy.
Submit test plans for approval. The test plans shall be tailored to
the systems provided.
The test plan shall list make and model and provide functional
description of the test instruments and accessories and shall describe
the setup of the tests to be conducted. Test instruments shall be
capable of measuring and recording or displaying test data at a higher
T
accuracy. Dated calibration labels shall be visible on all test
equipment.
AF
Submit a separate electrical field test plan in accordance with
manufacturer's recommendations and that conforms to NETA ATS
for each piece of Electrical Distribution Equipment and System
requiring Performance Verification Testing.
T
stakeholders to ascertain information and conduct necessary systems
and requirements analysis. The DOR shall develop all specifications
and identify necessary criteria and standards governing military
AF
RF/SATCOM towers. See all attachment for tower concept and
requirements.
In addition, UFGS sections listed below or in the body of the PTS text are
to be used by the Designer of Record (DOR) as a part of the design submittal.
If the UFGS products or systems are applicable to the project, the DOR shall
edit these referenced UFGS sections and submit them as a part of the design
submittal specification. Edit the specification sections in accordance
with the limitations stated in PTS Section Z10, General Performance
Technical Specifications.
T
Submit sustainable design submittals in accordance with UFGS 01 33
29.05 20, Sustainability Reporting for Design-Build.
AF
G40 1.5 CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTALS
OMSI Information for Electrical Equipment (if OMSI Manual for the
R
entire project is not already required); all "G" item submittals
listed in the submittals of the specifications sections identified
in the Design Submittals paragraph above; and all "G" item submittals
listed in Government Surveillance UFGS Section 01 33 00.05 20,
D
G401001 SUBSTATIONS
When secondary unit substations are required, the Designer of Record shall utilize
UFGS Section 26 11 16, Secondary Unit Substation, and UFGS Section 26 23 00,
Switchboards and Switchgear, for the project specification, and shall submit the
edited specification section as a part of the design submittal for the project.
G401002 TRANSFORMERS
When transformers are required, the Designer of Record shall utilize UFGS Section
26 12 19.10, Three-Phase Pad Mounted Transformers, UFGS Section 26 12 19.20,
Single-Phase Pad Mounted Transformers, or UFGS Section 33 71 01.00 20, Overhead
Transmission and Distribution, for the project specification, and shall submit
the edited specification section as a part of the design submittal for the project.
When switches or control devices are required, the Designer of Record shall utilize
UFGS Section 26 13 00.00 20, SF6/High-Firepoint Fluids Insulated Pad Mounted
Switchgear, for the project specification, and shall submit the edited
specification section as a part of the design submittal for the project.
T
Not applicable.
Route underground cables to minimize splices. Cable pulling tensions shall not
exceed the maximum pulling tension recommended by the cable manufacturer. Medium
voltage cable termination shall be suitable for the location installed and meet
IEEE Std. 48 Class 1 requirements.
R
G401009 METERING
When metering is required the Designer of Record shall utilize UFGS section 26
27 14.00 20 for the project specification and shall submit the edited specification
section as part of the design submittal for the project.
Utilize SSL lighting sources for exterior lighting, except where lighting is
required to match an existing source.
Comply with ANSI/ASHRAE/IES 90.1 for all exterior lighting applications and
controls. Comply with UFC 3-530-01 for reduction of light pollution.
When exterior lighting is required the Designer of Record shall utilize UFGS
section 26 56 00 for the project specification and shall submit the edited
specification section as part of the design submittal for the project.
T
Not applicable.
Poles shall meet International Building Code for street lighting poles, and AASHTO
loadings for highway and sports lighting poles taking into account the effective
projected areas of the luminaries provided. Poles shall be direct set or
R
anchor-base type designed for use with underground supply conductors.
Handholes and underground conduits for site lighting shall be in accordance with
Paragraph G401007.
When site communications (OSP) are required, the Designer of Record shall utilize
UFGS Section 33 82 00, Telecommunications Outside Plant (OSP), and UFGS 33 71 02.00
20, Underground Electrical Distribution for the project specifications and shall
submit the edited specification section as a part of the design submittal for the
project. Submit all test results to MED for review. All materials and components
shall be UL listed (or third party verifiable equivalent safety rating, evidence
Provide OSP CATV distribution in accordance with all RUS standards, TIA-758-B,
ANSI/TIA-606-B, ANSI/TIA-607-B, and the methods and best practices of
ANSI/NECA/BICSI-607-2011 and Outside Plant Design Reference Manual, 5th Edition.
Cables shall comprise of RG-11 (Series 11) and/or 0.625 coax (attenuation and
signal characteristics dictating).
Provide underground copper cable pair in accordance with REA 1753F-208. PE-89 cable
shall be PIC-filled, armored cable, and be tested in compliance with RUS 1753F-201
T
and TIA-758-B. PE-90a (RUS 1753-601a) fiber optic media shall meet all performance
requirements of RUS 1753F-201 and EIA/TIA-568-C and the physical requirements of
ICEA S 87-640 and EIA/TIA-598-A. All OSP cable shall be UL listed.
AF
See Attachment RF Cable and Antenna Layout for antenna cabling. The design of
pathways and spaces shall be unique and accommodate RF cabling size, weight,
bending radii, length constraints, terminations, etc.
Provide in accordance with paragraph G401007. The concrete pour and final
R
structure shall abide to AASHTO H20 and ASTM C150 standards, and drawing
attachments in Part 6. The conduit, the conduit fittings (elbows, connectors,
couplings etc.) and solvent cement shall be from the same manufacturer. ABS
plastic duct terminators (not required to be the same brand as conduit) shall be
D
bell-shaped and cast into the manhole walls for use in terminating the conduit.
The conduit shall be solvent welded to the terminators. The ducts will be positioned
and encased in concrete using the appropriate spacers to create a minimum of 50mm
of separation between all intra-duct bank formations. Combined utility trenches
shall conform to NESC separation requirements. The conduit shall be UL listed (or
verifiable equal safety rating, evidence provided by the Contractor), schedule
40 PVC (poly vinyl chloride) with an inside diameter of 102.26mm, outside diameter
of 114.3mm, and a minimum wall thickness of 6.02mm.
The tower, as specified in Part 3, G40, shall comply with ASCE/SEI 10-15 Design
of Latticed Steel Transmission Structures, and TIA-222-G Structural Standard for
Antenna Supporting Structures and Antennas and all associated addendums. Lightning
protection for the tower, antennas, and antenna cabling shall comply with
FAA-STRD-019E and NFPA 780. Design and provide tower in strict compliance with
OSHA and OPNAVINST 5100.23 for safety and occupational health.
See Attachment CDL Configuration for CDL build requirements and additional
information pertaining to the CDL wiring, RETA box, and mounting requirements.
T
G403009 GROUNDING SYSTEMS
Provide OSP bonding and grounding in accordance with all RUS standards, TIA-758-B,
AF
ANSI/TIA-606-B, ANSI/TIA-607-B, and the methods and best practices of
ANSI/NECA/BICSI-607-2011, Outside Plant Design Reference Manual, 5th Edition, and
drawing attachments in Part 6. All materials and components shall be UL listed
(or third party verifiable equivalent safety rating, evidence provided by the
Contractor). The underground distribution system shall have a complete bonding
and grounding system for all metallic cable components, splices, cable breaks,
maintenance holes and all manhole/handhole infrastructures. All manholes and
R
handholes shall be outfitted with a solid copper ground rod, 20mm x 3 meter shall
be installed in each and properly connected to the grounding/bonding hardware in
the manhole/handhole. A sump cover shall be provided for the sump.
D
Not applicable.
-- End of Section --
SECTION Z10
Z10 GENERAL
RFP Part 3 including the Engineering System Requirements (ESR) provide project
specific requirements. The RFP Part 4, Performance Technical Sections (PTS)
provide generalized technical requirements that apply to multiple facility types
and include more requirements than are applicable to any one project. Therefore,
only the RFP Part 4 requirements that apply to the project and further define the
RFP Part 3 project specific requirements are required.
T
section provides general requirements for the other PTS sections of this
RFP and is used in conjunction with the other PTS sections.
AF
Refer to UFGS section 01 33 10.05 20, Design Submittal Procedures for the
Order of Precedence of the RFP Parts. Requirements listed in the Project
Program take precedence over the PTS sections requirements; therefore,
requirements identified in the Project Program eliminate options related
to that requirement in the PTS sections.
The PTS Sections reference published standards, the titles of which can be
found in the Unified Master Reference List (UMRL)on the Whole Building Design
Guide at the Unified Facilities Guide Specification (UFGS) Website . The
publications referenced form a part of this specification to the extent
referenced. The publications are referred to in the section text by the
basic designation only. Industry standards, codes, and Government standards
referenced in the section text, and not found in the UMRL, are listed at
the beginning of the PTS sections.
T
Z10 1.2.3 GOVERNMENT STANDARDS
AF
Z10 1.2.3.1 UNIFIED FACILITIES CRITERIA (UFC)
Furnished Equipment.
T
Each item of equipment shall have a nameplate bearing the
manufacturer's name, address, model number, and serial number
AF
securely affixed in a conspicuous place. The nameplate of the
distributing agent will not be acceptable.
Utilize the same materials and equipment that are approved and provided for
an initial facility design, on all follow-on facilities that use the same
design with-in this contract. Once the initial facility design is approved
by the Government, the Contractor must obtain Government approval to change
T
materials and equipment when designing and constructing follow-on
facilities utilizing the same design.
AF
Z10 1.6.1 DESIGN SUBMITTALS
UFGS Section 01 33 10.05 20, Design Submittal Procedures and some PTS
R
sections requires the use of UFGS sections in the development on the
contractor originated specification. The Designer of Record (DOR)
shall edit the UFGS sections for the project and submit the edited
specification as a part of the design submittal. The DOR shall edit
D
(2) Delete only portions of the UFGS specification that are not
applicable to the project,
(3) Edit only the bracketed choices that are within the UFGS
specification text,
--End of Section--
T
AF
R
D
T
AF
R
D
DIVISION 31 - EARTHWORK
SECTION 31 00 00
EARTHWORK
08/08
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
1.2 DEFINITIONS
1.2.1 Satisfactory Materials/ Select Granular Material
1.2.2 Unsatisfactory Materials
1.2.3 Cohesionless and Cohesive Materials
1.2.4 Degree of Compaction
T
1.2.5 Hard/Unyielding Materials
1.2.6 Rock
1.2.7 Unstable Material
1.2.8 Initial Backfill Material (Utilities)
1.2.9
AF
Expansive Soils
1.2.10 Nonfrost Susceptible (NFS) Material
1.2.11 Gypsiferous Soils
1.3 SITE AND SUBSURFACE INFORMATION
1.3.1 Classification of Excavation
1.3.2 Blasting
1.4 SUBMITTALS
R
PART 2 PRODUCTS
PART 3 EXECUTION
SECTION 31 00 00 Page 1
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
T
3.14 TESTING
3.14.1 In-Place Densities
3.14.2 Check Tests on In-Place Densities
3.14.3 Moisture Contents
3.14.4
AF
Optimum Moisture and Laboratory Maximum Density
3.15 SUBGRADE AND EMBANKMENT PROTECTION
3.16 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PERSONNEL
SECTION 31 00 00 Page 2
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
SECTION 31 00 00
EARTHWORK
08/08
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
T
ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)
SECTION 31 00 00 Page 3
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
1.2 DEFINITIONS
Materials classified according to ASTM D 2487 using ASTM D 422, ASTM D 1140,
ASTM C 136, ASTM C 117 and ASTM D 4318 as GW, GP, GM, SP, and SW are
satisfactory. Materials classified as GC, SC, ML, and CL are satisfactory
when natural (not man-made) and in-situ, but are otherwise unsatisfactory
for fill and backfill. The plasticity index shall not exceed 12 and the
liquid limit shall not exceed 35. Particles shall not be larger than 75 mm
in any dimension, with 70 percent to 100 percent passing the 19 mm sieve.
Not more than 25 percent by weight shall pass the 0.075 mm (No. 200) sieve.
Sieves shall conform to ASTM E 11.
T
Materials which do not comply with the requirements for satisfactory
materials are unsatisfactory. Unsatisfactory materials also include
man-made fills, trash, refuse, backfills from previous construction, rock
fragments classified in accordance with ASTM D 2487 as cobbles or boulders,
AF
lenses or pockets of gypsum, gypsiferous solid, expansive soils, and
material classified as satisfactory which contains roots and other organic
matter or frozen material. Material classified as SC and GC are
unsatisfactory when more than 25 percent of the material passes the 0.075
mm sieve. Materials included in the paragraph Satisfactory Materials which
are in a saturated, dry, uncompacted, disturbed, or otherwise unacceptable
condition at the time of construction, are unstatisfactory. The
Contracting Officer shall be notified of any contaminated materials.
R
1.2.3 Cohesionless and Cohesive Materials
GC, SC, ML, CL, MH, and CH. Materials classified as GM and SM will be
identified as cohesionless only when the fines are non-plastic. Perform
material classifying tests in accordance with ASTM D 4318, ASTM C 136,
ASTM D 422, and ASTM D 1140.
SECTION 31 00 00 Page 4
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
1.2.6 Rock
Unstable material are too wet to properly support the utility pipe,
conduit, or appurtenant structure.
T
rocks of such size as recommended by the pipe manufacturer, whichever is
smaller.
SECTION 31 00 00 Page 5
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
1.3.2 Blasting
1.4 SUBMITTALS
Shoring; G M/R
T
Submit 15 days prior to starting work.
Testing; G M
D
SD-07 Certificates
Testing
PART 2 PRODUCTS
SECTION 31 00 00 Page 6
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
Red: Electric
Orange: Telephone and Other Communications
Blue: Water Systems
Green: Sewer Systems
T
corrosion protection.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1
AF
GENERAL EXCAVATION
SECTION 31 00 00 Page 7
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
T
COMPACTION. When removal of unstable material is required due to the
Contractor's fault or neglect in performing the work, the Contractor is
responsible for excavating the resulting material and replacing it without
additional cost to the Government.
AF
3.1.1.4 Excavation for Appurtenances
SECTION 31 00 00 Page 8
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
Ensure that footing subgrades have been inspected and approved by the
Contracting Officer prior to concrete placement.
T
or dumping of spoil material results in minimum detrimental effects on
natural environmental conditions.
3.4 SHORING
AF
3.4.1 General Requirements
Submit a Shoring and Sheeting plan for approval 15 days prior to starting
work. Submit drawings and calculations, certified by a registered
professional engineer, describing the methods for shoring and sheeting of
excavations. Finish shoring, including sheet piling, and install as
necessary to protect workmen, banks, adjacent paving, structures, and
R
utilities. Remove shoring, bracing, and sheeting as excavations are
backfilled, in a manner to prevent caving.
Where indicated, divide work into grading areas within which satisfactory
excavated material will be placed in embankments, fills, and required
backfills. Do not haul satisfactory material excavated in one grading area
to another grading area except when so directed in writing. Place and
grade stockpiles of satisfactory and unsatisfactory as specified. Keep
stockpiles in a neat and well drained condition, giving due consideration
SECTION 31 00 00 Page 9
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
T
existing material. When subgrades are less than the specified density,
break up the ground surface to a minimum depth of 150 mm, pulverizing, and
compacting to the specified density. When the subgrade is part fill and
part excavation or natural ground, scarify the excavated or natural ground
AF
portion to a depth of 300 mm and compact it as specified for the adjacent
fill.
Provide buried utility lines with utility identification tape. Bury tape
300 mm below finished grade; under pavements and slabs, bury tape 150 mm
below top of subgrade.
SECTION 31 00 00 Page 10
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
it's entire length. Install wires at manholes between the top of the
corbel and the frame, and extend up through the chimney seal between the
frame and the chimney seal. For force mains, terminate the wire in the
valve pit at the pump station end of the pipe.
Place backfill adjacent to any and all types of structures, and compact to
at least 95 percent laboratory maximum density, to prevent wedging action
or eccentric loading upon or against the structure. Prepare ground surface
on which backfill is to be placed as specified in paragraph GROUND SURFACE
PREPARATION. Provide compaction requirements for backfill materials in
conformance with the applicable portions of paragraphs GROUND SURFACE
PREPARATION. Finish compaction by sheepsfoot rollers, pneumatic-tired
rollers, steel-wheeled rollers, vibratory compactors, or other approved
equipment.
Backfill the trench to 600 mm above the top of pipe prior to performing the
required pressure tests. Leave the joints and couplings uncovered during
T
the pressure test. Do not backfill the trench until all specified tests are
performed. Backfill trenches to the grade shown.
height of at least 300 mm above the utility pipe or conduit. Bring up the
backfill evenly on both sides of the pipe for the full length of the pipe.
Take care to ensure thorough compaction of the fill under the haunches of
the pipe. Except as specified otherwise in the individual piping section, p
place bedding for buried piping in accordance with AWWA C600, Type 4,
except as specified herein. Compact backfill to top of pipe to 95 percent
of ASTM D 1557 maximum density.
Fill the remainder of the trench, except for special materials for
roadways, railroads and airfields, with satisfactory material. Place
backfill material and compact as follows:
SECTION 31 00 00 Page 11
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
T
whichever is lower, to the top of the pipe.
3.12.1 Construction
SECTION 31 00 00 Page 12
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
3.13 FINISHING
T
times. Do no disturb the finished subgrade by traffic or other operation.
Protect and maintain the finsihed subgrade in a satisfactory condition
until ballast, subbase, base, or pavement is placed. Do not permit the
storage or stockpiling of materials on the finished subgrade. Do not lay
AF
subbase, base course, ballast, or pavement until the subgrade has been
checked and approved, and in no case place subbase, base, surfacing,
pavement, or ballast on a muddy, spongy, or frozen subgrade.
Construct areas within 1.5 m outside of each building and structure line
true-to-grade, shape to drain, and maintain free of trash and debris until
R
final inspection has been completed and the work has been accepted.
3.14 TESTING
SECTION 31 00 00 Page 13
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
a. One test per 185 square meters, or fraction thereof, of each lift
of fill or backfill areas compacted by other than hand-operated
machines.
b. One test per 100 square meters, or fraction thereof, of each lift
of fill or backfill areas compacted by hand-operated machines.
c. One test per 350 linear meters, or fraction thereof, of each lift
of embankment or backfill for roads and airfields.
d. One test per 200 linear meters, or fraction thereof, of each lift
of embankment or backfill for railroads.
a. One check test for every seven ASTM D 6938 test of each lift of
fill or backfill compacted.
T
3.14.3 Moisture Contents
Perform tests for each type material or source of material including borrow
R
material to determine the optimum moisture and laboratory maximum density
values in accordance with ASTM D 1557. One representative test per 1150
cubic meters of fill and backfill, or when any change in material occurs
which may affect the optimum moisture content or laboratory maximum density.
D
A minimum of one person from the Contractor Quality Control staff shall be
dedicated full-time to the execution requirements of this specification.
This person shall have over five (5) years of experience in earthwork
construction activities similar to that of this project.
-- End of Section --
SECTION 31 00 00 Page 14
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
DIVISION 31 - EARTHWORK
SECTION 31 31 16.13
11/14
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
1.2 SUBMITTALS
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
1.3.1 Qualifications
1.3.2 Safety Requirements
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
T
1.4.1 Delivery
1.4.2 Inspection
1.4.3 Storage
1.4.4 Handling
1.5 SITE CONDITIONS
AF
1.5.1 Soil Moisture
1.5.2 Runoff and Wind Drift
1.5.2.1 Vapor Barriers and Waterproof Membranes
1.5.2.2 Utilities and Vents
1.5.3 Placement of Concrete
1.6 WARRANTY
R
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 TERMITICIDES
PART 3 EXECUTION
D
T
AF
R
D
SECTION 31 31 16.13
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
1.2 SUBMITTALS
T
Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;
submittals not having a "G" designation are for information only. When
used, a designation following the "G" designation identifies the office
AF
that will review the submittal for the Government. Submittals with an "S"
are for inclusion in the Sustainability Notebook, in conformance to Section
01 33 29.05 20 SUSTAINABILITY REPORTING FOR DESIGN BUILD. Submit the
following in accordance with Section 01 33 00.05 20 CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTAL
PROCEDURES and Section 01 33 10.05 20 DESIGN SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:
Verification of Measurement
Application Equipment
Warranty
SD-04 Samples
Termiticides
SD-07 Certificates
Qualifications
certification, and record keeping. Maintain daily records using the Pest
Management Maintenance Record, DD Form 1532-1, or a computer generated
equivalent, and submit copies of records when requested by the Contracting
Officer. These forms may be obtained from the main web site:
http://www.dtic.mil/whs/directives/forms/index.htm
Upon completion of this work, submit the Pest Management Report DD Form
1532, or an equivalent computer product, to the Integrated Pest Management
Coordinator. This form identifies the target pest, type of operation,
brand name and manufacturer of pesticide, formulation, concentration or
rate of application used.
1.3.1 Qualifications
T
control. Submit a copy of the pest control business license and pesticide
applicator certificate(s).
1.4.1 Delivery
1.4.2 Inspection
Inspect termiticides upon arrival at the job site for conformity to type
and quality in accordance with paragraph TERMITICIDES. Each label shall
bear evidence of registration under the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and
Rodenticide Act (FIFRA), as amended or under appropriate regulations of the
host county. Other materials shall be inspected for conformance with
specified requirements. Remove unacceptable materials from the job site.
1.4.3 Storage
1.4.4 Handling
T
not be applied when soil moisture exceeds manufacturer's recommendations
because termiticides do not adhere to the soil particles in saturated soils.
Prior to application, HVAC ducts and vents located in treatment area shall
be turned off and blocked to protect people and animals from termiticide.
Submit written verification that utilities and vents have been located and
treated as specified.
1.6 WARRANTY
a. Retreat the soil and perform other treatment as may be necessary for
elimination of subterranean termite infestation;
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 TERMITICIDES
Submit manufacturer's label and Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for
termiticides proposed for use. Provide termiticides currently registered
by the EPA or approved for such use by the appropriate agency of the host
county. Non-repellant termiticides shall be selected for maximum
effectiveness and duration after application. The selected termiticide
shall be suitable for the soil and climatic conditions at the project site
and applied at the highest labeled rate. Submit samples of the pesticides
used in this work. The Contracting Officer may draw, at any time and
without prior notice, from stocks at the job site; should analysis,
T
performed by the Government, indicate such samples to contain less than the
amount of active ingredient specified on the label, work performed with
such products shall be repeated, with pesticides conforming to this
specification, at no additional cost to the Government.
AF
PART 3 EXECUTION
Eliminate food sources by removing debris from clearing and grubbing and
post construction wood scraps such as ground stakes, form boards, and scrap
lumber from the site, before termiticide application begins.
3.3.2 Verification
Before work starts, verify that final grades are as indicated and smooth
grading has been completed in accordance with Section 31 00 00 EARTHWORK.
Soil particles shall be finely graded with particles no larger than 25 mm
and compacted to eliminate soil movement to the greatest degree.
Provide written verification that the location and identity of HVAC ducts
and vents, water and sewer lines, and plumbing have been accomplished prior
to the termiticide application.
T
Provide written verification that the location and identity of crawl and
plenum air spaces have been accomplished prior to the termiticide
application.
3.3.6
AF
Application Plan
T
3.4.3.2 Rodding and Trenching
The Contracting Officer may draw from stocks at the job site, at any time
and without prior notice, take samples of the termiticides used to
determine if the amount of active ingredient specified on the label is
D
being applied.
Once application has been completed, proceed with clean up and protection
of the site without delay.
3.5.1 Clean Up
The site shall be cleaned of all material associated with the treatment
measures, according to label instructions, and as indicated. Excess and
waste material shall be removed and disposed off site.
Immediately after the application, the area shall be protected from other
Where results from the equipment calibration and tank measurements tests
are unsatisfactory, re-treatment will be required.
3.6.2 Testing
T
Soil and fill material disturbed after treatment shall be re-treated before
placement of slabs or other covering structures.
3.6.4
AF
Termites Found Within the Warranty Period
3.7 RE-TREATMENT
-- End of Section --
D
SECTION 32 11 23
08/08
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
1.2 DEFINITIONS
1.2.1 Graded-Crushed Aggregate Base Course
1.2.2 Degree of Compaction
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
1.4 SUBMITTALS
T
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
1.5.1 Sampling
1.5.2 Tests
1.5.2.1 Sieve Analysis
1.5.2.2
AF
Liquid Limit and Plasticity Index
1.5.2.3 Moisture-Density Determinations
1.5.2.4 Field Density Tests
1.5.2.5 Wear Test
1.5.2.6 Soundness
1.5.3 Testing Frequency
1.5.3.1 Initial Tests
1.5.3.2 In Place Tests
R
1.5.4 Approval of Material
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 AGGREGATES
D
PART 3 EXECUTION
SECTION 32 11 23 Page 1
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
3.6 TRAFFIC
3.7 MAINTENANCE
3.8 DISPOSAL OF UNSATISFACTORY MATERIALS
T
AF
R
D
SECTION 32 11 23 Page 2
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
SECTION 32 11 23
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
T
Magnesium Sulfate
Machine
SECTION 32 11 23 Page 3
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
1.2 DEFINITIONS
T
density obtained by the test procedure presented in ASTM D 1557 Method C
abbreviated as a percent of laboratory maximum density.
that will review the submittal for the Government. Submit the following in
accordance with Section 01 33 00.05 20 CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
and Section 01 33 10.05 20 DESIGN SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:
SECTION 32 11 23 Page 4
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
Copies of field test results within 24 hours after the tests are
performed.
Sampling and testing are the responsibility of the Contractor and performed
by a testing laboratory approved in accordance with Section 01 45 00.00 10
QUALITY CONTROL. Work requiring testing will not be permitted until the
testing laboratory has been inspected and approved. Test the materials to
establish compliance with the specified requirements; perform testing at
the specified frequency. The Contracting Officer may specify the time and
location of the tests. Furnish copies of test results to the Contracting
Officer within 24 hours of completion of the tests.
1.5.1 Sampling
T
Take samples for laboratory testing in conformance with ASTM D 75. When
deemed necessary, the sampling will be observed by the Contracting Officer.
1.5.2 Tests
AF
Perform the following tests in conformance with the applicable standards
listed.
Make sieve analysis in conformance with ASTM C 117 and ASTM C 136. Sieves
R
shall conform to ASTM E 11.
Determine liquid limit and plasticity index in accordance with ASTM D 4318.
D
Determine the laboratory maximum dry density and optimum moisture content
in accordance with ASTM D 1557 procedure C.
Measure field density in accordance with ASTM D 1556 or ASTM D 6938. For
the method presented in ASTM D 1556 use the base plate as shown in the
drawing. For the method presented in ASTM D 6938 check the calibration
curves and adjust them, if necessary, using only the sand cone method as
described in paragraph Calibration, of the ASTM publication. Tests
performed in accordance with ASTM D 6938 result in a wet unit weight of
soil, and ASTM D 6938 shall be used to determine the moisture content of
the soil. The calibration curves furnished with the moisture gauges shall
also be checked along with density calibration checks as described in
ASTM D 6938. The calibration checks of both the density and moisture
gauges shall be made by the prepared containers of material method, as
described in paragraph Calibration of ASTM D 6938, on each different type
of material being tested at the beginning of a job and at intervals as
SECTION 32 11 23 Page 5
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
directed.
Perform wear tests on GCA course material in conformance with ASTM C 131.
1.5.2.6 Soundness
Perform one of each of the following tests, on the proposed material prior
to commencing construction, to demonstrate that the proposed material meets
all specified requirements when furnished. If materials from more than one
source are going to be utilized, this testing shall be completed for each
source.
a. Sieve Analysis.
T
b. Liquid limit and plasticity index.
c. Moisture-density relationship.
AF
d. Wear.
e. Soundness.
Perform each of the following tests on samples taken from the placed and
R
compacted GCA. Samples shall be taken and tested at the rates indicated.
Perform sampling and testing of recycled concrete aggregate at twice the
specified frequency until the material uniformity is established.
frequency of one set of tests for every 250 square meters, or portion
thereof, of completed area.
The source of the material shall be selected 30 days prior to the time the
material will be required in the work. Tentative approval of material will
be based on initial test results. Final approval of the materials will be
based on sieve analysis, liquid limit, and plasticity index tests performed
SECTION 32 11 23 Page 6
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 AGGREGATES
T
gravels, and shall meet all the requirements specified below.
Sieve
Designation No. 3*
----------------------------------------------------------------
50.0 mm 100
37.5 mm 95-100
SECTION 32 11 23 Page 7
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
Sieve
Designation No. 3*
----------------------------------------------------------------
25.0 mm 70-90
12.5 mm 30-65
4.75 mm 20-50
2.00 mm 15-40
0.425 mm 5-25
0.075 mm 0-5
T
2.2 LIQUID LIMIT AND PLASTICITY INDEX
PART 3 EXECUTION
SECTION 32 11 23 Page 8
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
T
satisfactory condition until the base course is placed.
3.5 INSTALLATION
3.5.1
AF
Mixing the Materials
The finished and completed base course shall conform to the lines, grades,
and cross sections shown. Underlying material(s) shall be excavated and
prepared at sufficient depth for the required base course thickness so that
the finished base course and the subsequent surface course will meet the
designated grades.
SECTION 32 11 23 Page 9
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
The base course(s) shall be placed so that the completed section will be a
minimum of 600 mm wider, on all sides, than the next layer that will be
placed above it. Additionally, place approved fill material along the
outer edges of the base course in sufficient quantities to compact to the
thickness of the course being constructed, or to the thickness of each
layer in a multiple layer course, allowing in each operation at least a 600
mm width of this material to be rolled and compacted simultaneously with
rolling and compacting of each layer of base course. If this base course
material is to be placed adjacent to another pavement section, then the
layers for both of these sections shall be placed and compacted along this
edge at the same time.
3.5.5 Compaction
T
the center, overlapping on successive trips at least one-half the width of
the roller. Alternate trips of the roller shall be slightly different
lengths. Speed of the roller shall be such that displacement of the
aggregate does not occur. In all places not accessible to the rollers, the
AF
mixture shall be compacted with hand-operated power tampers. Continue
compaction until each layer has a degree of compaction that is at least 100
percent of laboratory maximum density through the full depth of the layer.
Make such adjustments in compacting or finishing procedures as may be
directed to obtain true grades, to minimize segregation and degradation, to
reduce or increase water content, and to ensure a satisfactory base
course. Any materials that are found to be unsatisfactory shall be removed
and replaced with satisfactory material or reworked, as directed, to meet
R
the requirements of this specification.
3.5.6 Thickness
3.5.7 Finishing
The surface of the top layer of base course shall be finished after final
compaction by cutting any overbuild to grade and rolling with a
steel-wheeled roller. Thin layers of material shall not be added to the
top layer of base course to meet grade. If the elevation of the top layer
of base course is 13 mm or more below grade, then the top layer should be
SECTION 32 11 23 Page 10
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
3.5.8 Smoothness
3.6 TRAFFIC
T
Completed portions of the base course may be opened to limited traffic,
provided there is no marring or distorting of the surface by the traffic.
Heavy equipment shall not be permitted except when necessary to
construction, and then the area shall be protected against marring or
AF
damage to the completed work.
3.7 MAINTENANCE
-- End of Section --
SECTION 32 11 23 Page 11
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
SECTION 32 12 10
10/06
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
1.2 SUBMITTALS
1.3 PLANT, EQUIPMENT, MACHINES AND TOOLS
1.3.1 General Requirements
1.3.2 Bituminous Distributor
1.3.3 Heating Equipment for Storage Tanks
T
1.3.4 Power Brooms and Power Blowers
1.4 WEATHER LIMITATIONS
1.5 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
PART 2 PRODUCTS
AF
2.1 PRIME COAT
2.1.1 Emulsified Asphalt
2.2 TACK COAT
2.2.1 Emulsified Asphalt
PART 3 EXECUTION
R
3.1 PREPARATION OF SURFACE
3.2 APPLICATION RATE
3.2.1 Tack Coat
3.2.2 Prime Coat
D
SECTION 32 12 10 Page 1
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
SECTION 32 12 10
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
T
ASTM D 2995 Determining Application Rate of Bituminous
Distributors
ASTM D 977
AF Emulsified Asphalt
1.2 SUBMITTALS
Plant, equipment, machines and tools used in the work are subject to
approval and must be maintained in a satisfactory working condition at all
times. Calibrated equipment such as asphalt distributors, scales, batching
equipment, spreaders and similar equipment, shall have been recalibrated by
SECTION 32 12 10 Page 2
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
The distributor shall have pneumatic tires of such size and number that the
load produced on the base surface does not exceed 295 kg/25 mm of tire
width and to prevent rutting, shoving or otherwise damaging the base
surface or other layers in the pavement structure. Design and equip the
distributor to spray the bituminous material in a uniform coverage at the
specified temperature, at readily determined and controlled rates from 0.23
to 9.05 L/square meter, with a pressure range of 172.4 to 517.1 kPa and
with an allowable variation from the specified rate of not more than plus
or minus 5 percent, and at variable widths. Distributor equipment shall
include a separate power unit for the bitumen pump, full-circulation spray
bars, tachometer, pressure gauges, volume-measuring devices, adequate
heaters for heating of materials to the proper application temperature, a
thermometer for reading the temperature of tank contents, and a hand hose
attachment suitable for applying bituminous material manually to areas
inaccessible to the distributor. Equip the distributor to circulate and
T
agitate the bituminous material during the heating process.
Apply bituminous coat only when the surface to receive the bituminous coat
is dry. Apply bituminous coat only when the atmospheric temperature in the
shade is 10 degrees C or above and when the temperature has not been below
2 degrees C for the 12 hours prior to application, unless otherwise
directed.
Inspect the materials delivered to the site for contamination and damage.
Unload and store the materials with a minimum of handling.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Prime coat shall be emulsified asphalt and shall conform to ASTM D 977,
Type SS-1h or ASTM D 2397, Type CSS-1h.
SECTION 32 12 10 Page 3
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
Tack coat shall be emulsified asphalt and shall conform to ASTM D 977, Type
SS-1h or ASTM D 2397, Type CSS-1h.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Immediately before applying the bituminous coat, remove all loose material,
dirt, clay, or other objectionable material from the surface to be treated
by means of a power broom or blower supplemented with hand brooms. The
surface shall be dry and clean at the time of treatment.
The exact quantities within the range specified, which may be varied to
suit field conditions, will be determined by the Contracting Officer.
T
3.2.1 Tack Coat
Apply bituminous material for the tack coat in quantities of not less than
0.20 L nor more than 0.70 L/square meter of pavement surface.
AF
3.2.2 Prime Coat
Apply bituminous material for the prime coat in quantities of not less than
0.70 L nor more than 1.80 L/square meter of pavement surface.
Contracting Officer.
Emulsions
-------------
*These temperature ranges exceed the flash point of the material and care
should be taken in their heating.
3.4 APPLICATION
3.4.1 General
SECTION 32 12 10 Page 4
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
Apply a prime coat to the completed base course material. Hot-mix asphalt
shall be placed on the prime coat with five (5) days. The type of liquid
asphalt and application rate will be as specified herein. Protect the
underlying from any damage (water, traffic, etc.) until the surfacing is
T
placed. Repair (recompact or replace) damage to the underlying material
caused by lack of, or inadequate, protection by approved methods at no
additional cost to the Government. Apply the bituminous material uniformly
over the surface to be treated at a pressure range of 172.4 to 517.1 kPa
AF
and at the rate of not less than 0.70 L not more than 1.80 L/square m. To
obtain uniform application of the prime coat on the surface treated at the
junction of previous and subsequent applications, spread building paper on
the surface for a sufficient distance back from the ends of each
application to start and stop the prime coat on the paper and to ensure
that all sprayers will operate at full force on the surface to be treated.
Immediately after application remove and destroy the building paper.
R
3.4.3 Tack Coat
Apply tack coat at the locations shown on the drawings. Apply the tack
coat when the surface to be treated is dry. Immediately following the
preparation of the surface for treatment, apply the bituminous material by
D
SECTION 32 12 10 Page 5
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
penetration into the treated course. Furnish and spread enough sand to
effectively blot up and cure excess bituminous material.
Samples of the bituminous material shall be tested for compliance with the
applicable specified requirements. A sample shall be obtained and tested
by the Contractor for every 378 liters of bituminous material used.
3.7.1 Sampling
T
Officer within 15 days after the award of the contract.
SECTION 32 12 10 Page 6
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
-- End of Section --
T
AF
R
D
SECTION 32 12 10 Page 7
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
SECTION 32 12 15
05/10
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
1.2.1 Asphalt Mixing Plant
1.2.2 Hauling Equipment
1.2.3 Material Transfer Vehicle (MTV)
1.2.4 Asphalt Pavers
T
1.2.4.1 Receiving Hopper
1.2.4.2 Automatic Grade Controls
1.2.5 Rollers
1.3 SUBMITTALS
1.4
AF
QUALITY ASSURANCE
1.4.1 Sublot Sampling
1.4.2 Additional Sampling and Testing
1.4.3 In-place Density
1.4.4 Surface Smoothness
1.4.4.1 Smoothness Requirements
1.4.4.2 Testing Method
1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
R
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 AGGREGATES
2.1.1 Coarse Aggregate
D
PART 3 EXECUTION
SECTION 32 12 15 Page 1
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
T
3.10.2 Longitudinal Joints
3.10.3 HMA-Portland Cement Concrete Joints
SECTION 32 12 15 Page 2
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
SECTION 32 12 15
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
T
for Mixing Plants for Hot-Mixed, Hot-Laid
Bituminous Paving Mixtures
SECTION 32 12 15 Page 3
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
T
ASTM D 2419 Sand Equivalent Value of Soils and Fine
Aggregate
SECTION 32 12 15 Page 4
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
T
Perform the work consisting of pavement courses composed of mineral
aggregate and asphalt material heated and mixed in a central mixing plant
and placed on a prepared course. HMA designed and constructed in
accordance with this section shall conform to the lines, grades,
AF
thicknesses, and typical cross sections shown on the drawings. Construct
each course to the depth, section, or elevation required by the drawings
and rolled, finished, and approved before the placement of the next
course. Submit proposed Placement Plan, indicating lane widths,
longitudinal joints, and transverse joints for each course or lift.
SECTION 32 12 15 Page 5
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
Trucks used for hauling hot-mix asphalt shall have tight, clean, and smooth
metal beds. To prevent the mixture from adhering to them, the truck beds
shall be lightly coated with a minimum amount of paraffin oil, lime
solution, or other approved material. Petroleum based products shall not
be used as a release agent. Each truck shall have a suitable cover to
protect the mixture from adverse weather. When necessary to ensure that
the mixture will be delivered to the site at the specified temperature,
truck beds shall be insulated or heated and covers (tarps) shall be
securely fastened.
T
constant speed. The Material Transfer Vehicle will have remixing and
storage capability to prevent physical and thermal segregation.
SECTION 32 12 15 Page 6
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
d. Laser control.
1.2.5 Rollers
1.3 SUBMITTALS
T
and Section 01 33 10.05 20 DESIGN SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:
Mix Design
Aggregates; G R
Aggregates G M
QC Monitoring; G M
SD-07 Certificates
Testing Laboratory
SECTION 32 12 15 Page 7
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
Certification of compliance
The Government quality assurance (QA) program for this project is separate
and distinct from the Contractor's quality control (QC) program specified
in Part 3. Testing for acceptability of work will be performed by the
Government or by an independent laboratory hired by the Contracting
Officer , except for grade and smoothness testing which shall be performed
by the Contractor. Acceptance of the plant produced mix and in-place
requirements will be on a lot to lot basis. A standard lot for all
requirements will be equal to 2000 metric tons. Where appropriate,
adjustment in payment for individual lots of hot-mix asphalt will be made
based on in-place density, laboratory air voids, grade and smoothness in
accordance with the following paragraphs. Grade and surface smoothness
determinations will be made on the lot as a whole. Exceptions or
adjustments to this will be made in situations where the mix within one lot
is placed as part of both the intermediate and surface courses, thus grade
and smoothness measurements for the entire lot cannot be made. In order to
evaluate laboratory air voids and in-place (field) density, each lot will
be divided into four equal sublots.
T
1.4.1 Sublot Sampling
One random mixture sample for determining laboratory air voids, theoretical
AF
maximum density, and for any additional testing the Contracting Officer
desires, will be taken from a loaded truck delivering mixture to each
sublot, or other appropriate location for each sublot. All samples will be
selected randomly, using commonly recognized methods of assuring randomness
conforming to ASTM D 3665 and employing tables of random numbers or
computer programs. Laboratory air voids will be determined from three
laboratory compacted specimens of each sublot sample in accordance with
ASTM D 6926. The specimens will be compacted within 2 hours of the time
R
the mixture was loaded into trucks at the asphalt plant. Samples will not
be reheated prior to compaction and insulated containers will be used as
necessary to maintain the temperature.
The Contracting Officer reserves the right to direct additional samples and
tests for any area which appears to deviate from the specification
requirements. The cost of any additional testing will be paid for by the
Government. Testing in these areas will be treated as a separate lot.
Payment will be made for the quantity of HMA represented by these tests in
accordance with the provisions of this section.
SECTION 32 12 15 Page 8
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
Use one of the following methods to test and evaluate surface smoothness of
the finished surface of the pavement final grade. All testing shall be
performed in the presence of the Contracting Officer . Detailed notes of
the results of the testing shall be kept and a copy furnished to the
Government immediately after each day's testing. The profilograph method
shall be used for all longitudinal and transverse testing, except where the
runs would be less than 60 m in length and the ends where the straightedge
shall be used. Where drawings show required deviations from a plane
surface (crowns, drainage inlets, etc.), the surface shall be finished to
meet the approval of the Contracting Officer .
T
Table 4. Profilograph Surface Smoothness--Pavements
After the final rolling, but not later than 24 hours after placement, the
surface of the pavement in each entire lot shall be tested in such a manner
as to reveal all surface irregularities exceeding the tolerances specified
above. Separate testing of individual sublots is not required. If any
pavement areas are diamond ground, these areas shall be retested
immediately after grinding. The area corrected by grinding shall not
exceed 10 percent of the total area of the lot. The entire area of the
pavement shall be tested in both a longitudinal and a transverse direction
on parallel lines. The transverse lines shall be 4.5 m or less apart, as
directed. The longitudinal lines shall be at the centerline of each paving
lane for lines less than 6.1 m and at the third points for lanes 6.1 m or
greater. Other areas having obvious deviations shall also be tested.
Longitudinal testing lines shall be continuous across all joints.
SECTION 32 12 15 Page 9
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
c. Bumps ("Must Grind" Areas). Any bumps ("must grind" areas) shown
on the profilograph trace which exceed 10 mm in height shall be reduced
by diamond grinding until they do not exceed 7.5 mm when retested.
Such grinding shall be tapered in all directions to provide smooth
T
transitions to areas not requiring grinding. The following will not be
permitted: (1) skin patching for correcting low areas, (2) planing or
milling for correcting high areas. At the Contractor's option,
pavement areas, including ground areas, may be rechecked with the
AF
profilograph in order to record a lower Profile Index.
The hot-mix asphalt shall not be placed upon a wet surface or when the
surface temperature of the underlying course is less than specified in
Table 5. The temperature requirements may be waived by the Contracting
Officer , if requested; however, all other requirements, including
R
compaction, shall be met.
75 or greater 4
Less than 75 7
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 AGGREGATES
SECTION 32 12 15 Page 10
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
T
shall not contain more than 20 percent, by weight, of flat and
elongated particles (3:1 ratio of maximum to minimum) when tested in
accordance with ASTM D 4791.
AF
e. Clay lumps and friable particles shall not exceed 0.3 percent, by
weight, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 142.
d. Clay lumps and friable particles shall not exceed 0.3 percent, by
weight, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 142.
SECTION 32 12 15 Page 11
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
adjacent sieve or vice versa, but grade uniformly from coarse to fine. The
JMF shall be within the specification limits; however, the grdation can
exceed the limits when the allowable devaliation form the JMF shown in
Tables 9 and 10 are applied.
T
0.15 6-18 6-18 6-18
0.075 3-6 3-6 3-6
2.2
AF
ASPHALT CEMENT BINDER
of the asphalt cement specified for mix design verification and approval
not less than 14 days before start of the test section.
Develop the mix design. The Job Mix formula (JMF)shall have been developed
and aggregates tested no earlier than 6 monnths before contract award. The
asphalt mix shall be composed of a mixture of well-graded aggregate,
mineral filler if required, and asphalt material. The aggregate fractions
shall be sized, handled in separate size groups, and combined in such
proportions that the resulting mixture meets the grading requirements of
Table 6. No hot-mix asphalt for payment shall be produced until a JMF has
been approved. The hot-mix asphalt shall be designed using hand-held
hammer procedures contained in AI MS-02 and the criteria shown in Table 7.
Laboratory compaction temperatures for Polymer Modified Asphalts shall be
as recommended by the asphalt cement manufacturer. If the Tensile Strength
Ratio (TSR) of the composite mixture, as determined by ASTM D 4867/D 4867M
is less than 75, the aggregates shall be rejected or the asphalt mixture
treated with an anti-stripping agent. The amount of anti-stripping agent
added shall be sufficient to produce a TSR of not less than 75. If an
antistrip agent is required, it shall be provided at no additional cost to
SECTION 32 12 15 Page 12
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
Submit the proposed JMF in writing, for approval, at least 14 days prior to
the start of the test section, including as a minimum:
T
g. Lab compaction temperature.
SECTION 32 12 15 Page 13
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
Stability, newtons
minimum 9560(1) 6000(1)
Percent Voids in
mineral aggregate
(minimum) See Table 8 See Table 8
T
TSR, minimum percent 75 75
Percent Voids in
mineral aggregate
(minimum) See Table 8
(1) Select the JMF asphalt content corresponding to an air void content
of 4 percent. Verify the other properties of Table 7 meet the
specification requirements at this asphalt content.
SECTION 32 12 15 Page 14
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
The JMF for each mixture shall be in effect until a new formula is approved
in writing by the Contracting Officer . Should a change in sources of any
materials be made, a new mix design shall be performed and a new JMF
approved before the new material is used. The Contractor will be allowed
T
to make minor adjustments within the specifcation limits to the JMF to
optimize mix volumetric properties. Adjustments to the original JMF shall
be limited to plus or minus 4 percent on the 4.75 mm and coarser sieves;
plus or minus 3 percent on the 2.36 mm to 0.30 mm sieves; and plus or minus
AF
1 percent on the 0.15 mm sieve. Adjustments to the JMF shall be limited to
plus or minus 1.0 percent on the 0.075 mm sieve. Asphalt content
adjustments shall be limited to plus or minus 0.40 from the original JMF.
If adjustments are needed that exceed these limits, a new mix design shall
be developed.
PART 3 EXECUTION
R
3.1 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL
Submit the approved Quality Control Plan. Hot-mix asphalt for payment
shall not be produced until the quality control plan has been approved.
The plan shall address all elements which affect the quality of the
pavement including, but not limited to:
b. Aggregate Grading
c. Quality of Materials
e. Proportioning
SECTION 32 12 15 Page 15
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
h. Mixture Volumetrics
k. Joints
m. Surface Smoothness
T
unrestricted access to inspect the Contractor's laboratory facility, to
witness quality control activities, and to perform any check testing
desired. The Contracting Officer will advise the Contractor in writing of
any noted deficiencies concerning the laboratory facility, equipment,
AF
supplies, or testing personnel and procedures. When the deficiencies are
serious enough to adversely affect test results, the incorporation of the
materials into the work shall be suspended immediately and will not be
permitted to resume until the deficiencies are corrected.
SECTION 32 12 15 Page 16
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
3.1.3.3 Temperatures
T
3.1.3.5 Moisture Content of Mixture
The moisture content of the mixture shall be determined at least once per
lot in accordance with AASHTO T 329.
AF
3.1.3.6 Laboratory Air Voids, VMA, Marshall Stability and Flow
Mixture samples shall be taken at least four times per lot and compacted
into specimens, using 75 blows per side with the Marshall hand-held hammer
as described in ASTM D 6926. After compaction, the laboratory air voids
and VMA of each specimen shall be determined, as well as the Marshall
stability and flow, as described in ASTM D 6927. The VMA shall be within
R
the limits of Table 8.
Any additional testing, which the Contractor deems necessary to control the
process, may be performed at the Contractor's option.
3.1.3.10 QC Monitoring
SECTION 32 12 15 Page 17
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
3.1.4 Sampling
When directed by the Contracting Officer , sample and test any material
which appears inconsistent with similar material being produced, unless
such material is voluntarily removed and replaced or deficiencies corrected
by the Contractor. All sampling shall be in accordance with standard
procedures specified.
For process control, establish and maintain linear control charts on both
individual samples and the running average of last four samples for the
parameters listed in Table 9, as a minimum. These control charts shall be
posted as directed by the Contracting Officer and shall be kept current at
all times. The control charts shall identify the project number, the test
parameter being plotted, the individual sample numbers, the Action and
Suspension Limits listed in Table 9 applicable to the test parameter being
plotted, and the Contractor's test results. Target values (JMF) shall also
be shown on the control charts as indicators of central tendency for the
cumulative percent passing, asphalt content, and laboratory air voids
parameters. When the test results exceed either applicable Action Limit,
T
take immediate steps to bring the process back in control. When the test
results exceed either applicable Suspension Limit, halt production until
the problem is solved. When the Suspension Limit is exceeded for
individual values or running average values, the Contracting Officer
AF
Engineer has the option to require the Contractor to remove and replace the
material represented by the samples or to leave in place and base
acceptance on mixture volumetric properties and in place density. Use the
control charts as part of the process control system for identifying trends
so that potential problems can be corrected before they occur. Decisions
concerning mix modifications shall be made based on analysis of the results
provided in the control charts. The Quality Control Plan shall indicate
the appropriate action which shall be taken to bring the process into
R
control when certain parameters exceed their Action Limits.
SECTION 32 12 15 Page 18
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
Flow, 0.25 mm
75 blow JMF 8 min. 7 min. 9 min. 8 min.
16 max. 17 max. 15 max. 16 max.
50 blow JMF 8 min. 7 min. 9 min. 8 min.
18 max. 19 max. 17 max. 18 max
T
Laboratory Air Voids, % No specific action and suspension
deviation from JMF target limits set since this parameter is
value used to determine percent payment
AF
In-place Mat Density, % of No specific action and suspension
TMD limits set since this parameter is
used to determine percent payment
The asphalt cement material shall be heated avoiding local overheating and
D
The aggregate for the mixture shall be heated and dried prior to mixing.
No damage shall occur to the aggregates due to the maximum temperature and
rate of heating used. The temperature of the aggregate and mineral filler
shall not exceed 175 degrees C when the asphalt cement is added. The
temperature shall not be lower than is required to obtain complete coating
and uniform distribution on the aggregate particles and to provide a
mixture of satisfactory workability.
The aggregates and the asphalt cement shall be weighed or metered and
introduced into the mixer in the amount specified by the JMF. The combined
materials shall be mixed until the aggregate obtains a thorough and uniform
coating of asphalt binder (testing in accordance with ASTM D 2489/D 2489M
may be required by the Contracting Officer) and is thoroughly distributed
SECTION 32 12 15 Page 19
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
throughout the mixture. The moisture content of all hot-mix asphalt upon
discharge from the plant shall not exceed 0.5 percent by total weight of
mixture as measured by ASTM D 1461.
Immediately before placing the hot mix asphalt, the underlying course shall
be cleaned of dust and debris. A prime coatand/ortack coat shall be
applied in accordance with the contract specifications.
Prior to full production, place a test section for each JMF used.
Construct a test section consisting of a maximum of 250 tons and two paver
passes wide placed in two lanes, with a longitudinal cold joint. The test
section shall be of the same depth as the course which it represents. The
underlying grade or pavement structure upon which the test section is to be
constructed shall be the same as the remainder of the course represented by
the test section. The equipment used in construction of the test section
shall be the same equipment to be used on the remainder of the course
represented by the test section. The test section shall be placed as part
T
of the project pavement as approved by the Contracting Officer.
Table 10. Test Section Requirements for Material and Mixture Properties
SECTION 32 12 15 Page 20
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
Table 10. Test Section Requirements for Material and Mixture Properties
T
procedures shall be made. A second test section shall then be placed.
Additional test sections, as required, shall be constructed and evaluated
for conformance to the specifications. Full production shall not begin
until an acceptable section has been constructed and accepted.
AF
3.7 TESTING LABORATORY
3.8.1 Transporting
The hot-mix asphalt shall be transported from the mixing plant to the site
in clean, tight vehicles. Deliveries shall be scheduled so that placing
and compacting of mixture is uniform with minimum stopping and starting of
the paver. Adequate artificial lighting shall be provided for night
placements. Hauling over freshly placed material will not be permitted
until the material has been compacted as specified, and allowed to cool to
SECTION 32 12 15 Page 21
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
60 degrees C.
3.8.2 Placing
T
offset a minimum of 3 m. On isolated areas where irregularities or
unavoidable obstacles make the use of mechanical spreading and finishing
equipment impractical, the mixture may be spread and luted by hand tools.
3.9
AF
COMPACTION OF MIXTURE
3.9.1 General
3.9.2 Segregation
The Contracting Officer can sample and test any material that looks
deficient. When the in-place material appears to be segregated, the
Contracting Officer has the option to sample the material and have it
SECTION 32 12 15 Page 22
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
3.10 JOINTS
The roller shall not pass over the unprotected end of the freshly laid
mixture, except when necessary to form a transverse joint. When necessary
to form a transverse joint, it shall be made by means of placing a bulkhead
or by tapering the course. The tapered edge shall be cut back to its full
T
depth and width on a straight line to expose a vertical face prior to
placing the adjacent lane. The cutback material shall be removed from the
project. In both methods, all contact surfaces shall be given a light tack
coat of asphalt material before placing any fresh mixture against the joint.
AF
3.10.2 Longitudinal Joints
Avoid spalling portland cement concrete (PCC) pavement when compacting HMA
at a HMA-PCC joint. Pneumatic-tire rollers should be used and the HMA
shall be rolled parallel to the joint. All procedures, including repair of
damaged PCC, shall be in accordance with the approved Quality Control Plan.
-- End of Section --
SECTION 32 12 15 Page 23
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
SECTION 32 13 11
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
1.3 SUBMITTALS
1.4 ACCEPTABILITY OF WORK
1.4.1 Pavement Lots
1.4.2 Acceptance of Lots
1.4.3 Evaluation
1.4.4 Additional Sampling and Testing
T
1.4.5 Surface Smoothness
1.4.5.1 Smoothness Requirements
1.4.5.2 Testing Method
1.4.5.3 Acceptance for Smoothness
1.4.6
AF
Edge Slump and Joint Face Deformation
1.4.6.1 Edge Slump
1.4.6.2 Joint Face Deformation
1.4.6.3 Determination of Edge Slump and Joint Face Deformation
1.4.6.4 Excessive Edge Slump
1.4.7 Plan Grade
1.4.7.1 Grade Conformance Tests
1.4.7.2 Acceptance for Plan Grade
R
1.4.8 Flexural Strength
1.4.8.1 Sampling and Testing
1.4.8.2 Computations
1.4.9 Thickness
1.4.9.1 Drilling, Measuring, and Computations
D
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 1
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
PART 2 PRODUCTS
T
2.1 CEMENTITIOUS MATERIALS
2.1.1 Portland Cement
2.1.2 Silica Fume
2.2 AGGREGATES
AF
2.2.1 Aggregate Sources
2.2.1.1 Alkali-Silica Reactivity
2.2.1.2 Combined Aggregate Gradation
2.2.2 Coarse Aggregate
2.2.2.1 Material Composition
2.2.2.2 Particle Shape Characteristics
2.2.2.3 Size and Grading
R
2.2.2.4 Deleterious Materials - Airfield Pavements
2.2.2.5 Testing Sequence Deleterious Materials -- Airfields Only
2.2.3 Fine Aggregate
2.2.3.1 Composition
2.2.3.2 Grading
D
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 2
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
2.11.1 Composition
2.11.2 Proportioning Studies
2.11.2.1 Water-Cement Ratio
2.11.2.2 Trial Mixture Studies
2.11.2.3 Mixture Proportioning for Flexural Strength
2.11.3 Average CQC Flexural Strength Required for Mixtures
PART 3 EXECUTION
T
3.4.1 Batching and Mixing Concrete
3.4.2 Transporting and Transfer - Spreading Operations
3.5 PAVING
3.5.1 General Requirements
3.5.2
AF
Consolidation
3.5.3 Operation
3.5.4 Required Results
3.5.5 Fixed Form Paving
3.5.5.1 Forms for Fixed-Form Paving
3.5.5.2 Form Removal
3.5.6 Slipform Paving
3.5.6.1 General
R
3.5.6.2 Guideline for Slipform Paving
3.5.7 Placing Reinforcing Steel
3.5.8 Placing Dowels
3.5.8.1 Contraction Joints
3.5.8.2 Construction Joints-Fixed Form Paving
D
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 3
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
T
-- End of Section Table of Contents --
AF
R
D
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 4
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
SECTION 32 13 11
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
T
Mass Concrete
ACI 306R
AF Cold Weather Concreting
for Concrete
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 5
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
T
ASTM C 150 Portland Cement
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 6
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
T
Flat and Elongated Particles in Coarse
Aggregate
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 7
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
1.3 SUBMITTALS
Equipment
T
b. A certified copy of the NRMCA QC Manual Section 3 Concrete
Plant Certification Checklist and Calibration documentation on all
measuring and weighing devices, submitted prior to uniformity
testing.
AF
c. A description of the equipment proposed for transporting
concrete mixture from the central mixing plant to the paving
equipment.
Proposed Techniques
Proportioning Studies; G M
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 8
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
T
Sampling and Testing; G M
SD-07 Certificates
Laboratory Accreditation
D
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 9
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
incorporated into the next lot (except for the last lot), and the total
number of sublots shall be used and acceptance criteria adjusted
accordingly.
1.4.3 Evaluation
The Contractor shall provide all sampling and testing required at the
Contractor's expense. Individuals performing sampling, testing and
inspection duties shall meet the requirements of paragraph: QUALIFICATIONS.
The Contracting Officer reserves the right to direct additional samples and
T
tests for any area which appears to deviate from the specification
requirements. Testing in these areas will be in addition to the sublot or
lot testing, and the requirements for these areas will be the same as those
for a sublot or lot. The Contractor shall provide facilities for and,
AF
where directed, personnel to assist in obtaining samples for any Government
testing.
The profilograph method shall be used for all longitudinal testing, except
for paving lanes less than 60 m in length. The straightedge method shall
be used for transverse testing, for longitudinal testing where the length
R
of each pavement lane is less than 60 m, and at the ends of the paving
limits for the project. Where drawings show required deviations from a
plane surface (crowns, drainage inlets, etc.), the surface shall be
finished to meet the approval of the Contracting Officer. Detailed notes
shall be kept of the results of the testing and a copy furnished to the
D
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 10
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
have a Profile Index not greater than 140 mm per km in the longitudinal
direction.
After the concrete has hardened sufficiently to permit walking thereon, but
not later than 48 hours after placement, the entire surface of the pavement
in each lot shall be tested by the Contractor in such a manner as to reveal
all surface irregularities exceeding the tolerances specified above. If
any pavement areas are ground, these areas shall be retested immediately
after diamond grinding. The entire area of the pavement shall be tested in
both a longitudinal and a transverse direction on parallel lines. The
transverse lines shall be 4.5 m or less apart, as directed. The
longitudinal lines shall be at the centerline of each paving lane shown on
the drawings, regardless of whether the Contractor is allowed to pave two
lanes at a time, and at the 1/8th point in from each side of the lane.
Other areas having obvious deviations shall also be tested. Longitudinal
testing lines shall be continuous across all joints. Transverse testing
lines for pilot lanes shall be carried to construction joint lines and for
fill-in lanes shall be carried 600 mm across construction joints, and the
readings in this area applied to the fill-in lane. Straightedge testing of
T
the longitudinal edges of slipformed pilot lanes shall also be performed
before paving fill-in lanes as specified in paragraph "Edge Slump and Joint
Face Deformation".
AF
a. Straightedge Testing: The straightedge shall be held in contact
with the surface and moved ahead one-half the length of the
straightedge for each successive measurement. The amount of surface
irregularity shall be determined by placing the freestanding
(unleveled) straightedge on the pavement surface and measuring the
maximum gap between the straightedge and the pavement surface.
Measurements shall be determined along the entire length of the
straight edge.
R
b. Profilograph Testing: Profilograph testing shall be performed
using approved equipment and procedures described in CDT Test 526. The
equipment shall utilize electronic recording and automatic computerized
reduction of data to indicate "must-grind" bumps and the Profile Index
D
for each 0.1 km segment of the pavement lot. Grade breaks on aprons
shall be accomodated by breaking the profile segment into short
sections and repositioning the blanking band on each section. The
"blanking band" shall be 5 mm wide and the "bump template" shall span
25 mm with an offset of 10 mm. The profilograph testing of the last
9.1 m of a paving lane in the longitudinal direction from each day's
paving operation shall be counted on the following day's continuation
lane. The profile index shall be computed for each pass of the
profilograph (3 per lane) in each 0.1 km segment. The profile index
for each segment shall be the average of the profile indices for each
pass in each segment. Profilographs of unequal lengths shall be scaled
and proportioned to an equivalent 0.1 km as outlined in the CDT Test 526.
A copy of the reduced tapes shall be furnished the Government at the
end of each day's testing.
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 11
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
spots or removal and replacement, the lot shall be removed and replaced
at no additional cost to the Government.
c. Bumps ("Must Grind" Areas): Any bumps ("must grind" areas) shown
on the profilograph trace which exceed 10 mm in height shall be reduced
by diamond grinding in accordance with subparagraph "Areas Defective In
Plan Grade Or Smoothness" until they do not exceed 7.5 mm when
retested. Such grinding shall be tapered in all directions to provide
smooth transitions to areas not requiring grinding.
When slip-form paving is used, not more than 15.0 percent of the total free
T
edge of each pavement panel shall have an edge slump exceeding 6 mm and
none of the free edge of the pavement lot shall have an edge slump
exceeding 9 mm as determined in accordance with the measurements specified
in paragraph: "Determination of Edge Slump". (A pavement panel is defined
AF
as a lane width by the length between two adjacent transverse contraction
joints. The total free edge of the pavement will be considered to be the
cumulative total linear measurement of pavement panel edge originally
constructed as non-adjacent to any existing pavement; i.e., 30 m of pilot
lane originally constructed as a separate lane, will have 60 m of free
edge; 30 m of fill-in lane will have no free edge, etc.,). The area
affected by the downward movement of the concrete along the pavement edge
shall not exceed 450 mm back from the edge.
R
1.4.6.2 Joint Face Deformation
In addition to the edge slump limits specified above, the vertical joint
face shall have a surface within the maximum limits shown below:
D
Airfield Pavement
3 mm 6 mm 9 mm 3 mm 8 mm/100 mm
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 12
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
T
When edge slump exceeding the limits specified above is encountered on
either side of the paving lane, additional straightedge measurements shall
be made, if required, to define the linear limits of the excessive slump.
AF
The concrete slabs having excessive edge slump or joint deformation shall
be removed and replaced to the next transverse joint in conformance with
paragraph: REPAIR, REMOVAL, REPLACEMENT OF NEWLY CONSTRUCTED SLABS. Use of
slip-form paving equipment and procedures that fail to consistently provide
edges within the specified tolerances on edge slump and joint face
deformation shall be discontinued and the pavements shall be constructed by
means of standard paving procedures using fixed forms.
R
1.4.7 Plan Grade
Within 5 days after paving of each lot, the finished surface of the
D
When 10.0 percent or more of all measurements made within a lot are outside
the specified tolerance, the deficient area shall be removed and replaced
at no additional cost to the Government.
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 13
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
For acceptance, one composite sample of concrete from each sublot shall be
obtained in accordance with ASTM C 172 from one batch or truckload. Test
beams 152 x 152 mm shall be fabricated and cured in accordance with
ASTM C 31/C 31M; and tested in accordance with ASTM C 78. Two test beams
per sublot (8 per lot) shall be tested at 28 days.
1.4.8.2 Computations
Average the eight 28-day strength tests for the lot. The average strength
shall be used in accordance with paragraph "Concrete Strength for Final
Acceptance".
1.4.9 Thickness
T
Each lot of pavement will be evaluated for acceptance in accordance with
the following procedure. The Contractor shall be responsible for drilling
the cores, measuring the cores, and for filling the core holes with a
non-shrink concrete, as approved.
AF
1.4.9.1 Drilling, Measuring, and Computations
Two cores, between 100 and 150 mm in diameter, shall be drilled from the
pavement, per sublot (8 per lot). Eight measurements of thickness shall be
made around the circumference of each core and one in the center, in
accordance with ASTM C 174/C 174M, using calibrated calipers for specimens
longer than 250 mm. The pavement thickness from the 8 cores for the lot
R
shall be averaged and shall be evaluated as described below.
Deficiency in Thickness
Determined by Cores Pavements Over Pavements Less than
millimeters 200 mm Thick 200 mm Thick
Where rejection is indicated, the entire lot shall be removed and replaced
at no additional cost to the Government. Where either of the two cores
from a sublot show a thickness deficiency of 6.0 mm or greater, two more
cores shall be drilled in the sublot and the average thickness of the four
cores computed. If this average shows a thickness deficiency of 6.5 mm or
more the entire sublot shall be removed.
In areas not meeting the specified limits for surface smoothness and plan
grade, high areas shall be reduced to attain the required smoothness and
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 14
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
The materials and the pavement itself will be accepted on the basis of
tests made by the Contractor. The Government may, at its discretion, make
check tests to validate the results of the Contractor's testing. If the
results of the Contractor tests vary by less than 2.0 percent of the
T
Government's test results, the results of the Contractor's tests will be
used. If the results of the Government and Contractor tests vary by 2.0
percent, but less than 4.0 percent, the average of the two will be
considered the value to be used. If these vary by 4.0 percent or more,
AF
each sampling and testing procedure shall be carefully evaluated and both
the Government and the Contractor shall take another series of tests on
duplicate samples of material. If these vary by 4.0 percent or more, the
results of the tests made by the Government shall be used and the
Government will continue check testing of this item on a continuous basis
until the two sets of tests agree within less than 4.0 percent on a regular
basis. Testing performed by the Government will in no way at any time
relieve the Contractor from the specified testing requirements.
R
1.6 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING OF MATERIALS
All sampling and testing shall be performed by, and at the expense of, the
Contractor. The Contractor shall use an approved commercial laboratory or,
D
1.6.1 Aggregates
At least 30 days before the material is used, the Contractor shall submit
certified copies of test results for the specific lots or batches to be
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 15
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
used on the project. Test results shall be not more than 6 months old
prior to use in the work. Chemical admixtures that have been in storage at
the project site for longer than 6 months or that have been subjected to
freezing will be retested at the expense of the Contractor and shall be
rejected if test results are not satisfactory.
T
1.7 TESTING DURING CONSTRUCTION
1.8 QUALIFICATIONS
R
1.8.1 Contractor Quality Control Staff
Submit for approval, the qualifications and resumes for the following staff:
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 16
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
ASTM C 294 and ASTM C 295 and trained in identification of the specific
deleterious materials and tests identified in this specification.
Resume shall detail the education, training and experience related to
the project-specific test methods and deleterious materials and shall
be submitted at least 20 days before petrographic and deleterious
materials examination is to commence.
T
ASTM C 1260. The accreditation shall be current and shall include the
required and optional test methods, as specified throughout this section.
Onsite temperature-controlled concrete curing facilities shall be provided.
AF
a. Aggregate Testing and Mix Proportioning: Aggregate testing and
mixture proportioning studies shall be performed by a commercial
laboratory.
At least 10 days but not more than 60 days prior to construction of the
concrete pavement, a test section shall be constructed near the job site,
but not as part of the production pavement area. The Contractor shall use
the test section to develop and demonstrate to the satisfaction of the
Contracting Officer the proposed techniques of mixing, hauling, placing,
consolidating, finishing, curing, initial saw cutting, start-up procedures,
testing methods, plant operations, and the preparation of the construction
joints. The test section shall consist of one paving lane at least 130 m
long and shall be constructed to the same thickness as the thickest portion
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 17
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
of pavement shown on the Drawings. The lane width shall be the same as
that required for use in the project. The test section shall contain at
least one transverse construction joint. If doweled longitudinal
construction joints are required in any of the production pavements, they
shall be installed full length along one side of the test strip throughout
the test section. Two separate days shall be used for construction of the
test section. Variations in mixture proportions other than water shall be
made if directed. The Contractor shall vary the water content, as
necessary, to arrive at the appropriate content. The mixing plant shall be
operated and calibrated prior to start of placing the test section. The
Contractor shall use the same equipment, materials, and construction
techniques on the test section as will be used in all subsequent work.
Base course preparation, concrete production, placing, consolidating,
curing, construction of joints, and all testing shall be in accordance with
applicable provisions of this specification. Three days after completion
of the test section, the Contractor shall provide eight cores at least 150
mm diameter by full depth cut from points selected in the test section by
the Government. The cores will be evaluated for homogeneity, consolidation
and segregation. The Contractor shall construct the test section meeting
all specification requirements and being acceptable to the Contracting
Officer in all aspects, including surface texture. Failure to construct an
T
acceptable test section will necessitate construction of additional test
sections at no additional cost to the Government. If the Contractor
proposes to use slipform paving and is unable to construct an acceptable
test section, the slipform paving equipment shall be removed from the job
AF
and the construction completed using stationary side forms and equipment
compatible with them. Production paving shall not commence until the
results on aggregates and concrete, including evaluation of the cores, and
all pavement measurements for edge slump, joint face deformation, actual
plan grade, surface smoothness and thickness have been submitted and
approved by the Contracting Officer.
Aggregate shall be stored at the site of the batching and mixing plant
avoiding breakage, segregation, intermixing or contamination by foreign
materials. Each size of aggregate from each source shall be stored
separately in free-draining stockpiles. Aggregate stored on ground shall
have a minimum 0.6 m thick sacrificial layer left undisturbed. Fine
aggregate and the smallest size coarse aggregate shall remain in
free-draining storage for at least 24 hours immediately prior to use.
Sufficient aggregate shall be maintained at the site at all times to permit
continuous uninterrupted operation of the mixing plant at the time concrete
pavement is being placed. Tracked equipment shall not be allowed on coarse
aggregate stockpiles.
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 18
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
1.11 EQUIPMENT
All plant, equipment, tools, and machines used in the work shall be
maintained in satisfactory working conditions at all times.
The location for the batching and mixing plant shall be the Contractor's
responsibility and its location shall be subject to the Contracting
Officer's approval. There shall be operable telephonic or radio
communication between the plant and the placing site at all times
concreting is taking place. The method of communication shall be subject
to the Contracting Officer's approval. The Contractor shall submit to the
T
Contracting Officer the frequency, output power and antenna gain for all
radio communication equipment used at the project site.
Percentage of Required
Materials Mass
____________ _________
Cementitious Materials plus or minus 1
Aggregate plus or minus 2
Water plus or minus 1
Admixture plus or minus 3
For volumetric batching equipment for water and admixtures, the above
numeric tolerances shall apply to the required volume of material being
batched. Concentrated admixtures shall be uniformly diluted, if necessary,
to provide sufficient volume per batch to ensure that the batchers will
consistently operate within the above tolerance.
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 19
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
Mixers shall be stationary or truck mixers. Truck mixers shall not be used
for mixing or transporting slipformed paving concrete. Mixers shall be
capable of combining the materials into a uniform mixture and of
discharging this mixture without segregation. The mixers shall not be
charged in excess of the capacity recommended by the manufacturer. The
mixers shall be operated at the drum or mixing blade speed designated by
the manufacturer. The mixers shall be maintained in satisfactory operating
condition, and the mixer drums shall be kept free of hardened concrete.
Mixer blades or paddles shall be replaced when worn down more than 10
percent of their depth when compared with the manufacturer's dimension for
new blades or paddles.
T
1.11.2.1 Stationary, Central Plant, Mixers
The only truck mixers used for mixing or transporting paving concrete shall
be those designed with extra large blading and rear opening specifically
for low-slump paving concrete. Truck mixers, the mixing of concrete
therein, and concrete uniformity and testing thereof shall conform to the
R
requirements of ASTM C 94/C 94M. The number of revolutions between 70 to
100 for truck-mixed concrete and the number of revolutions for shrink-mixed
concrete shall be determined by uniformity tests as specified in
ASTM C 94/C 94M and in requirements for mixer performance stated in
paragraph TESTING AND INSPECTION FOR CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL. If
D
requirements for the uniformity of concrete are not met with 100
revolutions of mixing after all ingredients including water are in the
truck mixer drum, the mixer shall not be used until the condition is
corrected. Water shall not be added after the initial introduction of
mixing water except, when on arrival at the job site, the slump is less
than specified and the water-cement ratio is less than that given as a
maximum in the approved mixture. Additional water may be added to bring
the slump within the specified range provided the approved water-cement
ratio is not exceeded. Water shall be injected into the head of the mixer
(end opposite the discharge opening) drum under pressure, and the drum or
blades shall be turned a minimum of 30 additional revolutions at mixing
speed. Water shall not be added to the batch at any later time.
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 20
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
T
performance (uniformity) testing shall be performed in accordance with
COE CRD-C 55 and with paragraph titled TESTING AND INSPECTION FOR
CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL.
AF TABLE 1
UNIFORMITY REQUIREMENTS--STATIONARY MIXERS
Slump 25 mm 25 mm
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 21
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
1.11.5 Paver-Finisher
T
knock-down auger or paddle mechanism, capable of operating in both
directions, which will evenly spread the fresh concrete in front of the
screed or extrusion plate. Immersion vibrators shall be gang mounted at
the front of the paver on a frame equipped with suitable controls so that
AF
all vibrators can be operated at any desired depth within the slab or
completely withdrawn from the concrete, as required. The vibrators shall
be automatically controlled so that they will be immediately stopped as
forward motion of the paver ceases. The spacing of the immersion vibrators
across the paving lane shall be as necessary to properly consolidate the
concrete, but the clear distance between vibrators shall not exceed
750 mm. The outside vibrators shall not be more than 300 mm from the lane
edge. Spud vibrators shall operate at a frequency of not less than 135 Hz
R
and an amplitude of not less than 0.75 mm and tube vibrators at a frequency
of not less than 80 Hz and an amplitude of not less than 0.75 mm, as
determined by COE CRD-C 521. The paver-finisher shall be equipped with a
transversely oscillating screed or an extrusion plate to shape, compact,
and smooth the surface and shall so finish the surface that no significant
D
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 22
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
T
shall be mounted on a self-propelled frame that spans the paving lane. No
means of applying water to the surface shall be incorporated in the pipe
float.
1.11.5.5
AF
Other Types of Finishing Equipment
Clary screeds, other rotating tube floats, or bridge deck finishers shall
not be allowed on mainline paving, but may be allowed on irregular or
odd-shaped slabs, and near buildings or trench drains, subject to the
Contracting Officer's approval. Bridge deck finishers shall have a minimum
operating weight of 3400 kg and shall have a transversely operating
carriage containing a knock-down auger and a minimum of two immersion
R
vibrators. Vibrating screeds or pans shall be used only for isolated slabs
where hand finishing is permitted as specified, and only where specifically
approved. Concrete finishing equipment of types other than specified above
may be demonstrated on a test section outside the production pavement if
approved in writing.
D
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 23
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
Equipment for sawing joints and for other similar sawing of concrete shall
be standard diamond-type concrete saws mounted on a wheeled chassis which
T
can be easily guided to follow the required alignment. Blades shall be
diamond tipped. If demonstrated to operate properly, abrasive blades may
be used. Provide spares as required to maintain the required sawing rate.
Wheel saws used in the removal of concrete shall be saws with large
AF
diameter tungsten carbide tipped blades mounted on a heavy-duty chassis
which will produce a saw kerf at least 40 mm wide. All saws shall be
capable of sawing to the full depth required. Early-entry saws may be
used, subject to demonstration and approval of the Contracting Officer. No
change to the initial sawcut depth shall be permitted.
1.11.9 Straightedge
R
The Contractor shall furnish and maintain at the job site, in good
condition, one 4 m straightedge for each paving train for testing the
hardened portland cement concrete surfaces. These straightedges shall be
constructed of aluminum or magnesium alloy and shall have blades of box or
box-girder cross section with flat bottom, adequately reinforced to insure
D
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Portland cement shall conform to ASTM C 150 Type I or ASTM C 150, Type V,
low alkali, including false set requirements. Low alkali cement is
required if the proposed aggregates are found to have greater than 0.04
percent expansion when tested in accordance with paragraph: Alkali-Silica
Reactivity.
Silica fume shall conform to ASTM C 1240, including the optional limits on
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 24
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
2.2 AGGREGATES
T
casting. Should the test data indicate an expansion of greater than 0.08
percent, the aggregate(s) shall be rejected or additional testing, using
ASTM C 1567 shall be performed using the following method:
AF
Utilize the Contractor's proposed low alkali portland cement and silica
fume in combination with the proposed aggregate percentage for the test
proportioning. Silica fume shall be used in the range of 7.0 percent
to 9.0 percent of the total cementitious material by mass. The
quantity shall be determined that will meet all the requirements of
these specifications and that which will lower the expansion equal to
or less than 0.08 percent at 30 days after casting.
R
2.2.1.2 Combined Aggregate Gradation
a. The materials selected and the proportions used shall be such that
when the Coarseness Factor (CF) and the Workability Factor (WF) are
plotted on a diagram as described in d. below, the point thus
determined shall fall within the parallelogram described therein.
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 25
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
T
when subjected to the Los Angeles abrasion test in accordance with
ASTM C 131.
The nominal maximum size of the coarse aggregate shall be 37.5 mm. The
coarse aggregates shall be graded and furnished in two size groups meeting
D
the individual grading requirements of ASTM C 33, Size No. 4 (37.5 to 19.0
mm) and Size No. 67 (19.0 to 4.75 mm).
TABLE 5
LIMITS OF DELETERIOUS MATERIALS IN COARSE AGGREGATE
FOR AIRFIELD PAVEMENTS
Percentage by Mass
Moderate
(h)
Materials Weather
____________ _______________________________________
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 26
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
TABLE 5
LIMITS OF DELETERIOUS MATERIALS IN COARSE AGGREGATE
FOR AIRFIELD PAVEMENTS
Percentage by Mass
Moderate
Materials (h) Weather
____________ _______________________________________
T
Clay ironstone (d) 0.5
(ASTM C 295)
b. Limit for material finer than 0.075 mm (No. 200 sieve) will be
increased to 1.5 percent for crushed aggregates if the fine material
consists of crusher dust that is essentially free from clay or shale.
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 27
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
with soft interiors. Other names commonly used for clay ironstone are
"chocolate bars" and limonite concretions.
T
of an inch. Argillaceous limestone is defined as a limestone in which
clay minerals occur disseminated in the stone in the amount of 10 to 50
percent by weight of the rock; when these make up from 50 to 90
percent, the rock is known as calcareous (or dolomitic) shale (or
AF
claystone, mudstone, or siltstone).
Step 1: Wash each full sample of coarse aggregate for material finer
than the 0.075 mm sieve. Discard material finer than the 0.075 mm
sieve.
Step 2: Test remaining full sample for clay lumps and friable
particles and remove.
Step 4. Test remaining full sample for chert and/or cherty stone with
SSD density of less than 2.40 Mg/cubic meter (Sp. Gr. 2.40). Remove
lightweight chert and/or cherty stone. Restore other materials less
than 2.40 to the sample.
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 28
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
2.2.3.1 Composition
2.2.3.2 Grading
T
than 2.50 nor more than 3.00.
Chemical admixtures may only be used when the specific admixture type and
manufacturer is the same material used in the mixture proportioning
studies. Air-entraining admixture shall be used and shall conform to
ASTM C 260. An accelerator conforming to ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type C, may be
used only when approved by the Contracting Officer and shall not be used to
reduce the amount of cementitious material used. Calcium chloride and
admixtures containing calcium chloride shall not be used. Retarding or
water-reducing admixture shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 494/C 494M,
Type F or G, except that the 6-month and 1-year compressive strength tests
are waived.
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 29
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
2.5 WATER
Water for mixing and curing shall be fresh, clean, potable, and free of
injurious amounts of oil, acid, salt, or alkali, except that non-potable
water, or water from concrete production operations, may be used if it
meets the requirements of ASTM C 1602/C 1602M.
T
2.6.1 Expansion Joint Material
All reinforcement shall be free from loose, flaky rust, loose scale, oil,
grease, mud, or other coatings that might reduce the bond with concrete.
D
Removal of thin powdery rust and tight rust is not required. However,
reinforcing steel which is rusted to the extent that it does not conform to
the required dimensions or mechanical properties shall not be used.
2.8.1 Dowels
Dowels shall be single piece bars fabricated or cut to length at the shop
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 30
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
or mill before delivery to the site. Dowels shall be free of loose, flaky
rust and loose scale and shall be clean and straight. Dowels may be
sheared to length provided that the deformation from true shape caused by
shearing does not exceed 1 mm on the diameter of the dowel and does not
extend more than 1 mm from the end of the dowel. Dowels shall be plain
(non-deformed) steel bars conforming to ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 40 or 60;
ASTM A 996/A 996M, Grade 50 or 60. Dowel bars shall be epoxy coated in
conformance with ASTM A 775/A 775M. Grout retention rings shall be fully
circular metal or plastic devices capable of supporting the dowel until the
epoxy hardens.
T
All epoxy-resin materials shall be two-component materials conforming to
the requirements of ASTM C 881/C 881M, Class as appropriate for each
application temperature to be encountered, except that in addition, the
AF
materials shall meet the following requirements:
a. Material for use for embedding dowels and anchor bolts shall be
Type IV, Grade 3.
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 31
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
The strength of the concrete will be considered acceptable when the 28-day
flexural strengths for each lot are above the'Specified Flexural Strength'
and no individual set (2 specimens per sublot) in the lot are 170 kPa or
more below the equivalent 'Specified Flexural Strength'. If any lot or
sublot, respectively, fails to meet the above criteria, the lot or sublot
shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost to the Government.
This is in addition to and does not replace the average strength required
for day-to-day CQC operations as specified in paragraph: Average CQC
Flexural Strength Required for Mixtures.
T
2.11.1 Composition
having proportions, slumps, and air content suitable for the work shall be
based on methodology described in ACI 211.1, modified as necessary to
accommodate flexural strength.
Separate sets of trial mixture studies shall be made for each combination
of cementitious materials and each combination of admixtures proposed for
use. No combination of either shall be used until proven by such studies,
except that, if approved in writing and otherwise permitted by these
specifications, an accelerator or a retarder may be used without separate
trial mixture study. Separate trial mixture studies shall also be made for
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 32
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
a. Fabricate all beams for each mixture from the same batch or blend
of batches. Fabricate and cure all beams in accordance with
ASTM C 192/C 192M, using 152 x 152 mm steel beam forms.
b. Cure test beams from each mixture for 3, 7, and 28-day flexural
tests; 6 beams to be tested per age.
d. Using the average strength for each w/c at each age, plot all
results from each of the three mixtures on separate graphs for w/c
versus:
T
3-day flexural strength
7-day flexural strength
28-day flexural strength
e.
AF
From these graphs select a w/c that will produce a mixture giving
a 28-day flexural strength equal to 1.15 times the Specified
Flexural Strength.
f. Using the above selected w/c, select from the graphs the expected
7-day flexural strength.
studies shall be made using the new materials and new Correlation
Ratios shall be determined.
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 33
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
PART 3 EXECUTION
T
When windy conditions during paving appear probable, equipment and material
shall be at the paving site to provide windbreaks, shading, fogging, or
other action to prevent plastic shrinkage cracking or other damaging drying
of the concrete.
AF
3.1.2 Proposed Techniques
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 34
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
T
approved by the Contracting Officer and only if no damage is done to the
underlying material and its degree of compaction. Any disturbance to the
underlying material that does occur shall be corrected, as approved, before
the paver-finisher or the deposited concrete reaches the location of the
AF
disturbance and the equipment shall be replaced or procedures changed to
prevent any future damage.
The Contractor shall not commence placing operations when heavy rain or
R
other damaging weather conditions appear imminent. At all times when
placing concrete, the Contractor shall maintain on-site sufficient
waterproof cover and means to rapidly place it over all unhardened concrete
or concrete that might be damaged by rain. Placement of concrete shall be
suspended whenever rain, high winds, or other damaging weather commences to
D
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 35
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
Greater than 60 33
40-60 30
Less than 40 27
During weather with low humidity, and particularly with high temperature
and appreciable wind, the Contractor shall develop and institute measures
to prevent plastic shrinkage cracks from developing. If plastic shrinkage
cracking occurs, further placement of concrete shall be halted until
protective measures are in place to prevent further cracking. Periods of
T
high potential for plastic shrinkage cracking can be anticipated by use of
Fig. 2.1.5 of ACI 305R. In addition to the protective measures specified
in the previous paragraph, the concrete placement shall be further
protected by erecting shades and windbreaks and by applying fog sprays of
AF
water, the addition of monomolecular films, or wet covering. When such
water treatment is stopped, curing procedures shall be immediately
commenced. Plastic shrinkage cracks that occur shall be repaired in
accordance with paragraph: REPAIR, REMOVAL, REPLACEMENT OF NEWLY
CONSTRUCTED SLABS. Plastic shrinkage cracks shall never be troweled over
or filled with slurry.
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 36
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
Scale pivots and bearings shall be kept clean and free of rust. Any
equipment which fails to perform as specified shall immediately be removed
T
from use until properly repaired and adjusted, or replaced.
3.5.2 Consolidation
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 37
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
3.5.3 Operation
T
When the paver approaches a header at the end of a paving lane, a
sufficient amount of concrete shall be maintained ahead of the paver to
provide a roll of concrete which will spill over the header. The amount of
extra concrete shall be sufficient to prevent any slurry that is formed and
AF
carried along ahead of the paver from being deposited adjacent to the
header. The spud vibrators in front of the paver shall be brought as close
to the header as possible before they are lifted. Additional consolidation
shall be provided adjacent to the headers by hand-manipulated vibrators.
When the paver is operated between or adjacent to previously constructed
pavement (fill-in lanes), provisions shall be made to prevent damage to the
previously constructed pavement. Screeds or extrusion plates shall be
electronically controlled from the previously placed pavement so as to
R
prevent them from applying pressure to the existing pavement and to prevent
abrasion of the pavement surface. The overlapping area of existing
pavement surface shall at all times be kept completely free of any loose or
bonded foreign material as the paver-finisher operates across it. When the
paver travels on existing pavement, approved provisions shall be made to
D
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 38
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
Paving equipment for fixed-form paving and the operation thereof shall
conform to the requirements of paragraph EQUIPMENT, all requirements
specified above under paragraph PAVING and as specified herein.
T
to completely cover the underside of the base of the form and
provide an increase in depth of not more than 25 percent. The
base width of the one-piece or built-up form shall be not less
than eight-tenths of the vertical height of the form, except than
AF
forms 200 mm or less in vertical height shall have a base width
not less than the vertical height of the form. Maximum vertical
deviation of top of any side form, including joints, shall not
vary from a true plane more than 3 mm in 3 m, and the upstanding
leg shall not vary more than 6 mm.
b. Form sections shall be tightly locked and shall be free from play
or movement in any direction. Forms shall be provided with
R
adequate devices for secure settings so that when in place they
will withstand, without visible spring or settlement, the impact
and vibration of the consolidating and finishing equipment.
c. Set forms for full bearing on foundation for entire length and
D
Forms shall remain in place at least 12 hours after the concrete has been
placed. When conditions are such that the early strength gain of the
concrete is delayed, the forms shall be left in place for a longer time, as
directed. Forms shall be removed by procedures that do not injure the
concrete. Bars or heavy metal tools shall not be used directly against the
concrete in removing the forms. Any concrete found to be defective after
form removal shall be repaired promptly, using procedures specified
hereinafter or as directed.
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 39
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
3.5.6.1 General
Paving equipment for slipform paving and the operation thereof shall
conform to the requirement of paragraph EQUIPMENT, all requirements
specified above in subparagraphs, General, Consolidation, Operation, and
Required Results, and as specified herein. The slipform paver shall shape
the concrete to the specified and indicated cross section, meeting all
tolerances, in one pass. The slipform paver shall finish the surface and
edges so that only a very minimum isolated amount of hand finishing is
required. If the paving operation does not meet the above requirements and
the specified tolerances, the operation shall be immediately stopped, and
the Contractor shall regroup and replace or modify any equipment as
necessary, modify paving procedures or modify the concrete mix, in order to
resolve the problem. The slipform paver shall be automatically
electronically controlled from a taut wire guideline for horizontal
alignment and on both sides from a taut wire guideline for vertical
alignment, except that electronic control from a ski operating on a
previously constructed adjoining lane shall be used where applicable for
T
either or both sides. Automatic, electronic controls for vertical
alignment shall always be used on both sides of the lane. Control from a
slope-adjustment control or control operating from the underlying material
shall never be used. Side forms on slipform pavers shall be properly
AF
adjusted so that the finished edge of the paving lane meets all specified
tolerances. Dowels in longitudinal construction joints shall be installed
as specified below. The installation of these dowels by dowel inserters
attached to the paver or by any other means of inserting the dowels into
the plastic concrete shall not be permitted.
material or other provisions made to ensure that the supports will not be
displaced when the guideline is tightened or when the guideline or supports
are accidentally touched by workmen or equipment during construction. The
appliances for attaching the guideline to the supports shall be capable of
easy adjustment in both the horizontal and vertical directions. When it is
necessary to leave gaps in the guideline to permit equipment to use or
cross underlying material, provisions shall be made for quickly and
accurately replacing the guideline without any delay to the forward
progress of the paver. Supports on either side of the gap shall be secured
in such a manner as to avoid disturbing the remainder of the guideline when
the portion across the gap is positioned and tightened. The guideline
across the gap and adjacent to the gap for a distance of 60 m shall be
checked for horizontal and vertical alignment after the guideline across
the gap is tightened. Vertical and horizontal positioning of the guideline
shall be such that the finished pavement shall conform to the alignment and
grade elevations shown on the drawings within the specified tolerances for
grade and smoothness. The specified tolerances are intended to cover only
the normal deviations in the finished pavement that may occur under good
supervision and do not apply to setting of the guideline. The guideline
shall be set true to line and grade.
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 40
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
T
free from coatings which could impair bond between the steel and concrete,
and laps in the reinforcement shall be as indicated. In lieu of the above,
automatic reinforcement depressing attachments may be used to position the
reinforcement provided the entire operation is approved by the Contracting
AF
Officer. Regardless of the equipment or procedures used for installing
reinforcement, the Contractor shall ensure that the entire depth of
concrete is adequately consolidated.
The method used in installing and holding dowels in position shall ensure
that the error in alignment of any dowel from its required horizontal and
R
vertical alignment after the pavement has been completed will not be
greater than 3 mm per 300 mm. Except as otherwise specified below,
horizontal spacing of dowels shall be within a tolerance of plus or minus
15 mm. The vertical alignment of the dowels shall be measured parallel to
the designated top surface of the pavement, except for those across the
D
crown or other grade change joints. Dowels across crowns and other joints
at grade changes shall be measured to a level surface. Horizontal
alignment shall be checked perpendicular to the joint edge. The horizontal
alignment shall be checked with a framing square. Dowels shall not be
placed closer than 0.6 times the dowel bar length to the planned joint
line. If the last regularly spaced dowel is closer than that dimension, it
shall be moved away from the joint to a location 0.6 times the dowel bar
length, but not closer than 150 mm to its nearest neighbor. Dowel
interference at a transverse joint-longitudinal joint intersection shall be
resolved by deleting the closest transverse dowel. Dowels shall be
installed as specified in the following subparagraphs.
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 41
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
front of the paver by insertion into the plastic concrete using approved
equipment and procedures. Approval will be based on the results of a
preconstruction demonstration which the Contractor shall conduct, showing
that the dowels are installed within specified tolerances.
T
have cured for 7 days or reached a minimum flexural strength of 3.1 MPa
before drilling commences. Holes 3 mm greater in diameter than the dowels
shall be drilled into the hardened concrete using rotary-core drills.
Rotary-percussion drills may be used, provided that excessive spalling does
AF
not occur to the concrete joint face. Continuing damage shall require
modification of the equipment and operation. Upon completion of the
drilling operation, the dowel hole shall be blown out with oil-free,
compressed air. Dowels shall be bonded in the drilled holes using epoxy
resin. Epoxy resin shall be injected at the back of the hole before
installing the dowel and extruded to the collar during insertion of the
dowel so as to completely fill the void around the dowel. Application by
buttering the dowel will not be permitted. The dowels shall be held in
R
alignment at the collar of the hole, after insertion and before the grout
hardens, by means of a suitable metal or plastic grout retention ring
fitted around the dowel. Dowels required to be installed in any joints
between new and existing concrete shall be grouted in holes drilled in the
existing concrete, all as specified above.
D
The portion of each dowel intended to move within the concrete or expansion
cap shall be wiped clean and coated with a thin, even film of lubricating
oil or light grease before the concrete is placed.
3.6 FINISHING
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 42
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
Every effort shall be made to prevent bringing excess paste to the surface
and any operations which produce more than 3 mm of mortar-rich surface
(deficient in plus No. 4 sieve size aggregate) over the top layer of coarse
aggregate shall be halted immediately and the equipment, mixture, or
procedures modified as necessary. Compensation shall be made for surging
behind the screeds or extrusion plate and settlement during hardening and
care shall be taken to ensure that paving and finishing machines are
properly adjusted so that the finished surface of the concrete (not just
the cutting edges of the screeds) will be at the required line and grade.
Finishing equipment and tools shall be maintained clean and in an approved
condition. At no time shall water be added to the surface of the slab with
the finishing equipment or tools, or in any other way, except for fog
(mist) sprays specified to prevent plastic shrinkage cracking.
The machine shall be designed to ride the forms and shall be operated to
screed and consolidate the concrete. Machines that cause displacement of
the forms shall be replaced. The machine shall make only one pass over
each area of pavement. If the equipment and procedures do not produce a
surface of uniform texture, true to grade, in one pass, the operation shall
T
be immediately stopped and the equipment, mixture, and procedures adjusted
as necessary.
After all other finishing is completed but while the concrete is still
plastic, minor irregularities and score marks in the pavement surface shall
be eliminated by means of cutting straightedges. Such straightedges shall
be 4 m in length and shall be operated from the sides of the pavement and
from bridges. A straightedge operated from the side of the pavement shall
be equipped with a handle 1 m longer than one-half the width of the
pavement. The surface shall then be tested for trueness with a
straightedge held in successive positions parallel and at right angles to
the center line of the pavement, and the whole area covered as necessary to
detect variations. The straightedge shall be advanced along the pavement
in successive stages of not more than one-half the length of the
straightedge. Depressions shall be immediately filled with freshly mixed
concrete, struck off, consolidated, and refinished. Projections above the
required elevation shall also be struck off and refinished. The
straightedge testing and finishing shall continue until the entire surface
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 43
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
of the concrete is free from observable departure from the straightedge and
conforms to the surface requirements specified in paragraph: ACCEPTABILITY
OF WORK. This straightedging shall not be used as a replacement for the
straightedge testing of paragraph: Surface Smoothness. Long-handled, flat
bull floats shall be used very sparingly and only as necessary to correct
minor, scattered surface defects. If frequent use of bull floats is
necessary, the paving operation shall be stopped and the equipment, mixture
or procedures adjusted to eliminate the surface defects. Finishing with
hand floats and trowels shall be held to the absolute minimum necessary.
Extreme care shall be taken to prevent overfinishing joints and edges. The
surface finish of the pavement shall be produced essentially by the
finishing machine and not by subsequent hand finishing operations. All
hand finishing operations shall be subject to approval and shall be
modified when directed.
3.6.4.1 Equipment
T
In addition to approved mechanical internal vibrators for consolidating the
concrete, a strike-off and tamping template and a longitudinal float shall
be provided for hand finishing. The template shall be at least 300 mm
longer than the width of pavement being finished, of an approved design,
AF
and sufficiently rigid to retain its shape, and shall be constructed of
metal or other suitable material shod with metal. The longitudinal float
shall be at least 3 m long, of approved design, and rigid and substantially
braced, and shall maintain a plane surface on the bottom. Grate tampers
(jitterbugs) shall not be used.
tamped with the strike-off and tamping template, and the tamping operation
continued until the required compaction and reduction of internal and
surface voids are accomplished. Immediately following the final tamping of
the surface, the pavement shall be floated longitudinally from bridges
resting on the side forms and spanning but not touching the concrete. If
necessary, additional concrete shall be placed, consolidated and screeded,
and the float operated until a satisfactory surface has been produced. The
floating operation shall be advanced not more than half the length of the
float and then continued over the new and previously floated surfaces.
3.6.5 Texturing
Before the surface sheen has disappeared and before the concrete hardens or
curing compound is applied, the surface of the pavement shall be given a
texture as described herein. After curing is complete, all textured
surfaces shall be thoroughly power broomed to remove all debris.
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 44
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
The drag shall be operated with the fabric moist, and the fabric shall be
cleaned or changed as required to keep clean. The dragging shall be done
so as to produce a uniform finished surface having a fine sandy texture
without disfiguring marks.
3.6.6 Edging
After texturing has been completed, the edge of the slabs along the forms,
along the edges of slipformed lanes, and at the joints shall be carefully
finished with an edging tool to form a smooth rounded surface of 3 mm
radius. Tool marks shall be eliminated, and the edges shall be smooth and
true to line. No water shall be added to the surface during edging.
Extreme care shall be taken to prevent overworking the concrete.
Recesses for the tie-down anchors, lighting fixtures, and other outlets in
the pavement shall be constructed to conform to the details and dimensions
shown. The concrete in these areas shall be carefully finished to provide
a surface of the same texture as the surrounding area that will be within
the requirements for plan grade and surface smoothness.
T
3.7 CURING
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 45
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
T
The Contractor shall have an approved work system to ensure that moist
curing is continuous 24 hours per day and that the entire surface is wet.
3.8 JOINTS
AF
3.8.1 General Requirements for Joints
Joints shall conform to the locations and details indicated and shall be
perpendicular to the finished grade of the pavement. All joints shall be
straight and continuous from edge to edge or end to end of the pavement
with no abrupt offset and no gradual deviation greater than 13 mm. Where
any joint fails to meet these tolerances, the slabs adjacent to the joint
R
shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost to the Government. No
change from the jointing pattern shown on the drawings shall be made
without written approval of the Contracting Officer. Joints shall be
sealed immediately following curing of the concrete or as soon thereafter
as weather conditions permit. Joints shall be sealed as specified in
D
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 46
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
Expansion joints shall be formed where indicated, and about any structures
and features that project through or into the pavement, using joint filler
of the type, thickness, and width indicated, and shall be installed to form
a complete, uniform separation between the structure and the pavement. The
filler shall be attached to the original concrete placement with adhesive
or other fasteners and shall extend the full slab depth. Adjacent sections
of filler shall be fitted tightly together, and the filler shall extend
across the full width of the paving lane or other complete distance in
order to prevent entrance of concrete into the expansion space. Edges of
the concrete at the joint face shall be finished with an edger with a
radius of 3 mm. The joint filler strips shall be installed 19 mm below the
pavement surface with a slightly tapered, dressed-and-oiled wood strip or
other approved material temporarily secured to the top of the filler to
form a recess to be filled with joint sealant.
T
3.8.5 Slip Joints
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 47
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
all waste from sawing is removed from the joint and adjacent concrete
surface. The surface shall be resprayed with curing compound as soon as
free water disappears. Necessary precautions shall be taken to insure that
the concrete is properly protected from damage and cured at sawed joints.
The top of the joint opening and the joint groove at exposed edges shall be
tightly sealed with cord backer rod before the concrete in the region of
the joint is resprayed with curing compound, and shall be maintained until
removed immediately before sawing the joint sealant reservoir. After
expiration of the curing period, the upper portion of the groove shall be
widened by sawing with ganged diamond saw blades to the width and depth
indicated for the joint sealer. The reservoir shall be centered over the
initial sawcut.
T
3.9.1 General Criteria
New pavement slabs that are broken, have spalled edges, or contain cracks
AF
shall be removed and replaced or repaired, as specified hereinafter at no
cost to the Government. Removal of partial slabs is not permitted. Not
more than 15.0 percent of each slab's longitudinal joint edge shall be
spalled. Slabs with spalls exceeding this quantity, regardless of spall
size, shall be sawn full depth to remove the spalled face, or removed, as
directed. The Contracting Officer will determine whether cracks extend
full depth of the pavement and may require cores to be drilled on the crack
to determine depth of cracking. Such cores shall be at least 150 mm
R
diameter, and shall be drilled and backfilled with a well consolidated
concrete mixture bonded to the walls of the hole with Type V, Grade 3 epoxy
resin. Drilling of cores and refilling holes shall be performed by the
Contractor at no expense to the Government.
D
Cracks that do not exceed 25 percent of the design thickness in depth shall
be cleaned and then pressure injected full depth with epoxy resin, Type IV,
Grade 1. Slabs containing cracks deeper than 25 percent of the design
thickness shall be removed.
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 48
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
Where directed, spalls along joints of new slabs, along edges of adjacent
existing concrete, and along parallel cracks shall be repaired by first
making a vertical saw cut at least 25 mm outside the spalled area and to a
depth of at least 50 mm. Saw cuts shall be straight lines forming
rectangular areas. The concrete between the saw cut and the joint, or
crack, shall be chipped out to remove all unsound concrete and into at least
13 mm of visually sound concrete. Spalls along joints to be sealed with
compression seals shall be sawn, chipped out, and repaired to a depth to
restore the full joint-face support. The cavity thus formed shall be
thoroughly cleaned with high pressure water jets supplemented with oil-free
compressed air to remove all loose material. Immediately before filling
the cavity, a prime coat shall be applied to the dry cleaned surface of all
T
sides and bottom of the cavity, except any joint face. The prime coat
shall be applied in a thin coating and scrubbed into the surface with a
stiff-bristle brush. Prime coat for portland cement repairs shall be a
neat cement grout and for epoxy resin repairs shall be epoxy resin, Type
AF
III, Grade 1. The prepared cavity shall be filled with: Portland cement
concrete or latex modified mortar for larger cavities, those more than
0.009 cubic meter in size after removal operations; Portland cement mortar
for cavities between 0.00085 cubic meter and 0.009 cubic meter; and epoxy
resin mortar or epoxy resin or latex modified mortar for those cavities
less than 0.00085 cubic meter in size. Portland cement concretes and
mortars shall be very low slump mixtures, 13 mm slump or less,
proportioned, mixed, placed, consolidated by tamping, and cured, all as
R
directed. Epoxy resin mortars shall be made with Type III, Grade 1, epoxy
resin, using proportions and mixing and placing procedures as recommended
by the manufacturer and approved by the Contracting Officer. Proprietary
patching materials may be used, subject to approval by the Contracting
Officer. The epoxy resin materials shall be placed in the cavity in layers
D
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 49
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
along the pavement edge to remain. After pavement removal, the remaining
edge shall again be surveyed to quantify any damage caused by Contractor's
removal operations. Both surveys shall be performed by the Contractor, in
the presence of the Contracting Officer. Repairs shall be made as
indicated and as specified herein. All operations shall be carefully
controlled to prevent damage to the concrete pavement and to the underlying
material to remain in place. All saw cuts shall be made perpendicular to
the slab surface, forming rectangular areas.
T
joint face with suitable equipment and then picking them up for removal.
The Contractor shall protect the pavement against all damage prior to final
acceptance of the work by the Government. Aggregates, rubble, or other
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 50
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
T
3.12.1 Testing and Inspection by Contractor
TABLE 6
CONTRACTOR TESTING AND INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 51
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
T
during batching sequence, reduce batch size to
paving bring into compliance. Retest
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 52
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
Paving - Vibrators
Weekly, COE CRD-C 521 Test frequency (in concrete), and amplitude
during (in air), measure at tip/head and average.
paving Repair or replace defective vibrators.
Moist Curing
2 per lot, Visual Repair defects, extend curing by 1 day
min 4 per
day
T
Membrane Compound Curing
Daily Visual Calculate coverage based on quantity/area
Respray areas where coverage defective
Recalibrate equipment
AF
Cold Weather Protection
Once per Visual Repair defects, report conditions to COR
b. Fabricate and cure 2 test beams per sublot from the same batch or
D
truckload and at the same time acceptance beams are fabricated and
test them for flexural strength at 7-day age.
c. Average all 8 flexural tests per lot. Convert this average 7-day
flexural strength per lot to equivalent 28-day flexural strength
using the Correlation Ratio determined during mixture
proportioning studies.
e. If the equivalent average 28-day strength for the lot is below the
Average Flexural Strength Required for Mixtures by 490 kPa
flexural strength or more, at any time, adjust the mixture to
increase the strength, as approved.
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 53
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
3.12.4 Reports
-- End of Section --
T
AF
R
D
SECTION 32 13 11 Page 54
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
SECTION 32 13 73
04/06
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
1.2 SAFETY
1.3 SUBMITTALS
1.4 TEST REQUIREMENTS
1.5 EQUIPMENT
1.5.1 Joint Cleaning Equipment
T
1.5.1.1 Concrete Saw
1.5.1.2 Sandblasting Equipment
1.5.1.3 Waterblasting Equipment
1.5.2 Sealing Equipment
1.6
AF
TRIAL JOINT SEAL AND LUBRICANT/ADHESIVE INSTALLATION
1.7 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
PART 2 PRODUCTS
SECTION 32 13 73 Page 1
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
SECTION 32 13 73
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
T
ASTM D 2835 Lubricant for Installation of Preformed
Compression Seals in Concrete Pavements
AF
U.S. ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS (USACE)
1.2 SAFETY
R
Compression joint seals shall not be placed within 7.5 meters of liquid
oxygen (LOX) equipment, LOX storage, or LOX piping.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
D
Equipment
Manufacturer's Instructions
SECTION 32 13 73 Page 2
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
SD-04 Samples
Compression Seals; G R
Test Requirements; G M
T
identified, and tested for conformance with the applicable material
specification. A lot of compression seal shall consist of 1 day's
production or 6,000 meters for each cross section, whichever is less. A
lot of lubricant/adhesive shall consist of 1 day's production. Testing of
AF
the compression joint seal and lubricant/adhesive material shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor and shall be performed in an approved
independent laboratory, and certified copies of the test reports shall be
submitted for approval 60 days prior to the use of the materials at the
jobsite. Samples of each lot of material shall also be submitted and will
be retained by the Government for possible future testing should the
materials appear defective during or after application. The Contractor
shall furnish additional samples of materials, in sufficient quantity to be
R
tested, upon request. Final acceptance will be based on conformance to the
specified test requirements and the performance of the in-place materials.
1.5 EQUIPMENT
D
Machines, tools, and equipment used in the performance of the work required
by this section shall be approved before the work is started and shall be
maintained in satisfactory condition at all times.
SECTION 32 13 73 Page 3
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
maintain the compressed air free of oil and water. The nozzle shall have
an adjustable guide that will hold the nozzle aligned with the joint about
25 mm above the pavement surface and will direct the blast to clean the
joint walls. The height, angle of inclination, and the size of the nozzle
shall be adjusted as necessary to ensure satisfactory results.
Equipment used to install the compression seal shall place the compression
T
seal to the prescribed depths within the specified tolerances without
cutting, nicking, twisting, or otherwise damaging the seal. The equipment
shall be capable of placing the seal with not more than two percent
longitudinal stretch or compression of the seal during installation. The
AF
machine shall be an automatic self-propelled joint seal application
equipment and engine powered. The machine shall include a reservoir for
the lubricant/adhesive, a device for conveying the lubricant/adhesive in
the proper quantities to the sides of the compression seal or the sidewalls
of the joints, a reel capable of holding one full spool of compression
seal, and a power-driven apparatus for feeding the joint seal through a
compression device and inserting the seal into the joint. The equipment
shall also include a guide to maintain the proper course along the joint
R
being sealed. The machine shall at all times be operated by an experienced
operator.
Prior to the cleaning and sealing of the joints for the entire project, a
test section at least 69 meters long shall be prepared at a designated
location in the project pavement, using the specified materials and the
approved equipment to demonstrate the proposed joint preparation and
sealing of all types of joints in the project. Following the completion of
the trial length and before any other joint is sealed, the trial joints
will be inspected by the Government to determine that the materials and
installation meet the requirements specified. If materials or installation
do not meet requirements, the materials shall be removed, and the joints
shall be recleaned and resealed at no cost to the Government. No other
joints shall be sealed until the test installation has been approved. If
the trial section is approved, it may be incorporated into the permanent
work. Other joints shall be sealed in the manner approved for sealing the
trial joint.
SECTION 32 13 73 Page 4
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
The ambient temperature and the pavement temperature within the joint wall
shall be at least 2 degrees C and rising at the time of installation of the
materials. Sealant installation will not be allowed if moisture or foreign
material is observed in the joint.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
T
and for expansion joints shall be 32 mm. The tolerance on the seal shall be
plus 3 mm or minus 1.5 mm.
2.2 LUBRICANT/ADHESIVE
AF
Lubricant/adhesive used for the compression elastomeric joint seal shall be
a one-component compound conforming to ASTM D 2835.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1.1 Sawing
Joints shall be cleaned and opened to the specified width and depth by
sawing. Immediately following the sawing operation, the joint faces and
opening shall be thoroughly cleaned using a water jet to remove saw
cuttings or debris remaining on the faces or in the joint opening.
Compression seal shall be installed within 3 calendar days of the time the
joint cavity is sawed. Depth of the joint cavity shall be per
manufacturer's instructions. The saw cut for the joint seal cavity shall
be centered over the joint line. The nominal width of the sawed joint seal
cavity shall be as follows; the actual width shall be within a tolerance of
plus or minus 1.5 mm:
SECTION 32 13 73 Page 5
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
A multiple pass sandblasting technique shall be used until the surfaces are
free of dust, dirt, curing compound, or any residue that might prevent
ready insertion or uniform contact of the seal and bonding of the
lubricant/adhesive to the concrete.
T
A multiple pass waterblast technique shall be used until the surfaces are
free of dust, dirt, curing compound, or any residue that might prevent
ready insertion or uniform contact of the seal and bonding of the
AF
lubricant/adhesive to the concrete.
joint walls. Open joints ready for sealing that cannot be sealed under the
specified conditions shall be provided with an approved temporary seal to
prevent infiltration of foreign material. When rain interrupts the sealing
operations, the joints shall be washed, air pressure cleaned, and allowed
to dry prior to installing the lubricant/adhesive and compression seal.
SECTION 32 13 73 Page 6
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
The sides of the joint seal or the sides of the joint shall be covered with
a coating of lubricant/adhesive and the seal installed as specified. Butt
joints and seal intersections shall be coated with liberal applications of
lubricant/adhesive. Lubricant/adhesive spilled on the pavement shall be
removed immediately to prevent setting on the pavement. The in-place joint
seal shall be in an upright position and free from twisting, distortion,
and cuts. Adjustments shall be made to the installation equipment and
procedure, if the stretch exceeds 1 percent. Any seal exceeding 2 percent
stretch shall be removed and replaced. The joint seal shall be placed at a
uniform depth within the tolerances specified. In-place joint seal which
fails to meet the specified requirements shall be removed and replaced with
new joint seal at no cost to the Government. The compression joint seal
shall be placed to a depth of 6 mm, plus or minus 3 mm, below the pavement
surface except when the joint is beveled or has a radius at the surface, or
unless otherwise directed. For beveled joints or joints with a radius at
the surface, the compression joint seal shall be installed at a depth of 3
mm, plus or minus 3 mm, below the bottom of the edge of the bevel or
radius. No part of the seal shall be allowed to project above the surface
of the pavement or above the edge of the bevel or radius. The seal shall
T
be installed in the longest practicable lengths in longitudinal joints and
shall be cut at the joint intersections to provide continuous installation
of the seal in the transverse joints. The lubricant/adhesive in the
longitudinal joints shall be allowed to set for 1 hour prior to cutting at
AF
the joint intersections to reduce the possibility of shrinkage. For all
transverse joints, the minimum length of the compression joint seal shall
be the pavement width from edge to edge.
3.4 CLEAN-UP
Upon completion of the project, all unused materials shall be removed from
the site, any lubricant/adhesive on the pavement surface shall be removed,
R
and the pavement shall be left in clean condition.
3.5.2 Procedures
SECTION 32 13 73 Page 7
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS), Al Dhafra, UAE 401070
The top surface of the compression seal shall be marked at 305 mm intervals
in a manner clear and durable to enable length determinations of the seal.
After installation, the distance between the marks shall be measured on the
seal. If the stretching or compression exceeds 2 percent, the seal shall
be removed and replaced with new joint at no additional cost to the
Government. The seal shall be removed up to the last correct measurement.
The seal shall be inspected a minimum of once per 50 meters of seal for
compliance to the shrinkage or compression requirements. Measurements
shall also be made at the same interval to determine conformance with depth
and width of installation requirements. Compression seal that is not in
conformance with specification requirements shall be removed and replaced
with new joint seal at no additional cost to the Government.
T
The joint sealing system (compression seal and lubricant/adhesive) shall be
inspected for proper rate of cure and bonding to the concrete, cuts,
twists, nicks and other deficiencies. Seals exhibiting any defects, at any
AF
time prior to final acceptance of the project, shall be removed from the
joint, wasted, and replaced in a satisfactory manner.
-- End of Section --
R
D
SECTION 32 13 73 Page 8
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS) P-960
Al Dhafra, UAE
T
AF
R
D
T
AF
R
D
Part 6 - Attachments
15.0 ADAB Spec Communications
15.1 Acronyms
T
TIA Telecommunications Industry Association
TMGB telecommunication main ground busbar
UPS uninterruptible power supply
UTP unshielded twisted pair
AF
15.2 Construction Contractor Responsibilities (not limited to)
15.2.1 Provide and install the premise wiring to include wall jacks, boxes, Green CAT 6 cable,
RG-6 cable (for CATV) and orange multi-mode optical fiber cable. Terminate CAT 6 with Green
Modules.
15.2.2 Provide and install conduits and wall-mounted cable tray or wire basket to provide
R
continuous pathway with gaps to connect cabinets and wall-mounted or flush mounted wall outlet
boxes.
15.2.3 Provide and install the communications cabinet(s)/rack, TMGB and/or TGB, CAT 6 patch
D
15.2.4 Provide and install CATV splitter network and Optical receiver.
15.2.5 Terminate CAT 6 cable at the wall outlets and patch panel(s). Terminate RG-6 coaxial
cable at wall jacks and splitter network.
15.2.6 Provide and install premise wiring multi-mode fiber optic cables (FOC) and terminations.
15.2.7 Provide 24 strand single-mode OSP fiber cable from the TR to the first CMH, leaving 15
meters of slack in the CMH. Terminate with LC connectors, using fusion method at the top of the
42U cabinet. Terminate the first 4 Strands of fiber with LC APC connectors. Label housing and
cable with (EBN # to CMH #).
15.2.8 TRs in facilities with more than one (1) floor or level should be located directly
above each other. Install (4) 100mm (4 in) trade size rigid steel conduit to connect the TCs
on multiple levels. Steel conduit shall be finished flush to the ceiling and floor as appropriate
and each end shall have a PVC bushing to protect cable.
15.2.9 Ground the communication cabinet(s)/rack to the TMGB/TGB as appropriate. Bond the
TMGB to electrical service grounding electrode. Bond the TGB(s) back to the TMGB. Use MIL-
STD-188-124B
15.2.10 Test terminations at both the wall outlets and patch panel(s) to ensure a quality
connection/termination. Provide test report per submittal register.
15.3.1 Provide and install Ethernet switches and UPS equipment in communications
rack/cabinet(s).
15.4.1 General. TRs shall be sized in accordance with TIA-569-B. A TR shall be included
directly above first floor TRs for multi-story buildings in accordance with TIA-569-B. TRs shall be
located as shown on project drawings. The building communications service entrance shall consist
of a minimum of two (2) each 100mm (4 in) schedule 40 or better PVC conduits. The service
conduit shall terminate 100mm (4 in) above the finished floor elevation flush with the plywood
T
communications backboard in the TR providing an entry point for outside plant cable(s) into the
building. Two story facilities will shall
15.4.1.1
AF
Install plywood backboard, 20mm (3/4 in) thick, painted (white) on the wall(s) in
the TR per the drawings for the mounting of telecommunications equipment. Width and length
of the plywood backboard will specified by the contract drawings.
15.4.1.2 Install a dedicated electrical panel with the following requirements: 120/208V
3phase 30 slot panel with 100A capacity or country equivalent. 30A spare shall be reserved in
each panel. TR panel will feed all loads, no branch circuits to be used. Provide additional power
outlets for maintenance and housekeeping every 1.8m (6ft) along perimeter wall. Provide a
R
minimum of two dedicated un-switched 20-amp, 120-VAC, 60Hz ( or host country standard
voltage and frequency) duplex receptacle power outlets, extending from ceiling to cabinet, each
on a separate branch circuit for communication equipment.
D
15.4.1.3 In the ground floor (main) TR mount a TMGB on the plywood backboard. The
TMGB shall be 100mm (4 in) wide, 600mm (2ft) long and 6mm (1/4 in) thick and shall be
insulated from its supports by a minimum of 50mm (2 in). The TMGB shall be a predrilled
busbar provided with holes for use with standard sized lugs. TMGB shall be CPI part number
40153-020 or approved equal. Connect TMGB to main facility power panel (MDB) grounding
busbar via 50mm2 (1/0 AWG) insulated (yellow/green) copper conductor or to the point where
the electrical grounding electrode conductor bonds to the grounding electrode. Exterior
grounding/bonding connections shall utilize exothermic welding, listed compression type
connectors or other irreversible compression type connections. Two-hole lugs are preferred
for interior connections to the TMGB.
15.4.1.4 In other facility TRs (if any) mount a TGB on the plywood backboard. The TGB
shall be 100mm (4 in) wide, 300mm (12 in) long and 6mm (1/4 in) thick and shall be insulated
from its supports by a minimum of 50mm (2 in). The TGB shall be a predrilled busbar provided
with holes for use with standard sized lugs. TGB shall be CPI part number 40153-012 or
approved equal. Connect TGB to the TMGB via 50mm2 (1/0 AWG) insulated (yellow/green)
copper conductor. Bond communications equipment in the TC to the TGB via 16mm2 (6 AWG)
insulated copper conductor. Two-hole lugs are preferred are preferred for interior connections
to the TMGB.
.
15.4.2 Communications Cabinets
15.4.2.1 Cabinets shall be EIA-310-D or IEC 60297 industry standard compliant 19 in. 42U
with (800mmW) X (800mmD) glass fronted door w/Lock, Metal floor standing rack. Cabinet
shall be Conteg part number RI7-42-80/80/H or approved equal.
15.4.2.2 Install adequate 24/48-port, CAT 6 110 punchdown block patch panels to
accommodate the total voice and data drops Voice and data patch panel terminations shall not
be intermingled, group telephone terminations separate from data terminations at the patch
panels. Ideally, separate patch panels should be utilized for voice and data terminations.
15.4.2.3 Ground the cabinet to the installed TMGB or TGB with 16mm2 (6 AWG) insulated
(yellow/green) copper conductor. Scrape (remove) the paint from the location of the cabinet
ground lug in order to achieve the highest quality electrical connection.
T
15.4.3.1 Universal racks shall be 45U, 2130mm (7 ft) tall, standard 19 in. (483mm) rack
width, free-standing and floor-mounted. Rack shall be CPI part number 48353-X03 or
approved equal.
15.4.3.2
AF
Install adequate 24/48-port, CAT 6 110 punchdown block patch panels to
accommodate the total voice and data drops.Voice and data patch panel terminations shall not
be intermingled, group telephone terminations separate from data terminations at the patch
panels. Ideally, separate patch panels should be utilized for voice and data terminations.
15.4.3.3 Ground the rack to the installed TMGB or TGB with 16mm2 (6 AWG) insulated
(yellow/green) copper conductor. Scrape (remove) the paint from the location of the cabinet
R
ground lug in order to achieve the highest quality electrical connection.
horizontal and backbone pathways, service entrance facilities, work area pathways,
telecommunications outlet assemblies, and conduit. Provide telecommunications pathways in
accordance with TIA-569.
15.4.4.2 LAN-1 Pathway. Premise wiring shall be concealed and wall boxes shall be flush
mounted.
15.4.4.2.1 Cabling pathways will be constructed of Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit PVC Type
EPC-40 in accordance with NEMA TR 2 or UL 651 or Electrical zinc-coated steel metallic
tubing (EMT) in accordance with UL 797. Fittings will be Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit PVC in
accordance with NEMA TR 3 and UL 514B or cadmium- or zinc-coated ferrous fittings for
EMT conduit in accordance with UL 514B. Cable trays forming a wireway system will have
a nominal 75mm depth or as indicated on drawings, and constructed of aluminum or zinc-
coated steel and include splice, end plates, dropouts and miscellaneous hardware. Edges,
fittings and hardware will be finished free from burrs and sharp edges. Ensure the fittings
and load-carrying ability of straight tray sections are supported and manufacturers
minimum standard radius in compliance with NEMA VE 1.
15.5.1 Definition. Premise wiring includes the cabling, connectors and accessories that are
used to connect multi-mode optical fiber, data, phone and CATV equipment within a building.
Demarcation point between premise wiring and outside plant cabling is the communications service
entrance TR.
15.5.2 Data and Telephone Cable. Wiring for telephones and LAN networks will consist of 4-
pair CAT 6 complaint cables with a maximum allowable distance of 90 m (295 ft). Cable
terminations shall be wired to TIA/EIA-568-B termination configuration T568B. Raceway (conduit,
Panduit, etc.) used for communications cabling shall not exceed 40% cable fill based on total cross-
sectional area. Leave a 1 m (3.3 ft) service loop prior to terminating the cable at the patch panel.
Communications cabling shall maintain a minimum separation of 300mm (12 in) from electrical
wiring along its entire path.
T
15.5.3 Data and Telephone Drops. The standard communications wall drop shall be 2 each
CAT 6 cable drops (1 voice and 1 data) installed in a single gang outlet box with RJ-45 jacks, per
drawings. All associated end equipment shall be CAT 6 compliant. Maintain a minimum separation
AF
of 300mm (12 in) from power receptacles. Wall drops shall be installed 450mm (1.5 ft) to the center
above finished floor.
15.5.4 Fiber Optic Cable. The standard communication wall drop shall be a dual outlet
consisting of two pair (four strands) of 50 micron multi-mode fiber. Fiber will be terminated on a
patch panel in the TR using fusion splicing method. Fiber will be terminated at the wall jack using
fusion splicing method.
R
15.5.5 CATV Cable. CATV coaxial cable shall be 75 ohm, RG-6 type cables with foam dielectric
and at least a 77% braid and 2 separate layers of foil for shield coverage. RG-6 cables shall be
rated for frequencies up to 1 GHz. Recommended coaxial cable shall be CommScope
F677TSVV or approved equal.
D
15.5.6 CATV Drops. Cable shall not be run through structural members or in contact with pipes,
ducts, or other potentially damaging items. Placement of cable parallel to power conductors shall
be avoided, if possible; a minimum separation of 300mm (12 in) shall be maintained when such
placement cannot be avoided. Cables shall be terminated unless shown otherwise. Minimum
bending radius shall not be exceeded during installation or once installed. Cable ties shall not be
excessively tightened such that the transmission characteristics of the cable are altered. The drops
are terminated with RG-6 snap-and-seal style F connectors at both ends. Recommended
connector shall be Thomas & Betts SNS1P6U or approved equal. One end shall be installed
in an F-81 barrel face plate and the other end shall be connected to the contractor installed splitter
network located in the TC. The F-81 barrel connectors shall be a minimum of 25mm (1 in) in length.
All splitters shall be rated to pass frequencies between 5 MHz and 1 GHz. Recommended 2-Way
splitter shall be Regal DS2DGH10 or approved equal. Recommended 8-way vertical splitter
shall be Regal DS8DGV10 or approved equal. Recommended 8-way horizontal splitter shall
be Regal DS8DGH10 or approved equal. All cable bends shall not exceed factory
recommendations. If connecting an 8-way splitter to a 2-way splitter there shall be a minimum of
610mm (2 ft) of coaxial cable between them. CATV drops shall be installed 450mm (1.5 ft) to the
center above finished floor.
15.5.7 Outlets and Patch Panel Labeling. As a minimum, outlet and patch panel labeling shall
show the TR number serving the outlet and the outlet circuit number. The outlet number should
reflect its relative physical location in the building. Circuit numbers should not incorporate
telephone extension numbers since telephone numbers can be reassigned to different outlets in
telephone switching equipment and are therefore subject to frequent change. Where several patch
panels are located in a single TR, the numbering and labeling scheme shall also show the number
of the patch panel serving the outlet. Numbering sequence shall begin at the left side of the room
main entrance and clockwise around the room. Each individual jack shall be labeled to show its
function; top positions shall be designated for telephone and labeled V-#, and bottom positions
shall be designated for data and labeled D-# Where the # designates the respective sequenced
outlet number. All patch panels terminating copper cable shall be stenciled with the panel number,
the cable count, and whether terminations are wired to TIA/EIA-568-B termination configuration
T568B (by default) or T568A (by exception only) wiring standard. Lettering on labels shall be 6mm
(0.25 in) high and machine-made; handwritten labels shall not be used for permanent installation.
15.5.8 Distribution System Labeling. All transitions and changes in distribution system size
and type must be labeled on the as-built drawings. Each cabinet must be labeled at the top with a
unique designation. All cables, patch panels, and cable terminations must be labeled.
T
15.6.1 Definition. Telecommunication infrastructure designed for installation exterior to
buildings. For Al Dhafra AB this will primarily be the communications ductbank system to include
conduit, CHHs, CMHs and communication cabling.
AF
15.6.2 Lengths between pulling points. The maximum distance between Manholes shall be
152 m (500 ft) and the maximum distance to or between handholes shall be 76 m (250 ft). [AFCENT
A6X Guidance]
15.6.3 Bends. Where bends are required, manufactured bends should be used whenever
possible. Manufactured bends shall have a minimum inner radius of 1 meter (40 in) based on a 10x
100mm inner diameter conduit. Bends made manually shall not reduce the internal diameter of the
R
conduit. [TIA/EIA-758 5.1.1.2.4]
15.6.4 Number of bends. For the purposes of this sub-clause, the following definitions apply.
90-Degree Bend: any radius bend in a piece of pipe that changes direction of the pipe 90-
D
degrees.
Kick: a bend in a piece of pipe, usually less than 45-degrees, made to change the direction
of the pipe.
Offset: two bends usually having the same degree of bend, made to avoid an obstruction
blocking the run of the pipe.
90-Degree Sweep: a bend that exceeds the manufacturers standard size 90-degree bend.
Back-to-back 90-degree Bend: any two (2) 90-degree bends placed closer together than
3 m (10 ft) in a conduit run.
There shall not be more than the equivalent of one (1) 90-degree bend (180-degrees total) between
pull points, including offsets and kicks. Back-to-back 90-degree bends shall be avoided. [AFCENT
A6X Guidance]
15.6.5 Drain slope. Underground conduit shall be installed such that a slope exists at all points
of the run to allow drainage and prevent the accumulation of water. A drain slope of no less than
10mm per meter (0.125 inch per foot) is desirable when extending conduit away from building
structures. Where conduit extends between maintenance holes [CMH], a slope of 10mm per meter
(0.125 inch per foot) should extend from the middle of the span to each maintenance hole.
[TIA/EIA-758 5.1.1.2.6]
15.6.6 Duct plugs. Ducts shall be sealed to resist liquid and gas infiltration at all maintenance
holes and building entrance points. [TIA/EIA-758 5.1.1.2.8]
15.6.7 PVC conduit. Conduit shall be manufactured to not less than the NEMA TC-2
specification with a schedule 40 wall thickness, type EPC-40-PVC Heavy Wall. ASTM D1785
standard specification for Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 PVC is the preferred conduit of choice,
based on diameter, wall thickness and material physical strength. ASTM D1975 specification
schedule 40 conduit is specifically NOT authorized as this specification covers PVC conduit for use
with the distribution of pressurized liquids only. NEMA TC-6, SAS and DIN specifications are not
approved. Schedule 80 will be used for road crossings and heavy traffic areas and will be concrete
encased.
15.6.8 PVC fittings. Fittings for PVC conduit shall be manufactured to at least the NEMA TC-
3 specification. Fittings covered by this specification include sweeps, couplings, female adaptors,
male terminals, junction box adapters, reducers, caps and end-bells.
15.6.9 Ductbank
15.6.9.1 General. All communications ductbank shall be concrete encased. Ductbank shall
include 100mm (4 in) trade size PVC conduit. A 150mm (6 in) deep layer of rock-free sand
shall be placed on top of the ductbank concrete. A continuous run of plastic, non-biodegradable
T
magnetic marker strip with the word Communications continuously printed shall be placed
directly centered (horizontally) above the duckbank a minimum of 300mm (12 in) below finished
grade. Backfill with native soil in layers compacted to 95% modified density.
AF
15.6.9.2 Concrete. Concrete shall meet or exceed 28 MPa (4,000 psi) compressive
strength. Concrete shall extend a minimum of 75mm (3 in) beyond the edge of the conduit
limits on all sides.
15.6.9.3 Conduit spacers. Adjacent conduits shall be separated by 75mm (3 in). Spacers,
intermediate and base spacers or combination spacers as appropriate, shall be installed at
intervals of 2 m (6.6 ft) to properly support the ductbank and maintain conduit spacing during
R
concrete encasement. Spacers shall be the following products or approved equal; base spacer
Carlon part number S288NLN; intermediate spacer Carlon part number S289NLN;
combination spacers, 2x2 Carlon part number SP4W30-2, 2x3 Carlon part number
SP4W30-3.
D
15.6.9.4 Burial depth. The top of the ductbank concrete shall be a minimum of 914mm
(36in) below finished grade.
15.6.9.5 Ductbank fittings and Connections. All fittings including couplings, sweeps and
interconnection between conduits shall be primed with PVC primer and glued with PVC solvent
cement.
15.6.9.6 Ductbank Mandrel Test. Each conduit duct shall be tested for clearance by pulling
a mandrel through the duct. This test shall be inspected by the Contracting Officer and the
Communication engineer or his representative. For a 100mm (4 in) diameter conduit the
mandrel shall be not less than 90mm (3.5 in) diameter. If the conduit fails the mandrel test or
the mandrel causes obvious damage to the conduit, the contractor will be required to remove
and replace the deficient portion of the conduit to the nearest joint or structure.
15.6.9.7 Ground wire and pull tape. Terminate ground wire to ductbank structure (CMH or
CHH) grounding busbar as appropriate with exothermic welding. Install. 12.5mm ( in)
diameter 900 lb (409 kg) pull-strength polyester pull rope in each ductbank conduit.
Recommended pull rope shall be NEPTCO part number WP900P or approved equal.
15.6.10 Maintenance Holes (CMH)
15.6.10.1 General. CMHs are reinforced concrete units with a removable cover that permits
internal access via ladder. CMHs shall be installed on a gravel base of sufficient depth to allow
for drainage and stability. All CMHs shall have a lid (cover) that supports heavy vehicular traffic
(BS EN 124 Class D400). All CMH structures shall be designed to satisfy and meet the
AASHTO H20 loading requirements. Concrete shall meet or exceed 31 MPa (4,500 psi)
compressive strength. CMHs shall have a 300mm (12 in) by 300mm (12 in.) sump hole by
100mm (4 in) deep sump hole located directly below the CMH cover location.
15.6.10.2 Dimensions. Standard CMH internal dimensions shall be 2.5m (8.2 ft) by 2.5m
(8.2 ft) by 2m (6.5 ft) deep with a minimum of 200mm (8 in) thick walls, floor and top. Finished
access opening shall not be less than 1000mm (39 in) in diameter. Note: Lid (cover) will have
to be larger to properly seat in the frame.
15.6.10.3 Concrete reinforcing. Standard reinforcing shall be #16 (16mm diameter) steel
rebar. Each face (walls, floor, tops) shall have two (2) each mats of rebar spaced 150mm (6
in) on center, each way. Lap and splice bars at their ends, terminations, etc. to provide a fully
continuous cage. Rebar shall have a minimum concrete cover of 50mm (2 in).
15.6.10.4 Cable racks. Install cable racks with the top of the rack even with the top of the
T
conduit window. Provide four (4) each racks on each wall of the CMH. Ground cable racks to
installed ground busbar via 25mm2 (4 AWG) insulated (yellow/green) copper conductor.
Provide four (4) each 350mm (14 in) hooks per rack. Cable racks and hooks shall be Hubbell
AF
(or approved equal) part numbers; 37 hole rack, C2030313; 14 (350mm) PVC coated
rack hook, C2030499.
15.6.10.5 Cover (lid). Cover shall support heavy vehicular traffic meeting BS EN 124 Class
D400. The cover shall have diamond pattern on its top surface with 40mm (1.5 in) by 10mm
(0.4 in) non-penetrating pickholes spaced at 180 degrees. Covers shall be bolted to the frame
with two pentagon head special monel security bolts (tamperproof bolts). Frames and covers
shall be made of cast iron and a machine-finished seat shall be provided to ensure a matching
R
joint between frame and cover. Covers shall have an identifying mark that prominently
indicates their function and shall read COMMUNICATIONS in lettering a minimum of 25mm
tall. Also provide the structure number as indicated on the drawings, i.e., CMH XXX in
lettering a minimum of 75mm tall.
D
15.6.10.6 Waterproofing. All exterior surfaces shall be coated with a double layer (2-ply)
waterproofing sealant and bituminous material. Provide a waterstop at cold joint between
structure walls and floor slab in order to provide a water-tight joint between the concrete
sections. The waterstop shall be centered on the joint with 75mm (3 in) extending into the wall
and 75mm (3 in) extending into the floor slab. The waterstop shall be Thermo Plastic
Elastomeric Rubber (TPER), 150mm (6 in) wide. Waterproofing shall be Westec Envirostop
TPER ribbed centerbulb (619) or approved equal.
15.6.10.7 Conduit Stub-outs. Conduit stub-outs will be built into the CMH/CHH with no less
than 101.6mm (4in) between the conduit and the wall. Separation between conduits will be no
less than 50mm (2in).
15.6.10.8 Collar. A collar is used to raise the finished elevation of the structure opening to
the finished grade. The collar shall have the same concrete and reinforcing specifications as
the main structure. The wall thickness of the collar shall be 200mm (8 in). The internal
dimensions of the collar shall not be smaller than the minimum finished access opening size in
15.6.10.2. A collar is required for structures located in roads and sidewalks or required due to
the depth of the structure.
15.6.10.9 Grounding. Install a copper grounding busbar and ground rod.
15.6.10.9.2 Ground rod. Ground rod shall be 20mm (0.79 in) diameter by 2.4 m (10 ft)
long solid copper installed in a precast concrete inspection pit with cover. Ground rod will
be placed 457mm (18 in) below ground level. Busbar will be placed in CMH at the top
above the top of the ground rod. Connect ground rod to ground busbar via 50mm2 (1/0
AWG) insulated copper conductor routed through CMH top, grout or seal ground wire
penetration watertight. Precast concrete ground rod inspection pit shall be: Furse part
number PT005. Ground rod assembly shall be the following Furse part numbers and
quantities (or approved equal): two (2) each RC015 (solid copper rod, 20mm dia. 1.2
m length), one (1) each ST015 (20mm driving stud), one (1) each CG013 (coupling
dowel) and one (1) each SP015 (20mm spike).
15.6.10.9.3 Ground Connections. Make connection with a Cadweld at the ground rod and
a listed compression type connector or other irreversible compression type connection at
the busbar. Two-hole lugs are preferred. Ground cable racks to ground busbar as
described in 15.6.10.4. Precast concrete ground rod inspection pit shall be Furse part
number PT005. Ground clamp shall be Erico GR1182C for ground rod to 1/0 AWG
T
Stranded or approved equal.
AF
15.6.10.10 Pulling-in iron. Install one (1) each pulling-in iron 150mm (6 in) below the bottom
of each conduit window. Pulling-in iron shall be minimum 22mm diameter corrosion-resistant
steel lapped around concrete reinforcing.
15.6.11.1 General. CHHs are reinforced concrete units with a removable cover. CHHs shall
be installed on a gravel base of sufficient depth to allow for drainage and stability. All CHHs
R
shall have a lid (cover) that supports heavy vehicular traffic (BS EN 124 Class D400). All CMH
structures shall be designed to satisfy and meet the AASHTO H20 loading requirements
Concrete shall meet or exceed 31 MPa (4,500 psi) compressive strength.
D
15.6.11.2 Dimensions. Standard CHH internal dimensions shall be 1.2m (4 ft) by 1.2m (4 ft)
by 1.2m (4 ft) deep with a minimum of 150mm (6 in) thick walls, floor and top. Finished access
opening shall not be less than 900mm (36 in) in diameter. Note: Lid (cover) will have to be
larger to properly seat in the frame.
15.6.11.3 Concrete reinforcing. Standard reinforcing shall be #16 (16mm diameter) steel
rebar. Each face (walls, floor, and tops) shall have one (1) each mat of rebar spaced 150mm
(6 in) on center, each way. Lap and splice bars at their ends, terminations, etc. to provide a
fully continuous cage. Rebar mat shall be centered in structure walls, floor and top.
15.6.11.4 Cable racks. Install cable racks with the top of the rack even with the top of the
conduit window. Provide two (2) each racks on each wall of the CHH. Ground cable racks to
installed ground busbar via 25mm2 (4 AWG) insulated (yellow/green) copper conductor.
Provide three (3) each 250mm (10 in) hooks per rack. Cable racks and hooks shall be Hubbell
part numbers (or approved equal): 14 hole rack, C2031125; 10 (250mm) PVC coated
rack hook, C2031127
15.6.11.5 Cover. See 15.6.10.5. Also provide the structure number as indicated on the
drawings, i.e., CHH XXX-XX in lettering a minimum of 75mm tall.
15.6.11.6 Waterproofing. See 15.6.10.6.
15.6.11.8 Collar. A collar is used to raise the finished elevation of the structure opening to
the finished grade. The collar shall have the same concrete and reinforcing specifications as
the main structure. The wall thickness of the collar shall be 150mm (6 in). The internal
dimensions of the collar shall not be smaller than the minimum finished access opening size in
15.6.10.2. A collar is required for structures located in roads and sidewalks or where the depth
of the structure requires it.
T
15.7 Testing
15.7.1 Communications CAT 6 (Class E) Testing. All metallic cabling shall be tested end-to-
AF
end and certified to meet TIA/EIA-568-C.2 performance standards (international equivalent
ISO/IEC 11801). All equipment shall be tested to meet contract specifications. All certified test
results and certification of test device calibration shall be provided in a report (including both raw
LinkWare data and a pdf file for each individual cable drop tested and a pdf file of the summary test
results) upon completion of construction to the CO (see AF-66). Level III or Level IV field test
equipment such as the Fluke Analyzer DTX-1800 or similar, and shall be used to test CAT 6
rated cables and components in the CAT 6 Permanent Link mode. Specifically, performance tests
results shall be included for the following characteristics:
R
(A) Insertion Loss (Attenuation)
(B) Near-End Cross Talk (NEXT) loss
(C) Far-End Cross Talk (FEXT) loss
(D) Attenuation-to-Crosstalk Ratio-Far-End (ACR-FE)
D
15.7.2 Fiber Optic Testing. Single-mode OSP cable will be tested with an OTDR from the TR.
Readings will be saved and provided on a disc. Test will be accomplished at 1310 and 1550 nm Allowed
splice loss for Single-Mode fiber is .3db and allowed factory connector loss is .3db and .5 db per 1000ft.
(Reference TIA-526-7) Multi-Mode ISP fiber will be tested with a Power meter and light source. Test will
be bidirectional. Test will be accomplished at 850 and 1300 nm. Allowed splice loss for Multi-Mode
fiber is .3db and allowed factory connector loss is .5db. 0.35 dB is allowed per 100 meter. Results will be
saved and provided on a disc. (Reference TIA-526-14-B)
15.7.3 Coaxial Cable Testing. Coaxial cables shall be tested end-to-end and according to ANSI/SCTE
Test Standards. All equipment shall be tested to meet contract specifications. All test results and
certifications shall be provided in a report upon completion of construction to the CO. Specifically
performance test results for each cable drop or splitter shall be included for the following characteristics.
(A) Coaxial Cable Attenuation (measured in dB) at the following frequencies: 187 MHz, 500
MHz, and 750 MHz.
(B) 2-way Splitter Loss (measured in dB) at 40 MHz to 500MHz and at 750 MHz.
(C) 8-way Splitter Loss (measured in dB) at the following frequencies: 40 MHz, 500 MHz and
750 MHz.
(D) Length in feet of each coaxial cable from splitter to wall outlet
T
AF
R
D
Triton Operational Facilities (BAMS) P-960
Al Dhafra, UAE
T
AF
R
D
Part 6 - Attachments
A B C D E F G H
1 5
MATCHLINE
8 0
4
- FOR
8
CONTINUATION
1 2
4
9
7
SEE
7
0
SHEET
4
4
1
6 C-30
3 5 8 1 5
2 0 1 4 9 1 3 6 8 0 9 6 3 1 8 5 3 .6
7
.5 .5 .4 .4 .4 .4
0 2 5 7 9 5 4 7 4 1 6 5 3 0 7 4 2
.7 .7 .7 .6 .6 .6 .5 9 9
0 3 5 7 9 6 3 7 2 9 7 .0 .0 8
.9 .9 .9 .8 .8 .8 .7 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 1 1
0 4 1
.2
0
.1 .1 .1 .0 .0 .9 9 9 9 9 1 9 1 1 1 1 1 1
.4
7 .3 .2 .2 .2 0 0 0 0 9 9 9 9 9 1 1 1 1 1 1
.3 .3 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2
0
2
0 2 2 2 1
9 1 1 1 1 1 1
0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2
6 9 0 5 3 8 2 7 3
1 5 0 5
5
2
9 0
3
7
7
4 2 9 3 6 9 3 7 0 8 9 3 0 8 5 0 8 .5 .5 .5 .4
2 7 0 4 7 1 5 2 6 6 4 1 .8
6 3 1
.7
5
.7 .7 .6 .6 .6 .6 .5 9
1 5 8 2 5 9 3 0 8 5 2 0 7 .0 .0 9 .9 .9 .8 .8 .8 .7 9 9 9 9 9 9 1 9
1
8 9 6 3 1 8 5 .2 .2 .1 .1 .1 .1 .0 0 .9 9 .9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
.3 .3 .3 .3 .2 .2 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 1 9 9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
.4
2
0 2
0 2
0 2
0
2
0
2
0
2
0 2 2
0
2
0 2 2 2 2 2
20 19 1 1
3
3 2 8 9 5 0 3
6 2
8
7 .5
6
3
8 17
3 8 7 3 7 2 2 6 1 5 1 7 5 3 0 8 6 1 9
4 8 3 8 3 8 5 3 0 8 7 3 0 8 5 3 0 8
.7
3
.7 .6 .6 .6 .6 .5 1 .5
5 5 9 4 9 4 8 3 0 5 0 .0 .0 .9 5 .9 .9 .8 .8 .8 .8 .7 .7 9 9 9 9 9
3 0 8 5 0 8 5 .2
8
.1 .1 .1 0 .0 .0 .9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 1 1 1 1
1 3 .2 .1 0 9 9 9 9 9 1 1 1
10%
.4 .4 .3 .3 .3 .3 .2 .2 0 0 0 0 2
0 0 2 2 2
0
2
0 1 9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 1
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2 9 5 2 8
N
18
2 5
APR
5 1 7 9 5 1 8 4 1 8 5 6 8 1 9 6 4 2 9
0 1 3 2 3 7 5 3 0 8 3 .6 .5
8 4 7 3 5 4 8 0 4
.0
9 7 4 2 0
.8 .8 .8 .8 .7 .7 .6 .6 .6
3 8 5 .3 7 2 9 8 1 3 1
9 6 1 9 7
.0 .9 .9 .9 .9 .9 .7 9 .7 9 9 9 9 9 9
5 2 0 5 3 0
.2
6 8
.1 .1 .1 .0 .0 0 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 1 9 1 1 1 1 1 1
.4 0 .3 .3 .2 .2 .2 .1 0 0 0 0 2 9 9 9 1 1 1 1 1 1
.4 .4 0 2 .3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2
0 2 2
0 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1
0 0 2 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2
19
06/06/05
05/23/05
04/08/05
13/11/05
6 2 9
4 2 0 8 6 4 2 0 8 2 4 8 5
2 9 6 0 8 5 2 9 5 3 1 7 4 0 .6
4 2 0 8 9 .7 .6
19
8 2 7 3 6 3 9 .8 .7
2 .7 .7
DATE
0 5 0 7 5 0 1 6 .8 .8 .8 .7 9
7 4 1 9 6 3 1 8 6 4 2 9
.1 .1 .1 .1
8 .0 .0 .0 .9 .9 6 .9 .9 9 9 9 9 1 9
0 0 7 5 3
.3 .2 .2 .2 .1 .0 0 0 9 .94 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 1 1
7 4 2 .4 .3 .3 .3 0 .2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0 1 9 19 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
.4 .4 .4 0 0 0 0 2
0 2 0 2 2
0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1
0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2
9 6 0
19
5 3 8 7 6 6 4 4 3 2 1 2
6 4 3 1 0 8 7 3 1 1 1 0 2 0 8 4 2 0 8 6 4
2 0 9 8 2 0 5 9 7 5 .9 .9 .8 .8 .8 .8 .8 .7 .7 .7 .7
6 4 2 1 9 8 6 5 3 7 5 2 0
7
.1
6 4
.1 .1
7
.0 .0 .0 .9 .9 .9 9 9 9 9 9 9
7 6 4 2 0 7 5 3 1 9 .2 .2 .2 .1 .1 .0 0 0 0 9 9 1 9 9 1 9 9 9 1 1
5 .4
8
0
.4
2
0
.4
2
0
.4
0
.4
2
0
.3
0
.3
2
0
.3
2
0
.3
2
0
.2
2
0
2
0
2
0
2
0
.2 2
0
2
0
2
0 2
0
2
0
2
0 2 2 2 1
9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
N
0 2 2 2
BASI
BASI
2
0 9 9 9 8 8 7 1
7 7 8 8 8 1
9 9 7
9 6
0
4
0
2
0 0
1
8
1 CEMENT-STABILIZED
2 2 2 1 1 1 0 5 3 9 5 3
.0 9 7 5 3 9 .8 .8 .8 .8 .8 .7
4 3 3 3 3 2 4 2 0 8 1 4 2 0 8
.1
1 .0 .0 .0 .9 .9 .9 .9 .9 .8 9 9 9 9
5 8
4 4 2 0 8 6 .3 .2
6
.2 .2 .2 .1 .1 .1 0 0 0 0 9 9 9 9 9 1 1 9 1 1
0 6
.4 .4 .3 .3 .3 .3 .2 0 0 0 0 2 077
20. 2 2 2 9 1 1 1 9 1 1 AGGREGATE SLPOE
.5 .4 .4 0 0 .4 0 0 0 0 0 2
0 0 2
0
2
0
2
0 2 2 2 2 1 1 1
0 0 0 2 2 2 2
ON
ON
0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
ON"
2
PROTECTION (10:1)
RETENTI
RETENTI
7
7 8 9 0 2 2 6
4
4
5
2
7 0
8 9 1 3 4 1
6 9 7
8
6
0
4
1 3m @ 5%
CONSTRUCTI
5 6 7 7 4 0 0 8 7 3 .8 .8
4 8 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 3 1 9 .1 5 2 .1
8 .0 .0 .0 .0 .9
5
.9 .9 .8 .8
8 4 6 6 5 3 1 9 7 .2 .1 .1 .1 .0 0 .9 .9 9 9 9 9 9
2 3
.4 6 4 2 0 8 6
.3 .3 .3 .2 .2 .2 .1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 9 9 9 9 1 1 1 1
2 0
.4 .4 .4 .4 .3 .3 0 0 .2 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 2 0 2 2
0 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1
.5 .5 2
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2
0
2 2 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
0 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 20 40mm DROP
ON
2 2
PTI
7 4 6 2 5 7 0 2
0 2 3 6 0 3 5 8 1 2 0 9 7 5 3 2 0
2
1 3 5 7 0 1 4 5 7 0 8 6 4
.1
1 9 7 5 4 .0 .0 .9
8
.9 .9 .9 .9 .9 2% 10%
DESCRI
2 1 .2 .1 .0 .0 .0
12 M OVED
12 M OVED
0 1 4 5 8 0 3 4 7 8 6 4 2 0 9 7 5 3
.2 .1 .1 .1 0 .0 0 0 9 9 9 9 9
4 2 0 8 6 5
.4
1 9 7
.3 .3 .3 .3 .2 .2 .2 .2 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 9 1 1 1 1 1
.5 .5 .4 .4 .4 .3 .3 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1
.5 .4 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0 2 2 2
00%
0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2
86%
2 3
1.
6 3 4 8 2 6 0 3 8 1 5 9
0 0 7 4 9 6
FOR
3 0 7 2 0 9 2 7
50%
1 3 7 0 7 4 6 .0 .9
3 7 0 4 7 9 7 5 4 2 .2 9
.1
5 .1 .1 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .9 .9
0.
4 0 3 7 4 7 0 2 .1 .1 0
0 4 0 .2 .1 0 9
380
0 6 2 0 7 5 .2 .2 .2 .2 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 9
7 2 0 9 7 5 4 9
.3 .3 .3 .3 .3 0 2 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 0 2 2 2 1 1
5
4 .5 .5 .4 .4 .4 .4 .4 .4 .3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1
.5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2
38%
.5 0 0 0 0 2 2 2
0.
0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
0 2
225.
2
NAL "CLEARED
CHANGE ORDER
CHANGE ORDER
62%
8 3 9 3 9 3
0.
9 8 3 9 3 8 8 6 5 3 2
1 5 4 8 3 5 4 2 4 9 .0
4 8 2 7 2 6 8 6 4 3 1 0 8 7
.1 .1 .1 1 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0
8 3 2 6 1 5 0 0 9 3 4 2 1 9
.2 .2 .2 .2 .2 .1 .1 .1 0 0 0 0 0
4 9 3 7 5 3 8 7 5 .3 .2 .2 0 0 0 0 2
0.
7 2 1 9 8 6 2 .4 .3 .3 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 2
5 4
.5 .5 .4 .4 .4 .4 .4 .3 .3 .3 0 0 0 0 2 0 2 2 2 2 0
.5 .5 .5 0 0 .4 0 0 0 0 2
0 0 0 0 2
0 2 2
0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 19
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
LT
2 8 4
AS BUI
4 1 7 3 9 6 1 9 8
3 0 6 2 9 9 5 2 .1
4 5 1 7 2 8
6 5 3 2 0 8 6 .1
3
.1 .0 .0
3 5 1 6 3 8 6 0 3 2 0 9 7
.2 .2 .2 .2 .1 .1 .1 .1 0 0 0
3 9 5 0 6 2 8 6 4
9 3 2 0 9 7
.3
5 .3 .3 .3 .2 .2 .2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2
2 7 6 4 3 2 0 9 7
.4 .4 .4 .4 .3 .3 .3 0 0 0 0 0
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
9 7
.5 .5 .5 .5 .5 .4 .4 0 .4 0 0 0 2
0 0 2
0
2
0 2 2 2 2 2 2
.5 .5 0 0 0 0 2 0 2 2
SEE SH EET C- 29
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
FI
REFUELER RAMP 1
3 2 8 5 3 0 8 5
T
6 1 9 5 8 7 5
5 9 3 7 5 3 .2 0 9 4
SYMBOL
1 8 4 2 8 2 9 4 .1 .1 .1
8 5 9 6 3 0 7 4 0 8 7 6 4 3 2 0
.2
8 .2 .2 .2 .2 0 .2 .1 0 .1
9 6 3 0 5
7 4 1 1 0 9
2 7 6 5 4 2 1
.4 .3 .3 .3 .3 .3 .3 .3 0 .2 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 2
0
2 2
0 0
8 4 3 .4 .4 .4 0 0 2 2 2 2
A
9 7 .5 .4 .4 .4 0 0 0 2 2
2
.5 0 2
0
.5 0 2
1
0 .5 .5 .4 0 0 2
.6 .5 .5 0 .5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2
0
2
0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
0 0 0 0 2 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 2
4 4 0 8 7
1
701
4 1 9 7 6 7 2 4 2 6
8 3 3 0 .2 6 5 1 0
2 9 8 6 4 2 0 7 6 5 4 2 0 9 8
.2 .2 .2 .2 .2 .2
3 3 2 0 9 6 5 3 6 2 1 0 9 6 .3 .3 .3 .3 .2 .2 0 0
7 4 0 1 9 7 6 4 3 2 0 9 8 7 .4
4 3
.4 .4 .4 .3 .3 .3 0 .3 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 2 0 0
2 1 9 7 6 5
.5 .5 .5 .5 .4 .4 .4 .4 .4 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
.6 .5 .5 .5 .5 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2
.6 .6 0 0 0 0 0 0 2
0
2
0
2
0 0 2
0 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
0 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2
8 7 7 7 7 6
7
20
1 0 9 9 9 9 4 8 8 7 0 9 8 6
8 7 7 6 6 5 5 4 5
3 3 2 2 1 9
9 8 7 6 5
.3 3 2 1 .3 .2 .2 .2 .2
3 2 1 9 9 4 8 2 1 8 7 6 4 3 .4 .4 .3 .3 .3 .3 .3 0 .3 .3 .3 0 0 0 0 0
3 2 9 0 6 5 3 .5 0 9 .4 .4 .4 .4 .4 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2
4 2 1 0 .5 .5 .5 .4 .4 0 0 0 2 2 2
UE0000 -CG28PN
3 8 0 0 2 2
4 .6 .6 .6 .6 .5 .5 .5 .5 0 .5 2
0 0 0 0 0 2
0
2
0 2 2
0
2
0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
.6 0 0 0 0 2
0 0 2
0
2
0 2 2
0 2 2 2 2
0 2 2 2 2 2
2
04-08-05
0 2 2 4 5 6 7
8 9 3
BY:
2 3 5 6 6 9 9 8 7 5 4 3 2
2 2 3 5 5 2 1 9 .3 6 .3 .3 .3
ON
0 1 3 .3 .3
4 5 5 7 8 5
8 9 9 3 2 1 0 9
8
3 7 6 .4 4
.4 .4 .4 0 .3 .3 0 .3 0 0 0
1 2 3 3 4 1 0 9 6 7 6 4 3
.5 .5 .5 .5 .4 .4 .4 0 .4 0 0 .4 0 0 2 0 0 0 2 2 2
6 4 3 2 .6 8
.5 .5 .5 .5 .5 0 0 .4 0 0 0 0 2 2 0 2 2 2 2 2
5 .6 .5 0 0 2 2
AF
.6 .6 .6 .5 0 0 0 2 2 0 2 2 2
.6
N UATI
.6 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 2 2 2 2 2
0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 0 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 2
TTED
LE NO.:
5 7 9 2 3 6 8
2 4 6 9 0 3 3 2 1 1 0 9 8
1 5 6 9 0 6 5 4 .4 .3 .3
9 1 2 5 6 8 0 3 4 1 0 9 9 8 7
.4
5
.4 .4 .4 .4 .4 .4
1 7 5 4 2 .4 .4 .4 0 0 0
SUBMI
4 5 7 8 6 4 .5 .4 0 0 0 0
BY: DATE:
9 2 4 8 0 8 .5 .5 .5 .4 0 0 2 2 2
7 0 6 5 4
6 3 3 2 1 0 9
.5 .5 .5 .5 .5 .5 .5 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 2
7
.6 .6 .6 .6 .6 .6 .6 .5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 2 2 2 2 2
.6 .6 .6 0 0 2 2 2
CONTI
0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
0 0 0 2 0 0 0 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 2
FI
5 5 9
9 2 2 5 9 1 7 9 1 5 4
5 9 5 9 8 8 .4 6 6
6 5 8 1 4 7 4 3 3 2 2 1 0 9
.4 .4 .4
2 8 1 5 7 1 3 7 9 3 0 9
9
2 8 7 7 6 5 .5 4
.5 .5 .5 .5
0 .5 .4 .4 0 .4 .4 0 0
6 9 8 5 6 5 4 4 3 2 1 1 .6
9 .5 .5 .5 .5 .5 0 .5 .5 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 2 2
9 8 .6
6
.6 .6 .6 .6 .5 .5 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2
.6
7 .6 .6 .6 .6 .6 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
0 .6 0 .6 0 0 2
0 0 0 0 2
0 2 0 2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2
0 72.048
2
2
0 2 2 2 35.628
2 2 2
35.628 70.128 40.545
JOSE
BY:
GNED
BY:
RAJ
1
FOR
BAR
4 3 2 6 3 6 0 5 9
8 7 1 5 9 8 4 3 2 2 1 0
4 7 2 6 0 5 2 8 8 7 9 6 5 5 4 .5 .5 .5 .5 .5 .5
8 2 6 0 5 9 2 1 1 0 9 9 .5 6 .5 .5 .5 .5 .5 0
4 2 1 5 9 3 6 5 5 4 3 3 2
.6 .6 .5 .5 .5 .5 .5 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0
1 7 6 9 8 7 7 6
.6 .6 .6 .6 .6 .6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 2
0 0 9 .6 .6 .6 .6 .6 .6 .6 0 0 0 2 0 2 2 2 2
DESI
.7 .6 0 0 0 0 2 2 2
.7 .7 .6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
DW N
0 0 2 2
CHK
2 0 0 0 2 2 2 0 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2
20.614 4 20.586
NE -
1 7 8
20.689 20.664 5 1 6 2 7 3 9 0
4
0
0
9
6 9 8 8
3 7 .5
7 0
7 3 20.714
8 4 9 5 6 8
1 7 7
2
6
8
6
3 5
9
5
4
4
9
4
5
4
0
.6
3
.6
3 2
.6
2
.6
1
.6
1
.6
0
.6 .6 .5 0
.5 0
.5 .5 0
.5 0 .5
7
1 6 2 1 .7
1 0 0
0.07% 0.69
9 9
0 8
.6 .6
7
.6
0.07%20.6 .6
.6 .6 .6 .6 .6 0.07%
0 0 .6 0 0 0 0 0 0 20.07%2 0 2 2 0
8 7 4 1 7 4
6 2 9 5 2 9 5 1 7 4 7 7 7 6 6 1
1 4 1 7 3 0 1 1 0 0 0 .6 9 9 8 8 1
.6 .6 .6 .6 .6 6
8
3
3 6 2 9 5 2 8 5 4 3
8 3 3 2 2 2 .7 .7 .7 .7 .7 0 .6 .6 .6 .6 8 0 0 0 .6
7 0 9 6 6 5 5 5 4 4 .7 .7 .7 .7 .7 .7 0 0 2 0 0 .6 0 0 2 2 2 0
8 .7 8 6 7 6 .7 .7 .7 .7 .7 0 0 0 2 0 2 0 0 0 2 0 2 0 2 2
0 .7
7 .7 .7 .7 .7 .7 0 0 0 0 0
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
.7 2
3 0 0
ey Gr
2 .7 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2
0 0 0 2 0 2 2 2 2 2 2
c Program s
2 2 2 2
anl
8 6 1 9 6 3 1 9 6 3 1
7 7 7 4 7 6 6 6 6 5 5 5 5
9 8 1 5 2 4 1 .7 .7 .7 .7
2 0 6 8 9 8 .7 .7 7 .7 .7 .7 .7 .7
A St
7 1 5 3 0 4 0 9 9 8 8
0 8 4 2 9 2 4 2 7 1 1 1 .8 0 0 9
.7
8 .7 .7 .7 0 .7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 4 .8 .8 1 .8 .7 .7 .7 0 0 0 2 2 2
de
3 3 3 2 2 .8 .8 .8 .8 0 2 0 2 2
4 .8 .8 .8 .8 .8 .8 0 0 .8 .8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 2
.8 0 0 2
dwi
.8 0 0 2 2 0 0 0 2 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
0 0 0 0 2 0 2 2 2 2 2
2
0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 20
US Arm y Corps
sINC
on -W or
1 9 8 7 5 4
3 2 20
50%
9 8 6 4 3 5 4 4 4 4
9 8 2 0 6 5 3 1 5 5 5 5 5 4
.8 .8 .8 .8 .8
9 6 4 3 2 1 7 7 7 6 4 7 7 6
8 6 6 6 6
.8 .8 .8 .8 .8 .8 .8 0 0
ant
3 2 0 8 8 8 7 7 .8 .8 .8 .8 0 0 0 0 2 0
9 7 6 9 9 9 8 7 8
.8
8
.8 .8 .8 7
.8 .8 .8 .8 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2
40%
9 8 .8 .8 .8 0 2 2
neers
.8 .8 .8 0 0 0 2
12%
9 9 .8 .8 0 0 0 2 2 2 2
.8 .8 .8 0 0 0 0 2 0 2 2 2
1.
.8 .8 0 2 0 0 2 2
i
0 0 0 0 2 0 2 2 2
uct
84
0 0 0 0 2 0 2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2
R
2 2
anti
r
1.
39.
t
1.
aland Const
22%
3 2
ey Consul
9 7 7 6 5 4 3 3 3
1 1 0 3 7 3 3
8 8 8 6 5 4 2 4 4
9 3 .9
3 3 3 3
.9 .9 .9
0 9 9 8 8 4 9 4 8 4 7 4 4 4 4
.9
4 3
.9 .9 .9 .9 .9 .9 0 0
2 1 0 0 0 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
.9 .9 .9 .9 .9 .9 .9 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2
5 4 3 5 5 5 5
.9 .9 .9 .9 .9 .9 .9 0 0 0 0 2 0 2 2
of Engi
5
1.
5 5 5 .9
5 .9 .9 .9 .9 .9 .9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2
0 2 2 2 2 2
.9 .9 0 2 2
Transatl
2
01%
.9 .9 0 0 0 0 2 2
0 0 .9 0 0 0 2
0 0
2
0 2
0
2
0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2 0 2 2 2 2
2 2
Center
onm ent
1.
1 1 2 2 2 3 3
0 1 1 1 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1 1 1 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 .0
4 5 6
7
9 9 0 1 1 2 2 2 2
.0
2 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0
1 1 1 1 1 2 3 4 1 5 1 1 1 2 2 2 2
.0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 1 1 211 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 .0 1
.0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2
1 1
.0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 1 .0 1 1 1 21 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
.0 .0 .0 .0 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2
1 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2
r
1 2
1 1 1 1 1 21 2 2 2
ng,Envi
1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2
7 9 0 1 2
5 8 0 0
anl
1 2 3 4 6 9 9 0 4
8 0 2 3 5 8
6 7 7 8 8
9 0 9 9 9 9 9 9 .0 9
.0 .1 .1 .1 0
0 1 2 3 5 0 3 5 6 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 9
.0 .0 .0 .0 .0 1 .0 1 1 .1
9 0 6 6 6 8 7 1 7 7 7 7
.0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 2
6 6 .0
i
6 7 .0 1 1 2 2 1
5 6 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 1 1 1 1 1 2 2
neer
.0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
21.184
.0 .0 1 1 1 2
1 1 1 1 1 2
1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
21.172
1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2 21.150
St
2 2 2
21.135
Engi
21.116 2 8 0 3 5 7
6 8 0
8
2 4
2 3 4 6 8 0 6 4 6 6 7 7 7 7 8 8
3 2 5 7 9 7 5 5 5 5 6 .1 6 6 .1 .1 .1 .1 .1 .1 .1 .1
7 9 0 2 4 1
9 2 6 2
9 3 3 3
.1
3
.1
4
4
4
.1
4 5
2
.1 .1 .1 .1 .1 1 .1 .1 1
.1 1 1 1 1 1 0.03%1
2
1 1
.1
0
.1
0
.1
1
.1
1
.1
1
1
.1 1
.1
0.05% .1
2
1
.1
2
1
.1
1
.1
1
.1
2
1 0.04%
2
1
1
.1
2
1 1
.1
2
1 2
1
2
1 0.03% 2
1
2
1 2
2
1
2
1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2
2
1 0.02% 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2 2
1 2 2 2 2
D
RATES
2
NAGE PLAN
700
GN
TE DESI
DRAI
SHEET A
TAXIWAY A
R BASE, UNI
AND
SI
AL DHAFRA AI
NG
GRADI
NOTES:
1. SPOT ELEVATIONS AND CONTOURS SHOWN
SHEET
REFERENCE
NUMBER:
C-28
10 0 10 20 30
20 40 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, LINEAR DIMENSIONS
20
SHOWN ARE IN METERS.
1:500
A B C D E F G H
8 1 4 8
7 0 3 6 9 2 5 7 1
8 1 4 3 7 2 9 .4 4
1 4 8 6 0 5 .5 .4 .4 .4
6 1
.6 .6 .6 .6 .5 .5 0
.80 .7 .7 .7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2
0
2
0
N 2
0
.8
3
5
20 2
0 2
0
2
0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
7 6 0 5
9 3 3 2 8 6 3
8 6 1 5 8 1 .4
9 4
3 1 9
2 6 4 1 .5
6 .5 .5 .4 .4
1 6 .7 .6 .6 .6 .6 .5 0 0 0 0
5 80 .7 .7 0 0 0 0 2
0 0 2 2
0 2 2 2
3 . 0 0 0 2 2
.8 20 2 2 2 2 2 2
0
APR
2
9 4 0 5 1 3
1 2 8 3 9 7 5 2 0 5
2 0 6 7 7 4 2 .5 .5 .4
7 4 2 9 .5 .5 .5
.80 .7 .7 .7 .6 .6 .6 .6 0 2
0 0 0 2
0 476 20
20.
0 0 0 0 2
5 20 2
0 2
0 2 2
0 2 2 2
2 2
3
06/10/05
06/06/05
05/23/05
04/08/05
.8
0
2
DATE
2 9 6 2 6 3 0
1 8 5 8 6 3 0 8 6 1 9 7
7 4 2 7 5 .5 .5 .4 .4
2 .7
2 0 .6 .6 .6 .6 .5
80 .7 .7 .7 0 0 0 0
539 0 0 0
5 . 0 2
0 0 0 2
0
2
0 2 2 2 2 20. 2 2 2
3 20 2 2 2
.8
0
2
7 1 9 7 REFUELER
4 RAMP 3
1 9 7
5 80
3 7
2
.7
5
1
.7
2
9
.7
0
.6
8
4
.6
6
3
.6
4
.6
1
.5
9 7
.5 553 0
.5 .5
0
.4
8
N
0 0 0 0
. .7 0 0 0 20. 2
BASI
BASI
0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2
3
5 20 2
0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
.8
0
2
3 8 7 6 5 5 5
5 2 2 1 0 9 9 8 6 4 2 0
4 4 1 9 7 4 2 0 .5 .5 .5
80
7 .7 3 .7 .6 .6 .6 .5 .5
ON
ON
. .7 .7 .6 .6 0 0 0 0 0
ON"
0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2
3
5 20 2
0 2
2
0 2 2 2
0 2 2 2 2 2
RETENTI
RETENTI
.8
0
2
0.5%
CONSTRUCTI
8 9 0 0 1 2
5 6 7 7 8 5 9 9 9 8 6 4 2
5 7 3 1 .5 .5 .5
4 7 5 3 1 9 .6 .6 .6 .5 .5
80 .7 .7 .7 .7 .6 .6 0 0 0 0 0 0
ON
. 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 2 2 2 2 2
0
3
5 20 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
PTI
.8
0
2
DESCRI
12 M OVED
12 M OVED
0 2 4 7 0
0%
8 0 2 3 5 7 9 3 1 9 5 5 4
6 8 6 4 7 .5
7 5 4 2 0 .6 .6 .5 .5 .5
5
.7 .7 .7 .7 .7 .6 .6 .6 0 0 0 0
.80 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2
0 2 2 2
0 2 2
5 2 2 2
3 20 2 2 2 2 2
.8
01%
0
FOR
2
13%
4 0 3
7 9 3 5 9 1 2 7 9 7
7
0.
7 0 3 0 9 7 5 4 0 .5 5
7 6 2 .6 .6 .6 .5
380
5 .7 .7
4 .7 .7 .6 .6 .6 0 0 0 0 .5
80 .7 0 2
0.
. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 0
5 0 2 2 2 2 2 2
20 2
NAL "CLEARED
3 2 2
CHANGE ORDER
CHANGE ORDER
.8
225.
0
2
3 6 1 5 4
1 0 4 8 5 3 2 0 0 7
8 3 7 3 5 0 8 6
.6 .6 .6 .6 9 .5
6 7 6 4 .7 1 .7 .6 .6 0 0 0 .5 0
80 .7 .7 .7 0 .7 0 0 0 2 2 2
0 2 0 2
LT
5 . 0 0 0 2 0 2 2 2 2
3 20 2 2 2 2
EXISTING EAST FLIGHTLINE APRON
AS BUI
.8
0
2
8 8 4 9 5 0 6 2
9 5 1 6 1 0 3 7 6 4 3 2 0 9
5 3 2 9 .6 .6 .6 .5
6 7 6
.7 .7 .7 .6 .6 .6 .6
.80 .7 .7 .7 0 0 2
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
FI
0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2
3
5 20 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
SEE SH EET C- 28
.8
T
0
SYMBOL
2
8 5 1 8 5 2 9
1 8 4 1 8 5 1 8 7 6 4 3 2 0
4 2 .6
A
5 1 0 .6
2
6 .6 .6
0
.6 .6
1
7 8 .7 .6
.7 .7 .7 .7 .7 .7 0
80 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2
4 .8
3
5 20
.
2
0 2
0
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
0
2
601
8 6 4 2 0 8 7
0 6 4 2 0 9 7 6 5 3 2
2 8 4 3 2 8 .6 .6 .6
8 8 7 5
.7 .7 .7
1 .6 .6 .6 .6
.80 .7 .7 .7 0 0 0 .7 0 0 2
0 0 2
0
2
0
2
0
0 2 2
3
5 20 2
0 2
0
2
0 2 2 2 2 2
.8
0
2
0 8 7 6 5 4 4
6
UE0000 -CG29PN
2 1 0 3 9 0 9 7 6 5 4
3 3 5 4 1 8 .6
8 8 7 6
.7 .7 .7 .7 .6 .6 .6 .6 .6
80 .7 .7 .7 0 .7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2
0 0
. 0 0 0 2 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
20 2
04-08-05
5 2 2 2
.83
BY:
20
6 7 8 8 9 0
6 3 7 8 0 9 7 7
AF
4 5 5 5 4 2 1 .7 .6
.6
ON
9 8 7 6 .7 .7 .7 .7 .7 0 68
9
0 .6
80 .7 .7 0 0 . 0
. .7 0 0 0 0 2 2 20 2 2
TTED
5 0 0 0 2 2 2 2
3 20 2 2
LE NO.:
2
NUATI
2
.8
0
2
SUBMI
BY: DATE:
8 1 7
7 9 1 2 5 6 8 0 1 4 8
6 2 9 .6
5 .7 6 5 4 3 2
.7 .7 .6
9 8 0 .7 .7 .7 .7 .7 .7 0 70
3 0
.80 .7 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 . 0 2
5 0 2 2 20 2
20 2 2 2
FI
3 2 2 2
CON TI
.8
0
2
5 8 1 3 7 9 3
7 0 6 9 2 3 3 2 1 0 0
3 6 5 4 .7 .7
0 8 8 7 5 .7 .7 .7 .7 .7 .7
.81 .7 .7 .7 .7 .7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 2
3
5 20 2 2 2
0 2 2
0 2 2
JOSE
BY:
GNED
BY:
.8
RAJ
BAR
0
2
FOR
5 2 6 0 4 9
6 1 6 0 3 8 3 1
DESI
0 3 4 3 2
81
8 7 7 .7 6 5 4
.7 .7 .7 .7
DW N
8 8 .7 .7 .7
.7 .7
CHK
.
.7 .7 .7 0 0 0 0 0 0
5 20 0 0 2
0
2
0 2
2
0
2
0
2
0 2 2 2 2 2
3 2 2
.8 20.764
0
2
20.789
NE -
AIRFIELD LIGHTS 20.806 20.8351 9 5 0 6 1 7 6
2
5
8 5
3
4
8
4
4
3
9 3
5
M ATCHLI
2
5 9 5
1 5 2 8
81 81
2
80 80 1 7 3 0
3 0
83 82
8
82 82 81 . . .
20
. 80 79 79 79
ey Gr
. . . .
85 . . . .
20 20 20 20
.
c Program s
2 5
5 9 .
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
4
.8
6 20
.8 0 .8
0 0
anl
2 2 2
UTILITY SIGN
A St
5 4
de
9 86 1 9 6 3 1 8 5
VALVE 3 2 86
8 86 . 86 85 85 85 85 84 84
MARKER 1 87 86 .
dwi
0 4 9 87 . 20 . . . . . . .
8 9 0 88 . . 20
. 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
.8 .9 . 20 20 20
US Arm y Corps
.8 20
l
0 0
sINC
0
on -W or
2
71%
2 2
ant
neers
0.
4 2 2 1 0 8 6 4 2 0
8 5
91
5 4 91 91 91 91 91 90 90 90 90 90
7 8 8
91 91 . . . .
i
. . . . .
92 .
uct
1 3 . . 20 20 20 20 20
R
.9
2
.9 . .
20 20 20 20 20 20 20
.9 20
anti
0 0 0 20
r
84%
2 2
t
aland Const
2
841
ey Consul
of Engi
0.
6 6
39.
0 1 9 8 7
Transatl
3 8 8 9
96 96
1
96
0
95 95 95 95 95
5 4 7 7
95 95 95 . 96 . . . . .
5 6 7
96 95 . . .
20 20
. .
20
.
20 20 20 20 20
.9 .9 .9 . .
20 20 20 20
FUEL BLADDER 20
Center
FUEL BLADDER 0 0 2
0 20
2 2
onm ent
1 1 1 0 1
4 1 9 3 5
00
7 9 1 01 01 01 01
0 01
9 0 0 6 9 1
00 00 00 01
.
1. . . 01 .
00 99 00 . 21
r
.0 . 21
.9 .0 . 21 21
ng,Envi
. .
. . .
21 21 21 21
.
212 21
2
0
2
1 2
1
21 20 21 21
anl
8 1 5 6 7 7 7 8
2 5 4 5 5 5 5 5 5
i
7 2 7 7 5 8 5 5
.0
neer
2 3 4 4 .0 .0 5 .0 .0 .0
3 3 3 3
.0 .0 .0 .0 .0
.0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 1 2
1 2
1
2
1
1 1 1 2
1
2
1
2
1
1 1 1 2
St
1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2
Engi
2 2
21.060 21.072 21.099
0 3 4 5 6
2 0
0 6 0.05 2 07
6 1 5 0.07%
08
9 4 09
9
.1
0
.1
0
.1
0 0.02
.1 .1
0
.1
0
06 3 06 06
9 07 . 08 08 1. 09 . 1 1 1 1 1
. 06 .
21
. 21 . . 2 . 21 2 1 2 2 2
21 . 21 21
. 21 21 21 2 2
21
D
RATES
2
NAGE PLAN
24.662 36.420 72.048
GN
600
TE DESI
DRAI
SHEET B
TAXIWAY "A"
R BASE, UNI
AND
SI
AL DHAFRA AI
NG
GRADI
NOTES:
1. SPOT ELEVATIONS AND CONTOURS SHOWN
ARE TOP OF FINISHED SURFACE.
SHEET
REFERENCE
NUMBER:
C-29
10 0 10 20 30 40 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, LINEAR DIMENSIONS
SHOWN ARE IN METERS.
1:500
70.128
72.048
A B C D E F G H
8
.6
8
3
.6
5
6
8
.6
2
9
8
.6
0
2
8
.5
7
4
1
8
.5
4
7
1
8
.5
2
0
1
8
.4
9
3
1
8
.4
6
6
1
8
.4
3
9
1
8
.4
1
2
1
8
.3
8
1
8
.3
5
7
1
8
.3
3
1
1
8
.3
0
1
8
.2
7
6
18
.24
9
1
8
.2
2
1
8
.1
9
1
8
.1
6
1
8
.1
4
1
8
.1
1
1
8
.0
1
8
.0
1
8
.0
1
8
.0
1
7
.9
1
7
.9
1
7
.9
1
7
.9
1
7
.8
1
7
.8
17
.
17
.
17
.
17
.
N
18
1 8 1 1 1
1
0
704
0 8 3 5 8
17
3 8 1 2 5 7 5 2 5 6 4 1 8 85 0 2 4
2 8 3 5 7 8 0 7 5 7 8 6 3 0 7 .0
2 9
.9 .9 .9 .8 . 83 80 77
9 1 1 5 6 2 0 2 4 1 8 5 3 1 .2 4 1
.1 .1 .1 .1 .0 .0 .9 7 17 .
17
. .
5
4
2
6 8 6 4 .6 8 5 .5
0 7 .4 .4 .3 .3 .3 30 .2 .2 8 8 8 8 7 1
7 1 7 1
7 17 17
9 .6 .6 .5 .5 .4 8 8 8 . 8 8 8 8 8 1 1 8 1 1 1 1
.7 .7 .6 8 8
8 .5 8 1
8 8 8 1
8 1 1 1 8 18 1 1 1 1 1 1
8 8 8 1 1 8 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1
APR
3 6 8 9 0 2
9 0 4 2 4 4
4 5 6 6 7 8 4 2 2 6 5 0 7
.9 .9 2 86 83 80
1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 2 6 3 0 7
.1 .1
9 .0 3 .0 .9 89 . . .
6 9 9 0 1 8 35
9 .1 .0 7 7 . 17
16
7 7 7 8 6 3 0 7 4
.3 .2 .2 .2 .0 8 8 7 17 17
5 9 6 3 0 7
.6
4 1
.5
9
.5 .5 .5 .4 .4 .4 .3 . .2 8 8 8 8 8 1 8 1 1 1 1 17
2 .7 .7 .7 .7 .6 .6 8 8 8 8 8 8 18 8 8 1
8 1 1
8 1 1 1 1 1
.8 8 8 1 1
16
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 1 1 1 1 1 1
8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1
06/06/05
05/23/05
04/08/05
3/11/05
3 5 5 5 5
3
DATE
4 3 6 4 4 4 1 8 5 6 5 6 5
1 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 5 8
4 5 2 9 .1 3 0 7
.0
4
.0 .9 .9 92 89 86 83
7 4 3 3 2 2 9 6 9 6 3 6 7 4 1 .2 .2 .1 8 .1 .1 .0 . . . .
9 6 6 5 7 4 1 8 5 .6
2
.5 .5
2
.4
9
.4 .4 40 .3 .3 .3 .2 8 8 8 1 8 8 8 8 8 7 7 17 17 17 17
.8
6 3 0 .7 .7 .7 .6 .6 8 8 .5 8 8 . 8 8 8 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
8 8
.8
8
.8 .8 1
8 8 8 8 8 1
8
1 1 1
8 1
8 1 1 18 1 1 1 1
1 8 1 1 1 1
1 1 1
8 6 5 4 3 1 1 0 8 7 5
2 7 7 7 2 9
9 0 6 5 3 1 7 9
6 4 3 0
0 6 3 0 .1 4
.1
1 8 5 2 .9 96 92 .89 86
7 3 2 8 8 9 2 6 .2 .2 .1 .0 .0 . . .
5 0
0
6
8
.9
3
7
.9
0
4
.8
7
3
.8
4
0
.8
0
.7
7
.7
4
5
.7
1
.6
8
.6
5
.6
1
8
.5
8
.5
5
.5
2
8
.4
9
18
.45
8
.4 8
.3
8
.3
1
8
.3
8
.3
1
8
1
8
.2
1
8 1
8
1
8 1
8
1
8
1
8
.0
1
8 1
7 17 17 17 17
N
.0 .9 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 1 1 8 1 1 1 1
BASI
BASI
9 8 8 8 1 1 8 1 1 1 1 1 1
8 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 18 6
8 6 .89
18
0
6 4 0 8 6 4 2 9 5 2 4 1 9 17
8 3 0 3 1 8 5 8 4 1
3 9 4
7
1 8
2 5 1 8 5 2 .0 .0 .0 .99 96 .92
9 3 7 4 1 0 5 1 7 1 7 4 1 7 .4 .4
7 .3 .3 .2 .2 .2 .1 .1 .1 8 8 8 17
.
17
3 7 7 4
0 0 7 4 .8
7
.7
4
.7
7
.6
4
.6 .5 .5 .51 .4 8 .3 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 1 1 1 17
.0
0 .9 .9 .7 .6 8 1 1
ON
ON
.8 .8 8 8 1 8 1 1 1
.0 .9 8 8 8 8 8 8 18 1 1 1 1
ON"
9 8 8 8 8 8 1 8 1 1 8 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1
RETENTI
RETENTI
4
CONSTRUCTI
9 0 6 3 0 7 9 1 8 4 1
6 7 6 3 2 6
19 5 1 2 8 0 9 2 2 4 5 2 9 6 2 9 6 .1 .0 6
.02 99 96 92
6 1 7 3 9 7 3 9 3 6
.4
9 .3 .3 .2 .2 .1 .1 8 .0 . . .
1 7 2 8 4 9 0 7 3 0 6 3 0 6 .6 .5
4
.5 .4 .4 .3 .2 8 8 8 1 8 18 17 17 17
1 7 4 0 7 3
.9 .8 .8 .8 .7 .7 .7 .6 .56 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 1 1
8 1 1
8 1 1
.1 .0 .0 .9 .9 8 8 8 8 1 1 1 1 1
.0 8 8 8 8 18 1 1 1
ON
9 8 8 8 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
9 9 9 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1
PTI
3 4 0 6 7 2 7
DESCRI
7 2
12 M OVED
12 M OVED
5 6 9 6 9 02 99
8 3 7 2 1 4
6
1
1
7 0 4 0 3 0
2 6 3 9 .1
3
.0 06 . . 95
5 4 3 5 5 6 8 4 0 7
.3 .2 .2 .1 .1 .
18 17
.
7 2 7 1 6 0 0 7
0 4 9
9
6 2
9 9 .7
2 8
.6 61 .5 .5 .5 .4 .4 .4 .3 .3 8 8 8 8 18 17
1 8 4 1 7 4 .0 3
.8 .7 .7 .6 . 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 1 8 1 1 1
.1 .1 .1 .0 .0 9 .9 .9 .8 .8 8 8 8 8
18 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
.2 9 9 9 9 9 1 8 8 8 8 8 1
8 1 1 1 1
9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1
FOR
4 8 3 7 2 6 1 0 4 7
2 6 0 3 7 1
4 9 4 0 7 3 0 6 3 6 06 02 98
0 7 5 8 2 5 9 2 6 9 3 6 2 8 7
.3 .3 .2 .2 .2 .1 .1 09 18
. . .
4 1 7 0 .6
9 .4 .3 . 18 17
18
4 7 7 9 2 8 5 1 4 66 .5 .5 .4 450 8 8
18
17
.5
632
3 7 0 3 6 .7 .7 18. 8 8 8 8 8
5 8 4 0 .0 .0 .9 .9 .9 .8 .8 .8 .7 . 8 8 8 8 8 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
.2 .2
1
.1 .1 .1 9 9 8 8 8 8 8 8 1
8 8 1
8 18 1 1
8 1 1 1 1 1
9 9 9 9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
9 1
NAL "CLEARED
1 1 1
CHANGE ORDER
CHANGE ORDER
1
147.
9 2 9 3 6
8 3 5 9 2 5 1 6 0 6 9 2 6 8
6 0 2 4 7 3 .2 12 09 05 01
SEE SH EET C- 31
8 2 7 9 1 4 0 3 9 5 8 .3 .1
6 1 3 5 0 5 5 8 4
.6
7
.5 .4 .4 .4 .3 .2 .2 8 . . . .
2 5 7 9 1 3 3 9
8 6 2 8
.9
4 1 7 3
.7
9
.7 .72 .6 .6 .5 8 .3 8 8 8 8 1 8 18 18 18 18
6 2 8 4 7 .0 .0 .9 .9 .8 .8 8 8 8 8 8 1 1 1 1
.3 .3 .2 .2 .2
1 .1 .1 .0 9 9 8 8 8 8 8 8 1
8 18 1
8 1
8 1 1
8 1 1 1 1 1 1
9 9 9 1 1 1
LT
9 9 9 9 9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
AS BUI
4 7 9 1 8 8
4 7 9 5 6 5
7
8
0 1 0
3 6
5
2
7 9
0
5
2
.3
1 7
.2
3
.2
0
16
3
12
5
.08 .04 3m @5%
2 9 1 2 3 4 3 9 4 .4 .3 .3 .2 . . 18
6 7 8 9 0 0
1 2 .1 8
5
4
6 0 6
.9
2 9 5 1
77 .7 .6 .6 .5 .5 .5 8 .4 8 8 8 8 1
8
18 18 18
5 9 1 7 4 6 .0 .0 .9 .8 .8 .8 . 8 8 618 8 8 8 1 8 8 1 1 1
3 .3
5
.3 .2 .2 .2 .1 9 .0 9 8 8 8 8 18 8 1 1 18. 1 1 1 1 1 1
.4 .3 1 9 8 1 1
9 9 1 40mm DROP
FI
9 9 9 9 9 1 9 1 1 1 1 1 1
9 1 1 1 1 1 1
1
T
2%
SYMBOL
6 6 6 7 8
9 3
1 2
5
3 4 7
5 3
6
7 15
8 9 .07
9 10%
7 7 7 8 6 6 6 4 0 9 1
.2 .2 19 . 11
6 7 6 7 7 7 7 7 6 4 0 6 6 .7 4 0 6 2 8
.5 .5 6 .4 .3 .3 .3 8 . 18 . 18
7 7 7 7 7 6 2 8 4 6 2 8 .9 .9 82 .7 .7 .6 .6 .5 8 .4 8 8 8 8 8 1 18 18
.8
A
0 0
2
8 .0 .0 8 8 1
0
2 4 .2 .2 .1 .9 8
1
0 6 .1 . 8 8 1 8 1 1 1 1
.5 .4 .4 .3 .3 .3 9 9 9 9 .1 9 9 8 1
8
1
8 8 18
1 1
8
1
8 1 1 1 1 1
1
4 1
9
1
9 1
9 1
9
1
9 1
9 1 1 1 1 1
9 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 9
5 1 1 1 9 5 1 7 1 1 1
3 1 0
8 6 5 4
7
3 3 9 5 1 7 3
.3 .3 .3 .2 23 19 15 .10
3 0 9 7 6 5 4 0 6 9 3 9 1 .6 .5 .5 .4 .4 . . .
9 7 6 5 7 3
2
9
1 5 0 6 2 8 4
.0 .9
2 87 .8 .7 .7 .7 .6 8 8 .5 8 8 8 8
1
8 8 18 18 18 18
0 9 5 1 .3 .2 .2 .1 .1 .0 .0 .9 . 8 8 8 8 8 8 1 8 1 1 1 1 1
8 3 .4 .4 .4 .3 .2 9 9 9 9 9 1
8 8 18 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
.5 .5 9 9 9 1
9 9 9 1 1 1
9 1 1
9 1 1 1
9 9 1 1 1 1 1
ON
1 1
19 0 9 6 0
4 8 4 3
3 2 1 5 14
NUATI
4 7 4 8 0
4 9 6 7 9 4
6 0 1 0 7 3
6 9 5 1 7
.4
3
.3
4
.3 26 .22 .18 .
5 .9 2 .3 . 18
UE0000 -CG30PN
7 1 8 6 1 1 6 .5 .5 .4
2 0 5 2 0 9 5 3 7 2 8 4 0 .0
1
93
8 .8 .8 .7 .7 .6 .6 .5 8 8 8 8 18 18 18
1 7 2 8 4 5 1
.2 .1 .0 8 . .8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 1 1 1
5
.6
6
.5 .4 .4 .3 .3 .3 .2 .1 9 .1 9 9 1
18 8 1 1 8 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
.6 9 .5 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 1
9 9 1 9 1 1 1 1 1
9 9 1 1 1 1 1 1
04-08-05
1 1 1 1 1 1
BY:
4
17
8 3 8 6 8 2 9 4 0
2 1
CO N TI
6 5 2
6 2 8 5 1 2
8 0 7 5
3
0
9 6 2 8
0 3 9 5 1 6 .4 .3 .3
4
29 25
7
.21 .17
1 0 6 3 2 9 5 0 1 .0
4 4 9 .8 .7 .7 .6 .6 .5 .5 .5 .4 8 . . 18 18
7 5 18
AF
3 9 8 7 98 .9 .8 8 8
5 8
3
8 9 5 0 6 1 .3
3
.2
4
.2 .1 .1 .0 9 . .8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 1 1 1 18
.6 .3 .2 8 1
50%
2 .5 .5 .4 8 1 1 1
.7 9 .6 .5 .4 9 9 9 9 9 9 1
9 9 1 18 1 1
8 1 1 1 1 1 1
TTED
1 9 9 9 9 9 9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
9 1 1 1 1 1
LE NO.:
1 1
0.
7 3 0 7 3 1
1 7 4 0 0 6
CEMENT-STABILIZED
SUBMI
6 3 2 20
1 2 7 4 6 7 33 29 24
BY: DATE:
1 2 7 7 1 8 3 9 5 0
2 2 .4
16
5 0 8 6 9 0 5 6 .6 .5 .5 .4 .3 . . . .
8 3 8 3 9 4 9 0 6 5 7 .1 .0 03
4
.9 .8 .7 .7 .6 .5 18 18 18 18
7 3 8 2 1 7 2 8 3 9 4
.3
1 .1 . .9 .9 .8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
5 0 6 .4 .3 .2 .2 9 9 8 8 8 8 8 8 1 1 1 1 1 1
9 .5 .5 .4 .3 19 8 1
16
.7 .7 .7 .6 .6 9 9 9 9 9 1 1 1 8 1 1 1 1 1 1
AGGREGATE SLPOE
FOR
9 9 9 9 9 9 1 1 9 1 1
9 9 1 1 1
FI
9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1
18
PROTECTION (10:1)
86%
0 1 6 2 1
8 9 5 5 1 2 8
5 3 7 1 5 9 3 6 4 7 3 9 4 0 5
.4
7
32 27 23
0 4 9 2 7 1 4 9 5 0 5 1 2
.6 .6 .5 .5 .4 36 . . .
0 8 1 6 4 7 2 6 1 1 7 2 8 3 9
.0 .9 .9 .9 .8 .7 .7 .5 8 .
18 18 18
7 2
4
7 3 8 3
9 9 4 0 5 .4 .3
6 .3 .2 .2 .1 .1 .08 9 8 .8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 1
8
1
8 1 18
.5 8 1
0.
.8 .8 .7 .7 .6 .6 9 .5 .5 .4 9 9 9 9 9 9 1
9
19 1 1
8 1 1 1
8 1 1 1 1 1 1
1
NE -
9 9 9 9 9 9 1 9 9 9 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
JOSE
BY:
GNED
BY:
63%
RAJ
BAR
1 0 4 8 3 7 1 5 2
4 2 6 8 3 7 2 5 3 9 4 40 35
0 26
1 7 0 5 9 9 7 0 5 0 5 1 6
.7
7 3 8
.5 .4 .4 . . 31 .
0.
0 9 2 5 8 7 4 7 3 3 8 1
.0
4 0 .9 .8 .7 .6 .6 .5 18
. 18
DESI
2 5 8
0 3 6 5 1 6 1 .4
2
.3
3 8
.2 .1 14 .0 .0 .9 .8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 18 18
M ATCHLI
4
703
0 .3 8 1 1
DW N
4 9 5 .5 .4 .2 . 9 8 8 8 1 1
.6 .5
CHK
.8 .8 .6 9 9 1 1 1 1 1
.9 .8 9 9 .7 9
.7 9 9 9 9 1
9 9 1
9
1
9 9 1
9
1
9 19 1 1 1 1 1 1
9 9 9 1 1 1 1 1
98%
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2
29
09%
0 3 6 9 2 6 9 2 5 8 1 .
2 34
0.
4 7
9 0 2 6 7 4
9 0 5 0 5
7 1 6 1 6 2
.5
2 8
.43 38 . 18
8 0 1 3 6 7 4 4 4 9 0
.9 .8 .7 .7 .6 .6 .5 .4 . 18
5 7 8 9 1 2 5 6 2 8 3 8 3 8 3 9
.2 19 .1 .0 .0 .0 .9 .8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 18 18
1 6 2 7 2 7 .6 .5 .5 .4 .4 .3 .3 .2 . 9 8 8 8 1 1 1
.0 .9 .9 .8 .8 .7 .7 .6 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 1
9
1
9 1 1 1 1 1 1
0 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
19.860 18.332
19.262 9 1 3 5 7 0
9 18.673 3
1 5 7 9 2
1
7
3
2
3
8 9 9 0 1 2 2 19.561 94
3 4 5 4
5 9
6 6 9
7 4
7
9
8 4
8
.9
9
.9
0
.8
5
.8
0
.7
5 .7
.6
6
.6
1
.5
6
.5
1
.4
6
.4 .3 .3
7 8 8 8 0 4 0.84%
9 4 9 4 4 9 .2
4 .1 .0 .0 8 8 8 8
0.84%
8 8 8 8
.1
3 .0
8
0.84%.0
3
.9
8 .9
3
9
.8 .8
3
.7
9
.7 .6 .6 .5 .5 9
.4 .4 0.84%19.3
.3 9 9
.2 9 1
9 9 1
9 1
8
0.84%18.94
9
1
8
1
8 1 1
8 1
1
8 1
8 1 1 1 1 1 1
c Program s
9 9 9 9 9 9 1 1
ey Gr
0 0 9 1 9 9 9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 2 9 1 1 1 1
1
7 3 4
anl
0 0 1 7 0 3 6 9 2
1 4 2 7 2 7 8
9 3 4 0 1 3 8 5 .8 6 .7 6
.6 .5 .4
3 .3
5 0 2 4 6 7 1 8 6 7 9 4 4 0 8 .7 8 .6 .5 .4
A St
2 6 8 7 2 8 3 3 8 4 .9 .8 8 8
4 7 8 9 1 6 1 6 .6
2 7 2 7
.4 .3 .2 .2 .1 .0 .0 99
4 .9 1 8 1 8 8 8 8 8 1
1 .8 1 .5 .3 .1 8 1 1 1 1
de
0 5 0 5 .7 .6 .5 .4 9 . 8 1 1 1
.1 .9 .9 .8 .7 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 1 9 18 8 1 1
.0 .0 9 9 9 9 9 1 1 1
dwi
0 9 9 1 9 9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
0 0 9 1 1
US Arm y Corps
2 2 2 1 1 1
l
NC
on -W or
6 9 8 2 4
I
7 4 3 7 1 6 0 5 2 3 3 9 4
8 7 8
1 8 0 9 5 1 .5 .4 .4
s
5 0 4 6 0 2 5 8 4 0 .7 2 .6 .6 .5
18
8
1
5 8 .0 4 .9 .8 .8
neers
7 2 2
17
8 4 9 4 9 5 5 1 6 1 7 .9 .9 .7 8 8 8
ant
7 0 6 2 1 .1 .0 8 8 8 8
2
.0
2 8 3 8 3 9 .7 9 5 0
.5 .5 .4 .4 .3 .3 .2 .2 9 8 8 8 8 8 1 8 1 1 1 1 1 1
2
0 .0 .9 .9 .8 .8 .7 9 .6 .6 .6 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 1
9 134
19. 1 9 1 1 1 1 1 1
.1 1
R
9 9 1 1 1 1 1
i
0 9 1 9 9 1 1 1
2 9 9 9 19
uct
0 2 1 1 1
anti
1 1 1 1 1
2 RETENTION BASIN
r
t
aland Const
5 0 5
ey Consul
7 1 6 2 7 3 8 4 9 8 4 6 1 0
1 7 5
1 4 8 7 0 5 8 3 7 3 8
5 4 9 5
.9
0
.8
6
.8
1
.7
2 .6 .6
.5
9
.5 .5 BOTTOM EL 16.00
of Engi
9 4 8 1 6 9 4 8 2 7 8 5 0 4 9 5
2 0 6 1 6 2 .1 .1 .0 .0 .9 .9 .7 8 8 8 8
.3 .2 8
Transatl
0 0 6 1 7 3 9 .5 .4 .3 .2 8 8 8 8 8 1 8 1
3 9 4
.0
5 2 .6 .6 .5 .4 .4
9 9 9 9 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
.1 .0 .0 0 .9 .9 .8 .8 .7 .7 9 9 9 9 1
9 9 1
9
1
9
1
9 1 1 1 1 1
0 0 0 9 9 9 9 9 9 1 9 9 1 1 1 1
2 1 1 1
Center
2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1
onm ent
7 4 1 7 4 1 8 4 1 6
5 0 5 0 8 4 0 7 1 7 2 8 4 9 5 1 6
3 7 4 9 7 .0 4 5 .8 .7 .6
3 5 6 2 7 3 8
3 8 5 0 6 2
.1
3 0
.9 .9 .8 .7 .6 .6 .5
7 2 7 2 8 3 9 4 0 5 0 6 2 7 .5
4 9
.3 .3 .2 .2 .1 9 .0 .0 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
5 1 2 7 8 4 0 .7 1 .6 .6 .5 .4 .4 .3 9 9 9 9 1 9 9 8 1 1 1
8 1 1 1 1 1
.1
6
.0 .9 .8 .8 .8 9 .7 9 9 9 9 9 9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
.1 .0 .9 9 9 9 1 9 1
9 9 9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
r
0 0 9 9 1 1
ng,Envi
2 0 0 2 1 1 1 1 1
2 2 1
anl
1 9 5 3 1 9 7 5 2 7 7
6 9 2 0 6 9 7 6 2 8 3 9 5 1 2
1 7 0 3 0 3 6 2 7 4
.0
4 0
.9 .8 .8 .7 .7 .7 .6 .6
3 0 7 4 0 9 4 1 7 8 3 9 4 0 6
.2 .1
3 .0 .0 .9 8
i
4 7 3 0 4 5 6 2 .4 .3 .2 .1 9 8 8 8 8 8
6 7 .6 .3 8 8 8 1
neer
7 .1 0 2 8 4 .6 .5 .4 .3 9 9 9 1 1 1 1
8 4
.0
5 1 .8 .8 .7 .7 .6 9 .5 9 9 9 9 1 9 9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
.1 2
0 .0 .0 0 .9 .9 9 9 9 9 1
9 9 1 9 1
9
1
9 1 1
9 1 1 1 1 1
0
St
0 0 2 9 9 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 1
Engi
1
9 8 5 4 3 2 1 0 7
0 4 0 3 7 6 5 3 9 5 1 7 3 8
3 9 2 8 5 1 8 9 1 7 .8 .8 .7
1 4 1 5 7 4 3 9 4 0 6 2 .1 .1 .0
5
.0 .9 .9 .8 .7 .6
9 7 4 3 0 8 6 4 2 9 8 6 0
.5 1 7 .3 .3 .3 .2 .2 9 .0 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
0 6 2 8 3 9 5 1 6 2 8 .6 .6 .5 .4 .4 9 9 9 1 9 9 9 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
.1 5 0
.0 .0 .9 .9 .8 .8 .8 .7 .7 .6 9 9 9 9 9 1 9 9 1 9 1 1 1 1 1
0 .1 .1 0 0 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 1 1 1 1
9 1 1 1 1 1
2
9
2
0 2
0 2 2 1 1
3
1 1
1
1 1 1
8
1
8 6 6
D 4 5
4 2 2 3
0
9
0
4
8 0
8
6
6
2
7
.1
8
7
.1
4
7
.1
0
7
.0
6
8
.0
2
8
.9
8
8
.9
4
8
.9
0
9
.8
6
9
.8
2
9
.7
8
9
.7
4
8
19
8 5 0 9 7 9 1 7 .3 .2 8 8
0 6 7 5 4 3 6 1 8 4 9 5 1 3 .5 .5 .4 .3 .3 .2 9 9 9 9 1 8 8 8 1 8 8
.2
2 8 .0
0 .9 2 .8 .8 .7 .7 .7 .6 .6 .5 .4 9 9 9 9 9 1 1 1 9 1 1 1 1 1 1
0 .1 .1 .0 0 .0 9 .9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 1
9 9 9 1 1 1
9 1 1 1 1
0 0 0 1 9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
86%
2 2 2 0 2 2 1 1 1
2 1
RATES
17
7 9 9
0 2 3 5 6 8 4 0
0.
4 6 7 9 6 2 .8
1 1 2 2 3 5 8 4 0 .8 .8
2 6 7 9 9 9
0 1
0 7
0
3
0 1 5
0
1
1 7 3 9
1 5 1
.2
7
.2
3
.1
9
.1 .1
1 .0 .0 .0 .9 .9 8 8 8
NAGE PLAN
7 8 7 8 9 .4 .4 .3 .3 9 8 8 1 1
18
6 7 6 7 8 2 .6 .5 .3 9 9
2 4 0 2 8 4 0 6 .7 5 .7 .6 .5 .5 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 1 1 1 1 1 1
8 .1 .0 .9 .8 .8 .7 9 1 1 1 1
00%
.1 .0 .9 9 9 9 9 9 9 1
.2 .1 0 0 0 0 9 9 .9 9 9 1 9 1 1 1 1
9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
0 0 2 2 2 2 1 1 9 1 1 1
2 2 1
16
1 6 7 0 8 0 7 3 5 2 .9 .8
3 8 3 4 .0 .9
16
6 8 3 9 .8 9 9 9 1 1 1 1
4 .2 .1 .0 .0 .0 .9 .9 .8 .8 .7 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 1 1 1 1 1 1
.2 0 .1 0 0 0 0 9 9 9 9 9 1 1 1 1
9 1 1 1 1 1 1
0 2 0 2 2 2 1 9 1 1 1
2 2 2 1 1
72.048 35.628 35.628 70.128 40.545
1 5 9 3 6 0 4 8 0
2 6 0 4 8 4 1 7 4 0 6 3
20
7 2 0 5 2 8
1 9 5 7 4 0 6 3 9
.2 .1 .1 .0 .0 .0 .9 .9 3m @ 5%
GN
4 6 9 4 2 5 1 7 .3 .2 .2 .1
1 6 9 2 7 7 9 2 5 8 1 4 0 6 .6 8 .4 .4 .3 9 9 9 9 9 9 8 8
6 4 8 4 1
.0
3 9 6 2 8 5 1 7 3 .7 .6 .5 .5 .5 .4 9 9 9 9 9 9 1 9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
.2
2 .1 .1 .0 .9 .9 .8 .8 .8 .7 .7 9 9 9 9 9 1 1 1 1 1
.2 .1 0 0 0 9 9 .9 9 9 9 9 9 1 1
9 1 1
9 1 1 1 1 1
0 0 0 2 9
TE DESI
0 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 1 40mm DROP
DRAI
2
SHEET C
3
19 1
380
7 2 7 9
R BASE, UNI
3 7 8 2 7 0 7 2 6 2 .9
0 4 1 3 0 7 3 .2 6 3 9
9 1 9 2 6 7 4 .2 .1 .0 .0 .0 8
8 4
3
0
6 7
0
3
4 9
7
6
2 2
5
8
9
5
4 1
7
8
1
4
6
.8
0 7
3
3
7
.7
0 6
5
.6
2
.5
9
.5
5
.5
2
.4
8
448
9
.4 .3 .3 9
.3
9
.2 9 1
9
9
.1 9 9 1
9 1
9 1 2%
7 .0 .8 .7 .7 .6 9 9 1 1
225.
.2 .2 .2 .1 .1 .0 .0 .9 .9 .9 .8 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 1
9
1
9 19. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 9 9 9 9 1 9 1 1 1 1
0 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 2 2
0 6 8 5 1 7 2
3 9 5 1 8 4 9 5 2 8 5 2 8 5
AND
8 8 8 5 2 .2 2 .0 .0
6 7 7 2 8 2 8 3
6 3 8 6 2 5 2 9
.3 .3 .2 .2 .1 .1 .1
6 1 6 1 6 1 8 1 1 2 7 2 4 0 7 3 0 3 9 .5 .5 .4 .4 .3 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
9 6 2 9 5 2 5 .0 8 4 1 .8 .8 .8 .7 .7 .7 .6 .6 .5 9 493
19. 9 9 9 9 1 9 1 1 1 1
.0 .9 9 1 1 1 1 1
SI
.2 .2 .2 .1 .1 .1 0 .0 0 .9 .9 9 1
9 9 9 9 1
9
1
9
1
9 9 9 1 1
9 1 1 1
0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 2 9 9 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1
0 7 2 6 2
AL DHAFRA AI
0 3 0 8 2 1 7 4 9 4 1
2 8 6 5 4 4 1 7
0 3 2 8 5 1 7 3 4 7 3 0 7 4 0 7 .3 .2 .2 .2 .1 .1 .1
6 9 7 4 6 4 0 5 4 0 7 4 0 7 .6 .5 .4 .4 .4 .3 .3 9 9 9 NOTES:
0 4 1 1 7 7 .5 .5 9 9 9
NG
3 2 7 7 4 1 .8 .7 .7 .6 9 1 9 1
1 8 4 1 4 1 .0 .9 .9 .9 .8 .8 .7 9 606
19. 9 9 9 9 9 9 1 1 1 1 1
.2 .2 .2 .1 .1 .1 .0 .0 9 9 9 9 9 9 1 1 9 1 1 1 1 1
.3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2
0
1
9 1
9 9 1
9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
0 0 2 2 2 1
2 2 2 2 2 2 1. SPOT ELEVATIONS AND CONTOURS SHOWN
GRADI
9
19
3 0 6 3
9 6 4 1 8 7 8
4
5
2
2
0
8
9
5
8 2
6
9
5 6 3
2
.3
0 .2
6
3
7
.2
0 7 ARE TOP OF FINISHED SURFACE.
3 1 6 2 9 7 4 2 4 1 8 4 1 .5 .5 .4 .4 .4 .3 .3 .3 9 .2 .1
8 3 1 8 6 7 9 0 4 4 0 7 4 1 7
.7 .7 .6 .6 .5 9 9 1 9 9 9
1 9 6 3 0 6 3 0 3 7
.9 .8 .8 .8 .7 .6 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 1 9 1 1 1
3 6 .2 .1 .1 .1 .0 .0 .0 .9 .9 9 9 9 9 9 1 1 1 1 1 1
0
.3 0
.2
0
.2 0
.2
2
0 0
2
0 2
0
2
0
2
0 2
0
1
9 1
9
1
9 1
9 1
9 1
9 1
9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2. RETENTION BASIN SECTIONS ARE SHOWN IN REFER
2 2 2 2 2
702
7 6 6 6 5 5 4 SC-2
7 2 6 3
18
9 8 8 8 7 4 8 5 9
17
3 1 9 1 .2 .2
1 7 6 4 4 1 9 9 7 6 4 2 1 6 2 9 6 3 0 7 .4 .4 .3 .3 .3 .2
8 4 3 1 9 8 6 3 0 2 1 7 4 1 8 5
.7
9
.6 .6 .5 .5 .5 .4 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
4 7 6 5 9 6 2 9 .0 .0
7 4 .8 .8 .8 .7 .7 .6 .5 9 9 9 9 1 1 1 1 1
1 8
.2
2 .1 .1 .1 .0 .0 .9 .9 .9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 1 1 1 1 1 1
.3 .3 .2 .2 0 0 0 0 2
0 0 0 9 9 9 1 1 1
9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 2
1 6 5 5 5 5 4 4 5 1
6
8
7
5
8 2
8
9
9
7
1
4
1
1
2 8
3
5
4
.3
2
5
.2
9
5
5 5 5 0 5 5 5 5 5 2 9 6 3 5 7 4
.6 .5 .5 .4 .4 .4 .3 .3
6 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 9 5 3 7 4 1 8 .8 .7 .7
0 .6 .6 .5 .4 9 9 9 9
5
3 0 4 1 8 .1 2 6
.0 .0 .9 .9 .8 9 .8 .7 .7 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 1 1 1 1
6 7
.2 .2 .1 .1 .0 .0 0 .9 9 9 9 9 9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
.3 .3 .3 .2 0 0 2
0
0 0 0 2
0 2 9 1
9 1
9
1
9 1 1 1 1 1 1
1
0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 1
2 2 2 2 2 2
4 5
SHEET
3 8 2 4 6 8 0 2 8 5
5 0 2 6 0 2 4 1
3 6 7 9 6 0 8 5 9 6 .3 .3
3 4 5 6 6
8
3
8
1
0
8
1
5
2 2
4
9
5 6
6
3
8 0
8
8
0
5
1
2
2
.8
9
.8
6
4
.8
3
.8
0
.7
7
.7
4
.7
2
.6
9
9
.6 .6
3
.6 .5 .5 9
.5
9
.4
9
.4 9
.4 9
.4
1
9 1
9 REFERENCE
8 5 2 9
.2 .1 .1 .1 .0 .0 .0 .0 .9 .9 .9 9 9 9 9 9 1 9 9 9 9 1 1 1 1 1
.3 .3 .3 .2 .2 .2 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 9 9 1 9 1 9 1 1
9 1 1 1 1 1 1
0 0 1 1
2
0
2
0 2
0
2
0 2
0
2
0
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 NUMBER:
4 1 4 7 0 4 6
3 5 1 5 8 1 0 8 5 2 9 7 4 1
1 4 9 1 6 0 8 1 8 5 7 .4 .4
2 4 0 6 3 3 7 8 2 9 6 3 .7
3 .6 .5 .5 .5 .4 .4
7 0 2 5 7 9 5 2 7 7 4 1 8 5
.9
0 4 .7 .7 .7 .6 .6 .6 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
0 3 5 9 6 3 0 7
.1
9 .0 .0 .9 .9 .8 .8 .8 9 9 9 9 1 1
2
0
.4
0
2
0
.3
7
2
0
.3
4
2
0
.3
1
2
0
.2
2
0
.2
2
0
.2
2
0
.2
2
0
.1
2
0
2
0
.1
2
0
.0
2
0
.0
2
0
2
0
1
9
.9
1
9 1
9
1
9 1
9
1
9 1
9 1
9
1
9
1
9 1
A B C D E F G H
8 1 5 0 5
3 7 1 6
MATCHLINE - FOR CONTINUATION SEE SHEET C-33 9
0
.9
4
2
.8
9
4
.8
6
9
.8
4
3
8
.8
1
8
.7
9
.7
6
8
8
.7
4
2
8
.7
1
8
.6
9
8
.6
6
6
8
.6
4
8
.6
1
8
.5
9
1
8
.5
.9 8 8 8 8 1 1 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
8 1 1 1 1 1
TRANSFORMER 1
3 7 3 7 0 4 7
0 9 3 6 2 9 0 4 1 9 6 3
7 2 6 2 0 7 0 7 .7 .6 .6
7 3 8 5 .9 5 .8 .7 .7 .7 .6
.0 .0 .9 .9 .9 8 .8 .8 8 8 8 1
8 8 8
1
8
6 1
9 1
9
1
8
1
8 1
8 1 1
8
1
8 1 1 1
8 1 1 1
FIRE
WAREHOUSE OFFICE 3
STAION 3 8 0 3 5 8
7 0 3
2
0
4
7
6
4
8 2
1
.7
9 6
5
3
7
1
0
6 1 7 4 1 6
.8 .8 .7 .7 .7
3710 BLDG BLDG 9
.1
9
.1
9
.0
9
.0
9
.0 8
.9
8
.9 8
.9
8
.9
8 8
.8
1
8 1
8
1
8
1
8
1
8
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1
2711
NG
N
604
2
LDI
6 7 9 0 1
0 6 3
0 0
0 2 19 3 1
4
8
5 5 2 9
8
.8
6
.8
4
.8
1
.7
8
5 0 8
.1
7 4 .0 .9 .9 .9 .8 8
.2 5 .1 .0 .0 8 8 8 8 8 8
.2 .1 9 9 9 8 1 1 1 1
BUI
9 9 1 9 9 1 1 1 1 1
1 9 1 1 1
APR
1 1
5 5 5 5 5
18
7 6 6 6 6 6 5 7 4 1 8 5
6 4 4
7 1 6 5 2 9 6 3 0
.9 .9 .9 .8 .8
3 9 .2
8 .1 .1 .0 .0 .0 .0 8 8 8
06/10/05
06/06/05
05/23/05
04/08/05
.3 .2 .1 8 8
18
.2 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 1 1 1 1 1
9 9 9 1 9 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1
DATE
1 0 8
2 4 1 9 8 7 5 4 2 2 9 5 7
3 5 2 0 7 1 8 5 .9 .9 2
2 8 3 0 7 4
.1
4
.1 .0 .0 .0 .9
.3 .3 .2 .2 .2 .1 9 8 8
.4 9 .3 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 1 1 1 8
9 1 9 1 9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1
5 4 2 0
N
1 7 2 0 7 3 0
BLDG
5
BASI
BASI
3 8 3 9 6
19
0 0 5 6 2 6 3 .0
1 0 2 9 5 2 9 9
.1 .0 .0 .0
7 .4 .3 .3 .2 .2 .2 .1 .1 9 9 9
.5 .4 9 .3 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 1
9 1 1 1
9 9 1 9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1
ON
ON
6 7 3 9 6 2
ON"
8 3 0 7 3 8 5 1 7 3 0 7
1 0 4 0
5 1 7 4 1
.3
4 7
.2 .2 .1 .1 .1 .0
.3
RETENTI
RETENTI
.5 .5
7
.4 .4 9 .3 .2 9 9 9 9
9 9 .4 9 9 1 9 1
9 9 1
9
1
9 1 1 1 1
1 1 9 1 1 1 1
CONSTRUCTI
1
4 4 9 4 9 5
9 4 4 9 5 9 5 9 8 4 1 7 4
9
ON
3 6 9 6 2 9 5 2 8 .3 1
.2 .2 .2 .1 .1
8 4 .5 .5 .5 .4 .4 .4 .3 9 .3 9 9 9 9 9
.6 .6
PTI
9 9 9 9 9 9 1 9 1 1 1 1 1
9 9 1 1 9 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1
12 M OVED
12 M OVED
DESCRI
4 5 7
9 7 0 3 8 2 2 9 1
9 4 7 1 5 7 3 0 7 .4 9 6 8
6 3 8 5 1
.5
4
.5 .4 9 .3 .3 .3 .2 3 .2
.7 .7 .6 .6 .6 .5 1 9 9 5 9
BLDG 9 9 1
9 9 9 1
9
1
9 1
9 1
9
1 1
9 1 1
9
.2 1
FOR
BLDG 1 1 1 1
1
9
3 4 9 4 7 0
6 5 8 1 6 6 9 1 1 6 3 6 2 9
2 7 3 2 8 5 7 .4 .3
.6
NAL "CLEARED
5 0 .5 1 .3 .2
CHANGE ORDER
CHANGE ORDER
2 .7 .6 .5 .5 .4 40
.8 .8 .7 .7 9 9 9 9 1
9 . 9 9 9
EOC 1
9
1
9 1
9
1
9
1
9 1 1
9 1 1
9 1 1 19 1 1 1
12.143 72.048
SEE SHEET C- 30
5 9 0 2
6 8 2 3 5 6 3 0 6
LT
0 4 5 4 9 1 9 1 .4
2 1 2 8 0 7 3
.5 .5 8 .4 .3
4
.9
6
.8 .7 .7 .7 .6 .6 9 .5 47 9 9 9
EMXG .8
AS BUI
.9 9 9 9 9 1
9 9 9 9 1
9 1
1
9
19
. 1 1 1
9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1
3 4 4 4 5
3 3 3 3 7
FI
2 2 2 2 2 5 3 9 5 1 3
9 8 5 7 3 1 7
.5 .5 .5 .4 .4
2 9 1
.8
9 .7 .7 .6 .6 9
.0 .9 .9 .8 .7 9 9 9 9 9 9 1 9
0 .9 9 9 9 9 9 1 1
9 1 1 1 1 1 1
9 1 1 1
T
2 1 1 1
SYMBOL
A
0
2700
1
2701 6 6 0 9 8 1
7
6 5 4 5
3
1
2 7
1 3
0
8
9
4
8 0
7
8 5 3 .6 .5 .5 .5
9 .7 .6
4 3m @ 5% 0
.1
1
0
.0
0
.0
4
9
.9
9
1
9
.9
1
9
.9
9
.8
7
9
.8
9
.7
1
9
1
9
.7
1
9 1
9
1
9
1
9 1
9
2 1 1
AGE 40mm DROP
2 2 1 1
BLDG 4 8
20 4 1 9 5 8 6 4 2
1 0
2 7 2 6 4 0 7 7 2 0 4 0 6 8
0
.1
8
.0 .0
5 1 .8 3 9 .7 .7 .6 .6 .5
.2 0 .1 .0 0 0 .9 .9 9 .8 .7 9 9 9 9 9
0 2 0 0 2 2 9 9 1 9 9 1 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 1 1 1 1
ON
N UATI
AGE
UE0000 -CG31PN
5
2% 9 2 6 7
3
2
9
8
6 4
2
9
9 6 1
2
6
9 2
5
8
2 3
9
.6
9 5
2
8 6 1
.1 .1 .0
5 .8 .7 .7 .6
.2 .2 .2 .0 .9 .9 .9 .8 9
04-08-05
9 9 9
STORAGE 2
0 2
0
2
0 2
0
2
0
2
0 2
0
1
9
1
9 1
9
1
9 1 1
9 1 1 1
BY:
6702 4701 YARD
CONTI
AF
5 4 9 0 6 2 6 2 7 3 8 3 9 5
0 5 6 2
BUNKER LAT NE
RI / 7 5 0 5 1 7 2 8 3 9 4 0 5 1
.7 .7
TTED
.3 .3 .2 .1 .1 .0 .0 .9 .9 .9 .8 .8
6703 .3 .2 0 9 9 9
LE NO.:
0 0 0 9 9 9 9
10% 2
0
2
0 2 2 2
0 2
0
2
0 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
LAUNDRY
BUNKER
SUBMI
BY: DATE:
42%
2 6 5 9 4 7 1 6 0 4 8 2 7
6 8 2 4 1 5 0 6 1 7 2 8 3 8 4 9
.4 3 9 .3
0 .2 .2 .1 .1 .0 .0 .9 .9 .8 .8 .7
.3 .3
FI
.4 0 0 9 9
FOR
0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 9 9 1 9
2 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1
1.
2 2 2
6 8 1 7 0 3 6 0
6 3 7 9 2 9 5 4 5 1 1 7
2 1 3 8 3 9 4 0 .0 6 .8
5 .5 .3 .3 .2 .1 .1 .1 .0 .9 .9
5 8 .4 .2 0 0 0 0 9 9
.4 0
NE -
0 0 9
JOSE
0 0 2 1
BY:
.5 0 0 2
GNED
2 2 1
BY:
2 2 2 1
RAJ
2 2 2
BAR
0 0 2
2 2
19
DESI
4 9 3 4 6 8 0 2
DW N
1
CHK
4 9 0 2 2 5 8 7 3 8 3 8 3 9 4
M ATCHLI
1 6 2 7 .4 7 2 .2 .2 .1 .1 .0 .0 .9 .9
8 .6 .5 .5 .4 .3 .3 0 0 0
603
4 0 0 0 2 0 2 9 9
0 0 0 0 2 0 0 2 2 2 2 1 1
.6 2 2 2 2 2 2
0
33%
2
20
44%
7 8 8 0 0 1 2 2 3 5
9
1.
2 7 0 5 0 0 6 1 6 1 6 1 1
5 1 .3 .1 .1
0 5 .6 .5 .5 .4 .3 .2 .2 06
3 .0
20
.7 .6 .4 0
1.
4 2 2 2
.7
0
2
3 20.772
5 4 4 3 2 2 20.466
1 9
0 4
0
8
9 8
8
3
7 8
7
c Program s
9 9 4 9 4 .0
0 4 4 .5 .4 .3 .3 .2 23
8 .1 .1
9 .7 .6 .6 .5 .4 0.84%
0 0 . 0 0 0
.7 0 0 0 0 0 20 2
0.52% 0 0.84% 0 2
ey Gr
5 0 2 2 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
3 2 2
.8
0
2
anl
0 1 3 3 4
8 8 9 5 0 5 1 0 5 0
6 6 0 0 .2 .1
A St
1 4 9 8 9 4 9 .4 .3 .1
79 .7 .6
4
.5 .5 .4 .4 0 .3 25
2 0 0
de
0 0
US Arm y Corps
. .6 0 2 0 2 0 . 2 2 2
5 20 0 0 0 0 2 2 20
dwi
2 2 0 2 2 2
3 2
.8
0
l
sINC
on -W or
2
neers
8 4 8 9 2
9 3 0 2 1 5 6
20.835 9 1 0 4 0
7 5 1 6 .3 6 1
.1
2
ant
R
1 7 5 5 .4 .2 .1
79 4 .6 .6 .6 .5 .5 .4 .3 0 .2 0
anti
5 . .7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 2 0
20 2 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
i
3 0 2 2 2
uct
.8 2
0
2
r
t
aland Const
of Engi
ey Consul
3
Transatl
7 3 6 9 3 5 9
1 5 8 1 4 6 0 2 7 3
9 0 5 0 6 1 .4 2 7
.2 .2 8
.1
2 4 .7 .6 .5 0 .4 .3 .3 0 .1
.6 .5 0
Center
.79 .7 0 0 2
0
2
0 0 2
2
0
2
0 2
0
2
0 2
2
0 2
5
3 20 2
0 2 2 2
.8
0
2
onm ent
6 3 8 2 7
9 3 7 2 7 0 5 9 9 4 0 5
4 1 2 3 8 3 .2 .2 .1
01%
2 0 5 6 .4 .2
5 0
.6 .6 .5 .5 .4 .3 .3 0 0
5 .79 .7 .7 0 0 0 0 2
0 0 0 0 0 2 2
0
2
2 2
3 20 0 2 2
r
0 2 2 2 2
ng,Envi
.8 2 2
0.
0
2
anl
13%
1 6 2 4
2 8 3 9 4 0 6 6 8 7
1 6 7 2 8 9 5 0 1 .1
i
3 6 1 4 .2
0 .3 .3 .2
neer
79
5
.7 .6 .6 .5 .5 .4 .4 .3 0
. .7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2
5 20 0 2 2 2 2
0.
0 2 2 2 2 2 2
St
3 2 2 2
Engi
.8
HANGAR 2
0
HANGAR 7 7 4 9
1
2 3 0 0 3 0 7 3
5 9 6 3 9 7 9 5 6 2 .2 .2 .1
3 .7 0 6 2 7 3 .4 .4 .3 .3 0
.4
7701
D 7704
2
0
.8
3
5
5
20
20
.
.79
79
4
2
0
0
.7
5
3
2
2
0
0
.7
.7
1
1
2
2
0
0
.6
.6
7
0
2
2
0
0
.6
.6
2
8
2
0
2
.5
0
.5
8
5
2
2
0
0
.5
.5
4
4
2
0
2
0
.5
0
2
2
2
0
0
.4
6
0
2
2
0
0
.4
1
8
2
2
0
0
.3
7
6
2
2
0
0
.3
3
4
2
2
0
0
.2
9
2
2
0
2
0
.2
5
0
2
2
0
.2
0
9
RATES
3 2
.8
0
2 2
NAGE PLAN
0 8 7 7 6 6
4 3 2 1 0 7 9 8 4 0 6 2
5 3 5 1 .3 .2
5 1 7 3 9
.4
2 .3 .3 .2
79
5 .7 .6 .6 .5 .5 .5 .4 0 0 0 0 0
. .7 0 0 0 2 2
GN
5 7 9 1
9 1 4 6 8 9 2 3 7 3 9 6
2 6 5 1 .2
6 7 1 8 4 0
.5
2 8
.4 .4 .3 .3 .2
TE DESI
79
5 .7 .6 .6 .6 .5 .4 0 0 0 0
DRAI
. .7 0 0 0 2
SHEET D
5 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2
3 20 2
0 2 2 2
0 2 2 2 2 2 2
.8
0
R BASE, UNI
2
6 9 3 5 2 5 8
7 0 4 3 9 6 2 5 1 7
8 1 4 4 1 .2
6 5 2 8 .6
7 .5 .4 .4 .4 .3 .3
79 .7 .7 .6 .6 .5 0 0 0 0 388 0 0 0
5 . 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 20. 2 2 2
3 20 2 2 2 2 2 2
.8
0
2
AND
4 8 7 1 6
5 9 6 3 9
SI
20
9 8 6 1 7 3
5 4 8 2 1 8 4 0
.4 .4 .3 .3 .2
7
.7
2
.6
5
.5 .5 .5 0 0 0
79 .7 .6 .6 0 0 0 0 402 2 2 2
5 . 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 20.
3 20 2 2 2 2 2 2
.8
AL DHAFRA AI
0
2
NG
2 7 3
6 2 7 2 9 4 9 5 0 6 8 4 1
0 2 5 2 1 8 5 1 .3
7 6 9
.6 .6
8 5
.5 .4 .4 .4 .3 .3
79 .7 .7 .6 0 .5 .5 0 0 0 0 2
0 0
GRADI
5 . 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2
0 2 2 2 2
3 20 2 2 2 2 2
.8
0
2
6 9 6 1
2 5 9 6 2 9 9 3 2 9 3 3
6 8 9 2 2 9 6 2 .4 6 .3 6
8 .7 2 6 .6 .5 .5 .4 .4 .3 .3
79 0 .7 .6 .6 0 .5 0 2
0
0 0 2
0 0 0
. 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2
5 20 2 2 2 2 2 2
3 2
.8
602
0
2
1 9 8
7 5 3 1 9 7 5 3 1 7 4
3 9 0 7 4 .3 .3
6 1 9 6 3 0 7 3
.5 .4 .4 .4
9 .7
3
.6 .6 .6 .6 .5 .5 0 0 0
5 79 0 .7 0 0 0 0 0 0 2
0
2
0
2
0 2 2 2
. 2 0 2 2 2 2 2 2
3 20 2
1 2
0
.8
9 7 5
0 9 1 6 6
NOTES: 9 4 3
3
0
3
7
2
4
1 1
1
.5
8 4 .5 8
7
.4
5 2
.3
9
.3
6
79
6
.6 .6 .6 .5 0 .4 .4
. .7 .7 .7 0 0 0 2 0 2
0 0 0 2
0
0 0 2
5 20 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2
SHEET
1. SPOT ELEVATIONS AND CONTOURS SHOWN ARE TOP OF .8
3 2 2 2 2 2
0
2
FINISHED SURFACE. 1 2 3
REFERENCE
7 8 8 9 0 0 0 4 8
6 7 8 0 7 1
5 6 7 4 1
.5 5 3 .4 .4 .3
.80
0
.7
6
.7
3
.7
0
.6 0
.6 0
.6 0 0
.5 0
.5 0
.5
0
.4
2
0 0 2
0 NUMBER:
2. RETENTION BASIN SECTIONS ARE SHOWN IN REFER 3
5 20 2
0 2
0
2
0 2
0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
.8
0
SC-2 2
8
6
0
.6
8
2
2
0
.6
5
3
2 2 0
2
.6
2
6
0
.5
9
7
0
.5
6
9
2
0
.5
4
1
2
0
.5
1
2
2
0
.4
8
4
2
0
.4
5
2
0
.4
2
C-31
10 0 10 20 30 2
40 2 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, LINEAR DIMENSIONS
SHOWN ARE IN METERS.
1:500
A B C D E F G H
6
N
16
APR
06/10/05
06/06/05
05/23/05
04/08/05
DATE
15
14
SS
5
N
BASI
BASI
ON
ON
ON"
RETENTI
RETENTI
CONSTRUCTI
BUILDING
ON
PTI
12 M OVED
12 M OVED
DESCRI
FOR
NAL "CLEARED
CHANGE ORDER
CHANGE ORDER
LT
AS BUI
FI
T
SYMBOL
A
0
1
SS
4
W
SEE SHEET C- 33
UE0000 -CG32PN
04-08-05
BY:
AF
TTED
LE NO.:
SUBMI
BY: DATE:
NOTES:
FI
1. SPOT ELEVATIONS AND CONTOURS SHOWN ARE TOP OF
FINISHED SURFACE.
ON
NUATI
JOSE
BY:
GNED
BY:
RAJ
BAR
2. RETENTION BASIN SECTIONS ARE SHOWN IN REFER
SC-2
DESI
DW N
CHK
FOR CONTI
c Program s
ey Gr
(TYP)
NE -
anl
A St
de
US Arm y Corps
dwi
M ATCHLI
l
sINC
on -W or
neers
ant
R
anti
r i
uct
t
aland Const
ey Consul
of Engi
Transatl
Center
onm ent
705
r
ng,Envi
SHIFT BASIN AROUND
anl
i
RETENTION BASIN
neer
TRANSFORMER LOCATION
St
Engi
BOTTOM EL 16.00
D 17
17
10%
RATES
17
2
NAGE PLAN
16
16
GN
10%
16 CEMENT-STABILIZED
TE DESI
AGGREGATE SLOPE
DRAI
SHEET E
R BASE, UNI
PROTECTION (10:1)
17
10%
17 3m @ 5%
17
AND
40mm DROP
SI
AL DHAFRA AI
70.128 40.545
72.048 35.628 35.628
NG
GRADI
2%
18
17.740 17.594
17.992
9 8 8 7 6 6 4
3 2 1 1 9
18.249
9 6
18.121
1 9 8 5 1
3 2 1 9 2
8
0.36% 0
6 8
5 4 3 2
.8
0 8
1
.7
6 4
0
.7
1 0.36%
.6
9
.6
7
.6
5
.6
3
.6 .5
6 4 6 4 .8 .7 .7
18
4 3 4 5 4 2 2 9 9 7 .8 7 7
1 0 8 0 6 7 5 3 .0 .9 .9 .9 .9 .8 .8 7 7 7 7 7 7
.3
3
0.36% .3
1
.2
9
.2
7
8
.2
.2
2
80.36%8.18
.2
8
.1 .1
4
8
.1
1
8
.0 0.36%
8
.0
8
.0 8
.0
1
8 7
.9
1
7
1
7 1
7
1
7 1
7
1
7
1
7 1
7
1
7
1
7 1 1
7 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
8 8 8 8 1 8 1 8 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 7 6 3
5 0 6 4 3 2 9 7 5 3 2 0 8 4 2
2 3 8 4 .6
8 5 0 7 5 4 0 9
7 7 5 3 0 8 6
.8 .8
9
.7 75 73 71 69 .66 .6
8 8 5 3 0 2 2 .9 .8 .8 .7 . . . . 7
1 .4
0
3
.3
8
1
.3
5
.3
3
6
.3
1
3
.2
9
0
.2
6
.2
4
8
.2
2
.2
0
8
.1
7
8
.1
5
8
.1
3
8
.1
1
8
.0
8
8
.0
6
1
8
.0
8
.0
1
7
.9
1
7
1
7
.9
1
7
.9
1
7
.9
1
7
1
7 1
7 1
7
1
7 1
7 17 17 17 17 17 1
7 1
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 1 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
98%
5 9 6 3 6
0 3
7 4 9
1
6
8 4
6
2
3 9
9
7
6 3m @ 5%
5
2
2 1 7 4 0 7 3 9 6 9 7 2 0 8
.8 .8 1
.7 .7 .7 .6 .6 .6 SHEET
3 6 9 5 1 9 6 4 2 9 2 .9 .9 .8 .8 .7
0.
8 1 8 6 4 7 7
1 8 4 1 7 5 0 0 5 3 .1 .1 .0 .0 .0 02 .9 .9 95 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 1 7
86%
2 7 3 .2 .2 .2 .1 .1 . 7 7 1 7 1 1 1
50%
7 0 .2 . 1
63%
4 .3 .3 7 1 1 1
.4 .4 .4 .4 .3 8 .3 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 1
8
1
8 1
8
1
8
18 18 17 1 17 1 1 1 1 40mm DROP
8 8 8 8 8 1 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 REFERENCE
09%
1 1 1 1 1 1
10%
0.
0.
0.
0 5 1 4 0
0
7
6
5
2
8 0 6 1 70
7 8
2
2% 10% NUMBER:
78
1.
9 5 2 8 2 4 .6
7 2 8 3 9 4 9 4 1 9 7 4 2 6 7 4 .9 .9 .8 .8 82 80 . 75 73 .
0 6 1 6 1 6 2 4 3 8 4 1 9 6 4
.1 .0 .0 .0 99 .9 .9 7 . . 17
. . 17 7
4 1 9 6 4 1 9
.3
6
.3 .3
1 9 6
.2 .2 .1 .1 .1 .0 8 8 8 . 7 1 7 7 17 17 17 17 1
.5 .5 .4 .4 .4 .4 8
.3
8 8 8 .2
8
.2 8 8 8 8 8 1
8
1
8 1 1 1 17 1
7
1
7 1 1 1
8 8 8 8 8 8 1 8 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1
C-32
MATCHLINE - FOR CONTINUATION SEE SHEET C-30 10 0 10 20 30 40 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, LINEAR DIMENSIONS
SHOWN ARE IN METERS.
1:500
A B C D E F G H
N
6
17
APR
06/06/05
05/23/05
04/08/05
E
11/11/05
DATE
NOTES:
5 1. SPOT ELEVATIONS AND CONTOURS SHOWN ARE TOP OF
N
BASI
BASI
FINISHED SURFACE.
ON
ON
ON"
2. RETENTION BASIN SECTIONS ARE SHOWN IN REFER
RETENTI
RETENTI
SC-2
CONSTRUCTI
ON
PTI
16
12 M OVED
12 M OVED
DESCRI
FOR
NAL "CLEARED
CHANGE ORDER
CHANGE ORDER
LT
93
AS BUI
FI
BLDG
SYMBOL
A
0
1
4
SEE SHEET C- 32
SS
60
7
1
W
UE0000 -CG33PN
04-08-05
BY:
W
AF
TTED
LE NO.:
SUBMI
BY: DATE:
ON
FI
NUATI
JOSE
BY:
GNED
FOR CONTI
BY:
RAJ
BAR
BLDG
SS
DESI
DW N
CHK
oup Com pany
17
17
NE -
c Program s
3
ey Gr
17
anl
M ATCHLI
A St
de
US Arm y Corps
ldwi
E
sINC
on -W or
17
neers
18
ant
anti
R
i
uct
B
LD
r
t
aland Const
ey Consul
G
of Engi
Transatl
Center
E
onm ent
NG
RETENTION BASIN
LDI
SS
r
ng,Envi
BOTTOM EL 16.00
BUI
anl
i
CEMENT-STABILIZED
neer
St
Engi
AGGREGATE SLOPE
W BLDG PROTECTION (10:1)
D
10%
5
60
18
16
RATES
2
NAGE PLAN
18
10%
GN
TE DESI
DRAI
SHEET F
17
R BASE, UNI
BLDG
SS
10%
3m @ 5%
SS
AND
40mm DROP
SI
18
17
AL DHAFRA AI
W
NG
12.143 36.420 72.048
18
GARDI
E
E
E
18.740 18.508
8
0 9
18.639 17
9 5 3 5
2
3
0
.5
0 8
6
6
4 4
2
0.36% 421 9
9
7
7
5
6
3 .4 .3 .3 .3
.7
4
.6
8
8
.6 8
.6 0.36%
.5
9
.5
7
8
.5
8
.5
1
8 8
.4
8
.4
1
8
1
8
.
1
8
1
8
1
8
8 8 1 8 8 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1
0.83%
48
2 9 1 6
1 0 7 4 3 0 5 2 9 7 4 7 2
BLDG
3 3 0 5 6 1 9
.4
9 7 .6 .6 8 3 .4 .4
BLDG .8
2 7 .7
2 .7 .6 .6 8 8 .5 .5 .5 .5 .4 8 8
18
.7 8 8 8 1 1 8 8 8 8 8 1 1
C
8 8 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1
44%
33%
9 8 1
2 8 3 9 5 9
1
7 4
3 1
9 9
5 SHEET
0 8 1
1.
6 4 6 3 6 .4
0 6 0 8 6 3 .7 .6 6
.6 .6 .5 .5 .5
1.
.8 .8 .7 .6 .5 8
8
.9
1
8
1
8 8
.7
1
8 8
.7 1
8
1
8
1
8 1
8
1
8 1
8
1
8 1
8 1
8 1 REFERENCE
18
1 1 1
NUMBER:
8 1 5 0 5
4 9 1 3 8 2 7 9 6 1 1 9 6
2 6 3 9 4 1 6 4 .5
0 4 9 4 .8 .7
6
.7 .7 .6 .6 .6 .6 .5
9 .9 .8 .8 .8 8 8 .7 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 1
8
.9 8 8 8 8 1 1 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
8 1 1 1 1 1
FOC
W
TCHHOUSE
NG
STI
SWI
EXI
CA
BLE
TRE
NC
H
3B
APR
TENNESSEE STREET
CABLE TRENCH
04/08/05
DATE
CA
ET
RE
LI
E
ST
FO
N
SI FOC
RN
ON
E
5 SC
FUEL
WI
IA
E
W
STR
SS
EET
ON'
CABLE TRENCH
FOR CONSTRUCTI
W
ON
PTI
E
DESCRI
ng
BLDG
l
U/C Buidi
SS
CLEARED
BUILDING
NAL '
93
BLDG BUILDING
BLDG
SS
CABLE TRENCH
C-14
FI
CABLE TRENCH SS
C-13
W
E W
E E
E
E
SS
SYMBOL
SS
W
MECHANIC ROAD
MECHANIC ROAD
C-20
0
FUTURE RAMP EXPANSION
C-19
T
W
TAXILANE
4 TEL
W
W
W
BLDG
SS
BLDG
AIRFIELD LIGHTS
(TYP) KANSAS ST (14 AIRCRAFT)
TANK
C-27 E
AIRFIELD LIGHTS
(TYP)
C-26
E
C-33
B
LD
C-32
G
74
E
LABORATORY
NG
LDI
SS
01PN
BUI
04-08-05
W
C-40 W BLDG
C-39
BY:
UE0000 -CI
SUBSTATION BUILDING
TTED
XE-9
AF
XE-8
LE NO.:
FUE
BLDG
SUBMI
L
BY: DATE:
SS
SS
XE-24
OLD CABIN
XE-11 XE-10
W
XE-23
MOSQUE
W
FI
E
E
E
90
BLDG
SHEET E
BLDG
BY:
GNED
BY:
RAJ
DET
LJS
TRANSFORMER
FIRE
WAREHOUSE OFFICE
STAION
DESI
3710 BLDG BLDG
DW N
2711
CHK
NG
LDI
E
BUI
W
C
C
100 W
AIRFIELD LIGHTING VAULT
FUE
100 W
L
AIRFIELD LIGHTS
BLDG
KA
(TYP)
NS
E
W
C
AS
BLDG
BLDG
E
3
ST
164A 164B
c Program s
(UNDER CONSTRUCTION)
RE
W
ey Gr
REFUELER RAMP
ET
C
C-12
AIR TRAFFIC
C-11
anl
CONTROL
TOWER (12 AIRCRAFT)
A St
(UNDER CONSTRUCTION)
US Arm y Corps
(FF=20.52)
de
dwi
C-18 C-17
l
sINC
on -W or
R
neers
W
W
W
ant
anti
C
W
i
C-25 C-24
uct
W
W W
W
W
W
r
t
aland Const
of Engi
ey Consul
Transatl
Center
C-31 C-30
W
W
W
W
onm ent
HANGAR AIRFIELD LIGHTS
BLDG
HANGAR
C-38 (TYP)
C-37
W
BLDG
7701 7702 7701 7704
r
ng,Envi
anl
FLORIDA STREET
XE-7 XE-6
FUEL
i
neer
FUEL BLADDERS
St
XE-12
D
Engi
XE-22 XE-21
FUEL
FUEL BLADDERS
SHEET J SHEET D SHEET C
RATES
2
EMI
FUEL HYDRANT SYSTEM
AIRFIELD LIGHTS
ARAB
FUEL BLADDERS
FUEL BLADDERS
PLAN
EAST FLIGHTLINE APRON
FUEL
TED
BASE, UNI
FUEL
TE KEY
C-10 C-9
AIRFIELD LIGHTS
(TYP)
C-16 UTILITY
MARKER VALVE
SIGN
FLANGE
C-15
SI
R
AL DHAFRA AI
TAXIWAY
H
FUEL BLADDER
FUEL BLADDER
Z-1 C-22
M
E
H
M
E
C-29 C-28
TAXIWAY A
C-36 C-35
1 XE-20 XE-19
SHEET B SHEET A SHEET
REFERENCE
NUMBER:
C 50 0 50 100 150
WA
XI
Y
C-1
TA
1:4000
A B C D E F G H
GENERAL NOTES:
FOC
PHASE 1 AND PHASE 2 - TAXIWAY "A" TO REMAIN OPERATIONAL 1. WORK WITHIN CONSTRUCTION SETBACKS (61m FROM CENTERLINE TAXIWAY
W
6 SHALL BE CLOSELY COORDINATED WITH AIRFIELD MANAGEMENT.
FOC
E
W
FUEL
PHASE 1 2. KANSAS ST. TAXIWAY AND FLORIDA ST. TAXIWAY HAVE BEEN TEMPORARILY
W
SS
SS
WORK WILL BE LIMITED TO ITEMS EAST OF KANSAS ST OUTSIDE
CLOSED BY OTHERS.
W
SS
THE AIR FORCE FUEL BLADDER FARM FENCING AND BARRIERS AND
ST ITEMS MORE THAN 61m FROM CENTERLINE TAXIWAY "A".
APR
3. BARRICADES, CLOSED TAXIWAY MARKERS AND CONSTRUCTION FENCES SHALL
N
SI
W
ON BE CONTINUOUSLY MAINTAINED IN A CLEAN CONDITION AND IN THE PROPER
N
SC
WI PHASE 2
04/08/05
E
UPRIGHT POSITION. BARRICADES SHALL BE WEIGHTED TO WITHSTAND
DATE
WORK WILL BE TO CONSTRUCT ITEMS WEST OF KANSAS ST JET BLAST.
AFTER THE AIR FORCE REMOVES ITS FUEL BLADDERS AND
TEMPORARY CLOSED TAXIWAY MARKER AND
ASSOCIATED FENCING AND BARRIERS. ONLY ITEMS MORE THAN 61m 4. EACH BARRICADE USED SHALL HAVE A LIGHT FIRMLY ATTACHED. LIGHTS
5 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FENCE TO
E
FROM CENTERLINE TAXIWAY "A" WILL BE INCLUDED IN BASIC PHASE 2. SHALL BE AMBER-YELLOW OR RED. LIGHTS SHALL BE FLASHING OR
REMAIN UNTIL COMPLETION OF RAMP
SS
CONTINUOUS BURN. ALL LIGHTS USED SHALL BE OF SAME TYPE (FLASH
BUILDING
ON'
TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FENCE TO INTENSITY OF 5 CANDELAS AND A FLASH RATE BETWEEN 55 AND 160
WORK WITHIN 61m OF CENTERLINE TAXIWAY "A" SHALL BE EXPEDITED
FOR CONSTRUCTI
93
REMAIN UNTIL COMPLETION OF RAMP FLASHES PER MINUTE. CONTINUOUS BURN LIGHTS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM
BLDG
ON
SS
W EFFECTIVE INTENSITY OF 10 CANDELAS.
PTI
W
DESCRI
MECHANIC RD
W
PHASE 2B 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL MONITOR PROJECT AREA AND ADJACENT PAVED AREAS
WORK WITHIN 17.540m OF EAST SIDE OF EAST FLIGHT LINE APRON SHALL (APRON, TAXIWAY, ROADWAY) FOR THE PRESENCE OF FOREIGN OBJECTS AND
BLDG
SS
AIRFIELD LIGHTS
(TYP)
BE EXPEDITED. WHEN COMPLETED, THE BARRICADES SHALL BE SHALL PROMPTLY REMOVE ALL SUCH OBJECTS BY SWEEPING OR VACUUMING.
AIRFIELD LIGHTS
(TYP)
CLEARED
E
E
B
LD
G
E
NOTE:
NG
LDI
SS
BUI
NAL '
W
W BLDG
BLDG
PHASE 2B MAY BE PRIOR TO PHASE 2A.
FI
T
900m m
SYMBOL
FUE
CA
900m m
BLDG
L
BLE
SS
SS
TRE
0
NC
H
4 W
E
E
TO
TO
BLDG
BLDG
C
600m m
600m m
TRANSFORMER
CAL
FIRE
WAREHOUSE OFFICE
STAION
08PN
3710 BLDG BLDG
2711
NG
LDI
04-08-05
E
BUI
FOR
W
BY:
AF
m
C
C
UE0000 -CI
300m m
FUE
m
W
NI
00
L
AIRFIELD LIGHTS
BLDG
12
(TYP)
AS
N)
C
TTED
KA
LE NO.:
(M
E
W W W
NS
T
C
SUBMI
BY: DATE:
BLDG
AS
BLDG
E
FI
ST
W
C
BY:
GNED
BY:
RAJ
DET
LJS
(REFLECTIVE ORANGE AND WHITE) (REFLECTIVE ORANGE AND WHITE)
DESI
DW N
CHK
W
W
W
W
HIGH PROFILE
W W
W
c Program s
ey Gr
HANGAR AIRFIELD LIGHTS
(TYP)
7701 7704
PERMANENTLY CLOSED DROP-OFF. DURING PAVING ACTIVITIES, BARRICADES MAY BE TEMPORARILY OFFSET 3.0-5.0m
anl
PHASE 2B
A St
TAXIWAY MARKER FROM PAVEMENT DROP-OFF TO ACCOMMODATE PAVING EQUIPMENT AND ASSOCIATED ACTIVITIES.
de
FLORIDA ST
dwi
R
TEMPORARY CLOSED
US Arm y Corps
FUEL
l
NC
FUEL BLADDERS
on -W or
I
TAXIWAY MARKER
0
PHASE 1A AND 2A
s
00
neers
FUEL
ant
.
BARRICADES
i
TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION
45
uct
anti
FUEL BLADDERS
PHASE 2B BARRICADES
r
t
aland Const
ey Consul
(15m C-C MAX SPACING) FENCE (TYP)
of Engi
Transatl
PHASE 2 PHASE 1
Center
onm ent
EAST FLIGHT LINE APRON 6.900
r
ng,Envi
.00
anl
20
AIRFIELD LIGHTS
i
(TYP)
D
neer
St
Engi
NOTE:
FUEL BLADDERS
FUEL BLADDERS
FUEL
900
WORK UNDER OPTION 1 PLYWOOD PAINTED YELLOW. THE
FUEL
6.
1
SUSPENDED .2 CROSSES ARE TO BE SECURELY
0
(15m C-C MAX SPACING) 0
50
RATES
X
22.
PHASE 2A
2 9 WITH NAILS OR SAND BAGS.
PLAN
AIRFIELD LIGHTS .8
(TYP)
0
0
EMI
UTILITY SIGN
ARAB
61.
NG
STAGI
TEMPORARY CLOSED TAXIWAY MARKER
TED
BASE, UNI
TAXIWAY "A" PHASE 1A AND 2A
ON
PHASE 1A AND 2A
CONSTRUCTI
PHASE 1A AND 2A BARRICADES
LEGEND
R
(15m C-C MAX SPACING)
AL DHAFRA AI
BARRICADE
SHEET
REFERENCE
NUMBER:
APR
PHASE 2 PHASE 1
04/08/05
DATE
5
NE
REFUELER RAMP BASELI
ON'
FOR CONSTRUCTI
ON
PTI
DESCRI
CLEARED
NAL '
SEE SHEET C- 10
FI
T
SYMBOL
0
4
PHASE 1
09DM
04-08-05
BY:
AF
ON
UE0000 -CI
NUATI
PHASE 2
TTED
LE NO.:
SUBMI
BY: DATE:
FOR CONTI
FI
BY:
GNED
BY:
RAJ
DET
LJS
DESI
DW N
CHK
NE -
c Program s
ey Gr
anl
A St
de
dwi
R
US Arm y Corps
l
NC
on -W or
I s
neers
ant
i
uct
anti
PHASE 1B
PHASE 2A
r
t
aland Const
ey Consul
of Engi
Transatl
Center
676
onm ent
61.
r
ng,Envi
anl
i
D
neer
St
Engi
RATES
ON
2
TI
TE DEMOLI
EMI
FULL DEPTH SAW CUT
ARAB
- SHEET A
CENTERLINE TAXIWAY A
GN
TED
TE DESI
BASE, UNI
SI
PAVEMENT AND
SI
PLAN
R
AL DHAFRA AI
NOTES:
1. REFER TO SUBMITTAL NO. 01015-1.1 FOR DEMOLITION PLAN APPROVED
1 OCTOBER 4, 2004.
2. TAXIWAY EDGE LIGHTS ARE INCLUDED AS PART OF DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL.
3. THE LOCATIONS OF EXISTING UTILITIES SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING ARE SHEET
APPROXIMATE AND ARE FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. CONTRACTOR IS REFERENCE
RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING EXACT LOCATIONS OF EXISTING UTILITIES BEFORE NUMBER:
STARTING CONSTRUCTION. SOME EXISTING UTILITIES MAY NOT BE SHOWN.
10 0 10 20 30 40
C-9
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, LINEAR DIMENSIONS
SHOWN ARE IN METERS.
1:500
A B C D E F G H
6
N
APR
04/08/05
14/11/05
DATE
PHASE 2
PHASE 2B
ON'
CLEARED FOR CONSTRUCTI
ON
PTI
DESCRI
FUEL BLADDERS
LT
AS BUI
NAL '
FI
SYMBOL
0
1
T
4
SEE SHEET C- 9
10DM
04-08-05
EAST FLIGHTLINE APRON
BY:
UE0000 -CI
PHASE 2
TTED
AF
LE NO.:
SUBMI
BY: DATE:
CONTRACTOR TO CUT EXISTING
FUEL LINE RUNNING UNDER
ON
FI
NUATI
TAXIWAY Z-1
BY:
GNED
BY:
RAJ
DET
LJS
FOR CONTI
BURIED PCC N 2683047.595
DESI
DW N
CHK
TRANSITION SLAB E 252128.660
AIRFIELD LIGHTS
000
3
NE -
c Program s
ey Gr
3.
UTILITY
anl
SIGN
A St
M ATCHLI
MARKER VALVE
de
dwi
17.820
US Arm y Corps
l
sINC
on -W or
PHASE 2A
neers
R
ant
TAXIWAY Z-1
i
uct
anti
AIR FORCE TO CUT EXISTING
r
t
aland Const
ey Consul
FUEL LINE AND CONNECT TO
of Engi
Transatl
FUEL BLADDER FUEL BLADDER NEW TEMPORARY FUEL LINE
Center
676
onm ent
FROM NEW FUEL BLADDER FARM
61.
r
ng,Envi
anl
i
neer
St
Engi
D
RATES
ON
2
TI
TAXIWAY Z-1 TO BE
TE DEMOLI
CLOSED BY AIR FORCE
EMI
FUEL HYDRANT SYSTEM
REFUELER RAMP AND
ARAB
- SHEET B
GN
TED
TE DESI
CENTERLINE TAXIWAY A
FULL DEPTH SAW CUT
BASE, UNI
SI
N 2683015.665
OF ASPHALT
E 252103.731
PAVEMENT AND
SI
PLAN
R
AL DHAFRA AI
NOTES:
1. REFER TO SUBMITTAL NO. 01015-1.1 FOR DEMOLITION PLAN APPROVED
OCTOBER 4, 2004.
2. TAXIWAY EDGE LIGHTS ARE INCLUDED AS PART OF DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL.
3. THE LOCATIONS OF EXISTING UTILITIES SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING ARE
APPROXIMATE AND ARE FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. CONTRACTOR IS
RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING EXACT LOCATIONS OF EXISTING UTILITIES BEFORE
1
STARTING CONSTRUCTION. SOME EXISTING UTILITIES MAY NOT BE SHOWN.
SHEET
REFERENCE
NUMBER:
C-10
10 0 10 20 30 40 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, LINEAR DIMENSIONS
SHOWN ARE IN METERS.
1:500
A B C D E F G H
6
N
APR
04/08/05
DATE
5
ON'
FOR CONSTRUCTI
ON
PTI
DESCRI
CLEARED
SEE SHEET C- 12
NAL '
FI
T
SYMBOL
0
4
ON
NUATI
11DM
04-08-05
BY:
AF
UE0000 -CI
FOR CONTI
TTED
LE NO.:
SUBMI
BY: DATE:
FI
NE -
BY:
GNED
BY:
RAJ
DRF
LJS
DESI
PHASE 1
M ATCHLI
DW N
PHASE 2
CHK
oup Com pany
NE
3
REFUELER RAMP BASELI
c Program s
ey Gr
anl
A St
de
dwi
R
US Arm y Corps
l
NC
on -W or
I s
neers
ant
i
uct
anti
r
t
aland Const
ey Consul
of Engi
Transatl
Center
r
ng,Envionm ent
REMOVE ASPHALT TAXIWAY
REMOVE ASPHALT SHOULDER
anl
i
D
neer
St
Engi
RATES
ON
2
TI
TE DEMOLI
EMI
FUEL HYDRANT SYSTEM
REFUELER RAMP AND
ARAB
- SHEET C
GN
TED
TE DESI
BASE, UNI
SI
PAVEMENT AND
SI
PLAN
R
AL DHAFRA AI
NOTES:
1. REFER TO SUBMITTAL NO. 01015-1.1 FOR DEMOLITION PLAN APPROVED
OCTOBER 4, 2004.
2. TAXIWAY EDGE LIGHTS ARE INCLUDED AS PART OF DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL.
3. THE LOCATIONS OF EXISTING UTILITIES SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING ARE
APPROXIMATE AND ARE FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. CONTRACTOR IS
1 RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING EXACT LOCATIONS OF EXISTING UTILITIES BEFORE
STARTING CONSTRUCTION. SOME EXISTING UTILITIES MAY NOT BE SHOWN.
SHEET
REFERENCE
NUMBER:
NG
LDI
E
BUI
APR
W
04/08/05
12/11/05
DATE
C
C
FU
W
EL
5
BLDG
C
ON'
E
FOR CONSTRUCTI
W W W
ON
E
PTI
C
DESCRI
BLDG
BLDG
E
CLEARED
SEE SHEET C- 11
LT
AS BUI
NAL '
W
FI
T
SYMBOL
0
1
4
ON
NUATI
12DM
04-08-05
BY:
AF
UE0000 -CI
FOR CONTI
TTED
LE NO.:
SUBMI
BY: DATE:
FI
EXISITNG LIGHT POLE
NE -
BY:
GNED
BY:
RAJ
DRF
LJS
W
RELOCATED.
W
DESI
DW N
CHK
M ATCHLI
C
c Program s
ey Gr
W
anl
A St
de
dwi
R
US Arm y Corps
l
sINC
on -W or
neers
ant
i
uct
anti
FULL DEPTH SAW CUT
r
t
aland Const
ey Consul
OF ASPHALT
of Engi
Transatl
Center
r
ng,Envionm ent
W
W
anl
i
D
neer
St
Engi
HANGAR
HANGAR
7701 7704
RATES
ON
2
TI
TE DEMOLI
EMI
FUEL HYDRANT SYSTEM
REFUELER RAMP AND
ARAB
- SHEET D
EXISTING STRUCTURE TO
GN
BE MOVED BY OWNER
FUEL
TED
LEGEND:
TE DESI
BASE, UNI
SI
FUEL BLADDERS
AREA REQUIRING
DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL
PAVEMENT AND
SI
PLAN
FUEL
R
AL DHAFRA AI
NOTES:
1. REFER TO SUBMITTAL NO. 01015-1.1 FOR DEMOLITION PLAN APPROVED
OCTOBER 4, 2004.
FUEL BLADDERS
2. TAXIWAY EDGE LIGHTS ARE INCLUDED AS PART OF DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL.
3. THE LOCATIONS OF EXISTING UTILITIES SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING ARE
APPROXIMATE AND ARE FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. CONTRACTOR IS
1 RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING EXACT LOCATIONS OF EXISTING UTILITIES BEFORE
STARTING CONSTRUCTION. SOME EXISTING UTILITIES MAY NOT BE SHOWN.
SHEET
REFERENCE
NUMBER:
6
N
APR
04/08/05
DATE
SS
5
ON'
FOR CONSTRUCTI
BUILDING
ON
PTI
DESCRI
CLEARED
NAL '
FULL DEPTH SAW CUT
FI
T
OF ASPHALT
SYMBOL
0
SS
4
W
SEE SHEET C- 14
13DM
04-08-05
BY:
AF
UE0000 -CI
TTED
LE NO.:
SUBMI
BY: DATE:
FI
ON
NUATI
BY:
GNED
BY:
GMR
RAJ
DRF
DESI
DW N
CHK
FOR CONTI
c Program s
ey Gr
(TYP)
anl
NE -
A St
de
E
dwi
R
US Arm y Corps
l
NC
on -W or
M ATCHLI
I s
neers
ant
i
uct
anti
r
t
aland Const
ey Consul
of Engi
Transatl
Center
PHASE 2 PHASE 1
r
ng,Envionm ent
anl
i
D
neer
St
Engi
W
RATES
ON
2
TI
TE DEMOLI
EMI
FUEL HYDRANT SYSTEM
REFUELER RAMP AND
NE
ARAB
REFUELER RAMP BASELI
- SHEET E
GN
TED
TE DESI
BASE, UNI
SI
PAVEMENT AND
SI
PLAN
R
AL DHAFRA AI
NOTES:
1. REFER TO SUBMITTAL NO. 01015-1.1 FOR DEMOLITION PLAN APPROVED
OCTOBER 4, 2004.
2. TAXIWAY EDGE LIGHTS ARE INCLUDED AS PART OF DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL.
1
3. THE LOCATIONS OF EXISTING UTILITIES SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING ARE
APPROXIMATE AND ARE FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. CONTRACTOR IS
SHEET
RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING EXACT LOCATIONS OF EXISTING UTILITIES BEFORE
REFERENCE
STARTING CONSTRUCTION. SOME EXISTING UTILITIES MAY NOT BE SHOWN.
NUMBER:
10 0 10 20 30 40
C-13
MATCHLINE - FOR CONTINUATION SEE SHEET C-11 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, LINEAR DIMENSIONS
SHOWN ARE IN METERS.
1:500
A B C D E F G H
N
6
APR
04/08/05
E
DATE
5
ON'
FOR CONSTRUCTI
ON
PTI
DESCRI
CLEARED
93
NAL '
N 2683458.896
E 252393.771
SEE SHEET C- 13
FI
BLDG
SYMBOL
0
4
SS
14DM
04-08-05
BY:
AF
ON
FULL DEPTH SAW CUT
UE0000 -CI
W
NUATI
OF ASPHALT
TTED
LE NO.:
SUBMI
BY: DATE:
FOR CONTI
FI
REMOVE EXISTING LIGHT
POLES ALONG ROAD
BY:
GNED
BY:
RAJ
DRF
LJS
BLDG
SS
AIRFIELD LIGHTS
DESI
DW N
CHK
(TYP)
NE -
M ATCHLI
3
c Program s
ey Gr
anl
A St
de
dwi
R
US Arm y Corps
l
E
sINC
on -W or
neers
ant
i
uct
anti
B
LD
r
t
aland Const
REMOVE ASPHALT TAXIWAY
ey Consul
G
of Engi
Transatl
Center
E
onm ent
REMOVE WATER LINE
NG
LDI
SS
r
ng,Envi
BUI
anl
i
D
neer
St
Engi
W BLDG
RATES
ON
2
TI
TE DEMOLI
EMI
FUEL HYDRANT SYSTEM
REFUELER RAMP AND
ARAB
- SHEET F
GN
TED
TE DESI
FU
EL
BASE, UNI
BLDG
SI
SS
SS
PAVEMENT AND
SI
PLAN
R
AL DHAFRA AI
W
E NOTES:
E
TRANSFORMER
MATCHLINE - FOR CONTINUATION SEE SHEET C-12 10 0 10 20 30 40
C-14
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, LINEAR DIMENSIONS
SHOWN ARE IN METERS.
1:500
A B C D E F G H
APR
XXXXX
04/08/05
10/11/05
DATE
/////
5
/////
ON"
CONSTRUCTI
NE
ON
REFUELER RAMP BASELI
PTI
DESCRI
FOR
NAL"CLEARED
REFUELER RAMP
LT
AS BUI
SEE SH EET C- 16
FI
T
SYMBOL
A
0
4
853
701
412.
15PN
04-08-05
BY:
ON
UE0000 -CI
AF
N UATI
15.000
149.270
TTED
LE NO.:
137.770 137.770
XXXXX
SUBMI
BY: DATE:
ASPHALT
CONTI
SHOULDER
FI
/////
/////
JOSE
BY:
GNED
BY:
RAJ
FOR
BAR
DESI
DW N
CHK
NE -
c Program s
ey Gr
anl
A St
de
dwi
US Arm y Corps
l
sINC
on -W or
neers
ant
R
i
uct
anti
r
t
aland Const
ey Consul
of Engi
Transatl
Center
E 252360.4821
onm ent
ASPHALT TAXIWAY
BEGIN RAMP STA 700+21.835 N 2682827.6837
/////
(SAME PAVEMENT STRUCTURE
r
ng,Envi
STA 102+87.040
035
anl
AS TAXIWAY-KANSAS ST)
/
21.835 LT
i
3.
neer
/
St
Engi
/
/
XXXXX
XXXXX
/////
D 835
ASPHALT PAVEMENT
/////
STA 102+98.267
18.800 LT
RATES
21.
2
90
.0
103
PLAN
REFUELER RAMP AND
101
700
CENTERLINE TAXIWAY A
GN
INTERSECTION
LAYOUT
TE DESI
SHEET A
CL REFUELER RAMP BASELINE STA 700+00
R BASE, UNI
CL TAXIWAY "A" STA 101+37.770
N 2682902.3341
E 252229.3882
SI
ELD
AL DHAFRA AI
RFI
AI
1
NOTE:
FOR ALIGNMENT CONTROL, SEE SHEET C-18
SHEET
REFERENCE
NUMBER:
C-15
10 0 10 20 30 40 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, LINEAR DIMENSIONS
SHOWN ARE IN METERS.
1:500
853
412.
A B C D E F G H
6 N
XXXXX
APR
10/11/05
04/08/05
LANE - KANSAS ST.
DATE
853
412.
5
ON"
TAXI
CONSTRUCTI
ON
PTI
REFUELER RAMP
DESCRI
FOR
T
NAL "CLEARED
EAST FLIGHTLINE APRON
LT
AS BUI
FI
SYMBOL
A
0
4
AF
SEE SHEET C- 15
601
UE0000 -C116PN
04-08-05
BY: TTED
LE NO.:
137.770
SUBMI
BY: DATE:
ON
FI
XXXXX
NUATI
JOSE
BY:
GNED
BY:
RAJ
BAR
FOR CONTI
STA 600+61.678
DESI
DW N
CHK
15.785 LT
E=252146.3108
AIRFIELD LIGHTS STA 600+61.513 N=2683045.4476
R
3
NE -
c Program s
ey Gr
UTILITY E=252136.5663
SIGN
anl
M ATCHLI
MARKER VALVE N=2683052.8463
A St
de
US Arm y Corps
dwi
EX.ABANDONED
l
sINC
on -W or
neers
FUEL LINE(GROUTED)
ant
XXXXX
251885.184
anti
E 252151.222
i
uct
2683236.290
r
t
aland Const
TAXIWAY N 2683024.536
ey Consul
of Engi
Transatl
FUEL BLADDER FUEL BLADDER Z-1
Center
28.019
D
r
ng,Envionm ent
035
anl
/////
E=252112.1483
i
neer
3.
St
N=2683021.5716
Engi
XXXXX
XXXXX
/////
STA 99+71.981
835
21.835 LT ASPHALT PAVEMENT
RATES
2
21.
9
0
PLAN
600
98
GN
LAYOUT
TE DESI
SHEET B
CENTERLINE TAXIWAY A INTERSECTION
R BASE, UNI
CL TAXILANE - KANSAS ST. STA 600+00.000
CL TAXIWAY "A" STA 100+00.000
N 2682987.1176
SI
ELD
E 252120.7957
AL DHAFRA AI
RFI
AI
1
NOTE:
SHEET
FOR ALIGNMENT CONTROL, SEE SHEET C-18
REFERENCE
NUMBER:
C-16
10 0 10 20 30 40 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, LINEAR DIMENSIONS
SHOWN ARE IN METERS.
1:500
6
2
3
4
5
1
NE -
M ATCH LI FOR CONTI ON
N UATI SEE SH EET C- 18
A
137.700
B
703 704
702
REFUELER RAMP
412.
853
149.270
D
D
R
E
/////
/////
/////
AF
F
10
ASPHALT
SHOULDER
1:500
NOTE:
0
MATCHLINE - FOR CONTINUATION SEE SHEET C-19
10
20
30
FOR ALIGNMENT CONTROL, SEE SHEET C-18.
T
G
40
SHOWN ARE IN METERS.
H
DESI
GNED BY: DATE:
REFUELER RAMP AND
FUEL HYDRANT SYSTEM RAJ 04-08-05
AL DHAFRA AI
R BASE, UNI
TED ARAB EMI
RATES St
anl t
ey Consulant
sINC A St
anl
ey Gr
oup Com pany
DW N BY: SUBMI
TTED BY:
Engi
neer
ing,Envi
ronm ent
aland Const
ruct
ion -W or
ldwi
de
SI
TE DESI
GN JOSE
US Arm y Corps
SHEET
of Engi
neers
C-17
CHK BY: FI
LE NO.: E AS BUI
LT 10/11/05
NUMBER:
AI
RFI
ELD LAYOUT PLAN
REFERENCE
Transatl
anti
c Program s BAR D 100% SUBM I
TTAL 03/11/05
SHEET C UE0000 -CI
17PN
Center SYMBOL DESCRI
PTI
ON DATE APR
6
2
3
4
5
1
A
W
W
7701
E
E
B
W
W
W
3710
W
WAREHOUSE
W
C
7704
W
C
BLDG
2711
OFFICE
C
C
W
C
W
D
BLDG
D
BLDG
FIRE
STAION
HANGAR
NG
LDI
BUI
R
E
BLDG
BLDG
MATCHLINE - FOR CONTINUATION SEE SHEET C-20
E
TRANSFORMER
AF
ASPHALT
SHOULDER
HANGAR
E 252367.0985
F
E 252374.1685
N 2683302.5876
10
N 2683319.2426
PC 604+00.233
PT 604+18.534
1:500
///// /////
15.500 LT
T
E 252285.2335
N 2683222.9182
STA 602+87.056
15.000
/////
/////
XXXXX
XXXXX
10
XXXXX
15.500
604
20
602 603
TAXI
LANE - KANSAS ST
30
G
40
REFUELER RAMP
N
412.
853
137.770
NE -
M ATCHLI FOR CONTI ON
N UATI SEE SHEET C- 17
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, LINEAR DIMENSIONS
DESI
GNED BY: DATE:
REFUELER RAMP AND
FUEL HYDRANT SYSTEM RAJ 04-08-05
AL DHAFRA AI
R BASE, UNI
TED ARAB EMI
RATES St
anl t
ey Consul sINC
ant A St
anl
ey Gr
oup Com pany
DW N BY: SUBMI
TTED BY:
Engi
neer
ing,Envi
ronm ent
aland Const
ruct
ion -W or
ldwi
de
SI
TE DESI
GN JOSE
US Arm y Corps
SHEET
of Engi
neers
C-18
CHK BY: FI
LE NO.: E AS BUI
LT 12/11/05
NUMBER:
AI
RFI
ELD LAYOUT PLAN
REFERENCE
Transatl
anti
c Program s D FI
NAL"CLEARED FOR CONSTRUCTI
ON" 04/08/05
SHEET D BAR UE0000 -CI
18PN
Center SYMBOL DESCRI
PTI
ON DATE APR
6
2
3
4
5
1
M ATCHLI
NE - NUATI
FOR CONTI ON SEE SHEET C- 20
A
/////
153.270
XXXXX
/////
B
705
END RAMP
//// /
INTERSECTION
END SHOULDER
E 252496.8959
E 252574.2504
STA 704+49.688
STA 704+34.688
N 2683244.9611
N 2683344.0411
/////
412.
853 15.
000
C
ASPHALT SHOULDER
149.270
REFUELER RAMP
D
D
R
XXXXX
////
E
/
/////
/////
AF
(TYP)
F
10
NOTE:
1:500
AIRFIELD LIGHTS
0
10
20
30
FOR ALIGNMENT CONTROL, SEE SHEET C-18.
ST
CA
LI
FO
RN
IA
T
G
40
SHOWN ARE IN METERS.
SS
H
DESI
GNED BY: DATE:
REFUELER RAMP AND
FUEL HYDRANT SYSTEM RAJ 04-08-05
AL DHAFRA AI
R BASE, UNI
TED ARAB EMI
RATES St
anl t
ey Consulant
s I
NC A St
anl
ey Gr
oup Com pany
Engi
neer
ing,Envi
ronm ent
aland Const
ruct
ion -W or
ldwi
de
DW N BY: SUBMI
TTED BY:
SI
TE DESI
GN JOSE
US Arm y Corps
SHEET
of Engi
neers CHK BY:
C-19
FI
LE NO.: E AS BUI
LT 02/10/05
NUMBER:
AI
RFI
ELD LAYOUT PLAN
REFERENCE
Transatl
anti
c Program s BAR D FI
NAL"CLEARED FOR CONSTRUCTI
ON" 04/08/05
SHEET E UE0000 -CI
19PN
Center SYMBOL DESCRI
PTI
ON DATE APR
6
2
3
4
5
1
A
W
C
B
BLDG
W
NG
LDI
BUI
W
BLDG
C
BLDG
BLDG
LD
PC
G
E
N
SS
26
24
8
E
6+
25 355
3
E
07 . 54
55
E
.
60 .185827
14
9
D
SS
SS
D SS
E
E
BLDG
AS
0
7.
E
PH
50
0
AL
NOTE:
E
AS
WI
T
SC
PH
SH
AL
ON
/
OU
SI
//
TRANSFORMER
N
TA
LD
//
XI
ER
ST
WA
5.
Y
50
0
7.
50
0
E 252393.771
N 2683458.896
MATCH EXISTING
5
60
AS
PH
AF
END TAXIWAY CONSTRUCTION
AL
PT 604+18.534
LD
F
ER
10
TAXIWAY - KANSAS ST STA 605+60.000
1:500
/////
0
10
T
93
20
853
412.
30
G
40
000
15.
/////
REFUELER RAMP
XXXXX
ASPHALT SHOULDER
N
153.270
/////
M ATCHLI
NE - FOR CONTI ON
NU ATI SEE SHEET C- 19
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, LINEAR DIMENSIONS
DESI
GNED BY: DATE:
REFUELER RAMP AND
FUEL HYDRANT SYSTEM RAJ 04-08-05
AL DHAFRA AI
R BASE, UNI
TED ARAB EMI
RATES St
anl t
ey Consulant
sINC A St
anl
ey Gr
oup Com pany
DW N BY: SUBMI
TTED BY:
Engi
neer
ing,Envi
ronm ent
aland Const
ruct
ion -W or
ldwi
de
SI
TE DESI
GN JOSE
US Arm y Corps
SHEET
of Engi
neers CHK BY: FI
LE NO.: E AS BUI
LT 02/10/05
C-20
NUMBER:
AI
RFI
ELD LAYOUT PLAN
REFERENCE
Transatl
anti
c Program s BAR D FI
NAL"CLEARED FOR CONSTRUCTI
ON" 04/08/05
SHEET F UE0000 -CI
20PN
Center SYMBOL DESCRI
PTI
ON DATE APR
6
2
3
4
5
1
A
TRANSFORMER
HANGAR
B
0
00
5.
R3
076
252240.
252142.335 2683139.895
449
252262. 406
252370.
2683014.705
2683157.551 2683292.438
29.038
STRI
R35
.
R60.
333
252363.
770 252284.823
000
E=252393.
252235.
000
465
PE WI
252153. 207
378 2683175.
R60
2683134.
771
2683081.473
.
2683028.569
896
D
DE SOLI
150mm WI
EX.TAXIWAY LINE
000
NE
YELLOW LI 252264.
R
35 087
R 2683158
R3 3
5
.0 .329
053
252329. 358
252370.
R3
00
5. .0
0 747
252287.
00
DOUBLE 150mm SOLI
2683284.762
5.
0
0 2683178.952 2683231.857 D
DE SOLI
150m m WI
00
0
NE
YELLOW LI
TH 150mm SPACE
48.210
48.210
0 (T
D YELLOW
00 YP
5.
R3
R )
R3
5. 35
00 .0
591
252243. 897
252284. 0 0
40.540
285
40.540
179
252378. 485
252419.
C-17 C-17 873
252336. 2683237.905 2683290.810
C-17
KC-135 KC-135 2683185.000
KC-135 KC-135
KC-10 KC-135 KC-135
KC-10 KC-10
C
TANKER 5
TANKER 1
TANKER 3
137.770
TANKER 9
TANKER 11
TANKER 7
TAXIWAY A
124.232
PARKING POSITION
PARKING POSITION
PARKING POSITION
PARKING POSITION
PARKING POSITION
PARKING POSITION
926
252420. 231
252462.
314
252338. 620
252379.
008
252297. 2683204.531 2683257.436
703
252255. 2683098.721 2683151.626
2683045.816
2682992.911
R
R3
R3
35
R3
5.
5.
.0
R3
R3 00
R3
00
5.
00
5. 0
5.
0
5.
00
00
00
00 0
0
0
280
252468.
974
252426.
362
252344. 668
252385. 309
2683208.
751
252261. 057
252303. 404
2683155.
594
2683049. 499
2683102.
785
2682943. 690
2682996.
SHOULDER
D
DE SOLI
150mm WI
252250.927
NE
YELLOW LI
2682929.922
R3
5.
R
00
3
0
R
5
35
.0
0
35
0
.0
0 0 00
.0
R3
00 5.
00
00
5.
00 5. R3
0 R3
D
101
252476. 406
252517.
795
252434.
2683161.453 2683214.358
183
252352. 489 2683108.548
877
252310. 252393.
2683002.738 643
2682949.833 2683055.
D
TANKER 6
TANKER 4
TANKER 8
TANKER 12
TANKER 10
TANKER 2
120 500
11.
PARKING POSITION
120
67. 67.
120
67. 120
67. 120
67.
835
21. 753
65.
PARKING POSITION
PARKING POSITION
PARKING POSITION
PARKING POSITION
137.770
PARKING POSITION
137.770
KC-10
KC-10 KC-10
KC-10
KC-10 KC-10 KC-135
KC-135 KC-135
KC-135 C-17
KC-135 KC-135 C-17
C-17 C-17
295
252364.
2682908.127
C-17
R3
R 600
252405.
2682961.032
C-17
906
252446.
2683013.937
212
252488.
2683066.842
518
252529.
2683119.747
824
252570.
2683172.652
5. R3
00 5.
00
0 0
44.610
E
44.610
44.610
R3
44.610
R3
44.610
5.
00
5.
0
00
R3
0
R
3 5.
35
5 00
0
.0
.0
0
00
0 872
566
252535. 252576.
150mm WI D
DE SOLI 260
252494.
649 955
252452. 526
2683123.
343
252370. 252411. 2683070.620
NE
YELLOW LI 811 716
2683017.
906
2682911. 2682964.
001
2682859.
11.500
252359.520
2682845.138
11.500
D YELLOW
150mm SOLI SHOULDER
R3
5.
00
0
AF
EX.TAXIWAY LINE
10
F
1:1000
0
10
20
T
PERMANENT
30
CLOSED "X"
E=252585.
317
N=2682922.
513
PLACE TAXIWAY
40
50
60
70
80
G
NOTE:
90
CA
BLE
TRE
NC
H
SHOWN ARE IN METERS.
FOR PAVEMENT MARKING DETAILS, SEE SHEET SC-9.
H
DESI
GNED BY: DATE:
REFUELER RAMP AND
FUEL HYDRANT SYSTEM RAJ 04-08-05
AL DHAFRA AI
R BASE, UNI
TED ARAB EMI
RATES St
anl
ey Consul
tant
sINC A St
anl
ey Gr
oup Com pany
DW N BY: SUBMI
TTED BY:
Engi
neer
ing,Envi
ronm ent
aland Const
ruct
ion -W or
ldwi
de
SI
TE DESI
GN JOSE
US Arm y Corps
SHEET
of Engi
neers CHK BY: FI
LE NO.: A AS BUI
LT 12/11/05
NUMBER:
PAVEMENT MARKI
NG PLAN
C-21
REFERENCE
Transatl
anti
c Program s BAR 0 CHANGE ORDERE NO 21 09/23/05
UE0000 -CI
21PN
Center SYMBOL DESCRI
PTI
ON DATE APR
A B C D E F G H
F
28
6
27
26
N
APR
25
05/02/05
04/08/05
13/11/05
24
DATE
W
23
5 R R
ON"
15 ADDENDUM
CONSTRUCTI
21
ON
PTI
20
DESCRI
FOR
19
NO
NAL "CLEARED
CHANGE ORDER
18
SEE SHEET C- 23
LT
AS BUI
F
17
FI
F
SYMBOL
16
0
1
4
15
ON
14
N UATI
22PN
04-08-05
13
BY:
UE0000 -CI
FOR CONTI
AF
TTED
LE NO.:
12
SUBMI
BY: DATE:
R
FI
HYDRANT VALVE PIT "2"
R 11
F F
NE -
BY:
JOSE
GNED
BY:
DET
BAR
10
DESI
DW N
CHK
W W
M ATCHLI
W
9
ISOLATION
c Program s
ey Gr
7
anl
A St
US Arm y Corps
de
dwi
6
l
sINC
on -W or